கவனிக்க: இந்த மின்னூலைத் தனிப்பட்ட வாசிப்பு, உசாத்துணைத் தேவைகளுக்கு மட்டுமே பயன்படுத்தலாம். வேறு பயன்பாடுகளுக்கு ஆசிரியரின்/பதிப்புரிமையாளரின் அனுமதி பெறப்பட வேண்டும்.
இது கூகிள் எழுத்துணரியால் தானியக்கமாக உருவாக்கப்பட்ட கோப்பு. இந்த மின்னூல் மெய்ப்புப் பார்க்கப்படவில்லை.
இந்தப் படைப்பின் நூலகப் பக்கத்தினை பார்வையிட பின்வரும் இணைப்புக்குச் செல்லவும்: சிறி லங்கா தேசிய நூலகம் ஞாபகார்த்த மலர்
Page 1
1 ܒܡܩܒ- ܒ --
ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික ரீ லங்கா தே
THE NATIONAL LIBR
t
සිටීමට( කි.
ஞாபகார்; COMMEMORAT
පුස්තකාලය
சிய நூலகம்
ARY OF SRI LANKA
)(O)ÖCÖ
ந்த மலர் "I WED WOLLUNME
Page 2
Page 3
ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික பூgரீலங்கா தேச Sri Lanka Nati
සමරු ත
ஞாபகார்த்
COMMEMORAT
990 -
! පූස්තකාලය சிய நூலகம் ional Library
SC939Cs
த மலர்
TVE VOLUME
O4 - 27
Page 4
SBN 955
0 = 51 = 9011 من ا
Page 5
ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික
සමරු 宏
සංස්කාර
එම්. එස්. යූ.
ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තක නිදහස් ම:
කොළඹ
ශ්‍රී ලංකා:
ක පුස්තකාලය
Cesco
2ක
අමරසිරි
බාල සේවා මණඩලය (מ(8ג
7
8)
Page 6
© ශ්‍රී ලංකා පුස්තක
බාල සේවා මණඩලය 1990
Page 7
பூரீலங்கா தேசி
ஞாபகார்த்த
பதிப்பாசி எம்.எஸ்.யு. ஆ.
பூரீலங்கா தேசிய நூலக சுதந்திர 6 கொழும்பு 7
சிய நூலகம்
հաՈՒ அமரசிறி
சேவைகள் சபை
வழி
பூரீலங்கா
Page 8
() பூரீ லங்கா தேசிய நூ
லக சேவைகள் சபை 1990
Page 9
NATIONAL LIBRA
COMMEMORA
Edite
M. S. U.
Sri Lanka National
lindependenc
Colon
Sri L
RY OF SR LAN KA
TVE VOLUME
d by
Amarasiri
Library Services Board :e Avenue.
mbo 7
anka
Page 10
(C) Sri Lanka National Li
brary Services Board 1990
Page 11
CO NT
පෙරවදන Foreward සංස්කාරක සටහන්
Editorial Notes
1.
10.
1.
12.
The National Library and the Librar
by Mr. M. J. Perera, Chairman, Sri Board (1981 - 1982)
ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය හැඳින්වීමක්මණඩලයේ වැඩ බලන අධාපක්ෂ එම්. එස්.
The National Library of Sri Lanka:
Mr. M. S. U. Amarasiri, Actg. Direc
Library Services Board
Legal background of the Sri Lanka N Services Board by Miss Evelyn J. Eve
Sri Lanka (1967 - 1970)
National Library of Sri Lanka by Pro UNESCO Consultant Architect for th
UNESCO and Library Dovelopment t Programme Specialist, Division of Oper
Performance Assessment at National Prof. Maurice B. Line, President, Lib
Establishment of IFLA/PAC Regional by Kyohide Ibusuki, Librarian, Natio
Singapore National Library : Exchang and International Level by Mrs. Yocke
National Library of Singapore
ජාතික පුස්තකාලය හා ජාතික සංවර්ධනයහිටපු අධාපක්ෂ ජනරාල්, මැලේසියා ජාතික !
The National Library of Malaysia by Former Director General, National Li
Efforts in improving the cooperation the Indonesian experience, by Miss M Director, National Library of Indones
ENTS
Page No. 88 ቀ•ሯe
01-18 9-3
Services Services Board anka National Library Services
33一38
ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතීක පුස්තකාල සේවා යූ. අමරසිරි මහතා , 39-53
an introduction by or, Sri Lanka National
54-62
sational Library ns, UNESCO Consultant,
69سس-63
of. Michael Brawne, e National Library of Sri Lanka 70-72
y Mr. Shinji Matsumoto, ational Activities, UNESCO, Paris 73-77
Library Level by rary Association (England) 78-96
Centre for Asia and Oceania hal Diet Library, Japan 97-101
e & Cooperation at National Lan Wicks Director,
102-107
ආචායයී ඩී. ඊ. කේ. විජේසූරිය පුස්තකාලය 108123-س
Dr. D. E. K. Wijesuriya, brary of Malaysia 124-139
mong National Libraries : astini Hardjo Prakoso, а. 140-144
Page 12
13.
14.
5.
16.
7.
8.
19.
20.
Role of the National Library of Sri L Information Technology for the Deve and Information Systems by Mr. N.
International Irrigation Management I
Information for small industries in Sr an overview by Mrs. S. R. Korale, Se University of Colombo
பூரீ லங்கா தேசிய நூலகம்-எஸ். எம். உபதலைவர், பூரிலங்கா நூலக சங்கம்.
Traditional patterns of library and inf and their relevance to 3rd world coun President, Commonwealth Library Ass
Preservation challenge of the in the 19 by Dr. K. D. G. Wimalaratne, Actg. Department of National Archives, Sri
A story of a Union Catalogue: A C by Mr. Harrison Perera, Librarian, Th Colombo, Sri Lanka
Resource Sharing: a non traditional by Mr. L. A. Jayatissa, Actg. Libraria Sri Lanka
Copyright and it's economic importanc by Mr. Mahinda Ralapanawa, Attorne
anka in Utilization of 'lopment of Library U. Yapa, Librarian,
Institute, Sri Lanka 145-154
i Lanka: 2nior Assistant Librarian,
1.SS-162
கமல்தீன்,
163-170
ormation services tries by Mrs. Stephanie Ferguson, ociation (COMLA) 171-182-(A & B)
90s Director, Lanka 183-185
anadian experience Le British Council,
198-س186
approach n, University of Kelaniya,
207-س-199
'e y-at-law 208-21
Page 13
පෙර
ශ්‍රී ලංකා පුජාත න්තික සමාජවාදී ජනරජ අතින් ශී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය විවෘතවීම දීර් සම්පූර්ණවීමක් වේ. එමෙන්ම එය පුස්තකාල වශයෙන් ද සැලකිය හැකිය. ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පූ අවස්ථාවක් වේ.
අධායාපනය පිළිබඳ දීර්ඝ සම්පුදායක් ශී ලංක බෙහෙවින් ගරු සැලකිලි දක්වනු ලැබීය. **පො; ඒ බව මැනවින් පැහැදිලිවේ. ශ්‍රී ලංකා ඉතිහාසයේ ආරක්ෂා කිරීම සම්බන්ධයෙන් භික්ෂුන් වහන්සේ ඉතා වැදගත්වේ.
කෙසේ වුවත්, නූතන පුස්තකාලවල ආරම්භ දීය.
නිදහස ලබාගැනීමත් සමගම ජාතියේ අධ කිරීම හා දියුණුකිරීම සඳහා විශේෂ උනන්දුවක් වලට අනුකූලව විද්‍යායාත්මක සහ තාක්ෂණික යුගයට තිබේ.
ජාතික පුස්තකාලය ජාතියේ සංස්කෘතික අතරම ජාතික පුස්තකාල පද්ධතියේ කේන්ද්‍රස්ථා
පුස්තකාල සහ පුස්තකාල වaත්තිය දියුණු මැතිතුමා දැක්වූ උනන්දුව සම්බන්ධයෙන් එතුමාට ගනිමි, ජාතික පුස්තකාලය විවෘත කිරීම ඉක්මන අවශ්‍යතාවය සම්පූර්ණ කිරීමට එතුමා දැක්වූ විශා
මේ සඳහා සහලේ ඊයෝගය දැක්වූ ජාතාසන්තර විදායාඥයන්ටත් අනෙකුත් සියලුම දෙනාටත් මගේ
සෑම අවස්ථාවකදීම අවශ්‍ය මාර්ගෝපදේශ පිළිබඳ ගරු අමාතාප ලලිත් ඇතුලත්මුදලි ඇමතිජ
අපට ලබාදුන් සහයෝගය සම්බන්ධයෙ රණසිංහ මැතිතුමියට ද ස්තුතිවන්ත වෙමි.
මෙම කාර්යයේදී මා වෙත දැක්වූ අසීමිත සමරු කලාපයේ සංස්කාරක ශී ලංකා ජාතික පු එම්. එස්. යූ. අමරසිරි මහතාටත්, ඔහුගේ කාර්ය ම පුස්තකාලය විවෘත කිරීම සඳහා ඉටුකල යුතුව තී{ ඔවුහු සිය ශුමය කැප කළේ වර්ධනය වන ජ: සම්පූර්ණ කිරීම සඳහාය.
ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලය, 1990 අපේල් 27
වදන
යේ ජනාධිපති ශ්‍රීමත් රණසිංහ පේමදාස මැතිතුමා ඝ කාලයක් තිස්සේ පැවති ජාතික අවශ්‍යතාවයක් සහ විඥාපන විද්‍යා ඉතිහාසයේ වැදගත් සිදුවීමක් }ස්තකාලය විවෘතවීම ලංකා ඉතිහාසයේ අද්විතීය
ගාව සතුව ඇති අතර පුස්තකාල සහ පොත්පත්වලට ත් වහන්සේ' යනුවෙන් පොත්පත් හැඳින්වීමෙන් ස් මුල් අවධියේදී පොත්පත් සහ පුස්තකාල පොත් ලා සහ විහාරස්ථාන විසින් ඉටු කල කාර්ය භාරය
×ය ඇතිවූයේ පසුගිය ශතවර්ෂයේ අවසාන භාගයේ
}පාපනික සහ සංස්කෘතික සම්ප්‍රදායයන් ආරක්ෂා ඇති විය. නූතන ලෝකයේ සිදුවන වෙනස්වීම් ) එළඹීමට ජනතාව තුල විශාල උනන්දුවක් ඇති වී
සහ සාහිත්‍යමය සම්ප්‍රදායයන් ආරක්ෂා කරන නය වශයෙන් සේවය සලසනු ඇත.
කිරීම සඳහා ශ්‍රීමත් ජනාධිපති රණසිංහ පේමදාස ) ස්තුතිය පුදකිරීමට මා මෙය අවස්ථාවක් කොට ඒ කරන ලද්දේ දිගු කලක් තිස්සේ පැවත මෙම }ල උනන්දුව නිසාය.
කීර්තියට පත් විද්වතුන්ටත්, සුපුකට පුස්තකාල ග් අවංක ස්තුතිය පුද කරමි.
කත්වය ලබාදුන් අධායාපන සහ උසස් අධායාපන තුමාට ද මගේ කෘත ඥත බාවය පුද කරමි.
}න් අධායාපන සේවා ගරු ඇමතිනී සුනේත්‍රා
x සහයෝගය සහ උපකාරය වෙනුවෙන් මෙම ස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලයේ වැඩ බලන අධාපක්ෂ ණඩලයටත් විශේෂයෙන් ම කෘතඥ වෙමි. ජාතික බූ අති විශාල කාර්ය කොටසක් ඔවුහු ඉටු කළහ. Jතියේ බුද්ධිමය හා ආර්ථිකමය අවශ්‍යතාවයන්
ඊශේවරි කොරයා සහඹාපතිනි.
Page 14
FORE
The inauguration of the National Libra Premadasa, President of the Democratic So felt national need. It is also a landmark in science in this country. This inauguratio of the nation.
Sri Lanka has a long tradition of le and venerated as evidenced in books being c played by the monks and temples in the pre very evident in the early tradition of Sri La
However, it was in the latter part of sense came into existence.
With the achievement of freedom the and cultural tradition of the nation gained awareness of the nation to move into the sci of current trends in the world.
Whilst the National Library will pres nation it will move into the future and serve as
I wish to take this opportunity to th the President for his abiding and active int. library profession. The inauguration of the to the keen interest taken by His Excellency i
I would like also to take this opportu contributors amongst whom are scholars librarians for their ready co-operation.
I would also like to express my grate Minister of Education, and Higher Educa Minister of Education, services for all the s
A very special word of thanks should of this commemorative Volume and the A Library Services Board and his staff for thei to me. They have all worked beyond the for the inauguration of the National Librar economic demands of the nation.
Sri Lanka National Library Services Board April 1990 27.
WORD
ry of Sri Lanka by His Excellency Ranasinghe cialist Republic of Sri Lanka fulfils a long the history of librarianship and information n is also an unique occasion in the history
arning; libraries and books were respected alled "Poth Vahanse'. The significant role servation of books, mostly on ola leaves, is nkan history.
the last century that libraries in the modern
; urge to preserve and promote the learned momentum. Further there has grown the entific and technological age to keep abreast
erve the cultural and literary heritage of the the focal point of the nation's library system.
ank His Excellency Ranasinghe Premadasa, rest in libraries and the promotion of the, 2 National Library has been expedited due in establishing this long felt need.
nity to express my sincere thanks to all the of international repute and distinguished
full thanks to Hon. Lalith Athulathmudali, tion and to Hon. Sunethra Ranasinghe, upport given to us.
go to Mr. M. S. U. Amarasiri, the Editor Acting Director of the Sri Lanka National r unstinted cooperation and assistance given call of duty to meet the work-load required y and to meet the growing intellectual and
Ishvarii Corea Chairperson.
Page 15
සංස්කාරක
ජාතික පුස්තකාල ඉතිහාසය පිළිබඳ විවි: දහ හත්වන සහ දහ අටවන සියවස් වල යුරෝප දැනට යුරෝපයේ ප්‍රධාන ජාතික පුස්තකාල ලෙස රාජකීය පුස්තකාල ලෙස මීටත් ඈත කාලයක ඈ සහ දහ අටවන සියවස්වල සිදුවූ ජාතික රංජා වල වර්ධනය වීමේ ආරම්භය ලෙස සැළකේ.
ජාතියේ අනනාසතcවය ආදරක්ෂා කරන, ජාති පද්ධතියට නායකත්ව ය දෙන ක්‍රියාදශීලී ආයතන දේ සිටය. පසුගිය දශක හතරක පමණ කාලය තුල { කටයුතුත්, පොදුවේ ජාතික පුස්තකාලත් පුළුල්
මෑත ඉතිහාසයේ සිදුවීම් කිහිපයක් ජාතික 1952 වසරේ අන්තර් ජාතික පුස්තකාල සංගම් සංවි පුස්තකාල පිළිබඳව තම සංවිධානයේ වෙනම අ වශයෙන් නූතන ජාතික පුස්තකාල වායාපාරය පි 1955 වසර ජාතික පුස්තකාල ඉතිහාසයේ තීරණාත් c63. 19553. "Library Trend* ge3252ooc ëç සඳහා වෙන් කර තිබු අතර එහි ජාතික පුස්තකාල වර්තමාන ජාතික, පුස්තකාල පිළිබඳව කරන ලද දී කලාපය එළිදැක්වීම හේතුවෙන් පුස්තකාලයාධි: වෙනත් උගතුන අතරත් ජාතික පුස්තකාල පිළිබඳt වැදගත් වන්නේ එම වසරේදී ඉන්දියාවේ දිල්ලි න සේවාව පිළිබඳ සමිමන්ත්‍රණය” නිසා වේ. මෙ සේවාව වුව ද, විශේෂයෙන් ආසියාවේ ජාතික පූ සමුළුවේ දී විශේෂ අවධානයක් යොමු කරන ලදී සමුළුව වැදගත් සන්ධිස්ථාගයක් ලෙස සළකනු භූගෝලීය, සංස්කෘතික හා ආර්ථික විෂමතාවයන් කිරීමේ වැදගත්කම අවධාරණය කරන ලදි. 195 සහ පුලේඛණ සේවා සමුළුවක් පවත්වන ලදී.
යුනෙස්කෝ ජාතික පුස්තකාල කලාපීය සම්මේල:
මින් අනතුරුව එළඹෙන්නේ එක්සත් ජාත්‍ය සංස්කෘතික සංවිධානය හෙවත් යුනෙස්කෝ ආදි ! උනන්දුවක් දක්වා ලොකය පුරා ජාතික පුස්තකා{ මීට ඉහතින් සඳහන් කල සිදුවීම් නිසා ශක්තිමත් යුනෙස්කෝව හොඳ අවබෝධයක් ඇතිව සිටි බව වන ඒ ඒ රටවල අධායාපනික, සංස්කෘතික හා දී පුස්තකාල සේවාවක සහ ජාතික පුස්තකාලවල ඇ ජාතික පුස්තකාල කටයුතු වාසාප්ත කරලීම සඳහා 1% මට්ටමින් ජාතික පුස්තකාල පිළිබඳ සමුළු ගණන
1 - Library Trend, Vol. 4, No.1, July 1955. 2 - UNESCO. Public Libraries for Asia : th
ක සටහන්
) අදහස් පවතී. ජාතීක පුස්තකාලවල ආරම්භය ×ය් සිදු වූවාය යන්න සාමාන්‍ය පිලිගත් මතය වේ.
· සැළකෙන පුස්තකාල ගණනාවක්ම ඒ ඒ රටවල රම්භ වී ඇත. එසේ වුවද යුරෝපයේ දහ හත්වන බිහිවීම වර්තමාන ස්වරූපයෙන් ජාතික පුස්තකාල
ක සංස්කෘතික උරුමය රැක දෙන, ජාතික පුස්තකාල ලස ජාතීක පුස්තකා:ල ඉදිරියට පැමිණියේ මෑතක ජියාතික පුස්තකාල සංකල්පයත්, ජාතික පුස්තකාල
ලෙස වර්ධනය විය.
· පුස්තකාලවල වර්තමාන වර්ධනයට හේතු විය. ධානය (1FLA) ජාතික පුස්තකාල සහ විශේව විද්‍යායාල
·ශයක් ආරම්භ කරන ලදී. මෙය අන්තර් ජාතික ළිබඳ දක්වන ලද පුථම උනන්දුව ලෙස සැළකේ. jමක වසරක් ලෙස පුස්තකාල විද්‍යාපාඥයින් සළකනු සා සඟරාවේ එක් කලාපයක් ජාතික පුස්තකාල පිළිබඳ විස්තරාත්මක විමසීමක් කර තිබූණි. මෙය ප්‍රථම පර්යේෂණාත්මක විමසුම විය. මෙම විශේෂ පතීන් අතරත්, පොදුවේ පර්යේෂකයින් අතරත්, නවතම උනන්දුවක් ඇති විය. 1955 වසර නැවතත් ගරයේ පවත්වන ලද ආසියාවේ මහජන පුස්තකාල )ම සම්මන්ත්‍රණයේ තේමාව ආසියාවේ පුස්තකාල පුස්තකාල සේවා සංවිධානය කිරීම පිළිබඳව මෙම . මේ නිසා ජාතික පුස්තකාල ඉතිහාසයේ මෙම ලැබේ. මෙහිදී ලෝකයේ ඒ ඒ පුදේශවල ඇති 'ට අනුකූලව ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවා සංවිධානය 5 වසරේ බුසල්ස් නුවරදී තවත් ජාතික පුස්තකාල
Sy)
තීන්ගේ සංවිධානයේ අධායාපනික, විද්‍යායාත්මක හා යතනය විසින් ජාතික පුස්තකාල පිළිබඳ විශේෂ ල සම්මේලන හා රැස්වීම් මෙහෙයවූ අවදියට වේ. * ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවාවක වැදගත්කම ගැන, පෙනේ. විශේෂයෙන්ම තමන්ගේ මූලික වගකීම් විද්‍යාත්මක කටයුතු සංවර්ධනය කිරීමේදී ජාතික ති වැදගත්කම යුනෙස්කෝව වටහා ගෙන තිබුණි. l58 සිට 1974 දක්වා යුනෙස්කෝ ආයතනය කලාපීය “ xතාවක් පවත්වන ලදී.
Delhi Seminar. Paris: UNESCO, 1956.
Page 16
යුනෙස්කෝ ජාතික පුස්තකාල කලාපීය සමුළු
లిరఆద සමුළුව පැවැත්වු නගරය 1958 වියනගා 1964 . මැනිලා 1966 ක්විටෝ
1967 කොළඹ
1970 කම්පාලා
1974 කයිරෝ
ලොව පුරා පැවැත්වුණු ජාතික පුස්තකාල නිසා වැදගත් වේ. මුලදී සඳහන් කල අන්දමට සම්මේලන ගණනාවක අවධානයට යොමුවීම දෙ යුනෙස්කෝ සංවිධානය ජාතික පුස්තකාල වායාපාරයේ පුළුල් ජාතාන්‍යන්තර වායාපාරයක් බවට පත් වීමට
එසේම යුනෙස්කෝ ආයතනය විසින් මෙම මේවා කලාපීය සම්මන්ත්‍රණ වශයෙන් සංවිධ&නය අඩිතාලමක් වැටුණු බව පැහැදිලිවම පෙනෙන කl තත්වයන් මෙබඳු සැළසුම් වලදී විශේෂයෙන් සෑ වටහාගෙන තිබුණි. ඒ අනුව ආසියාව, අප්‍රිකාව කලාපයන් සඳහා මෙම සමුළු සංවිධානය කිරීම ඵ. ගැන හෝ අන්තර් ජාතික මට්ටමේ පුස්තකාල සේ බහුල නොවූ බවද අමතක නොකළ යුතුය. විශේෂ පුස්තකාලයාධිපතිවරුන්, අධායාපනඥයින්, සැලසු ප්‍රධානීන් මෙම සමුළුවලට සහභාගී කරවා ගන්න වශයෙන් ඉදිරියට ආ ජාතික පුස්තකාල සංකල් වර්ධනය වීමයි. ඒ ඒ කලාපීය රැස්වීම් වලදී ඒ ද දුන්නා සේම එම කලාපවල විශේෂ තත්වයන් ‘ දක්නට ලැබූණි. 1958 වියානා සමුළුවේ සිට 1974 සමුළු වාර්තා පරීක්ෂා කර බැලීමේදී මෙම පරින
3 - National Libraries : Their Problems and
Europe, Vienna, 6 - 12 September 1958 (P. 4 - UNESCO Regional Seminar on the Develop
Area, Manila, 1964. 5 - Meeting of Experts on the Planning of Libra UNESCO Bulletin for Libraries, 20 (Nove 6 - “Meeting of Experts on the National Planni 11 - 19 December 1967”, Final Report (Pari 7 - Experts Meeting on National Planning of Doc Uganda, 7 - 15 December 1970, Final Rep. 8 - National Planning Documentation and Libri for Libraries, 28 (July - August 1974).
GO කලාපය
ඕස්ට්‍රියාව යුරෝපය * පිලිපීනය ආසියා/ශාන්තිකර * ඉක්වදෝරය ලතින ඇමරිකාව " ශ්‍රී ලංකාව ආසියාව * උගන්ඩාව අප්‍රිකාව *
ඊජිප්තුව අරාබි රටවල් *
විශේෂඥයින්ගේ මෙම රැස්වීම් කරුණු කිහිපයක්
*ජාතික පුස්තකාල' යන තේමාව පාතායන්තර මෙහිදී වැදගත් වන පළමු සාධකය වේ. එසේම ග් මූලිකත්වය ගැනීම ජාතික පුස්තකාල වායාපාරය හේතු විය.
සම්මන්ත්‍රණ සංවිධානය කල දායාකාරයද වැදගත් වේ· කල නිසා මෙම වායාපාදරයට ස්ථිර හා ශක්තිමත් රුණකි. ඒ ඒ කලාපයේ ඒ ඒ පුදේශවල සුවිශේෂ
·ළකිය යුතු බව යුනෙස්කෝ ආයතනය නිවැරදිව ', ' ලතින් ඇමරිකාව, අරාබි රටවල් වැනි විශේෂ ලදායී විය. අද මෙන් ජාතික පුස්තකාල වායාපාරය ස්වාද්‍යාවන් පිළිබඳව හෝ විශේෂඥයින් මේ අවදියේ ඊයෙන් ඒ ඒ කලාපීය රැස්වීම් වලදී ඒ ඒ කලාපයේ |ම් සකස් කරන්නන් සහ වෙනත් අදාල ක්ෂේත්‍රවල කා ලදී. මෙහි ප්‍රතිඵලය වූයේ සාම, නාස අදහසක් පය කූමානුකූල අන්තර් ජාතික සංකල්පයක් සේ ජී කලාප වලට ජාතික පුස්තකාල අදහස් හඳුන්වා අනුව ජාතික පුස්තකාල සංකල්පයද වෙනස්වීමක් කයිරෝ සමුළුව දක්වා කලාපීය ජාතික පුස්තකාල කාමය පැහැදිලිවම පෙනේ.
Prospects. Symposium on National Libraries in uris : UNESCO, 1960).
ment of National Libraries in Asia and the Pacific
ry Services in Latin America, Quito, 1966, Report mber - December 1966).
ng of Library Services in Asia, Colombo, Ceylon ; : UNESCO, 1968).
mentation and Library Services in Africa, Kampala rt (Paris : UNESCO, 1971).
ry Services in Arab Countries', UNESCO Bulletin
Page 17
තොරතුරු සේවා පිළිබඳ අන්තර් ජාතික වැඩසටහ 1970 දශකය වන විට යුගෙනස්කෝව පුස්තක අත්දැකීම් සහිත සංවිධානයක් විය. දශක දෙක ක් පුස්තකාල හා වෙනත් තොරතුරු සේවා පිළිබඳ { සම්මේලන විශාල ගණනක් සංවිධානය කර තිබීම පුමාණයක් සාමාජිකත්වය ලැබීම නිසා තුන්වන හේතු මත යුනෙස්කෝ ආයතනය මේ වන විට ජු සංවිධානයක්ව පැවතුණි. මෙම අත්දැකීම්වල පු සෑම රටකටම ගැලපෙන සේ පුළුල් පුස්තකාල හ අවශ්‍යපතාවය මේ වන විට ඇතිවී තිබූණි.
· 1974 පැරිස් නගරයේ සංවිධදනය කරන
ලේඛණාගාර සැලසුම් කීරීම පීළිලඳ ජාත්‍යන්තර
හැක. මෙම රැස්වීමේදී අප කවුරුත් NATIS වැඩ වැඩ සටහන' බිහි විය. පුධාන පරමාර්ථ 12 ක් ද පුස්තකාල හා තොරතුරු සේවා වාසාප්ත කරලීම පුයත්නය විය. මේ සමඟම හඳුන්වා දෙනු ලැබූ ත වෙන ‘ලොක විදාසා විඥාපන වැඩ සටහන වේ.” තොරතුරු සංවිධානය කිරීමේත්, ප්‍රචාරණය කිරීමේ වැඩ සටහන් දෙක බිහිවීම ජාතික මට්ටමේ පුස්තක ලෙස සැළකේ. මෙම වැඩ සටහන්වල විශේෂයෙ රටවල ජාතික පුස්තකාල වලට හිමි විය. ජාතික පැවතීමේ අවශ යතාවයත් ජාතික පුස්තකාලය කේන් සංවිධ,නය කිරීමේ වැදගත්කමත් අවධාරණය කි සංකල්පයට විශාල ලෙස අනුබල දුන ඒවා ලෙස සැ හෙවත්, සාමනාප විඥාපන සේවා වැඩ සටහන' හ වැඩ සටහන් ඒකාබද්ධ කරන ලදී. මෙම සාම, නා ඒ රටවල ජාතික පුස්තකාලවලට පුධානත්වයක්
පුස්තකාල සංගම් සංවිධ:නය සමඟ සහයෝගයේ සටහන් ගණනාවක් දියත් කර ඇත. මේ අතර එක් විඥාපන පාලන' වැඩ සටහනයි. මේ මගින් ඒ ඒ මෙහෙයවීමත් පිළිබඳව ප්‍රමිතීන් දක්වන ලදී. ඉන් සුලභතාවය වැඩ සටහන මගින් ඒ ඒ රටවල පලව පුමිතීන් හා කියා ම ර්ගයන් සකස් කරන ලදී. මේ යුනෙස්කෝව ආරම්භ කරන ලද අන්තර් ජාති: සංවර්ධනයේ ලා පුලුල් බලපෑමක් ඇති කල බව මේ සංවිධානය කිරීමත්, ඒවාට ප්‍රමිතීන් නියම කිරීමත් අවශස මූලික පදනම සකස් කිරීම මෙම වැඩසටt නායකත්වය ජාතික පුස්තකාලවලට ලබා දී ජාති: වැඩ සටහන්වල විද්‍යායානුකූල භාවය නිසා ජාතික කින්ම මෙම වැඩ සටහන්වල වැදගත්කම අගය
s
කාල හා තොරතුරු සේවා සංවිධානය පිළිබඳ පුළුල් 'මණ පුස්තකාල ක්ෂේත්‍රයේ කටයුතු කිරීම, ජාතික න්තර් ජාතික හා කලාපීය මට්ටමේ සම්මන්ත්‍රණ ', විශේෂයෙන් තුන්වන ලෝකයේ රටවල් විශාල ලෝකයේ ගැටළු පිළිබඳ අවබෝධයක් තිබීම වැනි ස්තකාල ක්ෂේත්‍රයේ වඩාත් පුළුල් පදනමක් සහිත තිඵලයක් වශයෙන් නූතන අවශාසත්‍යවයන්ට සහ ) විඥාපන සේවා වැඩ සටහන් සංවිධානය කිරීමේ
මද **ජාතික පුලේඛණ සේව, පුස්තකාල සහ අධි සම්මන්ත්‍රණස' මෙහි ප්‍රතිඵලයක් ලෙස හැඳින්විය ) සටහන ලෙස හඳුන්වන **ජාතික විඥාපන සේවා ඇතිව බිහිවුණු මෙම වැඩ සටහන ජාතික මට්ටමින් ට ගන්නා ලද පුථම සැළසුම් සහගත විදාසාත්මක වත් වැඩ සටහනක් වූයේ UNISIST නමින් හැඳින්
ඒ මගින් ජාතික මට්ටමින් විදාසා හා තාක්ෂණික මේත් විද්‍යාපානුකූල ක්‍රමයක් හඳුන්වා දෙන ලදී. මෙම bG සේවාවලඍවර්ධනයේ වැදගත් සන්ධිස්ථානයක් ගොයන් NATIS වැඩ සටහනේ නායකත්වය ඒ ඒ ක. පුස්තකාලවල වැදගත් කමත්, ඒවා ශක්තිමත්ව නිදුකොට ගෙන ජාතික මට්ටමේ විඥාපන සේවාවන් 3රීම නිසා මෙම වැඩ සටහන් ජාතික පුස්තකාල ළකේ. 1976 වසරේදී යු-නස්කෝ ආයතනයේ GIP g25e)0 SS253 Feo2) z32 NATIS 800 UNISIST 3. විඥාපන සේවා වැඩ සටහන ක්‍රියාත්මක කරලීමේදී හිමි විය. යුනෙස්කෝ ආයතනය, අන්තර් ජාතික යන් මෙම ක්ෂේත්‍රයේ ය. තවත් අන්තර් ජාතික වැඩ } | වැඩ සටහනක් වූයේ UBC හෙවත්, ‘විශේව ග්‍රන්ථ රටවල ග්‍රන්ථ විද්‍යාපාදත්මක කටයුතු සැළසුම් කිරිමත්, අනතුරුව ඉදිරිපත් වූ UAP හෙවත් විශේව ප්‍රකාශන නපුකාශන පහසුවෙන් ලබා ගත හැකි ක්‍රම පිළිබඳ, ම් අන්දමට ප්‍රවාත්ති සහ විඥාපන විද්‍යා ක්ෂේත්‍රයේ ක වැඩ යටහන් ගණන වක්ම ජාතික පුස්තකාල පනේ. එ රටවල පුස්තකාල හා විඥාපන සේවාවන්
· මගින් සදාර්ථක ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවාවක් සඳහා ගන් මගින් ඉටු කරන ලදී. මෙම වැඩ සටහන්වල ක මට්ටමින් ජාතික පුස්තකාල වර්ධනය කරලීමත්, පුස්තකාලවල කටයුතු පහසුවීමත් යන දෙයාකාරය කල හැක.
Page 18
ජාතික පුස්තකාල අධ්‍යක්ෂවරුන්ගේ රැස්වීම් :
අන්තර් ජාතික පුස්තකාල සංගම් සංවිධා{ අධ්‍යක්ෂවරුන්/පුස්තකාලයාධිපතීන් වාර්ෂිකව හ සාකච්ඡා කිරීම පසුගිය වකවානුවේ නව වර්ධන පුස්තකාල කටයුතු පිළිබඳ පළමු වරට උනන්දුවක් පුළුල් වශයෙන් පවත්වා ගෙන යාමටත්, සංවර්ධ පුයත්නයක් දරණ ලදී. මෙම පුධාන ජාතික වූ විශේෂයෙන්ආසියා හා ශාන්තිකර කලා.පයේ ජයති: වසරේදී සිදු විය. ආසියා හා සාගර කලා.පයේ ජ මට්ටමින් විසඳා ගැනීමේ අවශයතාවය මේ වන විද කලාපීය ජාතික පුස්තකාලවල වෙනම සමුළුවක කලාපීය ජාතික පුස්තකාල අධ්‍යක්ෂවරුන්ගේ රැස් එම වර්ෂයේ පටන් සැම වසර 03 කට වරක්ම රැස් ඔවුනොවුන් අතර අනොසානාප සහයෝගතාවය පිළි කරනු ලැබේ. 1982 ජපානයේ ටෙනෝකියෝ නගර ද චින සමුහාණඩුවේ බීජියෑං නගරයේත් මෙම සමුළු පවා ක්වාලාලාම්පූර් නගරයේ පැවැත්වීමට කටයුතු දේ
ජාතික පුස්තකාල පිළිබඳ 1958 වසරේ පැව පැවැත්වූ සමුළුත් සමඟ සසඳා බලන විට මෙම ජාතික පුස්තකාල සංවර්ධනයේත් විශේෂ වර්ධනය ආසියා හා සාගර කලාපයේ රටවල් බහුතරයකම " ආයතන පහළවී තිබූණි. මෙම අන්තර් ජාතික සම්ගේ ඒ රටවල ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවා වඩාත් කාර්ය අවශාසතබාවයත්, ඒ ඒ ජාතික පුස්තකාලවල අගෙනාස: ඓතිහාසික, අධායාපනික, සංස්කෘතික, ආදර්ථික හ ජාතික පුස්තකාල වර්ධනය කිරීමත් වේ.
ජාතික පුස්තකාල කාර්යයන්
ජාතික පුස්තකාල වාසාපාරයේ පසුබිම හා ! සඳහන් කල හැක්කේ ‘ජාතික පුස්තකාල සංකල් ක්ෂේත්‍රයේ පුස්තකාල විශේෂඥවරුන් කිහිප දෙදෙ අය ජාතික පුස්තකාලය නවීන ලෝකයට ගැලපෙන ඉතා පුළුල් වශයෙන් හවුල් වූහ. " ජාතික පුස් පුස්තකාලයාධිපතීන් රාශියක් අතරින් වඩාත් තීර, මෙහිදී සාකච්ඡා කෙරේ.
9 - International Conference of National Librarie 1979; Resolutions', International Library Re 10 - PROCEEDINGS of the second Internationa Resource Sharing in Asia & Oceania, No Library, 1985 - 453 p. 11 - PROCEEDINGS of the 3rd International Resource Sharing in Asia & Oceania -
නයේ අනු අංශයක් ලෙස ' ජාතික පුස්තකාලවල මුවී ජාතික පුස්තකාල ක්ෂේත්‍රයේ විවිධ ගැටළු යක් විය. 1952 වසරේ මෙම සංගමය ජාතික දැක්වූ බව මුලදී සඳහන් කළෙමි. එම උනන්දුව නය කරලීමටත් මෙම සංවිධානය විසින් අඛණව }ස්තකාල අධාපක්ෂවරුන්ගේ රැස්වීමට අමතරව ක පුස්තකාල කටයුතු පිළිබඳ විශේෂ සිදුවීමක් 1979 àතික පුස්තකාල පිළිබඳ සුවිශේෂ ගැටළු කලාපීය ) අවබෝධ වී තිබූණි. ඒ අනුව ආසියා හා සංගර
· අවශාසතරවය ඇතිවිය. පළමු ආසියා හා සාගර විම 1979 වසරේදි ඕස්ටේලියාවේ' පවත්වන ලදී, වී මෙම කලාපයේ ජාතික පුස්තකාල පිළිබඳවත්. බඳවත් මෙම සමුළුවේදී පුළුල් වශයෙන් සාකච්ඡා යත්, ** 1985 දී ශ්‍රී ලංකාවේ කොළඹදිත්” 1980 ත්වා ඇති අතර, මීලඟ සමුළුව 1992 මැලෙසියාවේ :59ኗ ኖuኛ».
හැත්වූ මුල්ම සමුළුවත්, ඊට පසුව 60 වන දශකයේ කලාපීය සමුළු ජාතික පුස්තකාල සංකල්පයේත්, යක් පෙන්නුම් කරයි. මේ වන විට විශේෂයෙන් ජාතික පුස්තකාල හෝ ජාතික පුස්තකාල අධිකාරි }ම්ලන වඩාත් අවධාරණය කර ඇති කරුණු වනුයේ දක්ෂමව හා විද්‍යාපානුකූලව පවත්වා ගෙන යෑමේ 'නාප සහයෝගය වර්ධනය කිරීමෙන්, ඒ ඒ රටවල හා වෙනත් දේශීය තත්වයන්ට අනුව ඒ ඒ රටවල
වර්ධනය ගැන කතා කිරීමේදී මීළඟ අදියර ලෙස පය' වර්ධනය කිරීමට අන්තර් ජාතික පුස්තකාල }නකු විසින් ඉටු කරන ලද සේවාවන් වේ. මේ ආයතනයක් බවට පත් කිරීමටත්, එහි වර්ධනයටත් තකාලවල කාර්ය භාරය පිළිබඳ විවරණය කල ඒණ,ත්මක මෙහෙයක් කල කිහිප දෙනෙකු පිළිබඳ
s on Resource Sharing in Asia & Oceania, Canberra, view, 12 (1980) pp. 43 - 7.
Conference of Directors of National Libraries on ember 15- 19, 1982, - Tokyo: National Diet
Conference of Directors of National Libraries On, 985, Colombo.
Page 19
ජාතික පුස්තකාලවල කාර්ය භාරය පිළිබඳ සැළකෙන්නේ ආචාර්ය කේ. ඩබ්ලිව්. හම්ප්‍රිස් මහ සංගම් සංවිධානය’ වෙනුවෙන් ලෝකයේ පුධාc සමීක්ෂණයක් කොට වාර්ත වක් නිකුත් කරන ල පුස්තකාලය, ඇමරිකා එක්සත් ජනපද කොන්ගුස් පුස්තකාලය මෙම විමර්ශනයට ලක්වූ ජාතික පුස් තවදුරටත් පුළුල් කොට ඔහු ‘ජාතික පුස්තකාල ( ලිපියක් පුකාශයට පත් කරන ලදී.1* එවකට බ{ යෙන් කටයුතු කරමින් සිටි ඔහුගේ මෙම ලිපිය තු පැහැදිලි හා විද්‍යානුකූල විවරණයක් කල පළමු ! විවිධ ජාත්‍යන්තර සම්මන්ත්‍රණ හා සම්මේලනත් කරන ලද ලිපි ලේඛණත්, ඔහු විසින් ලෝකයේ කරන ලද ඇගැයීමත්, මේ වන විට පුස්තකාල හා පදනම් වූ බවට සැකයක් නැත. හම්ප්‍රිස් ජාතික බෙදා ඇත.
• ජාතික පුස්තකාල මූලික කාර්යයන්
* , ජාතික පුස්තකාල මගින් ඉටු කිරීමට
* ජාතික පුස්තකාල මගින් ඉටු කිරීම:
කාර්යයන්; වශයෙනි.
ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක මූලික කාර්යයන්
* బ్రత5@c ප්‍රකාශනවල පුළුල් එකතුවක් * නිතාන්‍යානුකූල තැන්පතුව පවත්වා �03[ { * විදේශීය ග්‍රන්ථ එකතුවක් පවත්වා දේ * ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ න ම.වලිය පුකාශයට අ * ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ විඥාපන అది:జిరింద | * සුවින් ප්‍රකාශයට පත් කිරීම.
* ප්‍රදර්ශන පැවැත්වම.
ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක් ඉටු කිරීමට සුදුසු ජාතික ! * අන්තර් පුස්තකාල පිරුළු සේවා පවත්
事 අප්‍රකාශිත අත් පිටපත් තැන්පතුවක් දී * පුස්තකාල කූමවේද පිළිබඳ පර්යේෂණ
12 - Humpherys, K. W., The Role of the Nationa
No.4
13 - Humphreys, K. W. - National Library F No. 4. July - August 1966 - p. 158 -
: පුථම විද්‍යායාත්මීක විවරණය කල තැනැත්තා ලෙස හතාය. හම්ප්‍රිස් 1964 දී අන්තර් ජාතික පුස්තකාල න ජාතික පුස්තකාල ගණනාවක කටයුතු පිළිබඳ මදී. * බ්‍රිතානාප ජාතික පුස්තකාලය, ප්‍රංශ ජාතික පුස්තකාලය හා සෝවියට් දේශයේ ලෙනින් ජාතික තකාල විය . මෙම විමර්ශනයෙන් ලත් අත්දැකීම් කාර්යයන්' නමින් 1966 වසරේදී පර්යේෂණාත්මක ර්මින්හැම් සරසවියේ පුස්තකාලයාධිපතිවරයා වශනූතන ජාතික පුස්තකාල සංකල්පය සම්බන්ධයෙන් අවස්ථා ව ලෙස සැළකේ. 1955 සිට පවත්වන ලද , මේ පිළිබඳ විවිධ උගතුන් විසින් පුකාශයට පත්
ප්‍රධාන ජාතික පුස්තකාලවල කාර්යයන් පිළිබඳව විඥාපන සේවාදාවේ ඇතිවූ වර්ධනයක් මෙම විග්‍රහයට පුස්තකාලයේ කාර්යයන් පුධාන කොටස් 03 කට
සුදුසු කාර්යයන්
ට අත්‍යවශ්‍යම නොවන නමුත් ඉටු කල හැකි
* පවත්වා ගෙන යාම.
න යඹාම.
·ගන යකාම.
と2s 236@.
ලෙස කටයුතු කිරීම.
පුස්තකාල කාර්යයන්
ඒවා ගෙන යාම.
පවත්වා ගෙන යාම.
ඖ පැවැත්වීම.
l Library: A Preliminary Statemento, Libri, Vol. 14,
unctions - UNESCO Bulletin of Libraries, Vol. 20,
169,
Page 20
ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක් විසින් ඉටු කිරීමට අවශ්‍ය
| * " අන්තර් පුස්තකාල හුවමාරු සේවා
率 අතිරේක පිටපත් බෙදා හැරීම * අන්ධයින් සඳහා පොත් සැපයීම * , පුස්තකාල විද්‍යාපා අභාපාස පාඨමාලා ප් 率 අනිකුත් පුස්තකාල සඳහා ආධාර කි{
· හම්ප්‍රිස් ගේ විවරණය පාතික පුස්තකාල පිළි සැළකේ. . එතැන් සිට මේ දක්වා ජාතික පුස්තකාල ඉදිරිපත් කල වායුහය තුලම සිටිමින් එය දියුණු කිරී
ජාතික පුස්තකාල කාර්යයන් පිළිබඳ වඩාත් විද්‍යාපාදත් මූලික රටාවත්, ඔහු ඉදිරිපත් කල පුධාන අදහසුත්
බ්‍රිතානාප ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ බැහැර දෙන පුස්තකාලයේ කාර්යයන් පිළිබඳව 1980 දී අර්ථ ක පර්යේෂණ ලිපි රාශියක් පල කර ඇති මොරිස් ල අත්දැකීම් සහිත පුස්තකාලයාධිපතිවරයෙක් ද වේ ලේඛණය නැවත සකස් කුල ඔහු ජාතික පුස්තක é}I፮y.
* මූලික කාර්යයන් * මූලික කාර්යයන් වෙතින් මතුවන
* වෙනත් ඉටු කල හැකි කාර්යයන
ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක මූලික කාර්යයන්
* ජාතියේ ගතාරතුරු මාධාසවල මධා
* පිරුළුසේවා සහ ඡායා පිටපත්
පවත්වා ගෙන යාම.
* අන්තර් පුස්තකාල පිරුළු සේවා ඍ * කාලීන සහ පූර්වකාලීන ජාතික ග්‍ර
家 ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලී මධාසස්ථා:
* පුස්තකාලවලින් ඉවත්කරනු ලබන
ලෙස කටයුතු කිරීම.
* ජාතික හා අන්තර් ජාතික හුවමාර
14 - Line, M. B. "The role of national libraries :
6
නොවන නමුත් ඉටු කල හැකි කාර්යයන්
වත්වා ගෙන යාම
8)
බඳව මේතාක් ඉදිරිපත් වූ ප්‍රබලම විවරණය ලෙස වල කාර්යයන් විග්‍රහ කල බොහෝ දෙනා හම්ප්‍රිස් ) සඳහා පුයත්න දැරූ බව පෙනේ. පසු කාලයේ මක විවරණ ඉදිරිපත් වුවද, හම්පීස්ගේ විවරණයේ අද දක්වා ශක්තිමත්ව පවතී.
අංශයේ අධිපති ම්හාචාර්ය මොරිස් ලයින් ජාතික එනයක් කරන ලදී. ** ජාතික පුස්තකාල පිළිබඳ යින් අන්තර් පාතික පුස්තකාල ක්ෂේත්‍රයේ පුලුල්
ආචාර්ය හම්ප්‍රිස් ගේ ජාතික පුස්තකාල කාර්ය රාල කාර්යයන් ප්‍රධාන අංශ 03 කට බෙදා දක්වා
කාර්යයන්
වශයෙනි
ම එකතුවක් පවත්වා ගෙන යාම
සේවා සඳහා පුළුල් විදේශීය ග්‍රන්ථ එකතුවක්
yගැලසුම් කිරීම සහ සම්බන්ධීකරණය කිරීම.
න්ථ නාමාවලිය ප්‍රකාශයට පත් කිරීම.
නය ලෙස කටයුතු කිරීම
) පොත්පත්වල ජාතික තැන්පතු මධ්‍යස්ථානය
හැ මධාසස්ථාදනය ලෙස කටයුතු කිරීම
a reassessment" Libri, 30; 1 - 16, 1980.
Page 21
ජාතික පුස්තකාල, මූලික කාර්යයන් වෙතින් ම: *, විශාල හෝ විශේෂයෙන් වැදගත් , අවශ්‍යතාවය පරිදි ප්‍රදර්ශන පැවැත් පුස්තකාල ක්‍රම වේදය පිළිබඳ පර් ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ කාර්ය
පුස්තකාලවල කාර්ය මණඩල පුහු
අනෙක් පුස්තකාලවලට තාක්ෂණික
米
米
冰
ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක් විසින් ඉටු කල හැකි කාර්යය
* එම රටට අදාල නමුත් වෙනත් රට
* අන්ධයින් සඳහා පොත්පත් සැපයී
* ජාතික වැදගත්කමක් හෝ ජාති:
· එකතුකිරීම.
1984 වසරේදී සෙෂදි අරාබියේ ජෙඩා නගරයේ මොහමඩ් අල්-නහරි ජාතික පුස්තකාල කාර්ය භා! ජාතීක පුස්තකාල පිළිබඳ පළ කරන ලද විශේෂඥ අ සහ ජාතික පුස්තකාල 52 ක කාර්යයන් පිළිබඳ පුස්තකාල කාර්යයන් පිළිබඳව ඔහු පුනර් ඇගැයීද් පිළිබඳව සංවර්ධනය වන රටවල පුස්තකාලයාධිප ලෝ-නහරිගේ ඇගයීම වේ. අදාල ජාතික පුස්තකා පුස්තකාල කාර්යයන් පුධාන කොටස් තුනකට බෙ
* ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක පළමු ප්‍රමුඛ; * , ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක දෙවන ප්‍රමුඛ
* ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක තෙවන පුමු
· ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක පළමු පුමුඛතා කාර්යයන්
* රටේ නිතායානුකූල තැන්පතු පුස්තු * රටේ ප්‍රකාශනවල මධායම එකතුව
* රට පිළිබඳ ලියවුණු විදේශ කෘතී ලද කෘතීන් එකතුවක් පවත්වා ද
· ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලිය සම්පාදs
来
本
· ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ විඥාපන මධාසස්ථාන
15 - AL - NAHARI, Abdulaziz Mohamed. The
with Special Reference to Saudi Arabia. Lic
තුවන කාර්යයන් ජාතික පුස්තකාලවල සුවින් පුකාශයට පත් කිරීම. වීම :
ගෝෂණ පැවැත්වීම
මණඩලය හා අවශාසතාවය අනුව වෙනත් හුණු කිරීම
ක සහාය ලබාදීම.
න්
)ක ප්‍රකාශිත ප්‍රකාශන එක්රැස් කිරීම.
e
ක සබඳතාවයක් නොමැති වෙනත් අත්පිටපත්
·යේ අබ්දුල් අසීස් විශේව විද්‍යායාලයේ සහාය මහාචාර්ය රය පිළිබඳ පර්යේෂණයක් කරන ලදී. මේ දකවා දහස්, විවිධ අන්තර් ජාතික සම්මේලනවල වාර්තා කරන ලද සමීක්ෂණයක ප්‍රතිඵල අලලා ජාතික මක් කරන ලදී. ** ජාතික පුස්තකාල කාර්යයන් 5තිවරයෙකු කරන ලද පුළුල්ම ඇගැයීම ආචාර්ය ල 52 විසින් දුන් පිළිතුරු වලට අනුව ඔහු ජාතික }දා දක්වා ඇත .
තා කාර්යයන්
කතා කාර්යයන්
"බතගා කාර්යයන් වශයෙනි
කකාලය ලෙස කටයුතු කිරීම
ක් ලෙස කටයුතු කිරීම
න් සහ රටේ කර්තෘන් විසින් විදේශවලදී ලියන pses) coo&
SCS
\ය ලෙස කටයුතු කිරීම
Role of National Libraries in Developing Countries, ndon and New York: Mansell, 1984. *
Page 22
ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක දෙවන පුමුඛතා කාර්යයන්
· * දේශීය අත්පිටපත් එකතු කිරීම, ස් * අනෙකුත් පුස්තකාලවලට සහ පු පුස්තකාල සුචිය භාවිතයට/ප්‍රවේශවී * රටේ පුස්තකාල සේවා සැලසුම් කි
ජාතික හා අන්තර් ජාතික වශයෙන් 2S5@。
ජාතික ඒකාබද්ධ සුචිය සම්පාදනය දේශීය පුස්තකාලවලට නායකත්වය අන්තර් පුස්තකාල පිරුළු සේවා ස රජය සඳහා තොරතුරු සේවා සැපයී පුස්තකාල විද්‍යාපා වෘත්තීය පුහුණු ප; ජාතියේ වාර සඟරා සහ පුවත්පත්
米
ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක තෙවන පුමුඛතා කාර්යයන්
තොරතුරු හා විඥාපන සේවා වලට අන්තර් ජාතික දත්ත බැරකු වලට විඥාපන සේවා කූම වේදය සම්බන සුවි සේවාවන් පවත්වා ගෙන යාම පුස්තකාල තාක්ෂණය පිළිබඳ පර්යේ අන්ධ සහ වෙනත් අංගවිකල වූවන්
ආචාර්ය අල්-නහරි මේ අන්දමට ජාතික දූ ඉදිරිපත් කර ඇත. මෙම කාර්ය ලැයිස්තුව මීට පෙර ගෙන් මෙන්ම නව කාර්යයන් ගණනාවකින් යුක්ත වාසාප්ත කොට දැක්වීමත්, ජාතික පුස්තකාලවල තම අදහස් ඉදිරිපත් කිරීමත්, සංවර්ධනය වන රට යොමු කිරීමත් අල්-නහරිගේ විවරණයේ වැදගත් අං. පිළිබඳ අදහස් ඉදිරිපත් කල විද්‍යාඥයින් ගණනා; පුස්තකාලවල කාර්යයන් පිළිබඳ වර්තම,නයේ පු විවරණ සළකා බැලීමට අදහස් නොකෙරේ. මේ අ විශේෂඥ ශාස්ත්‍රිය මත පැවතුනද, ඒ ඒ රටවල ජාත්‍ය තත්වයන් මගින් තීරණය වන බව වටහා ගැනීම ,
ශ්‍රී ලංකාවේ ජාතික පුස්තකාල වායාපාරය
1990 වසරේ ශී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය වි: වර්ධනයේ වැදගත් අවස්ථාවක් වේ. වෙනකොඅනුමාන වැදගත් අවස්ථාවකි. වෙනත් බොහෝ රටවල් ස ක්‍රියාවලියේදී අප රට තරමක් පමාවී ඇති බව පෙ. ගණනාවක් - ඉනදියාව, පාකිස්ථානය, බංගලාද තායිලන්තය - දැනට සැළකිය යුතු කාලයක සිට බව සිහිපත් කරන විට සාක්ෂරතාව අතින් ආසියා ගෙන සිටින ශ්‍රී ලංකාවේ මේ අංශයේ ප්‍රමාදය පැහැ
8
ඉංරක්ෂණය කිරීම හා සංවිධානය කිරීම {
ලේඛණ හා විඥාපන මධාසස්ථානවලට ජාතික
මට පහසුකම් සැලසීම.
රීමේලා සම්බන්ධවීම
ප්‍රකාශන හුවමාරු මධාසස්ථාදනය ලෙස කටයුතු
ය සැපයිම. සැලසුම් කිරීම සහ සම්බන්ධිකරණය කිරීම යීම
හසුකම් සැලසීම. ‘ ලිපිවලට අනුක්‍රමණික හා සේවාවන් සැපයීම
) අදාල ජාතික ප්‍රමිතීන් සකස් කිරීම
සම්බන්ධවීමට අවශ්‍ය පහසුකම් සැලසීම jධ පහසුකම් සැලසීම,
xඨෂණ පැවැත්වීම ක් සඳහා පුස්තකාල සේවා සැපයීම
පුස්තකාල කාර්යයන් පිළිබඳව දීර්ඝ ලැයිස්තුවක්
· හඳුනා ගන්නා ලද ජාතික පුස්තකාල කාර්යයන් ක වේ. ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවාවන් ගණනාවක් වර්තම, න තත්වය පිළිබඳ සමීක්ෂණයක් කොට වවල ජාතික පුස්තකාල පිළිබඳ වැඩි අවධානයක් ශ සේ දැක්විය හැක. ජාතික පුස්තකාල කාර්යයන් වක් සිටියද, මෙම පුධාන විවරණ තුල ජාතික චලිත මූලික අදහස් අඩංගු වන බැවින් වෙනත් අන්දමට ජාතික පුස්තකාලවල කාර්යයන් පිළිබඳව ගික පුස්තකාල කාර්යයන් ඒ ඒ රටවල සුවිශේෂ මෙහිදී අතිශයින් වැදගත්ය.
වෘත කිරීම ශ්‍රී ලංකාවේ අධායාපනික හා සංස්කෘතික වම එය ශ්‍රී ලංකාවේ පුස්තකාල ඉතිහාසයේ අතිශය මඟ සසඳන විට ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක් පිහිටුවීමේ පනේ. විශේෂයෙන්ම අපගේ අසල්වැසි රටවල් දේශය, මැලෙසියාව, සිංගප්පූරුව, ඉන්දුනීසියාව, තඹ රටවල ජාතික පුස්තකාල පිහිටුවා ගෙන ඇති වේ කාලයක් තිස්සේ ප්‍රධාන ස්ථානයක් හිමි කර හැදිලිවම කැපී පෙනේ.
Page 23
ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය නිල වශයෙන් කටයුතු සම්බන්ධයෙන් ශ්‍රී ලංකාව මේ දක්වා මුළු 1870 රජයේ ප්‍රාචීන පුස්තකාලය පිහිටුවා දේශීය ලේ තොරතුරු රැස් කිරීමට රජය දැරූ පුයත්නය නූතන බිහි කිරීමට දැරූ පළමු ප්‍රයත්නය ලෙස සැළකී දෙපාර්තමේන්තුව හා කෙෂාතුකාගාර පුස්තකාලය වැදගත් සන්ධිස්ථාදනයකි. දේශීය ප්‍රකාශන අ කෙරාතුකාගාරය '*නිල නොලත් ජාතික පුස්තකාල මුද්‍රණකරුවන්ගේ සහ ප්‍රකාශකයින්ගේ ආඥා පන වැදගත් අවස්ථාවකි. ලංකාවේ පලවන සියළුම පුඤ කරලීම නීතිමය අවශ්‍යතාවයක් කල මෙම 'නිත පුස්තකාලයක් ගොඩ නැගීමේ ක්‍රියාවලියේ අත්‍ය: ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක් නොතිබූනද, ජාතික පුස්තකු ක්‍රියාවලිය ආරම්භ විය. තුන්වන ලෝකයේ රට නීති' පනවනු ලැබූයේ විසිවන සියවසේ මැද හෝ වසේදීම ලංකාව මෙම නීතිමය තත්වය ලබා ගැනී
දහ නමවන සියවසේ සිදුවූ මෙම වැදගත් සි කැපී පෙනෙන උනන්දුවක් ලංකාවේ පහලවී ඇත් විවිධ කාර්යයන් සඳහා පත් කරනු ලැබූ විශේෂ ; ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක් පිහිටුවීමේ වැදගත්කම අව
වොක්සි කොමිසම (1955)කන්දයිසා” වෙ: විල්මට ඒ. පෙරේරා කමිටුව (1960) ** ශ්‍රී ලංකා ප පුස්තකාල සේවාවන් පිහිටුවීමේත් වැදගත්කට අඳි පැරී කමිටුව (1967) සහ ඩැන්ටන් කමිටුව (19t පුස්තකාලයක් පිහිටුවීම පිළිබඳව කරුණු සෙවීම මෙ ශ්‍රී ලංකාවේ ජාතික පුස්තකාලය පිහිටුවීම පිළිබඳ දී සේවාවන් සංවිධානය කිරීම පිළිබඳ සොයා බැලීම
· මේ ක්ෂේත්‍රයේ ඉතාමත් පැහැදිලිවම කැපී පෙරේ
1967 అడాeని లల్నిరోg అప్పటిఅడా යුනෙස්කෝ පුස්තකාල උපදේශිකාවක ලෙස ලංකා (1967 – 1970) කටයුතු ශ්‍රී ලංකා පුස්තකාල ඉතිහාස සේවා මණඩලය පිහිටුවීම මෙම විශේෂඥ රැස්වී, සාර්ථක පුතිඵලයක් ලෙස හැඳින්විය හැක. 19 පිහිටුවීම ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය පිහිටුවීමේ ක්‍රි ජාතික පුස්තකාලය පිහිටුවීම හා පවත්වා ගෙන යාම
16 - CHOKSY, N. K. - Reports of the Conn Government Press, 1955 – Sessional Pape
17 - Kandaiah, P. Report of the Commission on
Colombo: Municipal Press, 1958.
18 - BROHIER, R. L. - Final report of the speci
Press, 1959 - (Sessional Paper 7 - 1959).
19 -- Wilmot Perera Salaries and Cadre Committ
පිහිටුවීම මේ වසරේ සිදු වුවද, ජාතික පුස්තකාල
'මනින්ම නිහඬව සිටි බවක් මින් අදහස් නොවේ.
පොත්පත් එක්රැස් කිරීමට සහ පොත්පත් පිළිබඳව , ලංකා ඉතිහාසයේ ජාතික මට්ටමේ පුස්තකාලයක්
මිය හැක. 1877 වසරේ ජාතික කෙනකුකාගාර
පිහිටුවීම ජාතික පුස්තකාල ඉතිහාසයේ තවත්
වුරුදු 113 කි. තිස්සේ එක්රැස් කරමින් ජාතික
ය' ලෙස මේ දක්වා ක්‍රියා කර ඇත. 1885 පැනවූ
නත ජාතික පුස්තකාල ඉතිහාසයේ තවත් අතිශය
කාශන නම් කරන ලද ආයතන ගණනාවක තැන්පත්
x සානුකූල තැන්පතු නිතිය'' ඕනෑම රටක ජාතික
වශාප අංශයක් සේ සැළකේ. මේ නිසා ශ්‍රී ලංකා
කාලිය සඳහා වූ පොත්පත් එකතුන් රැස් කිරීමේ
වල් බොහොමයක මෙබඳු **නීතාසනුකූල තැන්පතු
‘j අවසාදන භාගයේ බව සලකන විට 19 වන සිය නීම විශේෂ වැදගත්කමක් උසුලයි.
|දුවීම් වලට පසු නැවත ජාතික පුස්තකාල පිළිබ 'තේ විසිවන සියවසේ මැද භාගයේදීය. වෙනත්: කමිටු සහ කොමිෂන් සභා ගණනයවක් ලංකාදෙ ධාරණය කර ඇත.
ක්සි කමිටුව (1958)** බෝහියර් කමිටුව (1959)** %තික පුස්තකාලය පිහිටුවීමේත්, ජාතික මට්ටමින් වධාරණය කල කමිටු විය. එක්සත් රාජධානියේ $9) මෙන් පුස්තකාල සේවා ගැන හෝ ජාතික Iම කමිටුවල වගකීම නොවූ බව මෙහිදී වැදගත් වේ. විශේෂ අධ්‍යයනයක් කරලීම සහ ජාතික පුස්තකාල සඳහා විශේෂ කමිටුවක් මේ දක්වා පත් නොකිරීම නන අඩුපාඩුවකි.
ජාතික පුස්තකාල විශේෂඥයින්ගේ රැස්වීම හා }වේ සේවය කල එව්ලින් ජේ. එවන්ස් මහත්මියගේ |යේ වැදගත් වේ, 1970 ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල මේ හා යුනෙස්කෝ උපදේශිකාවගේ කටයුතුවල '70 ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවා ම ණඩලය |යාවලියේ අතිශය වැදගත් අවස්ථාවකි. 'ශ්‍රී ලංකා ම'' නව මණඩලයේප්‍රධාන වගකීමක් හා කාර්යයක්
ission of Local Government - Colombo: Ceylon r; 33 - 1955).
Report of the Colombo Municipal Public Library.
all committee on antiquities - Ceylon Government
ee report — 1960.
Page 24
ලෙස ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩල පනතේ ද
· ඉටු කිරීමට ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවා ඔණ: ජාතික පුස්තකාලය සඳහා මඟ හෙලි පෙහෙලි කිරී
ఏరధిర, బలిసి)అOg, రిసిలి වලින් ගහණ ආපසු හැරී බලන විට මේ සියළු දේ මැද දිදුලමින් : ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලිය පල කිරීම, ග්‍රන්ථ ජාතික තැන්පතු පුස්තකාල ලෙස කටයුතු කිරීම, ජා අනෙකුත් පුස්තකාල සඳහා ආධාර සැපයීම, පුස්තක ග්‍රන්ථ ප්‍රකාශනය වර්ධනය කරලීම, පුස්තකාල ද්‍රව කිරීම, අන්තර් ජාතික සබඳතා වර්ධනය, දේශීය පු කටයුතු කිරීම වැනි ජාතික පුස්තකාල කටයුතු ගණන කටයුතු තවමත් මූලික මට්ටමින් පැවතුනද, වැදග මෙම කටයුතු මුල, පටන්ම ඇරඹීමට ජාතික පුස්ත පුස්තකාල ගොඩනැගිල්ල, ඉදි කිරීම මේ අවදියේ මේ හාරයකි ගොඩනැගිල්ල ඉදිකිරීම යඳහා වසර 12 1,25,000 ක නව ගොඩනැගිල්ලක් නගර මධ්‍යයේ පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලයේ විශේෂ , ජයග්‍රහණය මණ්ඩලයෙන් විශාල කොටසක් ලබා ගැනීමට හැ තිස්සේ කාර්ය මණඩලය කෙමෙන් වර්ධනය වෙමි සමඟ සාකච්ඡයා කොට ජාතික පුස්තකාලය සඳහා ගැනීමට මණඩලයට හැකි විය. ඒ අනුව ඉහළ ම ජරාතික පුස්තකාලය සඳහා දැනට ලැබී තිබේ. " ජේ වෘත්තීය ලිපිකරු හා පුස්තකාල සහායක ලේණි කුං මුළු කාර්ය මණඩලය 130 කින් පමණ දැනට සම
අන්තර් ජාතික පුස්තකාල ක්ෂේත්‍රයේ, ජ වශයෙන් සාකච්ඡා කෙරෙන අතර, ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජා වශයෙන් පුළුල් ලෙස සාකච්ඡා වුණි ජාතික පුස්ත පුස්තකාලයේ කාර්යයන් පිළිබඳව සාකච්ඡාව ලංකා සමඟ වේ. එතැන් පටන් මේ දක්වා විවිධ කමිටු ඉටු කල යුතු කාර්යයන් පිළිබඳව විවිධ අදහස් පල සමාන ස්වරූපයක් දැරුවද පුළුල් ලෙස වෙනස්වන පුස්තකාලයේ කාර්යයන් කුමන ස්වරූපයක් ගත යු' ලෙස සාකච්ඡයාවට භාජනය වන කරුණක් වී ඇත . පිළිබඳව පසුගිය දශක තුනහමාරක පමණ කාලය අධ්‍යයනය කිරීම වටී. විශේෂයෙන් 1950 දශකයේ ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ කාර්යයන් ලෙස ඉදිරිපත් නවීනත්වයකින් යුතු බව පෙනේ. මේ සමඟ ඉදි පිළිබඳ මෙතෙක් පලවී ඇති විවිධ අදහස් හා කාර්යය එසේ වුවද ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ ඉතිහා, පැහැදිලි මඟ පෙන්වීමක් මේවායින් දැක්වෙන බැ කල්පනා කළෙමු.
O
ක්වා ඇත. 1970 සිට 1990 දක්වා මෙම වගකීම සිංලය දැරූ උත්සාහය මේ දක්වා අනාගත ශ්‍රී ලංකා මට දරණ ලද පුධාන ප්‍රයත්නය ලෙස සැළකේ. .
ණ වූ මෙම දශක දෙකක කාල පරිච්ජෙදය అరిదిటి පවතින සාර්ථකත්වයන් ගණනාවක්ද දැකිය හැක 2 විඥාපන සේවා කටයුතු මූලික මට්ටමින් ඇරඹීම, තියේ ප්‍රකාශන එක්රැස් කිරීමේ කාර්යයන් ඇරඹීම *හොල අධායාපන හා පුහුණු කරලීමේ කටයුතු, රටතුල ^න්‍ය හුවමාරු කිරීමේ මධාසස්ථානය ලෙස කටයුතු පුස්තකාලයාධිපතීන්ගේ වෘත්තියමය යහපත තකා නැවක් මේ අවදිය තුලදී ආරම්භ කරන ලදී. ඇතැම් ත් වනුයේ ජාතික පුසතකාලය 1990 අරඹන විට කාලයට අවශ්‍ය නොවීම යී. ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික මේ ක්ෂේත්‍රයේ ඉටු කරන ලද තවත් විශාල කාර්ය ක පමණ කාලයක් ගත වුවද, අවසානයේ වර්ග අඩි ජාතික පුස්තකාලය සඳහා ලබා ගැනීමට හැකිවීම }කි. ජාතික , පුස්තකාලය සඳහා අවශ්‍ය කාර්ය 2(කිවීම තවත් ජයග්‍රහණයකි. පසුගිය දස වසර }න් පැවති අතර, විශේෂයෙන් 1989 වසරේ රජය අවශ්‍ය තනතුරු විශාල ප්‍රමාණයක් අනුමත කරවා ට්ටමේ වaත්තීය මට්ටමේ තනතුරු 30 ක් පමණ රාජ්ෂ්ඨ කාර්ය මණඩලයට අමතරව වෙනත් අර්ධ කාර්ය මණඩලයද සැලකිය යුතු ලෙස වර්ධනය වී }න්විත වී ඇත.
ධාතික පුස්තකාලවල කාර්යයන් පිළිබඳව පුළුල් තික පුස්තකාලයේ කාර්යයන් පිළිබඳවද දේශීය xකාලය විවෘත වීම 1990 සිදු වුවද, ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික කාවේ ඇරඹුනේ 1958 කන්දයියා කමිටු වාර්තාව හා පුද්ගලයින් ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලයෙන් } කර ඇත. මේ අදහස් බොහෝ අවස්ථා වලදී න අවස්ථාද නැත්තේ සේනාවේ ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික තුද යන්න අද දේශීය පුස්තකාල ක්ෂේත්‍රයේ පුළුල් "මේ නිසා ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ කාර්යයන් තුල කමිටු සහ පුද්ගලයින් දක්වා ඇති අදහස් ය අවසාන භාගය තරම් ඈත කාලයක ශී ලංකා කර ඇති අදහස් කෙනෙකු මවිත කරවන තරම්, :රිපත් කරනු ලබන ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය x ලැයිස්තුන් වෙහෙස කරවන තරම් දීර්ඝ ඒවා වේ. සයත්, එහි වර්තමානය හා අනාගතය පිළිබඳ වින් ඒ සියල්ල ඉදිරිපත් කිරීම අත්‍යාවශ්‍ය යයි
Page 25
5
2.
5.
9.
· කන්දයියා කමිටුව - 1958 (යෝජිත ශ්‍රී ලංකාවේ ඉතිහාසය, සංස්කෘතිය හා ජාතික ප
· එකතුවක් ගොඩ නැගීම සහ ආරක්ෂා කරලී
මනුෂ්‍ය වර්ගයා මේතාක් කලු ලබා ගෙන ඇති
සහ පටිගත කරන ලද ශබද වැනි සියළුම අංශ
විශේව විද්‍යාපාල වැනි අධ්‍යාපාපනික ආයතන ව කරන මධාසස්ථානයක් වශයෙන් කටයුතු කි:
ග්‍රන්ථ විඥාපන සේවා සැපයීම මගින් මුළු දිව මධ්‍යස්ථානය වශයෙන් කටයුතු කිරීම
දේශීය ලේඛකයින්ට සහ පුකාශකයින්ට මීග්
බෝහියර් කමිටු වාර්තාව - 1959 (යෝජි
· ශ්‍රී ලංකාවේ ප්‍රකාශයට පත් කරන ලද සියළුම
කරන ලද තෝරාගත් පොත්වල මධ්‍යම එක
| සුචිකරණය, ග්‍රන්ථ භාමාවලිකරණය, විවිධ ·
මධ්‍යගත සේවාවන් පවත්වා ගෙන යෑම.
· පොත් සහ චාර සඟරා ලියා පදිංචි කිරීමේ {
· ගුන්ථ නාමාවලිය සිකස් කිරීම. .
· මධ්‍යම පොත් හුවමාරු මධ්‍යස්ථානයක් වශ
· ද අන්තර් පුස්තකාල පිරුළු සේවාවන් සංවිධාන
ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවාවන් සංවිධානය කරලී
“පුස්තකාලයාධිපතීන් සඳහා පුහුණුවීමේ පහසු
හැරල්ඩ් වි. බොනි වාර්තාව → 1960 (යෝ
· ‘ලන්කාව පිළිබඳ සියළුම පුස්තකාල ද්‍රව්‍ය රැස්
ජාතික විමර්ශන පුස්තකාලය සහ පුධාන පර්
පොත් තේරීමේ නියමුවක් ලෙස කාලීන ජා:
ලංකාවේ ඇති සියළුම පොත්පත් ලංකාව: පුස්තකාල පොත් හුවමාරු සේවා සපයන ම
20 — Bonny, Harold V., Library Services for C
ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල කාර්යයන්) ., : යග්‍රහණ පිළිබඳ තොරතුරු රැගත් ජාතික පුස්තකාල
; ନିଜ
N .
| බුද්ධිය පිළිබිඹු කෙරෙන මුද්‍රිත මාධ්‍යය, සිතුවම් වලට අයත් තොරතුරු එක්රැස් කිරීම
ලට අමතරව විවිධ ක්ෂේත්‍ර පිළිබඳ පර්යේෂණ රීම් -
යිනේම පුස්තකාල සේවාව සංවර්ධනය කෙරෙන
) පෙන්වීම’ සහ ආධාර කරලිම.
ත ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල කාර්යයන්)
· පොත්වල සහ වෙනත් රටවල ප්‍රකාශයට පත් තුවක් සේ කටයුතු කිරීම.
පුස්තකාල කාර්ය · ප්‍රමිතිකරණය වැනි කටයුතුවල
මධ්‍යස්ථානය වශයෙන් කටයුතු කිරීම සහ ජාතික
×යන් කටයුතු කිරීම.
නය කිරීම.
|ම සඳහා ආධාර කිරීම සහ දිවයින පුරා විසිරී සිටින |කම් සැලසීම. −
iජිත ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල කාර්යයන්)”
යේෂණ මධ්‍යස්ථානය ලෙස කටයුතු කිරීම ,
තික ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලිය පුකාශයට පත් කිරීම.
සි හැම දෙනාටම ලබා ගත හැකි පරිදි අන්තර් ධාසගත ආයතනය වශයෙන් කටයුතු කිරීම.
eylon, Dept. of Cultutal Affairs (1960).
Page 26
భటింటితలి తుప బ్రిటిఏG සැළසුම් කිරීම පිළි
කොළඹ - 1967 (යෝජිත ශ්‍රී ලං?
මෙම වාර්තාවේ ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල ඇත. ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ මූලික පරමාර්ථ සහ
(අ) ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික ఇటీదాబcఅజీ මූලික පරමා
l.
3.
ජාතික සංස්කෘතිය සුරැකීම.
මුළු ජාතියේම යහපත තකා, ජාතියේ අවශය කටයුතු සංවිධානය කිරීම,
කිසිම රටකට පුස්තකාල ද්‍රවාස අතින් රටවල පුස්තකාල සමඟ සම්බන්ධතා (
(ආ) ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ කාර්යයන්
1.
2.
8.
ලංකාවට සහ ලා%කික ජනතාවට සම්බන් පුස්තකාල එකතුවක් පවත්වා ගෙන ය;
පුස්තකාල මණ්ඩලය විසින් ජාතියේ යහ ජාතික විමර්ශන සහ පර්යේෂණ පුස්තකු
ලංකා ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලිය සම්පාද විඥාපන සේවා සැපයීම.
ශ්‍රී ලංකාවේ ප්‍රකාශන පිළිබඳ ඒකාබද්ධ පිළිබඳ ඒකාබද්ධ ලැයිස්තුවක් සකස් :
. රට තුල අන්තර් ජාතික වශයෙන අන්තඃ
ජාතික සහ ජාතායන්තර වශයෙන් තොරතු කටයුතු කිරීම සහ පුස්තකාල සහයෝ
ජාතික ප්‍රලේඛණ මධාසස්ථානය, වංශයේ
සියළුම රජයේ දෙපාර්තමේන්තු පුස්තක
ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලයේ මණී (යෝජිත ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල කාර්යයන්)
1. තැන්පත් කිරීම සඳහා ලැබෙන දේශීය සහ විදේ
කටයුතු කිරීම. -
2. පොත්, අත්පිටපත් (මුල් පිටපත හෝ පිටපතක් | ද්‍රවාස සහ ජාතික පුස්තකාලයට වැදගත්වන වියෝ
2
ణ gఅభాటిఆమె లేత dటిరితి లిరగిలి: කා ජාතික පුස්තකාල කාර්යයන්) යේ කාර්යයන් ප්‍රධාන කොටස් දෙක කට බෙදා
ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ කාර්යයන් වශයෙනි.
రం :
ඇති සියළුම පුස්තකාල, සම්පත් ලබාදීම සඳහා
ස්වයංපෝෂණය වීමට නොහැකි නිසා වෙනත් 3වත්වා ගෙන යාම.
Øධ පුළුල් පුස්තකාල ද්‍රව්‍ය එකතුවක් සහිත ජාතික Iම සහ සංවර්ධනය කිරීම.
පත සඳහා සුදුසු යයි තීරණය කරනු ලබන අන්දමට කාලය වශයෙන් කටයුතු කිරීම.
නය කිරීම සහ අවශයතාවය අනුව වෙනත් ග්‍රන්ථ
) සූචිය සකස් කිරීම සහ ශ්‍රී ලංකාවේ වාර සඟරා කිරීම.
තර් පුස්තකාල පිරුළු සේවා පිළිබඳ වගකීම් දැරීම.
}රු ප්‍රචාරණය කරනුලබන లిదింటిల9లాటి වශයෙන් ගිතා ක්ෂේත්‍රයේ කටයුතු වලට සහාය වීම.
අන් කටයුතු කිරීම.
කාල වලට සහාය වීම සහ සම්බන්ධිකරණය කිරීම.
කීඩලීය පත්‍රිකා අංක 53 - 1974
:ශීය ප්‍රකාශනවල තැන්පතු පුස්තකාලය වශයෙන්
'') සහ ලංකාව පිළිබඳ මේ బ3 బిలిబా පුස්තකාල දේශීය පුස්තකාල ද්‍රවාස එක්රැස් කිරීම.
Page 27
රජයට සහ මහ ජනතාවට ප්‍රමාණවත් පුස්තක
(c) ඒ ඒ අංශවල විශේෂ සේවාවන් හෝ නොවීමටත්, රජයේ ආයතනවල පු සම්බන්ධීකරණය කිරීම ,
(o) වෙනත් පුස්තකාලවලට ලබා ග7 නීමට
ද්‍රව්‍ය ලබා ගැනීම.
3.
4. රජයේ දෙපාර්තමේන්තු සහ රජයේ වෙනත් ආ සම්බන්ධීකරණය කිරීම සහ රජයට සහ මහජ|
5 ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ විඥාපන මධාසස්ථානය වශයෙ: (අ) ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලිය සම්පාදනය. (ආ) , අවශස සහ පුයෝජනවත් වෙනත් ගු
(ඇ) ල:කාවේ ප්‍රධාන පුස්තකාලවල ඇති
පවත්වා ගෙන යාම
(ඈ) ජාතික සහ අන්තර් ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ විඥා
6 පොත් සහ පුවත්පත් සඳහා ජාතික ප්‍රකාශන (
7. නීතිරීති වලින් දක්වා ඇති පරිදි ජාතික වීමද්
8. ජාතික සහ අන්තර් ජාතික පුස්තකාල සහල්
යාමේ ආයතනය වශයෙන් සේවය කිරීම.
9. පුස්තකාලයාධිපතින් පුහුණු කිරීමේ ලා සහාය තොරතුරු පුචාරණය කිරීම සහ අධායාපනික පිටපත් සහ වෙනත් පුස්තකාල ද්‍රව්‍ය ප්‍රදර්ශ
10. ජාතික ප්‍රලේඛණ මධ්‍යස්ථානය ලෙස කටයු
එච්. ඒ. අයි. ගුණතිලක මහතා @cd8a g @ంభ{
පේරාදෙණිය විශේව විද්‍යාලයේ හිටපු පුස්ත ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ කාර්යයන් පිළිබඳ පුලු පතිවරයා වේ.
1979 වසරේ” * Libri' සඟරාවට ලිපියක් පුස්තකාල කාර්යයන් පිළිබඳ විවරණයක් කර ඇ 1. වෘතීයමය ක්ෂේත්‍රයේ නායකත්වය සැපයීම. 2. ජාතියේ ප්‍රකාශනවල ස්ථිර තැන්පතු මධ්‍යස්ථ | 3. මහජනතාවට සහ රජයට ග්‍රන්ථ විඥාපන සහ
21 - Goonetilleke, H. A. I. The Meaning and pi
29 (1), 1969,
බාල සම්පත් සැපයෙන බවට සහතික කිරීම සඳහා හොඳින් සිදුවන බවටත්, සේවාවන් ද්විතීයනය |ස්තකාල ද්‍රව්‍ය අයත් කර ගැනීමේ කාර්යයන් ’
^ අපහසු විශේෂ දුර්ලභ හෝ මිල අධික පුස්තකාල
යතනවල පුස්තකාල සේවාවන් සංවිධානය කිරීම නතාවට විශේෂ සේවාවන් සැපයීම.
න් කටයුතු කිරීම. මේ යටතේ
න්ථ නාමාවලීන් සම්පාදනය. නවකතා නොවන පොත්වල ඒකාබද්ධ සුචියක්
පන වාසාපෘතීන්ට දායක වීම. පියා පදිංචි කාර්යාලය වශයෙන් කටයුතු කිරීම,
ර්ශන පුස්තකාලය වශයෙන් කටයුතු කිරීම.
×යෝගිතාවය වර්ධනය කිරීමේ සහ පවත්වාගෙන
3 වීම පුස්තකාල සහ පුස්තකාල සේවාව පිළිබඳ
සංස්කෘතික පරමාර්ථ උදෙසා පොත්පත් අත්
·නය කිරීම.
තු කිරීම.
• ජාතික පුස්තකාල කාර්යයන්) කාලයාධිපති . එච්. ඒ. අයි. ගුණතිලක මහතා ශ්‍රී ල් විවරණයක් කල එකම දේශීය පුස්තකාලයාධි
සපයමින් ගුණතිලක මහතා ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික.
2.
}ධානය වශයෙන් කටයුතු කිරීම. හ විමර්ශන සේවා සැපයීම.
urpose of a National Library for Sri Lanka' Libri,
13
Page 28
තී:" | ස්වාමුහික පුස්තකාල කටයුතුවල සම්බන්ධිකර *5:తుడeటి ප්‍රධාන නිත් සානුකූල තැන්පතු, පුස්ත 6. ජාතික සංස්කෘතිය සහ සංස්කෘතික ·දායාදයන්
7
· ජාතියේ සියළුම පුස්තකාල සම්පත් සියළුම ජ සේවා වර්ධනය කිරීම. --
| 8. වෙනත් රටවල පුස්තකාල සමඟ සම්බන්ධන | 9. ලංකාවේ ප්‍රකාශයට පත්වන පොත්, වාර සඟර
වශයෙන් කටයුතු කිරීම. : 10. ශී ලංකා ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලිය පල කිරීම 11. ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ විඥාපන లిదింటిల:C)వ GC3 12. පුස්තකාල හුවමාරු සහ සහයෝගිතා نينتهتثة
13. විද්‍යාසා තාක්ෂණ ... ‘’කෘෂිකාර්මික' සමාජ විදාස) මධාසස්ථානය වශයෙන් කටයුතු කිරීම.
14. සියළුම වර්ගවල පුස්තකාල සඳහා සහාය වී 15.පූස්තකාල අධ්‍යාපන සහ පුහුණු කටයුතු සං.
ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල (ed - 1985 1. ශ්‍රී ලංකාවේ ප්‍රකාශිත ප්‍රකාශනවල සම්පූර්ණ තැන්පතු පුස්තකාලය ලෙස කටයුතු කිරීම. |ද්‍යා:ශ්‍රී ලංකාවට සම්බන්ධ අත්පිටපත් සහ වෙනත් අවශ්‍ය වන වෙනත් පුස්තකාල ද්‍රව්‍ය ලබා ග
· ශ්‍රී ලංකාව පිළිබඳ ලියවුණු පොත්පත්ද ඇතුළු ද්‍රවාස එකතුවක් පවත්වා ගෙන ය යාම. 4. ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලිය සම්පාදනය කිරීමී.
2
s
t
5. ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ විඥාපන මධ්‍යස්ථානය වශයේ
· 6. ශ්‍රී ලංකාවේ පුස්තකාලවල ඇති පුස්තකාල එදා
· සුවිය සම්පාදනය කිරීම. . සුචි දත්තයන් සැපයීම මගින් දේශීය පුස්ත: 8. විශේව ග්‍රන්ථ විඥාපන සේවාව සහ ලවනත් ඒ
වශයෙන් කටයුතු කිරීම.
විදේශීය පුස්තකාල පිරුළු සේවාවන්හි ජාතී පිරුළු මධ්‍යස්ථානය ලෙස ఓపారిష్టి කිරීම.
7.
9.
10. දේශීය විමර්ශන කටයුතුවල ඉහළම විමර්ශt
සේවාවන් සැපයීම.
22 - National Library of Sri Lanka : Colombo
'14
ෂණ ආයතනය වශයෙන් කටයුතු කිරීම. } කාලය වශයෙන් කටයුතු කිරීම , , * ආරක්ෂා කිරීම.
නතාවට ලබයා ගත හැකි වන පරිදි ග්‍රන්ථ විඥාපන
බා පවත්වා ගැනීම.
*, සහ පුවත්පත් ලියාපදිංචිකරන ප්‍රධාන ආයතනය
සහ වෙනත් ග්‍රන්ථ විඥාපන සේවා සැපයීම. කටයුතු කිරීම. . තු” වලට සහාය වීම.
' සහ මානව විද්‍යා ක්ෂේත්‍රවල ජාතික ප්‍රලේඛණ
ම සහ සම්බන්ධිකරණය කිරීම."
වර්ධනය කිරීම.
(ocoa Sca» ජාතික පුස්තකාල బురదదడా) 3 එකතුවක් අයත් කර ගැනීම සහ නිත්‍යානුකූල
පුස්තකාල ද්‍රව්‍ය සහ ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලයට ගැනීම සහ සංරක්ෂණය කිරීම.
නවතම සහ පුළුල් තෝරා ගත් විදේශීය පුස්තකාල
}න් කටයුතු කිරීම. කතුන් පිළිබඳ තොරතුරු ඇතුළත් ජාතික ඒකාබද්ධ
කාල වලට ආධාර සැපයීම.
' හා සමාන වැඩ සටහන්වල ජාතික මධ්‍යස්ථාදනය
ක” මධ්‍යස්ථානය ලෙස කටයුතු කිරීම, සහ ජාතික
න පුස්තකාලය ලෙස කටයුතු කිරීම සහ යොමුගත
SLNLSB,– 1985.
Page 29
11. දේශීය වශයෙන් පොත් හුවමාරු සේවාවන්
· ආයතන සමඟ පොත් හුවමාරු සේවා පවත්
· පුස්තකාල එකතුන් ලබා ගැනීම සහ පවත් 12. පුස්තකාල සහ ග්‍රන්ථ විඥාපන ප්‍රමිතීන් වර්ණ
13. . ජාතික සහ අන්තර් ජාතික කමිටු වලදී
නියෝජනයන් කිරීම.
ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ කාර්යයන් අදහස් විමසීමේදීජාතික පුස්තකාලය ඉටු කල යුතුක දරණ බව පෙනේ.
ශ්‍රී ලංකාවේ ප්‍රකාශන පිළිබඳ පුළුල් මධ්‍ය පුස්තකාලයේ මූලික කාර්යය විය යුතු බව සියද වශයෙන්ද ජාතික පුස්තකාලවල පිලිගත් මූලික කා ජාතික වැදගත් කමකින් යුත් අත් පිටපත් ලබා ග ගණනාවක විශේෂයෙන් දක්වා තිබේ. මෙම ජ: | ඊට පසුව දක්වා ඇති විවිධ ජාතික පුස්තකාල කා පුළුල් ජාතික පුස්තකාල එකතුවක් ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික : මෙම වාර්තා ගණනාවක අවධානය යොමු කර ඇ; කමිටුව, පුස්තකාල මණ්ඩලයේ 1974 වාර්තාව අව ඇති පැරණි පුස්තකාල ගණනාවක පුස්තකාල එ. යුතුය යන්නයි. මෙහිදී ජාතික පුස්තකාලයට අය ඇත්තේ ජාතික කොතුකාගාර පුස්තකාලය, රාජකී. రురు అశ్రదిలప9633 දෙපාර්තමේන්තුවේ පුස්තකාල වේ. පැහැදිලිවම මෙය ප්‍රවේශමෙන් අධ්‍යයනය : ප්‍රධාන ජාතික එකතුවට අමතරව සැළකිය. විශේෂයෙන් 1974 වාර්තාව හා පසුව ඉදිරිපත් කර නූතනයේ ජාතික පුස්තකාල කාර්යයන්හි වැදගත් එය දක්වා තිබීම පැහැදිලිවම පෙනේ. ජාතික ශුන්‍ය මධාපස්ථ-නය ලෙස කටයුතු කිරීමද සෑම වාර්තාවක" මේ අනුව ශ්‍රී ලංකා කාලීන ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලිය නාමාවලිය (1962 - 1885) පල කිරීමත්, ග්‍රන්ථ වි කෙරේ.
නීත්‍යයානුකූල තැන්පතු පුස්තකාලය ලෙස පැහැදිලිවම දක්වා ඇත. “ මේ සම්බන්ධ දේශීය * කරුවන්ගේ ආඥාපනත මගින් පොත් සහ වාර සඟර තැන්පතු පුස්තකාලය පිළිබඳ කාර්ය භාරය මූලික : මේන්තුවටය. මෙම කාර්යය ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික වාර්තාවේත්, 1974 පුස්තකාල මණඩල වාර්තාවේ : පැහැදිලිවම දක්වා ඇත. 1976 සිට පුස්තකාල සේ පිටපතක් ලැබීමත්, ජාතික ගුන්ථ නාමාවලිය ස දෙපාර්තමේන්තුවෙන් 1976 සිට පවරා ගැනීමත් ම ඉටු කර ගෙන ඇත. වෙනත් ජාතික පුස්තකාල ද කිරීමේ කාර්යය ද සහිත මූලික නීත්‍යයානුකුල කැන් කර ගැනීම පිළිබඳව සළකා බැලිය යුතුව ඇත.
':පවත්වා ගෙන යෑම , විදේශිය පුස්තකාල යථා
iචා ගෙන යාම සහ මෙම සේවාවන් සඳහා අවශ්‍ය
'වා ගෙන යෑම.
ධනය කිරීම.
· ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ අවශපතාවයන් පිළිබඳ
ලෙස ඉදිරිපත් කර ඇති ඉහත දක්වා ඇති විවිධ කාර්යයන් ගණනාවක් පිළිබඳව පොදු එකඟතාවයක්
එකතුවක් පවත්වා ගෙන යෑම ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික. ඊම අංශ පිලිගෙන ඇත. මෙය අන්තර් ජාතික . . ර්යය වේ. මෙම වගකීමේම තවත් අංශයක් ලෙස ඇනීමේ හා සංරක්ෂණය කරලීමේ වගකීමද වාර්තා 'තියේ ප්‍රකාශන වල පුළුල් එකතුවක් රැස් කිරීම ර්යයන්හි මුල් පදනම බව පෙනේ. මේ අන්දමට පුස්තකාලයට අයත් කරගත යුතු ආකාරය පිළිබඳවද ත. * කන්දයියා කමිටුව, බෝහියර් කමිටුව, බොනී ධාරණය කර ඇත්තේ මේ සඳහා දැනට ලංකාවේ කතුන් ජාතික පුස්තකාලය සඳහා අයත් කර ගත සත් කර ගත යුතු පුස්තකාල එකතුන් ලෙස දක්වා ය ආසියාතික සංගමයේ ලංකා ශාඛාවේ පුස්තකාලය ය , හා පුරා විද්‍යා දෙපාර්තමේන්තුවේ පුස්තකාලය කල යුතු අංශයකි. . . . . . . . . යුතු විදේශ ග්‍රන්ථ එකතුවක් පවත්වා ගෙන යාමද ඇති වාර්තාවල දක්වා ඇති අවශාපතාවයකි. මෙය ' අවශාසතරවයක් වන අතර, වාර්තා ගණනාවකම ත්ථ නාමාවලිය සැකසීම හා ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ විඥාපන ම පාහේ අවධාරණය කර ඇති තවත් කාර්යයක් වේ. 33G කිරීමත්, ශ්‍රී ලංකා පූර්ව කාලින ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ &ඳපන සේවාවන් පවත්වා ගෙන සෑමත් අපේක්ෂා
ජාතික පුස්තක්රාලයේ වගකීම මෙම වාර්තාවල ආඥා පනත වන 1885 ප්‍රකාශකයින්ගේ සහ මුද්‍රණ % ලියාපදිංචි කිරීමේ මධ්‍යස්ථානය සහ නීතායානුකූල ලෙස පවරා ඇත්තේ, රාජාස ලේඛණාගාර දෙපාර්ත
පුස්තකාලයට පවරා ගත යුතු බවට චෝහියර් , වත්, එච්. ඒ. අයි. ගුණතිලක මහතාගේ ලිපියේත් 'වාහ මණඩලුයට සියළුම පුකාශනවල එක් තැන්පතු සම්පාදනය කිරීමේ කාර්යය රාජ්‍ය ලේඛණගාර ගින් මෙම අවශ්‍යතාවයන් සැළකිය යුතු අන්දමකට මෙන් සියළුම පොත්පත් සහ පුවත්පත් ලියා පදිංචි පතු කාර්යය ද ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලයට’ අත්
15
Page 30
අන්තර් පුස්තකාල පිරුළු සේවා මධ්‍යස්ථාදන කමිටු වාර්තාවේ පටන් සැම වාර්තාවකම දක්වා ඇ වීමට පෙර ජාතික පුස්තකාල කාර්යයන් ගණනාව අරඹයා ඇති අතර, තවමත් අරඹයා නොමැති කාර්යය ජාතික පුස්තකාලය ඇරඹීමට පෙර මෙබඳු සේවාව
· බව පැහැදිලිවම පෙනේ. අනතර් පුස්තකාල පිරූ
· ඇති පුමිතින් සහ ප්‍රකාශන දැනට අධාපයනය කෙඳ සමඟ සහයෝගයෙන් අන්තර් පුස්තකාල පිරුළු දේ
· ප්‍රකාශන හුවමාරු මධ්‍යස්ථානය ලෙස ක{ පැහැදිලිවම දක්වා ඇති තවත් කාර්යයකි. මේ කා
· ලෙස ක්‍රියාත්මක කරනු ලබයි.
දේශීය පුස්තකාල ක්ෂේත්‍රයට නායකත්වය පුමිතීන් සකස් කිරීම ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල ලේඛණවල දක්වා ඇත. පුස්තකාලයාධිපතීන් ස පුස්තකාල සේවාවේ වගකීමද, බෝහියර් වාර්ත-ව දේශීය ග්‍රන්ථ ප්‍රකාශනයට ආධාර දීම කන්දයියා : ඇත. අන්තර් ජාතික පුමිතීන් හා සැසඳෙන ඉහත හැරුණ විට වෙනත් කාර්යයන් ගණනාවක්ද මෙම ඉටු කල යුතු කාර්යයන් ලෙස දක්වා තිබූණි. ග්‍රන්ථ රාශියක් නැවත නැවතත් දක්වා තිබීම ද පැහැදිලි
ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ කාර්යයන් ශ්‍රී විය යුතු වේ. කිසිදු රටක ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක් යෙන්ම සමාන පෙනාවන බව වටහා ගත යුතු කරුණූ ක්ෂේත්‍රයේ වර්ධනය, ජාතික සංවර්ධන සැලැස්මව පුස්තකාල කාර්යයන් තීරණය කිරීමේ ලා බලපායි. සේවා මණඩලය ඉටු කර ඇති කාර්යයන්ද, ජාතික ආයතනවල එම කාර්ය භාර ජාතික පුස්තකාලය මෙ හා සාර්ථිකව ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය-තම කා පුස්තකාලයේ අනගාගත කාර්ය හාරය තීරණය කිරී
ජාතික පුස්තකාලවල කාර්ය භාරය පිළිබ ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය පිළිබඳ දේශීය වශයෙ සේවා මණඩලය පසුගිය දශක දෙක තුල ඉටු කරන ප්‍රකාශන ක්ෂේත්‍රයේ වර්තමාන තත්වයන් වැනි : ආරම්භයේදී අවධාරණය කල යුතු මූලික කාර්යය: ඇත.
6
ය ලෙස කටයුතු කිරීමේ අවශ්‍යතාවයද බෝහියර් ති පුධාන කාර්යයකි. ජාතික පුස්තකාලය ආරම්භ ක්ම ශී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලය ක් වනුයේ අන්තර් පුස්තකාල පිරුළු කාර්යයයි. }න් ඇරඹීමට නොහැකිවීම මෙයට පුධාන හේතුව ,එ සේවාවන් පිළිබඳව දැනට ප්‍රකාශයට පත් කර xරමින් පවතින අතර, දිවයිනේ ප්‍රධාන පුස්තකාල ස්වාද්‍යාවන් ඇරඹීමට අදහස් කෙරේ.
ටයුතු කිරීමේ අවශ්‍යතාවයද මෝහියර් වාර්තාදාවේ }ර්යය දැනටමත් පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලය සීමිත
色
3 සැපයීම හා දේශීය පුස්තකාල කටයුතු පිළිබඳ යේ කාර්යයන් බව ගුණතිලක සහ ඊට පසු අ }ඳහා වෘත්තීය අධ්‍යසාපන කටයුතු පිළිබඳ ජාතික ද, ගුණතිලක සහ ඊට පසුව වාර්තාද දක්වා ඇත.
站
කමිටු වාර්තාවේ මූලික අවශ්‍යතාවයක් ලෙස දක්වා x සඳහන් කල මූලික ජාතික පුස්තකාල කාර්යයන් වාර්තා මගින් ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තක දලය මගින් වී විඥාපන සේවා අංශයෙන් ඉටු විය යුතු කාර්යයන් වම පෙනෙන කරුණු වේ. -
උපකාවේ සුවිශේෂ අවශ්‍යතාවයන් අනුව තීරණ තවත් රටක ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක් හා සමපූර්ණ %කි. ඒ ඒ රටේ අවශයතා, ඒ ඒ රටවල පුස්තකාල ල අවශාන්‍යතාවයන් වැනි කරුණු ගණනාවක් ජාතික පසුගිය විසි වසර තුල ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල පුස්තකාලයේ කාර්යයන් ඉටු කල වෙනත් ජාතික වත පවරා ගැනීමේ කටයුතුද කොතරම් ඉක්මණින් |ර්යය ඉටු කරයිද වැනි තත්වයන්ද ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික මට ඉවහල් වනු ඇත
)ඳ අන්තර් ජාතික වශයෙන් පලවී ඇති අදහස්,
·යන් පලවී ඇති අදහස් , ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල ලද කාර්යයන්, දේශීය පුස්තකාල, විඥාපන සේවා කරුණු සලකා බලා ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය න් පිළිබඳ හඳුනා ගැනීමක් මෑතකදී මණඩලය කර
Page 31
ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ කාර්යයන්
* ශ්‍රී ලංකාවේ ප්‍රකාශනවල පුළුල් ස
* දේශීය පුස්කොල පොත් සහ හා එකතුවක් පවත්වා ගෙන යෑම.
* දේශීය අවශායතනාවයන්ට ගැලපේ.
ගෙන යෑම.
* නිතාන්‍යානුකූල තැන්පතු එකතුව ප;
* කාලීන සහ පූර්ව කාලීන ශ්‍රී ලංකා:
* ශ්‍රී ලංකාවේ ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථවිඥාපන
* ශ්‍රී ලංකාවේ ජාතික මට්ටමේ පුධ විද්‍යායාත්මක තොරතුරු ප්‍රකාශයට { * දේශීය සහ විදේශීය අන්තර් පුස්ත
ලෙස කටයුතු කිරීම
米
දේශිය සහ විදේශීය ප්‍රකාශන හුව දේශීය පුස්තකාල සහ විඥාපන සේ
ශ්‍රී ලංකාවේ පුස්තකාල සේවාව ස
පුස්තකාල හා විඥාපන විද්‍යාසා ක්ෂේ.
岑
අන්ධයින් සහ වෙනත් අංගවික
කිරීම.
පුස්තකාල හා විඥාපන විද්‍යයා වෘත දේශීය ග්‍රන්ථ ප්‍රකාශනයට ආධාර * ජනතාව අතර කියවීමේ රුචිය ව{
ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය පවත්වා ගෙන පුධාන කාර්යයක් ලෙස 1970 අංක 17 දරණ ප් වාසවස්ථාපිත තත්වය යටතේ ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පු නොවේ. එසේ වුවද ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතීක පුස්තකාල මාලාවක අවශෂ්‍යතාවය දැනෙමින් පවතී.
ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය විවෘත කිරීෙ සේවාව පිළිබඳවත්, විශේෂයෙන්ම ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජා ප්‍රකාශනයක් පල කිරීම මණඩලයේ අභිප්‍රාය විය අධ්‍යක්ෂවරුන් කිහිප දෙනෙකු ඇතුළු ප්‍රධාන Ф පුස්තකාල සේවාව හා බැඳුණු වෙනත් ක්ෂේත්‍ර කි: ගැන සතුටු වෙමි.
23 - Ceylon National Library Services Board Act
Printing, 1970.- 0 p.
හ මධ්‍ය එකතුවක් පවත්වා ගෙන යෑම.
ධාතික වැදගත්කමක් ඇති අනිකුත් අත් පිටපත්
‘න පුළුල් විදේශීය පොත් එකතුවක් පවත්වා
}ත්වා ගෙන යෑම.
ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලිය ප්‍රකාශයට පත් කිරීම. මධ්‍යස්ථානය ලෙස කටයුතු කිරීම.
àන පුස්තකාලවල සුචීන් සහ අනෙකුත් ග්‍රන්ථ පත් කිරීම.
කාල පිරුළු සේවා සම්බන්ධිකරණ මධ්‍යස්ථානය
මාරු මධ්‍යස්ථානය ලෙස කටයුතු කිරීම. ස්වා පිළිබඳ ප්‍රමිතීන් සකස් කිරීම. ගැලසුම් කිරීමේලා සහාය වීම. ඡත්‍රයේ පර්යේෂණ.
}ල වූවන් සඳහා පුස්තකාල සේවා සංවිධානය
jතීය අධායාපන සහ පුහුණු කටයුතු. S 36).
ර්ධනය කරලීම.
යෑම, ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලයේ පාර්ලිමේන්තු පනත”* මගින් දක්වා ඇත. මේම |ස්තකාලය පවත්වා ගෙන යාමේ ගැටළුවක ඇති ය සඳහා වඩාත් ශක්තිමත් හා පැහැදිලි වාද්‍යවස්ථා
නම් ඓතිහාසික අවස්ථාවේදී පොදුවේ පුස්තකදල් තික පුස්තකාලය පිළිබඳවත්, තොරතුරු රැගත්
මේ සඳහා ආසියා කාලපීය ජාතික පුස්තකාල පලේ පුස්තකාලයාධිපතීන් ගණනාවකගෙන් සහ හිපයක විද්වතුන්ගෙන් ලිපි ලබා ගැනීමට හැකිවීම
No. 17 of 1970 - Ceylon Department of Government
盘了
Page 32
මෙම ප්‍රකාශනය පළ කිරිමේ ලා අප මෙහෙ සභාපතිනි ඊශේවරී කොරෙයා මැතිණියටත්, පුකා ප්‍රකාශන කටයුතු සංවිධානය කළ පුස්තකාලයයාර් කමිටුවේ මහත්ම මහත්මීන්ටත්, සෝදුපත් කි මිල්ටන්, කේ. කමලාම්බිකායි සහ මහ බැංකුවේ පද්මා වික්‍රමසිංහ යන මහත්ම මහත්මීන්ටත්, අ පූස්පරාණි සහ ජී. එච්. අයිරාංගනි මෙනවියටත්, සභාවේ ප්‍රචාරක අංශයේ එච්. ඩබ්ලිව්. දයාරත්න සර්වෝදය විශේවලෝඛයා ආයතනයටත්, නන් , * අවසාන වශයෙන් ස්තුතිවන්ත වෙමි.
1990 අපේල් 27, - ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලය, නිදහස් මාවත, . . . . .
කොළඹ 07.
18
යවූ ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලයේ }නය සඳහා ලිපි සැපයූ සියළුම ලේඛකයින්ටත්, පතිනි අයි. මුණසිංහ මහත්මිය ප්‍රධාන ප්‍රකාශන }වීමෙන් උදව් කල ඊ. එම්. ඩී. උපාලි, එම්. ඒ. 9බාමීය බැංකු කරුවන් පුහුණු කිරීමේ ආයතනයේ, ක් පිටපත් යතුරු ලියනය කර දුන් ජී. ඒ. නීතා පිට කවරය නිම කරදුන් ජාතික තරුණ සේවා මහතාටත්, අලංකාර අයුරින් මුද්‍රණ කටයුතු කළ යුරින් උදව් උපකාර කළ සෑම සියළු දෙනාටත්
లలి. టిటి. ద్ది. అరబెరి
· සංස්කාරක
· වැඩ බලන අධ පක්ෂ
Page 33
i EDTOR
While there are different versions of th accepted that Nationai Libraries originated A number of National Libraries in Europe before this period. But the origin of Nati origin of National Libraries.
In the recent past National Libraries library network, custodians of the cultural her identity and promotors of the material and i the last four decades the national library con
A number of events in the recent histo libraries. In 1952 a special section on Nat in International Federation of Library. As first initiative at international level to deve decisive year in the history of national libra American Library journal titled "Library Tre of national libraries in this year. This wa this created an interest in and an awareness and academics. The year 1955 is also impo1 was held in New Delhi, India, during this libraries special attention was given to the de Another seminar on National Libraries an in Brussels.
UNESCO National Library Regional Meeti
The next era of national library devel regional seminars on national libraries at following seminars were conducted by UN
Year City
1958 Vienna 1964 Manila .
1966 Quito
1 - Library Trend, Vol. 4, No. 1, July 1955. 2 - UNESCO. Public Libraries for Asia : th
3 - National Libraries : Their Problems and
Europe, Vienna, 6 - 12 September 1958 (E 4 - UNESCO Regional Seminar on the Develo
Area, Manila, 1964. 5 - Meeting of Experts on the Planning of Libre UNESCO Bulletin for Libraries, 20 (Nov
S NOTE
le origin of National Libraries, it is generally. during the 17th & 18th centuries in Europe.
had their origins in Royal Libraries' even onal States in Europe is considered as the
became the nerve centres of the nation wide itage of the country, preservers of the national intellectual progress of the country. During 2ept and activities have widened considerably.
ry has influenced the development of national ional & University Libraries was established Sociations (IFLA). This is considered the lop national libraries. 1955 is considered a ries by library & information scientists. An 2nd devoted one of its issues to the theme is the first detailed study on the subject and of this subject among librarians, researchers tant as a seminar on public libraries in Asia year.3. Though the seminar was on public velopment of national library services in Asia. d Documentation Services was held in 1955
ings
lopment was where the UNESCO conducted regional level between 1958 - 1974. The ESCO at regional levels.
Country Region
Austria Europe” Philippines Asia/Pacific' Equador Latin America
e Delhi Seminar. Paris : UNESCO, 1956.
Prospects. Symposium on National Libraries in Paris : UNESCO, 1960).
pment of National Libraries in Asia and the Pacific
ary Services in Latin America, Quito, 1966, Report, ember - December 1966).
9
Page 34
1967 Colombo 1970 Kampala 1974 Cairo
These regional seminars were import: time that the National Library became the th initiative taken by UNESCO helped in creat development. As a result the national lib international concept taking into conside development can be seen from the reports oft period.
International Programmes on Information Se
As a result of the experience gained d international seminars in the field and the un initiated a number of programmes at nation services. The first of these was the NATIS with 12 objectives. UNISIST was the othe special emphasis on the field of Science implementing these programmes at national NATIS Programmre, fell on the National Li. programmes were combined into a single pro responsibility of implementing the GIP fello
Besides these programmes UNESCO in collaboration with IFLA. The UBC is c were introduced for bibliographic activitie availability of publications. These prograr libraries.
Meetings of National Library Directors
As a part of the annual conference of to exchange their views on various problen countries. Besides this main forum, confe Asia and Oceania (CDNLAO) commenced in is to study the special problems in their regi is an essential part of today's National Libral
6 -- Meeting of Experts on the National Planni 11 - 19 December 1967; Final Report (Pari
7 - Experts Meeting on National Planning of Doc Uganda, 7 - 15 December 1970; Final Rep.
8 - National Planning Documentation and Libr for Libraries, 28 (July - August 1974).
20
Sri Lanka Asiao
Uganda Africa Egypt Arab Countries'
nt due to many reasons. This was the first ame of a series of international seminars. The ing a widespread interest in national library rary concept gradually developed into an ration various regional interests. This he above seminars held during the 1958 - 1974
rvices
uring the previous two decades regional and derstanding of third world affairs, UNESCO al level to organise library and information Programme which was introduced in 1974, r programme introduced by UNESCO with and Technology. The responsibility of level, especially the implementation of the braries of each country. In 1976 these two gramme namely the GIP Programme. The in the National Library of each country.
launched a number of other programmes one such programme under which standards s. The UAP programme facilitates the, mmes were mainly centred on the national
IFLA Directors of National Libraries meet is experienced by them in their respective rence of Directors of National Libraries in 1979. The main objective of the CDNLAO on and develop regional co-operation which y development. The first CDNLAO meeting
ng of Library Services in Asia, Colombo, Ceylon s: UNESCO, 1968).
umentation and Library Services in Africa, Kampala, drt (Paris : UNESCO, 1971).
ary Services in Arab Countries; UNESCO Bulletin
Page 35
was held in 1979 in Canberra', Australia, thi : Colombo, Sri Lanka (1985) and the forth (1989). The 5th meeting is to be held in Ku
National Library Functions
In discussing the background and devel it is important to consider the opinions of exp
Dr. K. W. Humphreys is considered National Libraries. In 1964 at the request four major National Libraries namely the l of Congress in Washington, Lenin Library Paris.' In 1966 he published a paper titlec
Humphreys divided National Library 1. Fundamental functions 2. Desirable functions
3. Functions of the National Library
National Library.
Fundamental Functions of a National Library The outstanding and Central coll Legal Deposit Coverage of foreign literature Publication of the National Bibli National Bibliographical Informat 6. Publication of Catalogues 7. Exhibitions,
Desirable Functions of a National Library
Inter-library lending Manuscripts Research on Library technology.
9 - International Conference of National Libraries 1979; Resolution, International Library Rev 10 - PROCEEDINGS of the second International Resource Sharing in Asia & Oceania, Nov Library, 1985 - 453 p. - PROCEEDINGS of the 3rd International
Rescurce Sharing in Asia & Oceania - 1 12 - Humphreys, K. W., The Role of the Nationa
No. 4. 13 - Humphreys, K. W. - National Library Fun
No. 4. July - August 1966 - p. 158 -
a second in Tokyo, Japan (1982)0 the third in Beijing, The Peoples Republic of China, lala Lumpur, Malaysia in 1992.
opment of the National Library movement, erts in this field.
the first expert to analyse the functions of of I FLA he analysed the functions of the British Museum Library, London, Library in Moscow, and Bibliotheque Nationale in i The functions of National Libraries.'
Functions into 3 main catagories.
which are not necessary functions of the
ection of a nation's literature
ography tion Centre
on Resource Sharing in Asia & Oceania, Canberra, iew, 12 (1980) pp. 43 - 7.
Conference of Directors of National Libraries on ember 15 - 19, 1982, – Tokyo : National Diet
Conference of Directors of National Libraries on 985, Colombo. al Library: A Preliminary Statement, Libri, Vol. 14
ctions - UNESCO Bulletin of Libraries, Vol. 20, 169.
21
Page 36
Functions of the National Library Service ' - National International exchange services Distribution of duplicates Books for the blind Professional Training Assistance in Library Techniques.
In 1980 Prof. Maurice Line, then th Division defined the functions of a National Li Libraries : a reassessment'. He too divide
Fundamental functions By-product functions
Other possible functions.
Fundamental Functions
A1 The Central collection of a nation's A2 Central loan/photocopy collection of A.3 Planning and co-ordination of interA4 Publication of the National Bibliogra A.5 National Bibliographic Centre A.6 National repository A.7 Exchange centre.
By Product Functions B. 1 Publications of catalogues cf large or B.2 Exhibitions B.3 Research on bibliographic techniques B.4 Professional training B.5 Expertise in library techniques.
Other Possible Functions B.6 Collection of information media relati B.7 Books for the blind
B.8 Collections of manuscripts other than
14 - Line, M. B. “The role of national libraries :
22
which are not necessary functions of the Library . . . .
Director of the British Library, Lending brary in a paper titled. The Role of National d the functions into 3 catagories.
information media foreign literature brary lending phy
specially important national libraries
ng to the country but issued elsewhere
those of national relevance and importance.
a reassessment”, Libri, 30; 1 - 16, 1980.
Page 37
Dr. A. M. Al-Nahari, Associate Pro
Jeddah, Saudi Arabia analysed the National analysis based on the replies received from circulated to 72 National Libraries around t Functions into 3 catagories. . .
1. First priority functions 2. Second prio ily functions 3. Thild priority functions.
First Priority Functions
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Acting as the legal deposit library Acting as the central collection of a ni
Collecting foreign literature about the co
and on a particular subject according to Producing the National Bibliography
Acting as the National Bibliographic C. Developing and maintaining bibliographi
Second Priority Functions
1. 2.
10.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Collecting, preserving and organizing t Providing access to the National Lib information agencies. Participating in the planning of Librar. Acting as a Centre for exchange of pl Producing a national union catalogue Providing leadership to the country's 1 Planning and co-ordinating inter-librar Providing services to the government Providing professional training Providing indexing services to articlesi
Third Priority Functions
Formulating national standards for inf
Providing a focal point for linkage with
Providing assistance in information hand
Administering a programme for generat or other information services
Conducting research on library techniq Providing books for the blind and othe
15 — AL - NAHARI, Abdulaziz Mohamed. The .
with Special Reference to Saudi Arabia. , Lc
fessor in the King Abdulaziz University, Library functions in 1984. He made his 54 National Libraries for a questionnaire. le world. He divided the National Library
ation’s literature untry by the country's authors living abroad
the country's needs
ntre c data bases relevant to the country.
he country's manuscripts ܀ rary's catalogues for other libraries and
y Services in the country -
blications nation wide and internationally
ibraries y lending
n the countries periodicals and newspapers.
ormation handling and access to international data banks ing techniques (methodology and standards) ing catalogues on part of published books
CS wise handicapped.
Role of National Libraries in Developing Countries, ndon and New York: Mansell, 1984
23
Page 38
NATIONAL LIBRARY MOVEMENT IN
The opening of the National Library i in the development of the educational and cul it is an extremely important event in the Compared to most of our neighhbouring cc Malaysia, Singapore, Indonesia and Thailan Libraries, the delay in Sri Lanka (which has shows a definite lagging behind in this area.
Although the National Library is to b upto now Sri Lanka has been totally in Government Oriental Library as far back a establishing a library at national level. The and the Museum Library in 1877 is also consi of National Library Services. By collecting years the Museum Library has been functiol Printers and Publishers Ordinance of 1885 influencing the establishment of a Nationa stipulated that all local publications should be is an integral part of the National Library d a National Library collection was built up Most Third World countries enacted the L mid or latter part of the 20th century. Sri L as far back as the late 19th century.
An interest in the National Library century. A number of committees and comr issues during this period have launched upon These were the Choksy Commision (1955 Committee (1959) o and Wilmot Perera Comu (1967) and Danton Committee (1969) of th committees were not specifically appointed Library or National Library Service. The establishment of a National Library in Sri La Services is a marked deficiency in this field
- Τ --
16 - CHOKSY, N. K. - Reports of the Comm Government Press, 1955 – (Sessional Pape
7 - Kandiah, P. Report of the Commission on
Colombo: Municipal Press, 1958.
18 - BROHIER, R. L. - Final report of the spec
Press, 1959 - (Sessional Paper 7 - 1959).
19 - Wilmot Perera Salaries and Carder Commit
24
SRI LANKA
1990 can be considered an important event tural activities in the country. Undoubtedly history of library services in Sri Lanka. untries namely India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, d which have already established National one of the highest literacy rates in Asia)
e inaugurated in 1990 it does not mean that active in this field. The setting up of the 1870 can be considered as the first step in establishment of the Department of museums iered an important landmark in the history g the local publications during the past 113 ning as an "unofficial National Library. The can also be considered an important event | Library. This Legal Deposit Law which deposited in a number of selected institutions evelopment process. Due to this legislation even in the absence of a National Library. legal Deposit Legislation either during the anka has been fortunate in enacting this law
was revived thereafter only in the mid 20th missions appointed to look into various other he importance of having a National Library. ),o Kandiah Commission (1958),” Brohier mittee (1960)'. Unlike the Parry Committe Le United Kingdom these commissions and to look into the organisation of a National absence of a special committee to study the nka and the organisation of National Library
.
ission of Local Government - Colombo: Ceylon er; 33 - 1955). Report of the Colombo Municipal Public Library.
ial committee on antiquities - Ceylon Government
tee report - 1960.
Page 39
The UNESCO Library Experts Meetin of Ms. E. J. Evans, UNESCO Library adviso in the history of the development of the Natio Library Services Board in 1970' is a result event in the National Library establishme Board Act states the establishment and mai as a main responsibility of the Board. Th responsibility during the period 1970 - 1990 achieving this objective.
A number of achievements were made by a number of problems and drawbacks. A bibliography, commencement of bibliograp. as a national deposit library, initiating the co assistance to other libraries in the country activities, book development activities, acti maintaining international links.
Duling this period the construction of Though the construction work spanned over building which has the floor area of sf. 1 this period was the recruitment of staff for professional level has been approved for the in the country will have such a large profess employed as para professional, clerical and
While functions of National Librari at international level, many discussions have on the functions of the Sri Lanka Nationa was the Kandiah Report of 1958. Since th expressed various viewpoints on the subject Library is being widely discussed at present study the viewpiotints expressed by these past 3 1/2 decades. It is surprising that certa are still valid in the present context. The the past 3 1/2 decades on the activities of the and exhaustive. Nevertheless, considering t and future of the National Library of Sri L
KANDIAH REPORT - (Proposed function
1." - A repository wherein are collected a literature and other records concerni the entire nation ',
20 - Ceylon National Library Services Board Act
Printing 1970.
g held in Colombic in 1967 and the activities during 1967 - 1970 are important landmarks nal Library. The establishment of a National of these two events. This is an important t process. The National Library Services tenance of the Sri Lanka Nacional Library attempts made by the Board to meet this can be considered as the first step towards
during those two decades which were marked mong them are the publishing of the national nical services activities at basic level, acting llection of the country's literature, providing , conducting library education and training ng as the exchange centre, establishing and
the National Library building was completed. a period of 12 years the final outcome is a 25000. Another major achievement during the Library. At present about 30 posts at National Library. No other major library ional staff. In addition there are about 130
minor staff.
es have been discussed in different forums also been held at the national level focussing al Library. The origin of these discussions len numerous persons and committees have The activities of the Sri Lanka National and therefore it is extremely important to various persons and committees during the . in viewpoints expressed during the late 1950's list containing viewpoints expressed during National Library of Sri Lanka are detailed he importance of these for the past, present anka these are discussed below.
is of the National Library of Sri Lanka)
nd preserved, in varied forms, treasures of ng the history, culture and achievements of
No. 17 of 1970 - Ceylon Department of Government
25
Page 40
2." - It is a store house of the world's best
in recorded sound. Information in re of man, whichever part of the world
3." - Outside established academic instituti of research into various fields of kı
4." - It would be the organising centre di in the entire country, by providing t cataloguing and classifying apparatu 5." - Guidance to writers and publishers.
BROHER REPORT - 1959 -
(Proposed functions of the National Library
(a) to serve as a central depository of all bc of those published elsewhere;
(b) providing centralised services in ma
standardisation of methods, etc.;
(c) registration of books and periodicals al (d) to serve as a Central Book Exchang (e) to organise an inter-Library Loan S
(f) generally, to assist the development of
training for staff from all over the
HAROLD BONNY REPORT* ——
(Proposed functions of the National Library
1. the need to have available in one place,
2. the need for a National Reference Libra
3. the need for a Current National Bibiliog
guide:
4. the need for a focal point and organising in order that the total book resources of of Ceylon.
UNESCO, COLOMBO SEMINAR REPO)
(Proposed functions of the National Library The National Library will be a legal di
(a) preserving the national culture
(b) developing by all appropriate means available total library resources of the community;
(c) establishing relations with the librarie can be self-sufficient; and more part
* – Bonny, Harold V., Library Services for Ce
26
visdom as preserved in print, in drawing and gard to the highest and the best achievements he lived or lives in.'
ins like the University, it will be the centre .owledge'.
recting the development of Library Service hem with adequate bibliographical services, S and information,"
of Sri Lanka) oks published in Ceylon and a good selection
tters such as cataloguing, bibliographies.
ld the preparation of a National Bibliography ge;
ystem; and
a National Librally Service and to provide Island.
of Sri Lanka)
all the material about Ceylon; ry to be the main centre of research; raphy, published weekly, as a book selection
, agency for inter-library exchange of books, the country may be available to any resident
-- 1967 سس۔ RT of Sri Lanka)
posit library. Its primary purpose will be:
systems and procedures which will make nation for the benefit of the whole national
s of other countries, since no country today icularly :
ylon, Dept. of Cultural Affairs (1960).
Page 41
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv) (v) (vi)
(vii)
(viii)
to maintain and develop a national comprehensive collection of library m. people: to serve as a national reference and re be determined by the Library Boa advantageous use of the library in t
to complete the Ceylon National Bibi services as required;
to compile a Union Catalogue of Cey to be responsible for inter-library loan
to serve as a centre for the disseminat national basis, and to assist, in gener
to serve as the National Document to provide co-ordination and assistan
H. A. I. GOONETILLEKE * (Proposed functions of the National Library
i.
8.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14. 15.
To offer leadership in the professional To serve as a permanent depository of Provide bibliographical and reference se To serve as a co-ordinating agency for To act as the principal legal deposit lib To preserve the national culture and its
To develop by all appropriate means, available the total library resources of community
To establish relations with the libraries To have the authority for the receipt : newspapers published in Sri Lanka
To compile and publish the Sri Lanka N bibliographical services as required to c To serve as the national bibliographic c To assist in general in the fields of libra To serve as the National Documentatic
science technology, industrial and a humanities
To provide co-ordination and assista
To promote the development of library professional standards both in theory
21 - Goonetilleke, H. A. I. The Meaning and p
29 (1), 1969.
collection of library material, including a iterial relating to Ceylon and the Ceylonese
earch library upon such conditicins as may rd with a view to promoting the most he national interest;
iography, and provide other bibliographical
loniana and a Union List of Serials;
both within the country and internationally:
ion of information on a national and interal, in the field of library co-operation;
ation Centre; ce to all government departmental libraries.
of Sri Lanka)
field the naticnal output of literature rvices to the public and the Government co-operative activities rary in the country
literary heritage
systems and procedures which will make the nation for the benefit of the whole
of other countries and registration of books, periodicals and
ational Bibiliography and provide ancilliary :ompile Union Lists and Catalogues 'entre for the dissemination of information ry co-operation and exchange in Centre in the field of pure and applied
gricultural research, social sciences and
ce to all government libraries education and training, and to elevate the and practice.
Irpose of a National Library for Sri Lanka” Libri,
27
Page 42
NATIONAL LIBRARY OF SRI LANKA: (Proposed functions of the National Library (a) To acquire and conserve a compreh produced in Sri Lanka and function a (b) To acquire and preserve manuscripts Lanka and deemed necessary for the pl (c) To hold and keep up to date large and
including books about the country (d) To produce the National Bibliograph (e) To act as the National Bibliographi (f) To compile a National Union Catalo (g) To assist the local libraries to acqui available by supplying the catalogue (h) To act as the National Centre for the graphic Control and related program (i) To act as the National Centre for for necessary central national lending si (i) To act as library of last resort for ref
central referral services (k) To acquire and maintain the collections to provide arrangements for exchange into and arrange exchange of materia (l) Tc promole library and bibliographics (m) To provide and arrange adequate rep at national and international commi
SLNLSB BOARD DOCUMENT* - NO: (Proposed functions of the National Library
(a) To scrve as a depository for all local a
(b) To accumulate and preserve books,
and similar materials concerning Cey may be useful to the National Lib1
(c) To ensure the provision of adequate general public, and in this connectic (i) co-ordinate the acquisition of
institutions etc., in order to ensu of service and to avoid duplica (ii) procure such library materials a other libraries might not acqui
* National Library of Sri Lanka: SLNLSB, SLNLSB - BOARD Document No. 53 -
28
LNLSB PUBLICATION* of Sri Lanka)
ensive national collection of publications
a legal deposit library
and other library material relating to Sri Lrposes of the National Library in Sri Lanka
representative collection of foreign literature
y of Sri Lanka
information Centre gue of holdings of libraries of Sri Lanka re, process and make information material
data National contribution to Universal Biblio
էmeS eign lending and borrowing and to provide e VlCeS
rence information and to provide necessary
necessary to support the services mentioned; of materials within Sri Lanka and to enter ls with foreign libraries and agencies
tandards needed to further these programmes resentation of the national library interests ttees and working groups. -
1973 سسس- 53
of Sri Lanka) nd foreign publications received on deposit; manuscripts (whether in original or copy) lon; and such foreign library materials as ary; library resources to government and to the )
ibrary materials in government sponsored re adequate coverage in their special spheres ion; s are specialiased, rare or expensive, which 'e:
Colombo - 1985.
1973.
Page 43
d) . Το organise and co-ordinate the lib government sponsored institutions, etc ment and to the general public;
(e) To serve as the National Bibliograp
(i) compile the Ceylon National E (ii) compile other Bibliographies w (iii) maintain a Union Catalogue of in (iv) contribute to national and inte
(f) To serve as the National Copyright
(g) To serve as a reference library upon s
and regulations;
(h) To serve as an agency for promoting
library co-operation;
(i) To assist in the training of librarians; and library services; demonstrate by ex and organise display of books, mal educational and cultural purposes;
(j) To serve as the National Document:
The above viewpoints show a genera functions of the National Library of Sri L maintenance of a central collection of Sri Lan to be undertaken by the National Library importance cf collecting and maintaining a functions form the basis of most of the othel the National Library. These committee rep can be acquired to form the nucleus of the Brohier and Harold Bonny Committees emph National Archives, Royal Asiatic Society ( Archeology should be brought together to It is imperative that this sugggestion rece
The National Library Services Board the importance of maintaining a foreign lit national collection. Another function stress Bibliography and acting as the national bibli the National Library will maintain publishi national bibliographies and provide bit responsibility of the National Library as the by all the committee reports. The Printers the responsibility of registration of books to the Department of National Archives. the National Library was stressed in the B
rary services in Government Departments, c., and provide specialised services to Govern
hic centre and in this connection :
Bibliography; which might be useful or necessary; on-fiction books in major libraries in Ceylon ërnational bibliographical projects.
Office for Books and Newspapers &
uch conditions as may be laid down by rules
and maintaining national and international
disseminate information relating to libraries lhibitions, etc., advances in library technology nuscripts, and other library materials for
ation Centre.
1 consensus of opinion on the activities and anka. These committees have accepted the kan publications as one of the major functions Also many reports have emphasised the national manuscript collection. These two activities and functions to be undertaken by orts also give the sources from which material National Library. Reports of the Kandiah, asise that collections of the National Museum Sri Lanka Branch) and the Department of form the nucleus of the National Library. cives careful consideration.
report of 1974 and reports thereafter stress terature collection in addition to the main sed in most reports is compiling the National ographical information centre. Accordingly ng of current and retrospective (1962 - 1885) bliographical informatic n sc1 vices. The Legal Deposit Library has been emphasised and Publishers Ordinance of 1885 entrusted and periodicals and legal deposit functions Ithe necessity of transferring this function to rohier Report, SLNLSB Report (1974) and
29
Page 44
by Mr. H. A. I. Gooneuilleke in his article the national bibliography was transferred to in 1976 the SLNLSB became a deposit library and newspapers and the basic legal deposit f National Library of Sri Lanka.
Acting as the inter-library lending committee reports. The standards of inter at present and the SLNLSB expects to begin from the other major libraries of the coun
Functioning as an exchange centre committees. This function has been starte
H. A. I. Goonetilleke and other sub for the National Library to provide leader the local libraries. The education for traini publishing industry have also been stressed i have been repeated in various forms in the
It is important that the functions of a requirements in this field. It must therefori one country cannot be moulded on the sam country. A number of factors such as a coul of the library movement and the priorities National Library functions.
Based on the innernaticinally recogn viewpoints expressed on the Sri Lanka Nation during the last two decades and the present publication fields, the main functions of the Sr at present. These are detailed below.
Outstanding central collection of Sri Collection of Ola leaf manuscripts & Collection of foreign literature suitab Legal Deposit collection Publication of current and retrospec National Bibliographical Information Publish the catalogues of major lib1a Planning and co-ordinating inter-libri Centre for exchange for publications Formulation of Library standards Planning the country's library servic Research in Library & Information
30
(1969). In 1973 the function of compiling the National Library Services Board and
The function of the registration of books unctions still remain to be acquired by the
centre is another function stressed by the library lending activities are being studied l inter library loans shortly with assistance try.
has also been stressed by senie of these d on a limited scale.
sequent reports have emphasised the need ship and formulate library standards for g of librarians and assisting the local book n the reports. At times the same functions committee reports.
National Library should reflect the country's be understood that a National Library in e lines as the National Library of another ntry's requirements, the development pattern of national plans influence the designing of
ised National Library functions, various al Library activities, activities of the SLNLSB
status of the local library information and i Lanka National Library have been identified
Lanka literature
other important manuscripts ble for country’s requirements
tive National Bibiliographies
Centre
lies in Sri Lanka ary lending
S
2S Science field
Page 45
Library services for blind and other Library Education & Training activit Promotion of Publishing Promotion of reading habit.
According to the SLNLSB Act No. 17 National Library is one of the main responsi necessary legal base for the SLNLSB to ma there is a need for separate legislation for thi
The SLNLSB is publishing this Com on the National Library and on the library : of the inauguration of the National Library grateful to all contributors to this commen National Librarians and other professionals
I take this opportunity to thank sincere for her guidance, all contributing authors fort committee headed by Mrs. I. Munasinghe. Mr. M. A. Milton, Miss. K. Kamalambikai, Bank (RB & STC) for assisting in reading rani and & Miss G. H. Irangani for typing the NYSC (Publicity Division) for desig Vishvalekha for a job well done & all oth this Commemorative Volume.
27th April 1990 National Library of Sri Lanka Independence Avenue, Colombo 07,
Sri Lanka.
handicapped ties
of 1970 (p. 26), maintenance of the Sri Lanka bilities of the SLNLSB. This provides the intain the National Library. Nevertheless, 2 National Library of Sri Lanka.
memorative Volume containing information services in general on this historic occasion of Sri Lanka. The SLNLSB is particularly lorative volume, some cf whom are leading
in Librarianship and relevant fields.
ly Mrs. IshvariCorea, Chairperson SLNLSB, heir articles, and members of the publication I also wish to thank Mr. E. D. M. Upali Mrs. Padma Wickremasinghe of the Central the proofs, Miss G. A. Neetha Pushpag the manuscripts, Mr. H.W. Dayaratne of ning the Cover, the Printers, Sarvodaya ers who helped in various ways in preparing
M. S. U. Amarasiri, Editor. Director (Actg.)
31
Page 46
Page 47
THE NATIONAL LIBRARY AND
By Mr. M. Chairman, Sri Lanka National Li
A nation's cultural heritage in arts, c1 records in the form of inscriptions and its histories depicted in artifacts or skeletons o technical and industrial areas, are protecte generations in various types of national mus size and volume of content only in relation afford to have more museums than the ot
02. There is another kind of cultural produced records on writing material, barl or other leaves which are intended to be rea of a particular language and which are prote to readers of the present day and will be av National Libraries which preserve the prod the time their thinking began to be recorde greater would be the volume of recorded mat with not only the spoken word for commun of symbols or pictographs. For us such a si to a few centuries before the Christian era, b material which would naturally get collected commence with at least copies of the earlie and come down to the printed matter of 1 continue for as long a period as this Natio
O3. Some of the functions of a National by the Department of National Archives Museum, from its inception in 1877 had a collection of invaluable ola leaf manuscri for research. They also took over the boc also housed the Library of the Royal Asiat
04. Somehow, the need for a National or priority in the affairs of government until a was established in 1956 and soon after, a p. Development commenced than ever before for Development of Reading Materials in was the Sri Lanka Sahit ya Mandalaya estab came into being a body called the Nationa Cultural Affairs. The improvement of libr a matter for serious attention by the Regio component elements of the Book industry by UNESCO experts in various aspects of personnel to such events in other countries, greater recognition in doing which the UN played an important part.
HE LIBRARY SERVICES BOARD
J. Perera brary Services Board (1981-82)
afts, in paintings and sculpture, its historical
ethnic and anthropological and geological bones, its discoveries and inventions in the i and exhibited for the present and future eums in every country. They vary in scope to the affluence of the country which can, hers.
eritage belonging to countries which have (, papyrus, clay tablets, rock surfaces, palm d by persons who are educated in the letters ‘cted and made available (not only exhibited) ailable to future generaticns. Those are the ucts of the collective genius of people from i. The longer a civilization has existed, the erial, if the civilization was of a settled people, ication but also an alphabet or other system tuation has existed from a period going back but definitely from the 3rd Century B.C. So the in the National Library of Sri Lanka should st lithic records of the 1st and 2nd centuries the last decade of the 20th century and will nal Institution lasts.
Library are being performed in this country and the National Museum. The National reference library in which an impressive pts had been protected and made available ks of the Government Oriental Library and ic Society for a long period.
Library was not pressed with any urgency bout 1960. The Cultural Affairs Department eriod of greater activity in the area of Book with the setting up of the Regional Centre Karachi by UNESCO in 1957. Not only lished by an Act of Parliament but also there 1 Book Trust created by the Department of ary systems in the Asian Region began to be inal Centre as the Library is one of the five Seminars, conferences, work shops, visits book production and visits of Sri Lankan made Book Development a subject deserving ESCO National Commissions for Sri Lanka
33
Page 48
05. It was at this time that an event of si development. It was decided by the Cultur mentioned National Book Trust. Such bodi with the active support and advice from Ka representatives from the five groups - Wr Librarians - but it was a big problem to s Sri Lanka of any recognised associations ar Department of Cultural Affairs had to summ to form. Associations and then to nominat was not easy. Publishers, in particular, bei to "associate' with their rivals. But Libral meetings were not only a success fo1 the imme those present realised the need for an Assoc Ceylon Librarians Association in August incorporated in June 1974)
06. This Association was launched and re of Cultural Affairs and the authorities in cha who took the leadership not only took interc raising the status of the librarian, who upto of books, by training them to be professi education in the country. The certificates gi by the Government, Local Government and
07. Sri Lanka has a long history, indee every institute of learning which in the past the Pirivenas, the Potgula, the Sinhala ve1 part of the institution, for keeping the ola commentaries, sub commentaries, exegetical of all available learned writings, prose an highly respected, and some, even venerati
08. This tradition has been maintained ev the South Indian and Western invasions. T the burning of libraries as recorded in our his what they could but reorganised the librari which did not suffer under the armies of country.
09. However, during the periods of forei education in the old tradition suffered and a place. But even though the native centres C protected the book collections with devoti Dhamma. The Portuguese and the Dutcl the British period, the Department of Arc were removed from the country to enrich th for private collections all over Europe.
34
gnificance occurred in the sphere of library al Affairs Department to establish the above as were being set up in many Asian countries, rachchi. Its membership was to consist of ters, printers, publishers, book sellers and elect such representatives in the absence in nong them except the printers. Hence, the on meetings of these groups to enable them e representatives to the Book Trust. This ng competitors in the business, did not want tians did not have such a difficulty and their :diate purpose, but had lasting results in that, riation on a permanent basis and formed the 1960. (Its stability was such that it was
cognised with enthusiasm by the Department urge of Libraries in the country. The people st in the affairs of the members, but also in
then, in most places, was only a custodian onals. This was the beginning of Library ven by the Association have been recognised the private sector for professional purposes.
d a tradition, in maintaining Libraries in was the Buddhist Temple. Particularly in "sion of "pustakala', was an indispensable leaf books of scriptures, and the connected works. glossaries etc., and also manuscripts d poetry compositions. The “book' was 2d.
ven in periods of great peril - caused during The destruction of places of worship included tory. But the monks have not only preserved es by getting manuscripts copied from areas invaders, situated in the interior parts of the
gn occupation and later total domination, new tradition did not establish itself in its flearning became almost extinct, the monks on because they were the custodians of the h. maintained their own Archives. During nives was established but many manuscripts e collections in the British Museum and also
Page 49
10. During the long centuries of histors copied laboriously on ola leaves and deposit learning, treated against insect attack, pla lacquered designs and often kept dry in sil) of the 1avages of time, plundering, destruct come down to us as a national, cultural le have done their best and the nation's thank down the corridors of time to the last dec Library of Sri Lanka has to take over a spe as for recording, identifying and catalogu
11. The first serious recorded mention ( Final Report of the Special Committee on Chairman) which recommended that the M National Library. This has been support headed by Wilmot Perera - S.P. VI of 19 Brohier and Wilmot Perera were very muc 1970 was very productive in developing t Association formed in August 1960, appoint Library and had made various recommen decade UNESCO, launched its world wide the year of the Book) and held internation Asia followed by the Cairo Conference for America. Regionally, the Karachchi UN) Book Development Project and as a result on various aspects of Library development and Ms. E. J. Evans in 1967. However it w National Planning of Libraiy Services in A a general plan was formulated and prese libraries as a system. While concepts of sig ifficant feature in Asian countries sinc breaking the shackles of ecoromic stagnati accelerated economic growth”, the report sta have not yet been introduced into the fie doubt, been made but no Asian country library system which could integrate the res.
12. This meeting specially emphasised “with a view to making the best possible use goals in the development of a nation's libi not mean centralised control, but rather and activities so that the whole system car and the people which it serves.' (Quotat of Experts on the National Planning of L. UNESCO - Paris)
in Sri Lanka books have been written and
2d in the collections of the various centres of 'ed between wooden plates, decorated with or other clean wrapping material. Inspite ion by fire, a great volume of writings have acy for protection. The monks in temples s are due to them. But now we have come Lde of the 20th century when, the National ial responsibility for their protection as well ing them.
if a National Library for Sri Lanka is in the Antiquities S.P. VII of 1959 (R. L. Brohieruseum Library should be constituted into a ed by the Salaries and Cadres Commission 51. It is worth while to note that both R. L. h interested in education. The decade 1960he idea further. The Sri Lanka Library ed a standing sub - committee on the National dations to Government. During this same Book Development Programme (remember al meetings at continental level in Tokyo for Africa and the Bogota Conference fcr Latim ESCO Regional Office was activated for the t three experts came to Sri Lanka to advise - H. V. Bonny in 1961, A. J. Wells in 1962 as at the UNESCO meeting of Experts on the sia held in Colombo in December 1967, that hted as appropriate for the development of economic and social planning had been a e th: attainment of their independence “in on of the preceding period and achieving an tes, “concepts of economic and social planning d of libraries. Sporadic attempts have, no has yet endeavoured to build up a national ources and services of all types of libraries.'
the need for library planning in a country of scarce resources to achieve pre-determined ary resources and services.' "Planning does co-operation and co-ordination of resources be mobilized for the benefit of any one unit ions are from the Final Report of the Meeting brary Services in Asia - 26/4/1968 issued by
35
Page 50
13. An item on the Agenda of this mee development of Library Services for Ceylon that time had been analysed taking into acco organisation of a system, a National Librar Libraries, University Libraries, School Libra into account, the state of the whole structur
“In Ceylon, the Ministry of Education Government, the Municipal, Urban, Town an institutes, individual government department development of Libraries.'
“The Universities and Special Librar co-operation between any of the library servi exist. There is a need for integration of co-operation with the aut nomous bodies. an independent statutory corporation which \ of library services throughout the country.
14. Among the steps to be taken to enabl. was the establishment of the Ceylon Nation
15. This report was published in Decem this 1ecommendation and the necessary leg Services Board was enacted in 1970. Mr. H. Adviser was in Sri Lanka in 1960. In his re a National Library in the country. To quot on Public and School Libraries, but in the r to include National, University and Special
“An urgent necessity is the Ceylon I
(I) of the need to have available
(JI) of the need for a National Refe
(III) of the need for a current Na book selection guide;
(IV) of the need for a focal point an of books, in order that the t available to any resident of
(V) there is much National Libral readily available or is becomi storage facilities.'
36
ing was the preparation of a plan for the and for this the situation in Sri Lanka at unt the existing library facilities. The apex , did not exist. Taking the others, Public ties, Special Libraries and Temple Libraries 2 is summarized as follows;
and Cultural Affairs, the Ministry cf Local d Village Councils, the Universities, research s and corporations are all interested in the
les are autonomous bodies. There is little ’es and no union catalogues or lists of serials
Public and School Library Services and The answer to this is the establishment of vill be responsible for the general promotion
e the government of Sri Lanka to do all these, al Library Services Board.
ber 1967. The then Government accepted islation to establish the National Library arold V. Bonny the first UNESCO Library port he has emphasized the urgent need for e him "My brief was to advise particularly Lational plan of library services, I have had Libraries.
National Library because,
n one place all the material about Ceylon;
rence Library to the main centre of research;
tional Bibliography, published weekly, as a
| organising agency for inter-library exchange otal book resources of the country may be ceylon;
y material in the country which is either not g damaged because of bad or inadequate
Page 51
Mr. Bonny concludes; “There are a material which should rightly be in a Nati Archaeological Depatment, the Archives anc should be made to combine these different lit Library.'
16. Ten years after these recommendatio Board was established, of course, helped b meeting of 1967. From 1970 to 1990, a twent activities expected of the Board, the develo and the establishment of the National Libri situation which existed in 1967 quoted in pa
17. In the meantime significant changes of library activities. Even the subject des Library and Information Science. A furth been added to its functions - Library and National Library, even in the present wo “Communication' network, still "Stands f cultural heritage (f a nation lying in docu
18. While this concept remains, the 1espo have been extended in the direction of bein The authors of "National Library and Inform state "Adding a new dimension to the plan been the recent change in the library functiot of books to meet the expressed or assumed been changing to a more active role' that o This has been the most recent developm communication development. To quote fr. of today, with its huge dependence on techn is an ever-growing need for improving the dis to apply that technology, but also to produce forms of 'democracy' (however one may inte for their survival, in relation to their own 1 their relations in the other countries. Thi minor social function largely taken for grant social function, now a subject of study in i and P. H. Sewell)
19. In view of these developments the Act of 1970 needs careful examination to b exactly what Ms. S. R. Korale has done ir International Conference of Directors of N 1985), published in the Proceedings in 1987 Board. She has shown that, in order to ov
number of libraries in Ceylol containing onal Library. These are the Museum, the i possibly, the Royal Asiatic Society. Efforts braries to provide the nucleus of the National
ns were made the National Library Services y the special thrust given by the UNESCO ty year period has elapsed, and the two major pment of library services round the country ary, still have a long way to go. Even the ra. 13 above, still remains much the same.
have occurred in relation to the whole field ignation of Library Science has changed to her new simension of great importance has
Infcrmation Services (LIS). However, the ld concept of being a powerful link in the or the protection and preservation of the mentary form.'
insibilities and activities of a National Library g also responsible for Information Services. nation Services - A hand book for planners' ning of library and information services has itself. From being a store for the provision
needs of users as they arose, libraries have f Library and Information Services - (LIS). ent taking its due place in the world of om the same source, “in the complex society ology organised for the common good, there semination of information, not only in order
a greater understanding of the society. All rpret that term) depend on this understanding national development and to the progress of us, "communication from being a relatively. ted, has become 'Communication' - a major ts own right.” (C. V. Penna, D. J. Foskett
Sri Lanka National Library Services Board bring it up to today's requirements. This is the paper submitted by her at the 3rd ational Libraries of Asia and Oceania (Nov.
by the Sri Lanka National Library Services ercome the shortcomings in the existing law,
37
Page 52
it is necessary to amend the National Library the responsibility assigned to the National L it would house and also its relationship with in the Public Library, the Universities, the etc. (Page 121 of the Proceedings)
20. Writing in 1975, Mr. K. D. Somad Library Services Board (in his contribution to of the Colombo Public Library) has stated building will commence in September 1975 a in January 1979. He was optimistic enough years and he must have been justified in hi. 1990, the building has not been officially col and the painful period during which the Boa OVE".
21. But events have not been waiting all the development of library services and the f widened, its educational services also have Government's administration is undergoing Provincial Councils necessitating a fresh look a basis. Even more than all these, the recent the youth unrest indicate the urgent and desp. network of library services. This last need is youth of the country coming out of the sch appease their thirst for knowledge and info social need of high priority. In the developm development have not had a priority so far in the interest of social harmony and balanc
22. The country has therefore great hop will get down to study the country's needs for services, its own quick build up, and try to long years.
38
Services Board Act so as to "clearly define brary in respect of the National Collection other collections that have grown over time National Archives, the National Museum'
isa, the then Director/Secretary, National the Golden Jubilee Commemoration Volume hat the site work for the National Library nd the building is scheduled for occupation that the building will be completed in three hopes at that time. But even in January mmissioned. The building is now complete rd had no proper home (since 1971) is now
these years and while the perspectives for unctions of the National Library itself have expended and the whole structure of the vast changes through the establishment of ut Public Library development on a provincial upheavals in the whole country particularly rate need to provide an efficient islandwide stressed because the large number of literate ools and universities needs such services to rmation and further education. This is a tent plans of the country, the place of library but this shortsighted policy should change ed development.
es that the National Library of Sri Lanka the improvement of library and information catch up on lost time, extending to fifteen
Page 53
ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පූස්ත
ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේ එම්. එස්. යූ
ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ වර්ධනයේ
1870 - 1885 කාලය
1955 - 1970 කාලය
1970 - 1990 කාලය වශයෙනි
1870 - 1885 කාල පරිච්ජෙදය :
1870 වසර ජාතික පුස්තකාල ඉතිහාසයේ කාර්යයන් කිහිපයක් ඉටු කිරීමේ පර්මාරථය, ඇතිව ඒ අනුව 1870 වසරේ රජයේ ප්‍රාචින පුස්තකාලය අ; පියවර ලෙස සැළකිය හැක. දිවයින පුරා විසිරී ප රැස් කිරීමේ සහ සංවිධානය කිරීමේ අවශායතාවය ලෙ විජිතවල සංස්කෘතිය පිළිබඳ උනන්දුවක් මව් ආණඩු පැතිර පැවතුණ මතයක් විය. මේ අවදියේ ලංකා තත්වයට හේතු වූ බව පෙනේ. පුරාචීන පුස්තක නියෝජිතයන් ලංකාව පුරා සංචාරය කල බව ස වලින් පොත්පත් ලබා ගැනීමේ කාර්යය එතරම් සා පිළිබඳ අවබෝධයක් ලබා ගැනීමටත් සැළකිය යු ලංකාව පුරා විසිරී පැවති පොත්ගුල් වල තැන්පත්: නාමාවලියක් සකස් කිරීමටත් මේ නිසා හැකිවූ 8 පළවූ සියළුම පොත්පත් එක්රැස්කොට පාඨකයින් පුස්තකාලයේ පරමාර්ථය වීමයි. ' ජාතියේ ප්‍රකාශ නූතන ජාතික පුස්තකාලවල ප්‍රධාන පරමාර්ථයට මේ පැවැත්ම අවුරුදු හතක කෙටි කාලයකට සීමා වූදී වර්ධනයේ මූලික අවස්ථාව වශයෙන් සැළකිය හැ පුමාණයක් මෙම පුස්තකාලය පරිහරණය කල බi පුස්තකාලය ජාතික කෙණතුකාගාර පුස්තකාලයට
1877 වසරේ ජාතික කෙ0තුකාගාරය සහ කෙ නිසා ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල ඉතිහාසයේ මුල් පුරා වස්තු සහ කෙෂ්තුක වස්තු රැස් කොට සං කෙෂ්තුකාගාරය එහි එක් අංශයක් වශයෙන් පොද යාමද ආරම්භ කරන ලදී. මෙහි ආරම්භයක් ලෙ කෙහොතුකාගාර පුස්තකාලයට ඒකාබද්ධ කරන ලදී. දේශීය ප්‍රකාශන එක්රැස් කිරීමේ කාර්යයෙහි අද තැන්පතුනීතිය යටතේ ලංකාවේ පලවන සැම පුකා හිමිකම් ලබා ඇත. මේ අනුව පසුගිය වසර 113 මුළු ප්‍රකාශන එක්රැස් කිරීම නිසා ලංකාවේ නිල නොල
xකාලය - හැඳින්විමක්
වා මණඩලයේ වැ.. බ. අධ්‍යක්ෂ පූ. අමරසිරි
කැපී පෙනෙන කාල පරිච්ජෙද තුනක් ඇත
වැදගත් වනුයේ ප්‍රථම වරට ජාතික පුස්තකාල ජාතික මට්ටමින් පුස්තකාලයක් ඇරඹීම නිසා වේ. සැරඹීම ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල ඉතිහාසයේ මුල් නැවති පාලි, සංස්කෘත සහ සිංහල පුස්කොල පොත් මෙම පුස්තකාලය පිහිටුවීමට මුල් විය. තම යටත් }ව විසින් දැක්විය යුතු බව මේ අවදියේ යුරෝපයේ වේ පැතිර ගිය ආගමික සහ භාෂා පුනරුදයද මේ කාලය සඳහා පොත්පත් සොයා ගැනීමට රජයේ ඳහන් වේ. පන්සල් ආරමවල පැවති පොත්ගුල් ර්ථක නොවුවද එම පුස්තකාලවල ඇති පොත්පත් තු තරම් පොත්පත් තොගයක් රැස් කර ගැනීමටත් වූ පොත්පත් පිළිබඳ සැළකිය යුතු මට්ටමේ ග්‍රන්ථ බව පෙනේ.* මෙහිදී වැදගත් වනුයේ ලංකාවේ නි සඳහා කියවීමේ පහසුකම් ඇති කරලීම මෙම |නවල මධ්‍යම එකතුවක් පවත්වා ගෙන යෑම' යන මය බෙහෙවින් සමාන වේ. ප්‍රාචීන පුස්තකාලයේ වද එම පුස්තකාලය ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය ක. . මෙම කාලය තුලදී සැළකිය යුතු පාඨකයින් ව පෙනේ. පසුව 1877 වසරේදී රජයේ ප්‍රාචීන
ඒකාබද්ධ කරන ලදි.
yෂාතුකාගාර පුස්තකාලය පිහිටුවීම කරුණු කිහිපයක් අවදියේ තවත් වැදගත් පියවරක් වේ. ලංකාවේ රක්ෂණය කිරීමේ අභිප්‍රායෙන් ඇරඹුණු ජාතික ත්පත් රැස් කිරීමද, පුස්තකාලයක් පවත්වා ගෙන }ස 1870 ආරම්භ කල රජයේ ප්‍රාචීන පුස්තකාලය
මින් අනතුරුව ජාතික කෙෂාතුකාගාර පුස්තකාලය දක්වා නියැලී සිටී. පසු කාලයේ නිතායානුකූල |ශනයකින්ම පිටපතකට කෙණතුකාගාර පුස්තකාලය }ල්ලේ ජාතික කොහොතුකාගාර පුස්තකාලය ජාතියේ ත් ජාතික පුස්තකාලය වශයෙන් කටයුතු කර ඇත.
39
Page 54
1885 වසරේ පනවන ලද මුද්‍රණකරුවන්ගේ ජාතික පුස්තකාල ඉතිහාසයේ තවත් තීරණ, ත්මක ලංකාවේ අද දක්වා බලපවත්වන නිත්‍යයානුකූල තැ සෑම පුකාශනයක්ම රාජ්‍ය ලේඛණයාගාර දෙපාර්ත පදිංචි කොට තැන්පතු පුස්තකාල කිහිපයක් සඳහා මෙසේ ප්‍රකාශන සැපයිය යුතු පුස්තකාල වශයෙ: පුස්ත කාලය සහ බ්‍රිතානාප කෙGතුකාගාර පුස්තකාල, මගින් 1951 වසරේදී ලංකා විශේව විද්‍යාපාලිය පුස්තක සේවා මණඩලයත් තැන්පතු පුස්තකාල ලෙස නම්
· වෙනත් රටවල් සමග සසඳා බලන විට 1885 ත( තැන්පතු නීතියි හඳුන්වාදී තිබීම විශේෂ සිද්ධියක් ඇමරිකාවේ බොහෝ රටවල්වල මෙබඳු නීතීන් මෑත කාලයේදී සිදුවූ බව පෙනේ. මේ නිසා ශ්‍රී ල ජාතික පුස්තකාලයට අවශ්‍ය ග්‍රන්ථ එකතුන් 1885 ව
1955 - 1970 කාල පරිච්ජේදය :
1955 වසරේ සිට 1970 දක්වා කාල සීමාව තු වැදගත් සිදුවීම් ගණනාවක් සිදුවුණි. 1955 සිට 19 සහ කමිටු වාර්තා ගණනාවක් මේ අතරින් කැපී සේවා කොමිෂන් සභා වාර්තාව' මේ අතරින් මුල් පුධ නත්වයෙන් වූ මෙම කොමිසමේ මූලික පරමාර් කිරීම විය. එහිදී පළාත් පාලන ආයතන වලට ද සාකච්ඡා කිරීමේදී ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවාවක ඇ; මහජන පුස්තකාල සේවාවක් සඳහා මහජන පුස් සම්බන්ධඒ කටයුතු කල යුතු බව වෙක්සි වාර්ත දේ,
කොළඹ මහජන පුස්තකාලය පිළිබඳ පත් ක නිකුත් කල තම වාර්තාව* මගින් ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පී. කන්,යියා මහතාගේ ප්‍රධානත්ථයෙන් පත් ක වාර්තාවේ ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය පිළිබඳ දී අටවෙන පරිච්ජෙදයේ කර ඇති විග්‍රහය මෙම විෂය සැළකිය හැකිය. ජාතික පුස්තකාලය පිළිබඳ පුළු පිළිබඳ පැහැදිලි කිරීමකුත්, ජාතික පුස්ත ධාගාලය ගෙ පිළිබඳවත්, කුමන ස්වරූපයේ ජාතික පුස්ත කොලය: ජාතික පුස්ත කාලය පිහිටුවීමේදී එයට අයත් කර විස්තරයකුත් මෙම දෙකකොටසේ දක්වා ඇත. ජාතික 'ජාතික පුස්තකාලය මුළු ජාතියේම ඉතිහාසය, තොරතුරු ඇතුළත් විවිධ අන්දමේ වාර්තා එකට එක ජාතික පුස්ත ධාකාලය ලෝකයේ ඥාන සම්භාරය ඇතුළ කරන දෙකjෂාඨඩාගාරයක් වේ. ලෝකයේ සැම පුදේ සහ ජයග්‍රහණයන් පිළිබඳ තොරතුරු ජාතික පුස්ත විශේව විද්‍යාලය වැනි අධ්‍යාපන ආයතනිවලට පිටස්ත බවට ජාතික පුස්තකාලය පත් විය යුතුය. සිව්වා: රටේම පුස්ත කාල සේවාවන් සංවර්ධනය කිරීමේ ස` මෙය කර්තවරුන් සහ ප්‍රකාශ ෆ්යින්ට මඟ පෙන්ව අමතරව ජාතික වශයෙන් ලංකාවේ පලවන සැම
40
සහ ප්‍රකාශකයින්ගේ ආඥා පනත” මගින් ශ්‍රී ලංකා වැදගත් අවස්ථාවක් සළකුණු කරයි. මෙම පනත න්පතු නීතිය වේ. මේ අනුව ලංකාවේ පලවන මේන්තුවේ පුවත්පත් හා වාරසඟරා අංශයේ ලියා
· පිටපත් සැපයීම නීතිමය අවශ්‍යතාවයක් වී ඇත. න් රාජාප ලේඛණගාගයරය, ජාතික කෙෂ්තුකර් ගගාර ය නම්කරන ලදී. පසුව මෙම නිතියේ සංශෝධන ගාලයත්, 1976 වසරේදී ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජ, තික පුස්තකාල 9 කරන ලදි. විශේෂයෙන්ම තුන්වන ලෝකයේ රම් ඈත කාලයක පටන් ලංකාවට නිතාන්‍යාපානුකූල ක් ලෙස සැළකිය හැක. ආසියාවේ හා ලතින්
හඳුන්වාදීම විසිවන සියවසේ මැද භාගය තරම්
·කා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය 1990 වසරේ ආරම්භ වුවද \සරේ සිට ක්‍රමානුකූලව එක්රැස් වෙමින් පැවතුණි.
ල ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ ආරම්භයට අදාල 60 දක්වා කාලය තුල නිකුත්වුනු කොමිෂන් සහ •
පෙනේ. 1955 වසරේ නිකුත්වු පළාත් පාලන
· වාර්ත ව වේ. රාජ නීතිඥ පොක්සි මහතාගේ ථය දිවයිනේ පළාත් පාලන සේවා ප්‍රතිසංවිධානය අනුබද්ධ මහජන පුස්තකාලවල සංවර්ධනය ගැන ති වැදගත්කම දක්වා ඇත. යහපත් හා ශක්තිමත් තකාල ජාතික මට්ටමේ පුස්තකාල සේවා සමග ව් අවධාරණය කර ඇත.
රන ලද ඒක පුද්ගල කොමිසම විසින් 1958 වසරේ පුස්තයකයාලය පිළිබඳ පුළුල් ඇගැයිමක් කර ඇත. රන ලද මෙම කමිටුව විසින් ඉදිරිපත් කරන ලද ර්ඝ ලෙස කරුණු විමසා ඇත. මෙම වාර්තාවේ ය පිළිබඳව කරන ලද පුථම දේශීය විග්‍රහය ලෙස }ල් හැඳන්වීමකුත්, ජාතික පුස්තකාල කාර්යයන් ගගාඩනගා ගැනිමේදී ලබා ගත හැකි විදේශ ආධාර ක් ශ්‍රී ලංකාවේ පිහිටවිය යුතුද යන්න පිළිබඳවත්, ගත යුතු වෙනත් දේශීය පුස්තකාල ද්‍රව්‍ය පිළිබඳ ක පුස්තකාලය පිළිබඳ පුළුල් හැඳින්වීමක් කරමින්
සංස්කෘතිය සහ අදෝනකුත් ජයග්‍රහණ පිළිබඳ 'රැස් කොට ආරක්ෂා කරන ස්ථාදනය වේ. දෙවනුව Şත් මුද්‍රිත දෑ, සිතුවම් සහ ගුවාස දෘශාප මාධාප එක්රැස් ද්ශයකාම ජීවත්ථන මනුෂාපයන්ගේ උසස් නිර්මාණ ගාලයෙන් ලබා ගත හැකි විය යුතුවේ. තෙවනුව \රව විවිධ අංශ පිළිබඳව පර්යේෂණ මධ්‍යස්ථානයක් නූව ග්‍රන්ථ නාම, වලි සේවා සැපයීම මගින් එය හ මඟ පෙන්වීමේ ආයතනය විය යුතුය. පස්වනුව න සහ ආධාර කරන ආයතනයක් විය යුතුය. මීට ම ප්‍රකාශනයකම පිටපතක් ජාතික පුස්තකාලයට
Page 55
ලැබිය යුතු බවත්, මෙම ග්‍රන්ථ හොඳින් සංවිධානය කර තැබිය යුතු බවත්' දක්වා ඇත. ජාතික පුස් පොත් එකතුව, කොතුකාගාර පුස්තකාලය, රාජකී එක් කර ගත යුතු බව වාර්තාවේ දක්වා ඇත. එසේ පොත් එකතුන්ද, පසු කාලයක පුරා විද්‍යාපා දෙපා' ජාතික පුස්තකාලයට එක් කර ගත යුතු බව දක්වා ! ගොඩ නැගීමේදී ආධාර කර ගත හැකි විදේශ ආය වාර්තාව සාකච්ඡා කර ඇත.
· සමස්තයක් වශයෙන් ගෙන බලන විට කන්ද පිළිබඳව දක්වා ඇති අදහස් කරුණු කිහිපයක් නි පුස්තකාලය පිළිබඳව පුළුල් සාකච්ඡාවක් කරන පුස්තකාල එකතුව සඳහා අත්කර ගත යුතු වෙනත් කරුණු ඉදිරිපත් කලේද මෙම වාර්තාව මගිනි. ෙ ඒ අවදියේ වූ නවතම අදහස් පිළිබඳ අවබෝධයක් කමිටුවේ සභාපති , කන්දයියා මහතා වාත්තියේ ප්‍රධාන සාධකය ලෙස සැළකිය හැක. එසේම පුස්තකාල සේවාව” පිළිබඳව පැවැත්වූ යුනෙස් හැක. එවකට ලංකාවේ සේවය කල විදේශීය සාධකයකි. ලංකා විද්‍යාත්මක හා කාර්මික අ වශයෙන් කටයුතු කල කැනේඩියානු පුස්තකාලය ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක වැදගත්කම අවධාරණය ඇමෙරිකානු කොන්ග්‍රස් පුස්තකාලය මෙන් පාර් යුතු බව පැවසූ බවත් කමිටු වාර්තාවේ දක්වා ඇ ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක් පිළිබඳ අදහස විශේෂයෙන් අන්තර් ජාතික වශයෙන් විශේෂයෙන්ම යුරෝපයේ ආයතනය මේ පිළිබඳ දැක්වූ උනන්දුවත් විශේෂ දී
1959 නිකුත් වූ පුරා වස්තු පිළිබඳ විශේෂ කු ජාතික පුස්තකාලය පිළිබඳ කරුණු ඉදිරිපත්කල ත. පත් කිරීමේ මූලික පරමාර්ථය වූයේ පුරා විද්‍යාපා ලේ ජාතික ලේඛණයාගාරයේත් සංවිධදන කටයුතු පිළිබ සභාපතිවරයා වශයෙන් කටයුතු කලේ සුප්‍රසිද්ධ විද් සාක්ෂි, ලිඛිත සාක්ෂි කැඳවීමකට අමතරව මෙම ක කමිටුවේ විමර්ශනයට අදාලවූ කරුණු පිළිබඳව හ එක්සත් රාජධානිය, ඕලන්දය වැනි රටවල සංදී වර්ධනයන් හැදෑරීමටත් ඒ ඒ ක්ෂේත්‍රවල ප්‍රවීණයින් කරුණු දැක්වූ අය අතර ප්‍රධාන පෙලේ උගතුන් සහ වාර්තාවේ හය වන ජේදය කමිටුව විසින් ‘ජාතික නම්කර ඇත. කමිටුවේ නිල කාර්යයන් අතර පුස් කමිටුව ඉදිරියේ සාක්ෂි දුන් අය අතරින් වැඩි ප්‍රම ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක ආරම්භය සඳහා ඉත.මත් හේ
· ප්‍රකාශ කරයි. මේ අනුව ජාතික කොකුකාගාර පු සංවිධානය කල යුතු බවට කමිටුව අවධාරණය ක
} කොට වර්තමානය සහ අනාගතය සඳහා ආරක්ෂා තකාලයේ ආරම්භය සඳහා රාජ්‍ය ලේඛණාගාරයේ |ය ආසියාතික සංගමයේ ලංකා ශාඛා පුස්තකාලය ම ආරාම සහ වෙනත් පුස්තකාලවල ඇති පුස්කොල තමේන්තුවේ ඇති දුර්ලභ පොත්පත් සහ පින්තුරද *ගැත. මීට අමතරව ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය තන සහ සංවිධාන පිළිබඳව ද කන්දයියා කමිටු
යියා කමිටු වාර්තාවේ ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය }සා වැදගත් වේ. පළමුවරට ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික ලද්දේ මෙම වාර්ත ධාව මගිනි. එසේම ජාතික දේශීය පුස්තකාල එකතුන් පිළිබඳව පළමුවෙන්ම මම වාර්තාව සැකසීමේ දී ජාතික පුස්තකාල පිළිබඳ කමිටුවට තිබූ බව පැහැදිලිවම පෙනෙන කරුණකි. න් පුස්තකාලයාධිපතිවරයෙකු වීම මෙහිදී බලපෑ ) 1955 වසරේ දිල්ලි නගරයේ පැවති “ආසියාවේ }කෝ සමුළුවේ බලපෑමද මෙහිදී සඳහන් කල ය පුස්තකාල උපදේශක යන්ගේ බලපෑම තවත් ආයතන පුස්තකාලයේ පුස්තකාලයාධිපතිවරයා යාධිපතිවරයෙකු වන ඩී. ඒ. රෙඩ්මන් මහතා ඝ කල බවත්, ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය, ලිමේන්තු පුස්තකාලයක් වශයෙන් වර්ධනය විය ත. එසේම ලංකා පරිපාලන සේවයේ නිලධාරියකු * අවධාරණය කල බවද වාර්තාවේ දක්වා ඇත.
· ජාතික පුස්තකාල පිළිබඳ උනන්දුවක්, යුනෙස්කෝ වශයෙන් බලපාන්නට ඇත. "
කමිටුවේ අවසාන වාර්තාව” මේ අවදියේ ශ්‍රී ලංකා වත් විශේෂ කමිටු වාර්තාවක් වේ. මෙම කමිටුව
•දපාර්තමේන්තුවේත්, ජාතික කෙෂ්තුකාගාරයේත්, |ඳ සොයා බලා වාර්තා කිරීමටය. මෙම කමිටුවේ !වතෙකු වූ ආර්. එල්. බෝහියර් මහතා වේ. වාචික මිටුවට විදේශ රටවල් ගණනාවක සංචාරය කොට හැදෑරීමට අවස්ථාවක් ලැබූණි. ඒ අනුව ඊජිප්තුව වාරය කොට ඒ ඒ රටවල අදාල කරුණු පිළිබඳව, ' සමග සාකච්ඡා කරලීමත් කරන ලදී. කමිටුවට Ø පුස්තකාලයාධිපතිවරුන් සිටි බව පෙනේ. තම පුස්තකාලය සහ ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලිය’ නමින් තකාල සේවාව ගැන සෙවීම ඇතුළත්වී ඇති නමුත් 0ණයක් ජාතික කෙණතුකාගාර පුස්තකාලය මධිසම හොඳ ආරම්භක එකතුවක් බව දක්වා ඇතැයිද කමිටුව ස්තකාලය ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක් වශයෙන් වෙනම රයි. 'ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවාවක් ආරම්භ කිරීම
41
Page 56
සඳහා ජාතික කෙවතුකාගාර පුස්තකාලය, ජාතික රාජකීය ආසියාතික සංගමයේ පුස්තකාලයද ඔවුන් ආරම්භයක් වශයෙන් රාජකීය ආසියාතික සංගම් එකතුවක් වශයෙන් පවත්වා ගෙන යා හැක. " පහසුකම් ලබාදී එහි පරිපාලනය තවදුරටත් රාජ: අමතරව පුරා විද්‍යා දෙපාර්තමේන්තුවේ පොත් එක් ය'' යි කමිටු වාර්තාවේ සඳහන් වේ.
ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය සඳහා ජාතික කේ. යන යෝජනාව ජාතික කෙණතුකාගාරය සම්බන්ධව වැදගත් වේ. රාජ්‍ය ලේඛණාගාර දෙපාර්තමේන් අංශය පිළිබඳවද කමිටුව කරුණු ඉදිරිපත් කර ඇ; අංශය රාජාස ලේඛණාගාර දෙපාර්තමේන්තුවෙන් ඉ අංශයට අනුයුක්ත කල යුතු බවත් මෙම තත්වය අ යින්ගේ ආඥා පනතෙහි සහ මුද්‍රණ ආඥා ප; ඇත. ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක මූලික කාර්යයක් වනුයේ එමෙන්ම මෙම ප්‍රකාශන එකතුවේ ආධාරයෙන් ජා: පුස්තකාලයක මූලික වගකීමක් වේ, මේ තත්වය සම්බන්ධව නිතාන්‍යානුකූල තැන්පතු එකතුව පවත්ව පදිංචි කිරීමේ කාර්යාලය පවත්වා ගෙන යාම නො;
ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ කාර්යයන් පිළි, පුස්තකාල පිළිබඳව මේ අවදියේ යුරෝපයේ ලැයිස්තුව පරීක්ෂා කිරීමෙන් පෙනේ. එසේම දේ පිළිබඳවද කමිටු වාර්තාවේ කරුණු සාකච්ඡා කර ඇ ජාතික පුස්තකාලය පිහිටුවිය යුතු බවත්, එහි අව සැලසිය යුතු බවත් දක්වා ඇත. ඉදිරි වසර දෙක යුතු බවත් එසේ නොකලහොත් ඉතාමත් අගනා දේ සදහටම නැතිවී යෑම ව”ළහැක්විය නොහැකි බවත් ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලියත් පිළිබඳව වාර්තය වේ නව වරක් අවධාරණය කිරීමක් පහලොස් වන පරිච්ජේදයේ විට බෝහියර් වාර්තාව, ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල වයර්තාව බව සඳහන් කල හැක.
විල්මට් ඒ. පෙරේරා වැටුප් සහ සේවක සං පිළිබඳව කරුණු දැක්වූ තවත් ප්‍රධාන වාර්තාවක් මේ කමිටුව තම වාර්තාව 1961 වසරේ ඉදිරිපත් කො) සාකච්ඡා කිරීමේදී ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක වැදගත්කා පුරා වස්තු පිළිබඳ විශේෂ කමිටු වාර්තාවේ ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක් පිහිටවිය යුතු බව යෝජනා කර අ පසු දෙපාර්තමේන්තු පුස්තකාල සහ ජාතික පුස්තක බවත් අවශ සම අවස්ථාවල දෙපාර්තමේන්තු පුස්තර පුස්ත කාලයේ කාර්ය මණඩලය යොදා පවත්වා ගෙf දැනට විසිරී පවත්නා කුඩා පුස්තකාල ජාතික පුස්ත: හැකි බවත් කමිටු වාර්තාවේ දැක්වේ. මේ වන { බෝහියර් මහතා මෙම කමිටුවේ සාම ව්‍යාජිකයකු ව හේතු වන්නට ඉඩ ඇත.
42
පුස්තකාලය විය යුතුවේ. මෙම පුස්තකාලයට iගේ එකඟත්වය ඇතිව ලබා ගැනීම සුදුසු වේ. පුස්තකාලයද ජාතික පුස්තකාලය තුල ස්වාධින මහජනතාවට අදාල පොත් පරිහරණය කල හැකි ගීය ආසියාතික සංගමයට තබා ගත හැක. මීට කතුවත් ජාතික පුස්තකාල එකතුවට එක් කල යුතු
කණතුකාගාර පුස්තකාලය පදනම් කර ගත යුතු යයි . පත් කරන ලද කමිටුවක නිර්දේශවීම විශේෂයෙන් තුවේ පොත් සහ පුවත්පත් ලියා පදිංචි කිරීමේ ත. පොත්පත් සහ පුවත්පත් ලියා පද,වි කිරීමේ }වත් කොට ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලී ඇති කිරීම සඳහා මුද්‍රණකරුවන්ගේ සහ ප්‍රකාශක නතෙහි සුදුසු වෙනස්කම් කල යුතු බවත් දන්වා ගොස් ශ්‍රී ලංකාවට අදාල ප්‍රකාශන එක්රැස් කිරීම වේ. තික ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලිය සම්පාදනය කිරීමත් ජාතික යටතේ රාජ්‍ය ලේඛණාගාර දෙපාර්තමේන්තුවට à ගෙන යාම හෝ පොත්පත් හා පුවත්පත් ලියා ගැලපෙන බව කමිටුව දක්වා ඇත.
බඳව විග්‍රහයක්ද කමිටු වාර්තාවේ දැක්වේ. ජාතික පැතිර තිබුණ අදහස්වල බලපෑම් මෙම කාර්ය යාjජිත ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල ගොඩනැගිල්ල ත. ජාතික කෙෂ්තුකාගාරයට ආසන්න පුදේශයක ම වශයෙන් පාඨකයින් 200 ක් සඳහා පහසුකම් තුල කෙසේ හෝ ජාතික පුස්තකාලය විවෘත කල පාත්පත් සහ අත්පිටපත් විශාල පුමාණයක් ජාතියට
· වාර්තාවේ දක්වා ඇත. ජාතික පුස්තකාලයත්, } වන පරිච්ජෙදයෙන් දක්වා ඇති අදහස් නැවත
·යන් පෙනේ. සමස්තයක් වශයෙන් ගෙන බලන ටීය පිළිබඳව මුල් අවදියේ පලවූ හොඳම ලාඩාංකික
ඛාසා කමිටු වාර්තාව" ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවාවන් ව්. 1958 - 1961 කාලය තුල ක්‍රියාත්මක වූ මෙම ට ඇත. මෙහිදී රජයේ දෙපාර්තමේන්තු පිළිබඳ කිම අවධාරණය කර ඇත. 1959 වසරේ පිහිටවූ කෙහොතුකාගාර පුස්තකාලය මුල් කර ගෙන ජාතික නැති බවත්, මෙබඳු ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක් පිහිටවූ කාලය අතර සම්බන්ධතාවක් ගොඩ නගා ගත යුතු කාල ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ ශාඛා වශයෙන් ජාතික න යා හැකි බවත් එසේම විවිධ දෙපාර්තමේන්තුවල කාලයට එකතු කර ගැනීමට හෝ ඉවත් කරලීමට විට බෝහියර් වාර්තාව නිකුත් වී තිබීමත් එසේම වශයෙන් කටයුතු කිරීමත් මෙම යෝජනාවලට
Page 57
1960 වසරේ යුනෙස්කෝ පුස්තකාලඋපදේ මහතාගේ වාර්තාව මෙහිදී සාකච්ඡාවට භාජනය වි මහජන සහ පාසැල් පුස්තකාල පිළිබඳ අවධානය වේ යැලැස්මක් සකස් කිරීම බොනී මහතාට පැවරුණ පිළිබඳ සංක්ෂිප්ත ඇගැයීමක් වාර්තාවේ මුල් කොට පරිච්ජේදයේ සිට දේශීය පුස්තකාල සේවාව සංවිධ ඇත. එහිදී ඔහු පළමුවෙන්ම අවධාණය යොමු ක. කෙරෙහිය. බොනී මහතාගේ අදහසේ හැටියට ප්‍රධාන මේ වන විට හදිසි අවශාසතධාවක්ව තිබූ ණ. ලංක. ද්‍රව්‍ය එක් තැනක පවත්වා ගෙන යාමේ අවශපත ජාතික විමර්ශන පුස්තකාලයක ඇති අවශ්‍යතාව, මේ පලවන කාලීන ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලියක අවශ්‍ය යෑම රටවැසියකුටම භාවිතා කල හැකි පරිදි අන්: යෑමට මධ්‍යම අධිකාරි ආයතනයක් අවශ්‍යතාව සහ මනා තැන්පතු පහසුකම්වල ඇති අවශපතාව යන කිරිම සඳහා පදනම් කර ගත යුතු දේශීය පුස්තකාල ඉදිරිපත් වූ වාර්තාවලට සමාන වේ. ජාතික කෙස පුස්තකාලය, රාජ්‍ය ලේඛණයාගාර පුස්තකාලය සහ කොට ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික) පුස්තකාලය ආරම්භ කිරීම මෙම යෝජනාවලට අමතරව ජාතික පුස්තකාලය බොනී මහතා යෝජනා කර ඇත. මේ වන විට නු ආයන්න ප්‍රදේශයකට ගෙන ආ යුතු බවත්, ජාතික ගාරයෙන් ලබා ගත යුතු බවත් යෝජනා කර ඇත. පුස්තකාලයේ ආරම්භය ලෙස යොදාගැනීමටත්, ඉන් උපයෝගී කර ගෙන ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලිය ද ආකාරයෙන්ම ජාතික කොහොතුකාගාර පුස්තකාලයේ ජාතික පුස්තකාලයාධිපතිවරයෙකු පත් කොට සං| වාර්තාවේ දක්වා ඇත.
මින් අනතුරුව එළඹෙන්නේ ලංකාවේ ජා. ලෙස සැළකෙන 1967–1970 කිගාල පරිච්ජේදය වේ. කලාපීය සම්මන්ත්‍රණය ලංකාවේ කොළඹදී පවතී ක්‍රියාත්මක කරලීම සඳහා කලාපීය මට්ටමින් මේ මේ සඳහා ශ්‍රී ලංකාවද තෝරා ගැනීම ඉතා වැදගත් කොග් පුස්තකාල උපදේශක ඊ. ජේ. එවන්ස් වසර තුනක කාලයක් ඒ මහත්මිය මෙහි ගත කර අ කාවගේ පැමිණීම ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවා මණ යමුළුවේදී ආසියා කලාපයේ පුස්තකාල කටයුතු ගැ පුස්තකාල සැලැස්මක් සකස් කිරීමටද අවධානය විශේෂ පුස්තකාල සැලැස්මක් දක්වා තිබූණි. මේ මණඩලයක් පිහිටුවීම අවධාරනය කෙරුණු අතර, පැහැදිලිවම දක්වා තිබුණි. පසු කාලයේ සම්මතවූ ජ බලතල වලට මෙම යෝජනා මූලික වශයෙන් ඉවහ කාර්යයන් පිළිබඳව පුළුල් ඇගැයීමක් මෙම වාර් වශයෙන් ජාතික පුස්තකාලයාධිපතිවරයෙකු පත් : පහසුකම් ලබා ගැනීම, ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලිය ද
ශකයකු ලෙස ලංකාවට පැමිණි හැරල්ඩ් වී. බොනි ය යුතු වැදගත් ලේඛණයක් වේ. විශේෂයෙන්ම, යාමු කරමින් ලංකාව සඳහා පුස්තකාල ස වර්ධන ණ කාර්යයක් විය. ලංකාවේ පුස්තකාල සේවාව සේ දක්නට ලැබේ. අනතුරුව වාර්තාවේ සිවුවන )දනය කල යුතු ආකාරය පිළිබඳව කරුණු දක්වා 2 ඇත්තේ ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය පිහිටුවීම න හේතුන් පහක් නිසා ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය |ව පිළිබඳ තොරතුරු ඇතුළත් සියළුම පුස්තකාල ව, පුධාන පර්යේෂණ මධ්‍යස්ථානයක් වශයෙන් පාත් තෝරා ගැනීමේ නියමුවක් වශයෙන් සතිපතා }තාවය, රට තුල ඇති සියළුම පුස්යකාල සම්පත් තර් පුස්තකාල හුවමාරු සේවාවක් පවත්වා ගෙන ) ජාතීක පුස්තකාල සම්පතවල සංවර්ධනය සඳහා කරුණු දක්වා ඇත. ජාතික පුස්තකාලය ආරම්භ
· එකතුන් ගැන බෝධනී මහතාගේ අදහස් මීට පෙර තුකාග් මාර පුස්තකාලය, පුරා විද්‍යා දෙපාර්තමේන්තු රාජකීය ආසියාතික සංගමයේ පුස්තකාලය එකතු විට උත්සාහ දැරිය යුතු බව වාර්තාව දක්වා ඇත. පිහිටුවීම සඳහා ගත යුතු හදිසි පියවර ගණනාවකද හුවරඑළියේ පැවති රාජ්‍ය ලෙඛණද ගාරය කොළඹට පුස්තකාලය සඳහා ඉඩ පහසුකම් රාජ්‍ය ලෙඛණයා
ජාතික ලේඛණාගාරයේ පුස්තකාල අංශය ජාතික නී අනතුරුව ජාතික පුස්තකාලය විසින් එම ලෙඛණ සම්පාදනය ඇරඹිය යුතු බවත් දක්වා ඇත. මෙම § වගකීමද ජාතික පුස්තකාලය ලබා ගත යුතු බවත්, විධානාත්මකව කටයුතු ඇරඹිය යුතු බවත්, බෙදනි
තික පුස්තකාල ඉතිහාසයේ තීරණයත්මක අවදියක් 1967 වසරේ ජාතික පුස්තකාල පිළිබඳ යුනෙස්කො ක්වන ලදී. ජාතික පුස්තකාල පිළිබඳ කටයුතු, ලාව පුරා සම්මන්ත්‍රණ මෙහෙයවූ යුනෙස්කෝව වේ. මෙම සමුළුවට මාස කිහිපයකට පෙර යුනෙස් මහත්මිය ලංකාවට පැමිණි අතර, 1970 දක්වා ඇත. මෙම සම්මන්ත්‍රණය සහ පුස්තකාල උපදේශි ණඩලය පිහිටුවීමේ ප්‍රධාන හේතුව වේ. මෙම න සාකච්ඡා වූ අතර, විශේෂයෙන්ම ලංකාව සඳහා
· යොමු විය. සමුළු වාර්තාවේදී ලංකාව පිළිබඳ මම සැලැස්ම යටතේ ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවා , යෝජිත පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලයේ වගකීම්ද ධාතික පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලපනෙත් වගකීම් හා 'ල් වූ බව පෙනේ. : ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ තාවෙහි දක්වා ඇත. ඉක්මණින් ගත යුතු පියවර කිරීම, ජාතික පුස්තකාලය සඳහා තාවකාලික ඉඩ සම්පාදනය කිරීම සහ එහි කාර්ය මණඩලය රංජාප
43
Page 58
ලේඛණාගාරයේන් ජාතික පුස්තකාලයට පවරා ගැ සුචිය සකස් කිරීම දක්වා ඇත. ජාතික පුස්තකාල සඳහා පවත්වා ගෙන යා යුතු බවත්, ඊට සමාන්තර යක්, පුස්තකාල සේවා මණ්ඩලයේ මහජන පුස්ත: බවත් දක්වා ඇත.
කෙටිකාලීන, මධ්‍යකාලීන සහ දීර්ඝකාලී{ සංක්ෂිප්ත සැළසුම් තුනක්ද, මෙහි දක්වා qü၈. සේවා මධාසස්ථානයක් ආරම්භ කිරීම, ජාතික ඒකා, අඛණඩව පවත්වා ගෙන යාම සහ ජාතික පුස්තක ඇත. මධායකාලීන සැලැස්ම ලෙස ජාතික පුස්ත” එකතුන් ලබා ගැනීම සහ වෙනත් මාර්ග වලින් වාර සඟරා පිළිබඳ ඒකාබද්ධ නාමාවලියක් සැ: පර්යේෂකයින් හා ශිෂ්‍යයින් සඳහා පළමු පංතියේ පුස්තකාල සේවාව සම්බන්ධිකරණය කිරීම සහ ජාත්‍ය පිරුළු සේවා සම්බන්ධිකරණය කිරීම දක්වා ඇත පිහිටුවීම සඳහා තබන ලද පළමු නිශේචිත පියවර ( මෙම සමුළුව පැවැත්වීම නිසා සමුළුවට රටේ ප්‍රධ අවධානය .තැතින්ම එයට යොමු විය. මේ නිසා වශයෙන් ක්‍රියාත්මක කිරීම පහසු විය. පසු කාල ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය පිළිබඳ සැලසුම් සකස් බව පෙනේ.
එව්ලින් එවන්ස් මහත්මිය ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික කල යුතු වේ. ඒ මහත්මිය ලංකාවට පැමිණියේ අද රටේ පාසැල් හා මහජන පුස්තකාල සැලසුම් කිරි පුස්තකාල උපදේශකවරියක ලෙස කටයුතු ක විය. මේ අවදියේම යුනෙස්කෙ j ජාතික පුස්තක කටයුතු සංවිධානය කිරීමේ වගකීමද එවන්ස් මහත්මි පැමිණීමත්, පුස්තකාල සමුළුවත් ශෛදේවෙjපගත ලේ මේ එකද සිද්ධියක් හෝ අනෙක් සිදුවීම් නොමැති මීට වඩා බෙහෙවින් අඩුවීමට ඉඩ තිබූණි. පාසැ( ලෙස එවන්ස් මහත්මිය ජාතික පුස්තකාල හා ඒවායේ ඇති අයකු නොවූ බව පෙනේ. එසේම ජාතික පුස් 1967 සමුළුවට ලංකාව සඳහා පුස්තකාල සැලැස්ම හැදෑරීමට තරම් අවස්ථාවක් නොතිබුණි. සමුළුවට්
· මහත්මිය ලංකාවේ පුස්තකාල, ග්‍රන්ථකරණය, පෙ අධ්‍යයනයක් කොට එම තොරතුරු විශේෂඥ ස සැලැස්මක් සකස් කිරීමේදී මෙම තොරතුරු පාද? වේ. එවන්ස් මහත්මියගේ අනෙක් වැදගත් අ ලංකාවේ රැදී සිට සමුළු යෝජනා ක්‍රියාත්මක කිරී තුනක් පමණ දීර්ඝ කාලයක් ලංකාවේ නොසිටි. නොවීමට ඉඩ තිබුණි.
44
නීම, ජාතික ඒකාබද්ධ සුචිය සහ ජාතික වාර සඟරා ය ප්‍රධාන විමර්ශන පුස්තකාලය වශයෙන් පාඨකයින් ව පොත් බැහැරදීමේ සේවාවන් සහිතව පුස්තකාල කාල සේවා අංශය)මගින් පවත්වා ගෙන යා යුතු
න වශයෙන් ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ කටයුතු පිළිබඳ කෙටිකාලීන සැලැස්මක් යටතේ ග්‍රන්ථ විඥාපන බද්ධ සුවිය ආරම්භ කිරීම, ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලිය }ල ගොඩනැගිලි සඳහා සැළසුම් සකස් කිරීම දක්වා කාල ගොඩනැගිල්ල ඉදි කිරීම, වෙනත් පුස්තකාල ජාතික පුස්තකාල එකතුව ගොඩනැගීම ඇරඹීම, කසීම දක්වා ඇත. දීර්ගකාලීන සැලැස්ම ලෙස, ස් විමර්ශන පුස්තකාලයක් වර්ධනය කිරීම, රටේ තික සහ අන්තර් ජාතික වශයෙන් අන්තර් පුස්තකාල ක. 1967 සමුළුව ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක් වේ. අන්තර් ජාතික සමුළුවක් ලෙස ශ්‍රී ලංකාවේ ඩොන දේශපාලන ඥයින්ගේ සහ පරිපාලකයින්ගේ ' සමුළුවේ සම්මත වූ යෝජනා සහ සැළසුම් ජාතික යේ ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලයේ ස් කිරීම මෙම සමුළුවේ යෝජනා වලට අනුව සිදුවූ
ක පුස්තකාලය පිළිබඳ කල සේවයද මෙහිදී අගය ධායාපන හා සංස්කෘතික අමාතාපාංශයට සම්බන්ධ වී }ම සඳහා උපදෙස් දීමටය. ඊට කලින් ඝානාවේ }රමින් ලැබූ අත්දැකීම් එවන්ස් මහත්මිය සතු බාල සම්මන්ත්‍රණය කොළඹදී පැවැත්වීම නිසා එම මියට පැවරුණ බව පෙනේ. එවන්ස් මහත්මියගේ ලස එකිනෙකට සම්බන්ධ වූ සිද්ධින් සේ පෙනේ. 3ව සිදුවූවා නම් එම සිද්ධීන් දෙකේම වැදගත්කම ල සහ මහජන පුස්තකාල පිළිබඳ විශේෂඥවරියක ය. කාර්යයන් පිළිබඳ පුළුල් දැනීමක් හෝඅත්දැකීමක් ‘තකාල සේවාවන් ගැන මූලික අවධානය යොමු 9 )ක් සකස් කිරීමට හෝ ලංකාවේ තත්වය පිළීබඳ මාස ගණනාවකට පෙර ලංකාවට පැමිණි එවන්ස් යාත් පුකාශනය වැනි දේ පිළිබඳවත් සැළකිය යුතු මුළුවට සපයන ලදී.” ලංකාව සඳහා පුස්තකාල ක කර ගැනීමට සමුළුවට හැකිවීම ඉතා වැදගත් නුග්‍රහය වූයේ සමුළුවෙන් පසු දීර්ඝ කාලයක් මට අවශ්‍ය කටයුතු කීරීම වේ. ඒ මහත්මිය අවුරුදු යා නම් මෙම යෝජනා සමහර විට ක්‍රියාත්මක
Page 59
1970 - 1990 කාල පරිච්ජෙදය :
1970 වසරේ ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේ පුස්තකාලය පිහිටුවීමේ වැදගත් සන්ධිස්ථානයකි වගකීම් හා බලතල යටතේ ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්ත: වගකීමක් ලෙස දක්වා ඇත. 1970 සිට 1990 ද මණඩලය ඉටු කල පුධාන කාර්යයන් පිළිබඳව ද මෙම කාර්යයන් ශී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය පිහි
· ජාතික පුස්තකාලය සහ රට තුල ඉටු කර අංශ දෙකක් වශයෙන් සැළකීම එතරම් නිවැරදි මණඩලය පසුගිය දශක දෙක තුල ඉටු කල සේව බැලීමට අදහස් කෙරේ.
1970 වසරේ මණඩලය පිහිටුවීමෙන් පසු මූ{ පුස්තකාල සේවාවන් සැළසුම් කිරීම හා සංවර්ධන මුල්ම වාසාපෘතියක් වනුයේ මහනුවර පුස්තකාල නි යුනෙස්කෝ ආයතනයේ ආධාර ඇතිව ආරම්භ : සංවර්ධනය කිරීම පිළිබඳව අත්හදා බැලීමක් වශ ආසියාවේ අනිකුත් රටවලද මෙබදු ග්‍රාමීය පුස්තකා: කරන ලදී. 1972 - 1974 කාලය තුල මහනුවර දි යටතේ පාසැල් පුස්තකාල විසිදෙකක් සහ කරන ලදී. ඒ ඒ මහජන පුස්තකාල සම් ස්ථාන සඳහා පොත් පෙට්ටි සැපයීම, { ආරම්භ කරන ලදී. මෙම වාසාපෘතිය අද මණඩලයේ ප්‍රාදේශීය ශාඛාවක්, සහකාර අධ ලදී. ව්‍යාපාපෘතිය යටතේ පැවති ‘ සියළුම පුස් උපකරණ සැපයීම, පුස්තකාල ගොඩනැගිලි සඳහන් නව ප්‍රකාශන හඳුන්වා දීම, අදාල පුස්තකාලවල පුස් පැවැත්වීම, පාඨක සමීක්ෂණ පැවැත්වීම, පාඨක උපදෙස් සැපයීම වැනි අංශ ගණනාවක් මගින් පුස්ත: දශක එකහමාරකට පමණ පසු මෙම වයාපෘතිය දෙ වැදගත් වේ. මූලික වශයෙන් මහනුවර නියාමක වූ විය. මෑතකදී ලංකාවේ පුස්තකාල පිළිබඳව පුස්ත හෙළිවූයේ මහනුවර දිස්ත්‍රිකකය පුස්තකාල සේවා බවයි. මෙයට පුධාන හේතුව නියාමක වාසාපෘt වශයෙන් වඩාත් වැදගත් පුතිඵලය ලෙස සැළ සේවා මණඩලය ලැබූ අත්දැකීම් වේ. මණඩලය නිලධාරීන් විශාල උනන්දුවකින් හා කැපවීමකින් , නිසා මණඩලය ලත් අත්දැකීම් පසු කාලයේ වඩාත් මහජන හා පාසැල් පුස්තකාල සංවර්ධන සේවා
දිස්ත්‍රික් මධ්‍ය පුස්තකාල වායාපාරය පුස්තක” තවත් පුළුල් වැඩ පිළිවෙලක් වේ. 1981 වසරේ අ වූයේ පුස්තකාල සේවාව දිස්ත්‍රික් මට්ටමින් සංවිධා පිරිවෙන් වැනි පුස්තකාල හුදෙකලා ආයතන වශයෙ
ඒවා මණඩල පනත" සම්මත වීම ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික |. මෙම පනතෙහි පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලයේ කාලය පිහිටුවීම හා පවත්වා ගෙන යාම මණඩලයේ ක්වා දශක දෙකක කාලය තුල පුස්තකාල සේවා සංක්ෂිප්තව මෙහිදී සළකා බැලීමට අදහස් කෙරේ. ටුවීමේ ලා ඉතා වැදගත් මෙහෙයක් ඉටු කරන ලදී.
නූ ලබන වෙනත් පුස්තකාල සංවර්ධන සේවාවන් නොවේ. එසේ වුවත් ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවා ධාවන් පහසුව තකා මෙම අංශ දෙක යටතේ සළකා
ලික අවධානය යොමු කරන ලද්දේ ජාතික මට්ටෙම් )ය කිරීම සඳහා වේ. මේ අනුව ආදරම්භ කරන ලද යාමක වායාපාරය' වේ. මෙම නියාමක වායාපාරය කරන ලද්දේ ග්‍රාමීය මට්ටමින් පුස්තකාල සේවාව යෙනි. මෙම අත්හදා බැලීමේ සාර්ථකත්වය මත Iල වාද්‍යාපෘතීන් වාසාප්ත කිරීමට යුනෙස්කෝව අදහස් ස්ත්‍රික්කයේ මෙම වායාපෘතිය ක්‍රියාත්මක විය. මේ ) මහජන පුස්තකාල විසිහතරක් සංවර්ධනය බන්ධ කොට අදාල ප්‍රදේශයේ දුර බැහැර ජංගම පුස්තකාල වැනි වාසාප්ත සේවාවන් ධීක්ෂණය කිරීම සඳහා පුස්තකාල සේවා }}පක්ෂවරයකු යටතේ මහනුවර ආරම්භ කරන තකාල සඳහා පොත්පත් සැපයීම, පුස්තකාල } සැළසුම් සැපයීම, පොත් පෙට්ටි සේවාවක් මගින් ත කාලයාධිපතීන් සඳහා නිරන්ත ර පුහුණු පාඨමාලා
· අධ්‍යාපන කටයුතු, පුස්තකාල සඳහා වෘත්තීය කාල සේවා මණඩලය මෙම වායාපෘතියට හවුල්වුණි. ස අද පසු හැරී බැලීමේදී එය කරුණු කිහිපයක් නිසා පුස්තකාල වයාපාරය අතිශයින් සාර්ථකවූ වායාපාරය xකාල සේවා මණඩලය කරන ලද සමීක්ෂණයකදී සැපයීම අතින් ලංකාවේ පුමුඛ තැනක් ගනු ලබන තිය බවට සැකයක් නැත. මෙහිදී දීර්ග කාලීන කිය හැක්කේ මෙම වාසාපෘතීය මගින් පුස්තක බාල යො පළමු විශාල වාසාපෘතිය බැවින් , මණඩලයේ වාද්‍යාපෘතියේ අභිවෘද්ධියට කටයුතු කරන ලදී. මේ පුළුල් වායාපෘතීන් මෙඩහෝයවීමටත්, පුළුල් වශයෙන්
මෙහෙයවීමටත් හැකියාවක් ලැබූණි.
\ල සේවා මණඩලය පසුගිය කාලය තුල දියත් කල සාරම්භ කල මෙම වැඩ පිළිවෙලේ මූලික අභිලාෂය නය කිරීම” වේ. විශේෂයෙන්ම මහපන පාසැල් 2යන් පැවතීම පුස්තකාල සේවාවේ ප්‍රගතියට ඇති
45
Page 60
ප්‍රධාන බාධාව බවට පිළිගෙන තිබූණි. මේ තත්‍ය මධ්‍ය පුස්තකාලයක් සංවිධානය කොට එම මධ්‍ය පු සම්බන්ධ කිරීම මෙම වැඩ පිළිවෙලේ ප්‍රධාන ප
· පුස්තකාලවලට මධාස පුස්තකාලය මගින් නායකන් හුවමාරු සේවාවන්, ජංගම පුස්තකාල සේවාවන් සංවිධානය කරලීමත් අපේක්ෂා කරන ලදී. පුස් ආමතාපාංශයේ සහාය ඇතිව ඒ ඒ දිස්ත්‍රික්කවල ප්‍ර පුස්තකාල ලෙස හඳුනා ගන්නා ලදී. මෙම මධ්‍ය සහ වෙනත් ආධාර පුස්තකාල මණඩලය මගින් සැ කාර්යය භාරය පිළිබඳව පැහැදිලි කරලීමට සම්මන් මධ්‍ය පුස්තකාලයාධිපතීන් සඳහාද, අදාල දිස්ත්‍රික් ම ප්‍රධානින් සඳහා විශේෂ සම්මන්තූණද පවත්වන
මෙම දිස්ත්‍රික් මධ්‍ය පුස්තකාල වායාපාරය ඡා ගනු ලැබූ ප්‍රථම පුයත්නය ලෙස සැළකිය හැක. " වසර දහයකට අධික කාලයක් පුස්තකාල ක්ෂේත්‍රයේ මධ්‍ය පුස්තකාල වාසාපධාරයට ෙයාදා ගන්නා ලදී. ක් සම්පූර්ණයෙන් සාර්ථක වීමට බාධාවූ බව පෙනේ. තිබූ පාලන ඒකක ආයතනික වශයෙන් ශක්තිමත් ලෙ ප්‍රධාන දිස්ත්‍රික් පුස්තකාල පිහිටා තිබූ මහ නගර ස අදාල දිස්ත්‍රික්කය අතර පරිපාලන වශයෙන් පැහැදී නිදසුනක් ලෙස මහ නගර සභා හෝ නගර සභා දිස්ත්‍රික්කයේ වෙනත් කුඩා පුස්තකාලයකට පොත් කරන්නක් විය. මෙබඳු හේතු ගණනාවක් මෙම ක්‍රී ඇතිවූ සාර්ථකත්වයන් ගණනාවක්ද පෙන්විය හැ සැළසුම් සහගත පුස්තකාල සේවාවක් පිළිබඳ අදහස ක්‍රමය මගිනි. පුස්තකාලයාධිපතීන් තම පුස්තකාල සේවාවන් ගැන ප්‍රථම වරට අවධානය යොමු කරන කුඩා පුස්තකාලවලට පොත්පත් සැපයීම කුඩා පුද ඔවුන්ට අවශාප වාත්තීය උපදෙස් සැපයීම වැනි අ. ශ්‍රී ලංකාවේ මහජන පුස්තකාල සඳහා වාසව, මණ්ඩලය ජාතික වශයෙන් පුස්තකාල සේවය සැ. පෘතිය වේ. දිස්ත්‍රික් මධ්‍ය පුස්තකාල සේවාගේ පුස්තකාල වාසවස්ථා සම්පාදන වාසාපෘතියේ පරමාර් පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලය පත් කරන ලද අතර** ලදී. මෙම කමිටු වාර්ත වේ ප්‍රධාන යෝජනාවන් 1. මහජන පුස්තකාල සේවාව පළාත් පාල 2. මහජන පුස්තකාලවල අභිවෘද්ධිය සඳහාද
· සම්බන්ධ කොට මහජන පුස්තකාල 3. සැම වර්ගයකම පළාත් පාලන cocoag
පිහිටුවීම. 4. මහජන පුස්තකාල සඳහා ස්ථිර ලෙස | 5. මහජන පුස්තකාල සදහා වැයවන ප්‍රාග්
· දැරීම. 6. මහජන පුස්තකාල සඳහා පුමිතීන් හඳු
46
‘වයට පිළියමක් වශයෙන් සැම දිස්ත්‍රික්කයක් ම *තකාලයට එම දිස්ත්‍රික්කයේ අනෙකුත් පුස්තකාල රමාර්ථය විය. මේ මගින් දිස්ත්‍රික්කයේ සියළුම 'වය සැපයීම, පොත් පිරුළු සේවාවන්, පොත් වැනි දෑ මධ්‍ය පුස්තකාලය කේන්ද්‍රකොට ගෙන තකාල සේවා මණඩලය විසින් පළාත් පාලන, ධාන මහජන පුස්තකාල අදාල දිස්ත්‍රික්කයේ මධ්‍ය ව්‍යාස පුස්තකාල සඳහා විශේෂ පුස්තකාල එකතුන් පයුණි. මීට අමතරව දිස්ත්‍රික් මධ්‍ය පුස්තකාලයක ත්‍රණ සහ පුහුණු පාඨමාලාවන් ගණනදවක් දිස්ත්‍රික් }ස පුස්තකාල සම්බන්ධ පළාත් පාලන ආයතනවල ලදී. තික වශයෙන් පුස්තකාල සේවාව සැළසුම් කිරීමට වාහනුවර නියාමක වායාපාරයෙන් ලැබූ අත්දැකීමද,
·ය කටයුතු කිරීමෙන් ලද අත්දැකීම්ද මෙම දිස්ත්‍රික් }රුණු කිහිපයක් දිස්ත්‍රික් මධ්‍ය පුස්තකාල වායාපාරය දිස්ත්‍රික්කයක් වශයෙන් මේ අවදියේ හඳුනාගෙන }නගාවීම මූලික හේතුව ලෙස සැළකිය හැක. එසේම, හා, නගර සභා වැනි පළාත් පාලන ආයතන සහ :ලි සබඳතාවයක් නොතිබීමද ගැටළුවට තුඩු දුණි. පුදේශයට අයත් දිස්ත්‍රික් මධාස පුස්තකාලයේ සිට řපත් සැපයීම පරිපාලනමය වශයෙන් ගැටළු ඇති ඉමයේ දුර්වලතා ලෙස සැළකිය හැකි නමුදු එයින් ක. මුලදී සඳහන් කල අන්දමට ජාතික මට්ටමේ ! මුල් වරට ඉදිරිපත් වූයේ දිස්ත්‍රික් මධ්‍ය පුස්තකාල ලයට සීමා නොවී පුද්‍යාදේශීය මට්ටමින් පුස්තකාල ලදී. බොහෝ මධ්‍ය පුස්තකාල අදාල දිස්ත්‍රික්කයේ ස්තකාලවල පුස්තකාලයාධිපතීන් පුහුණු කරවීට,
•ශ යටතේ පුළුල් සේවාවන් කරන ලදී. ස්ථාවන් සම්පාදනය කිරීම ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවා ළසුම් කිරීමේ ලා ඉටු කරන ලද තවත් පුළුල් වායා ව් පැවති දුබලතා ගණනාවක් ඉවත්කරලීම මහජන ථය විය. 1986 වසරේ මේ සඳහා විශේෂ කමිටුවක් එම කමිටුවේ වාර්තාව 1987 වසරේ නිකුත් කරන ` මෙසේය. න සේවාවේ අතාපාවශස සේවාවක් ලෙස සැලකීම. } කටයුතු කිරීමට පලාත් පාලන දෙපාර්තමේන්තුව
ඒකකයක් පිහිටුවීම. නයට සම්බන්ධ කොට මහජන පුස්තකාල කමිටු
වාර්ෂික මූල්‍ය සම්පාදනය. áධන වැයවලින් 50% ක් මධයම ආණඩුව මඟින්
න්ටාදීම.
Page 61
මෙම ප්‍රධාන යෝජනීයා වලට අමතරව මද යෝජනා ගණනාවක් මෙම කමිටු නිර්දේශ වල සේවාවේ පැවති ප්‍රධාන දුබලතා ගණනාවකට 8 යෝජනා පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලය විසින් අනු වන විට මුළු මහත් පාලන කේෂ්ත්‍රයේම විශාල විපර් බලතල විමධ්‍යගත කිරීම, හා පළාත් සභා ක්‍රමය හ පෙනුන විශේෂ ලක්ෂණ විය. මේ අන්දමට නව පූ පාලන අමාතාපාංශය, පළ;ත් පාලන දෙපාර්තමේන්: අහෝසි කොට පළාත් සහ ' ක්‍රමය හදුන්වාදීම ආ' මැද කාලයක් තීස්සේ සැලසුම් කොට සකස් කර අවාසනා වකට මෙන් කලඑළි දුටුවේ වැරදි අව ලෙස මෙබඳු පරිවර්තන කාලයකදී මෙම යෝජ අවස්ථාවක් නොතිබූණි. පළාත් පාලන කටයුතු ආයතන යටතේ විමධාපගත කරන ලදී. මේ නිස සියල්ලම ඒ ඒ පළාත් සභාවේ කාර්යයන් බවට
1989 වසරේ මණඩලය දියත් කල පළාත් සහ සේව, වක් සැළසුම් කිරීමේ නවතම පියවර ලෙස හැ සභා ක්‍රමය යටතේ දිවයිනේ පරිපාලන රටාව ස තත්වය යටතේ පුස්තකාල සංවර්ධන කටයුතු පිළිබ ඇතිවිය. පළාත් සභා පුස්තකාල සංවර්ධන සැලැt මුහුණ දීමේ පුයත්නයක් වශයෙනි. මෙම පළාත් පළාතක්ම එක් පරිපාලන ඒකකයක් වශයෙන් ස ලක්ෂණ වලින් මෙම සැලැස්ම සමන්විත විය.
1 සැම පළාත් සහරාවක්ම සම්බන්ධ කෙ; පිහිටුවීම. (මෙය ප්‍රාදේශීය පුස්තකාල හැක)
2. සෑම පළාත් සභා බල ප්‍රදේශයකම {
මධ්‍ය පුස්තකාලය ජාතික මට්ටමෙන්
සැම පළාතක්ම දිස්ත්‍රික්ක කිහිපයකින් දිස්ත්‍රික් මධාස පුස්තකාලයක් පිහිටුවීම. ප්‍රධාන පුස්තකාලය ලෙස කටයුතු කී
3.
4. පළාත් සභාව මගින් අදාල පළාතේ
මාලාවක් පැනවීම. මෙහිදී පුස්තකාල පුස්තකාල නීතිරීති, අන්තර් පුස්තකාල තීන්ගේ වෘත්තීය සුදුසුකම්, පුස්තක3,
පහළ මට්ටෙම් ඇති පුස්තකාල දිස්ත්‍රි: මධාප පුස්තකාලයටත් සම්බන්ධවීම.
6. ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවා
සහ පුරාදේශීය මධ්‍ය පුස්තකාලය වෙ දෙන ප්‍රධාන ආයතනය වීම.
ඊජන පුස්තකාල සේවාවේ වර්ධනය සදහා තවත් ට ඇතුළත් විය. මේ දක්වා මහජන පුස්තකාල, පිළියම් මෙම යෝජනාවල ඇතුළත් විය. මෙම මත කොට මධ්‍යම රජයට ඉදිරිපත් කරන අවදිය 'යාසයක් ඇති වෙමින් තිබූණි. ප්‍රාදේශීය වශයෙන් ඳුන්වාදීමේ මූලික කටයුතු අරඹයා තිබීම මෙහිදී කැපී 3ස්ත කාල වාසවස්ථා කේන්ද්‍රගත කොට තිබූ පළාත් තුව සහ පළඹත පාලන අධිකාරී ආදායතන ගණනාවක් රම්භ කර තිබූණි. මේ අන්දමට විශාල අපේක්ෂාව iන ලද මහජන පුස්තකාල වාද්‍යවස්ථා වාර්තාව ස්ථාවක බව පෙනුණි. බලාපොරොත්තු විය යුතු නා සම්බන්ධයෙන් පියවර ගැනීමට මධ්‍යම රජයට සම්බන්ධව පුධාන බලතල පළාත් සභා නම් නව හා මහජන පුස්තකාල සහ ඒ හා සම්බන්ධ කටයුතු
පත් විය. -
හා පුස්තකාල සංවර්ධන වායාපාරය ජාතික පුස්තකාල :ඳින්විය හැක. මුලදී සඳහන් කල අන්දමට පළාත් ම්පූර්ණ වෙනසකට භාජනය වී තිබූණි. මේ නව )දව නව දෘෂ්ටි කෝණයකින් බැලීමේ අවශාසතාවය ස්ම** පිළියෙල කරන ලද්දේ මෙම නව තත්වයන්ට
සහා පුස්තකාල සංවර්ධන සැලැස්ම යටතේ සෑම ලකා ගන්නා ලදී. ඒ අනුව පහත සදහන් මූලික
නාට පුස්තකාල කටයුතු පිළිබඳ මධ්‍යම අධිකාරියක් සේවා මණඩලය හෝ වෙනත් නමකින් හැඳින්විය
ප්‍රධාන ප්‍රාදේශීය පුස්තකාලයක් පිහිටුවීම. මෙම ජාතික පුස්තකාලය ඉටු කරන කටයුතු ප්‍රාදේශීය
የ›
* සමන්විත වන අතර, මෙම සෑම දිස්ත්‍රික්කයකම මෙම දිස්ත්‍රික මධාස පුස්තකාලය අදාල දිසතික්කයේ කිරීම.
පුස්තකාල සඳහා පැහැදිලි පුස්තකාල වසවස්ථා } සඳහාද වාර්ෂික මුදල් ප්‍රතිපාදන, පුස්තකාල පුමිති, ලි පිරුළු සේවා පිළිබඳ කටයුතු, පුස්තකාලයාධිප ල ලේණි ගත කිරීම ආදී සියල්ලම ඇතුළත් වේ.
ක් පුස්තකාලවලටත්, දිස්තික් පුස්තකාල ප්‍රාදේශීය
මණඩලය පළාත් සභා පුස්තකාල අධිකාරිය ත පළාතේ පුස්තකාල කටයුතු පිළිබඳව උපදෙස්
47
Page 62
මෙම සැලැස්ම යටතේ පුස්තකාල සේවා මණ් වාසාපෘතියක් 1989 වසරේ අග භාගයේදී උමාව පළාතේ සභාව සමග සාකච්ඡා වාර ගණනාවක් පවත්වා ඇති සඳහා පළාත් සභාවේ ගරු අධ්‍යාපන ඇමතිතුමා’ උළුව පළාතේ නියාමක වායාපාරයේ සාර්ථකත්ව මෙම පුස්තකාල සැලැස්ම හඳුන්වාදීමට මණඩලය
· ජාතික මට්ටමින් පුස්තකාල සේවා සංවර්ධන පසුගිය වසර ගණනාව තුල විශේෂයෙන්ම මහජ වර්ධනයට විශාල වශයෙන් ආධාර දී තිබේ. සාම පමණ පොත් මෙම් පුස්තකාල සඳහා නොමිලේ ස, මගින් කරනු ලැබේ. ඊට අමතරව වාර්ෂිකව රු උපකරණ තෝරා ගත් පුස්තකාල අතර බෙදා හරිනු ( සමග සහයෝගයෙන් ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල පුස්තකාල ඉදිකිරීමේ වාසාපෘතිය මෙහිදී විශේෂයෙ පුස්තකාල ඉදිකිරීම අදාල පාසැලේ ගුරු දෙගුරු සං සංවිධානයක් මගින් ඉටු කරනු ලැබේ. මේ සඳහා සේවා අමාත්‍යශයෙන් සැපයෙන අතර, අදාල පාස මගින් සපයන ලදී. කුඩා, මධ්‍යම සහ විශාල වශ; සැලසුම් සපයන ලද අතර, ඒ ඒ පාසැල්වල හැකියාව ලදී. පුස්තකාලයේ ගොඩනැගිලි වැඩ අවසන්වූ පොත්පත් සැපයීමේ වගකීම ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්ත සාර්ථක වාසාපෘතීයක්වූ අතර, මේ යටතේ නව ප පිහිටුවන ලදී.
පාසැල් පුස්තකාල සඳහා පුමිතීන් සකස් කි ක්ෂේත්‍රයේ ඉටු කල තවත් ප්‍රධාන කාර්යයකි. දිව, වසරේ අධායාපන අමාතාපාංශය පියවර ගන්නා ලදී මගින් සකස් කරන ලද ප්‍රමිතීන් අමාතාපාංශය පිද වාර්ෂිකව පුස්තකාලය සඳහා ස්ථිර මුදලක් වෙන් පුස්තකාලයේ ඉඩ ප්‍රමාණය නිර්නය වීම, පළමු ගොත්‍රාද් පුස්තකාලයාධිපතිවරුන් පත් කිරීම වැනි අංග රාශි
· පුස්තකාලයාධිපතීවරුන්ගේ වෘත්තීය අධ්‍යා මුල පටන්ම උනන්දුවක් දක්වන ලදී. මේ අනුව
කිරීම සඳහා පාඨමාලා, වැඩමුළු, සම්මන්ත්‍රණ, සේවා මණඩලය පසුගිය දශක දෙක තුල නිරතුරුවම ඉටු මහජන සහ පිරිවෙන් පුස්තකාලයාධිපතීන් සඳහා ද විසින් සංවිධානය කරන ලදී. ඇතැම් පාඨමාලා වශයෙන්ද පැවැත්වේ. දුරස්ථ ප්‍රදේශවල සේවය : පුස්තකාලයාධිපතීන් පුහුණු කිරීම සඳහා පුස්තකාල විසින් පවත්වනු ලැබේ. මේ යටතේ දුරස්ථ ප්‍රදේ පුමාණයක් පුහුණුකොට වෘත්තීයමය සහතිකපත් ප්‍රී නගා සිටුවීම සඳහා පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලය වරින් සහායද ලබා ගෙන ඇත. 1984 වසරේ පැමිණි
මණඩලයේ ඉල්ලීම මත දිවයිනේ පුස්තකාල අධ්‍ය
48
ණඩලය පළාත් සහා පුස්තකාල සංවර්ධන නියාමක ත් ආරම්භ කරන ලදී. මේ පිළිබඳව උදාව පළාත් § අතර, දැනට මෙම වාසාපෘතිය ක්‍රියාත්මක කරලීම ගෝ ප්‍රධානත්වයෙන් කමිටුවක්ද පත් කර තිබේ. )ය අනුව අනිකුත් පළාත් සභා ප්‍රදේශ වලටද ස බලාපොරොත්තු වේ.
නය කිරීමේ අරමුණින් පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලය න, පාසැල්, පිරිවෙන් සහ කාර්මික පුස්තකාල, මාන්‍යයෙන් වාර්ෂිකව රුපියල් දශ ලක්ෂ තුනක දැපයීම හෝ සහන මිලකට අලෙවි කිරීම මණඩලය රියල් දශ ලක්ෂ 1.5 ක පමණ පුස්තකාල ලී බඩු, පැබේ. 1984 වසරේ අධ්‍යාපන සේවා අමාත්‍යයංශය සේවා මණඩලය ආරම්භ කල ස්වේච්ඡා පාසැල් න් වැදගත් වේ. මෙම වාසාපෘතිය යටතේ පාසැල් මිතිය, ආදී ශිෂ්‍ය සමිතිය, හෝ වෙනත් ස්වේච්ඡා
• රු. 10,000 ක මූලික මූල්‍ය ආධාරයක් අධායාපන ගැල් පුස්තකාල ගොඩනැගිලි සැලසුම් අමාතාන්‍යාද අංශය යොන් ප්‍රධාන පරිමාණ තුනකට පාසැල් පුස්තකාල ව අනුව අදාල පුස්තකාල ප්‍රමාණයන් තෝරා ගන්නා පසු පුස්තකාලය සඳහා වූ ලිබඩු සැපයීමේ සහ කාල සේවා මණඩලය දරණ ලදී. මෙය ඉතාමත් වාසැල් පුස්තකාල විශාල ප්‍රමාණයක් දිවයින පුරා
කිරිම ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලය මෙම යින පුරා පාසැල් 120 ක් සංවර්ධනය කිරීමට 1989 දී. මෙම පාසැල්වල පුස්තකාල සඳහා මණඩලය ළිගන්නා ලදී. සෑම පාසැල් ශිෂ්‍යයෙකු සඳහායම කරලීම පාසැලේ ශිෂ්‍ය ප්‍රමාණය අනුව පාසැල් නියේ පාසැල් සඳහා පළමු ගොත්‍රාණියේ පූර්ණකාලීන යක් මේ යටතේ පුමිතීන් වශයෙන් දක්වා ඇත.
පන කටයුතු පිළිබඳ පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලය පුස්තකාලයාධිපතීන්ගේ වෘත්තීය දැනුම වර්ධනය )ස්ථ පුහුණු පාඨමාලා පැවැත්වීම පුස්තකාල සේවා | කරන ලදී. සාමානන්‍යයෙන් වාර්ෂිකව පාසැල්, පාඨමාලා 12 සිට 15 දක්වා ප්‍රමාණයක් මණඩලය අගනුවරත්, බොහෝ පාඨමාලාවන් පුද්‍යාදේශීය, කරනු ලබන පුස්තකාල විද්‍යා පුහුණුවක් නොමැති } විද්‍යාපා තැපැල් මාර්ගික පාඨමාලාවක් මණඩලය ද්ශවල සේවය කල පුස්තකාලයාධිපතීන් විශාල }දානය කොට ඇත. වෘත්තීය අධාපාජන කටයුතු නිවර විදේශීය පුස්තකාල විද්‍යාපා විශේෂඥවරුන්ගේ පුස්තකාල උපදේශිකා ඇන් අරවින් මහත්මිය ව්‍යාපන කටයුතු පිළිබඳව සම්පූර්ණ අගැයීමක් කර
Page 63
වාර්තාවක්** නිකුත් කරන ලදී. මෙම වාර්තාව දී විද්‍යාපා අධායාපන ආයතන වෙත සහ වෘත්තීය පුස් අමතරව පුස්තකාල විද්‍යාසා ගුරුවරුන් පුහුණු කිරීම සහ පාඨමාලාද පවත්වනු ලැබේ.
කැළණිය විශේව විද්‍යායාලයේ උපාධි මට්ටමින් පාඨමාලා ආරම්භ කිරීමේලා ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතීක කටයුතු කර ඇත. 1963 – 65 කාලයේ පේරාදෙ විද්‍යාපා පශේචඩාත් උපාධි පාඨමාලාව සහ 1976 - 70 විද්‍යාපාලවල පැවති පුස්තකාල විද්‍යාපා ඩිප්ලෝමා වෘත්තීය තනතුරු වලට අවශ.ය පුස්තකාලයාධිපතීන් හැත්තැව දශකයේ ආරම්භය වන විට මෙම පාඨ විද්‍යාපා ක්ෂේත්‍රයේ උසස් දේශීය වෘත්තීය පාඨමාල.ඳි මේ අවදියේ කලා හා සමාජ විද්‍යායා උපාධිධාරින් රැකියා ඉලක්ක කර ගත් පාඨමාලා විශේව විදාපාලවල විශේෂ උනන්දුවක් දරණ ලදී. මෙම පසුබිම යටතේ උපාධි මJටමින් විශේව විද්‍යාපාලවල ඉගැන්විය යුතු } රජයට යෝජනා කරන ලදී. මෙම යෝජනාවට අන්දමට පුහුණුවක් ලබන පුස්තකාල විද්‍යයා උපාධි කිරීමට විවිධාකාර සංඛායා ලේඛණ හා වාර්තා ඉදිරි පුස්තකාල විද්‍යායාව රැකියා අවස්ථා ඇති විශේව විද ගැන්වීමට පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලයට හැකිවීමේ සොයා බැලීමට ශී ලංකා විශේව විද්‍යාලයේ උප කුල පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලයේ අධ්‍යක්ෂවරයාද එදි වරුද මෙම කමිටුවේ සාමාජිකයන් වූහ. මෙම කමි විද්‍යාලයේ පුස්තකාල විද්‍යාපා අධ්‍යාපන අංශයක් පිහිg විද්‍යාව ඉගැන්වීම ආරම්භ කරන ලදී. w
පුස්තකාලයාධිපතිවරුන්ගේ වෘත්තීයමය දි: ඇත. මහජන පාසැල් සහ රජයේ දෙපාර්තමේන ලබා දීමත් ඔවුන්ගේ වෘත්තීයමය තත්වය තහවු විශේෂයෙන්ම සඳහන් කල යුතුය. මහජන පුස්තකාලයාධිපතිවරුන් මුළු පුස්තකාලයාධිපති මේ තාක් මේ අය ලිපිකාර වෘත්තීන් හ උසස්වීම් සහ අනෙකුත් වරපුසාද ලිපිකාර ලෙ සේවා මණඩලය 1988 වසරේ වැටුප් හා සේවක සං යක් වශයෙන් මෙම තත්වය වෙනස් කරන දැනට අධායාපන ශෛණිවල නිලධාරීන් හා සමාන : අතර ඒ අනුව වැටුප් ගෙවීමද සිදුවේ.
පුකාශන ආධාර වායාපෘතිය පුස්තකාල සේව වසරේ ආරම්භ කල මෙම වායාපෘතිය මගින් රට සම්බන්ධ වී ඇත. ලේඛකයින් වෙතින් අත්පටප ඒවා පුකාශයට පත් කිරීම සඳහා මණඩලය මගින්
·ලැබේ මේ වායාපෘතිය මගින් වාර්ෂිකව උසස් පේ අතර මේ සඳහා මණඩලය සපයන ආධාරය වාර්{ “හය සියයකට ආසන්න පුමාණයක් පොදත් පල කෑ රුපියල් දශ ලක්ෂ 15 ක පමණ මුදලක් ආධාර ව
}ණඩලය විසින් මුද්‍රණය කොට සියළු පුස්තකාල තකාලයාධිපතිවරුන් වෙත බෙදා හැර ඇත. මීට ) සඳහා මණඩලය විසින් වරින් වර සම්මන්ත්‍රණ
නී සහ පශේචනාත් උපාධි මට්ටමින් පුස්තකාල විද්‍යාපා පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලය මූලිකත්වය ගෙන ණිය ශ්‍රී ලංකා විශේව විද්‍යායාලයේ පැවති පුස්තකාල
· කාලයේ දෙහිවල සහ පලදා ලේ කණි. ෂ්ඨ විශේව පාඨමාලා මගින් දේශීය පුස්තකාල ක්ෂේතූයේ, } ගණනාවක් පුහුණු කරන ලදී. එක් දහස් නවසිය මාලාවන් අභාවයට ගොස් තිබූ අතර, පුස්තකාල }ල අවශාපතාවය තදන් දැනෙමින් පැවතුණි. එසේම විශාල ප්‍රමාණයක රැකියා හිඟයෙන් පෙලීම නිසා ;ට හඳුන්වා දීමට රජය සහ විශේව විද්‍යාපාල බලධාරීන් ත් පුස්තකාල විද්‍යායාව උපාධි මට්ටමින් සහ පශේවාදාත් බවට ශී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලය මුලදී එතරම් හොඳ ප්‍රතිචාරයක නොලැබූණි. මේ ධාරීන්ට රට තුල රැකියා අවස්ථා ඇති බව සනාථ පත් කිරීමට පුස්තකාල සෙවා මණඩලයට සිදු විය. පාලවලට ඔබින විෂයයක් බව බලධාරීන්ට ඒත්තු මී ප්‍රතිඵලයක් වශයෙන් 1972 වසරේදී මේ පිළිබඳව ථූපතිවරයා විසින් විශේෂ කමිටුවක පත් කරන ලදී. වකට පැවති විශේව විද්‍යාපාලවල පුස්තකාලයාධිපති }ටුවේ නිර්දේශ අනුව 1974 වසරේ කැළණිය විශේව වුවා උපාධි හා පශේවාත් උපාධි මට්ටමින් පුස්තකාල
යුණුව සදහා මණඩලය විවිධ පියවරයන් ගෙන |තු පුස්තකාලයාධිපතිවරුන් සඳහා නව වැටුප් ක්‍රම වුරු කර ලීමත් මෑතකදී ගනු ලැබූ පියවරයන් x පාසැල් සහ ‘රජයේ දෙපාර්තමේන්තු }වරුන්ගේ සංඛ්‍යාවෙන් 80% ක් පමණ වේ. හා සමානව සැලකුණු අතර ඔවුන්ගේ වැටුප් *ශුණි හා සමාන විය. මේ පිළිබඳව පුස්තකාල ඛාසා කමිටුව වෙත කරුණු ඉදිරිපත් කිරීමේ ප්‍රතිඵල ලදී. මේ අනුව මෙම පුස්තකාලයාපතිවරුන් තත්වයේලා වාත්තීයමය වශයෙන් සලකනු ලබන
)හා මණඩලයේ තවත් සාර්ථක වායාපෘතියකි. 1983 තුල ග්‍රන්ථ පුකාශනයට මණඩලය විශාල ලෙස
ත් ලබා ගෙන උසස් තත්වයේ අත් පිටපත් තෝරා } මෙම වායාපෘතිය යටතේ මුදල් ආධාර සපයනු පාත් 100 කට අධික පුමාණයක් පල කරනු ලබන පිකව රුපියල් ලක්ෂ 25 ක් පමණ වේ. මේ දක්වා කරන ලද අතර ලේඛකයින්ට සහ ප්‍රකාශකයින්ට }ශයෙන් ලබා දි ඇත.
49
Page 64
කර්තෘ ප්‍රකාශන ආධාර කූමය යටතේ ඒ ඒ වලින් පිටපත් සංඛායාවක් මිලට ගැනීමෙන් පුස්තකු ලැබේ. V
සම්භාවාස දේශීය සාහිතාස කaති සංස්කර. වාද්‍යාපෘතියකි. පැරණි උසස් ග්‍රන්ථ මේ වා වායාපෘතියකි. පැරණි උසස් ග්‍රන්ථ මේ වාසාපෘතිය කරවනු ලැබේ. දැනට පන්සිය පනස් ජාතකය, පූජ සංස්කරණය කර ඇති කෘතීන් වෙති.
ශ්‍රී ලංකාවේ ‘අන්තර් ජාතික පුමිති ග්‍රන්ථ අ සේවා මණඩලය ඉටු කරන කාර්යයද මෙහිදී සt ජනප්‍රිය වූ ISBN අංක කූමය ශ්‍රී ලංකාවට සාර් ජයග්‍රහණයකි. දැනට දේශීය ප්‍රකාශන වලින් 80% අදාල අංකය සමග ග්‍රන්ථ විද්‍යායාත්මක තොරතුරු ස දේශීය පොත්පත්වල සැලසුම් සහ ග්‍රන්ථ විද්‍යාත්ම: පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලය සමතවී තිබේ. එසේ පිටපතක් මණඩලයේ තැන්පත් කෙරෙන බැවින් ර{ පාලනයක් කරලීමට මණඩලයට හැකිවී තිබේ.
මේ දක්වා ශී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේව සැලසුම් කරලීමේ හා වර්ධනය කරලීමේ කාර්යයන් මගින් ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය පිහිටුවීමේලා භූ ගනු ලැබූ පියවරයන් සංක්ෂිප්තව මෙතැන් සිට
ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල ගොඩනැගිල්ල විසින් ඉටු කරන ලද ප්‍රධාන කාර්යයක් වේ. ගොඩනැගිලි සැලසුම් කරන ලදී. මුල් සැලසුම ගොඩනැගිල්ලක් සැලසුම් කර තිබූණි. එම සැලසු යුනෙස්කෝ ආයතනයෙන් ආධාර ඉල්ලා සිටියේ ගොඩනැගිල්ල සැලසුම් කරලීම සඳහා උපදේශකව යුනෙස්කෝ උපදේශයකවරයෙකු ලෙස ලංකාවට බෝන් වර්තමාන ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුසතකාලය වසරේ සිට 1982 දක්වා වරින් වර ලංකාවට පැමිණි පහක්* ඉදිරිපත් කරන ලදී. මෙම වාර්තාවල ජා සිට එහි ලීබඩු දක්වා විවිධ අංක ඇතුළත්වී ඇත. නැගිලි දෙපාර්තමේන්තුවේ ප්‍රධාන ගෘහ නිර්මාණ මහතා ප්‍රධාන දේශීය ගෘහනිර්මාණ ශිල්පීන්ද යු.
ජාතික පුස්තකාලය සැලසුම් කිරීමට පෙර මහාචාර්ය මයිකල් බෝන් දිවයින පුරා සංචාරය රජමහා විහාරයේ වහලයේ සැලැස්ම ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාති ලෙස බලපා ඇත. බිම සිට අතු පතර විහිද යන සැලසුම් කර ඇති නිසා බිම්මහලට උඩයා පළමු මහල් නිර්මාණය කර ඇත. ජාතික පුස්තකාල ගොඩන දරණ ලද අතර, ගොඩනැගිලි කටයුතු නිම කිරීම
50
වර්ෂය තුල රට තුල ප්‍රකාශයට පත්වන ප්‍රකාශන කාල සේවා මණඩලය ලෙඛකයින්ට ආධාර කරනු
%ණය කිරීම මෙම ක්ෂේත්‍රයේ මණඩලයේ තවත් |යාපෘතිය යටතේ උගතුන් ලවා සංස්කරණය ) යටතේ උගතුන් ලවා සංස්කරණය කොට පල ජාවලිය, මහාවංශය මේ අන්දමට මණඩලය මගින්
©ක ISBN නියෝජිත ආයතනය ලෙස පුස්තකාල දහන් කල යුතුවේ. රට තුල ඉතාමත් සීඝ්‍රයෙන් ථකව හඳුන්වාදීම පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලයේ ) කට අධික ප්‍රමාණයක් අංක භාවිතා කරනු ලැබේ. }ඟ පුමිතීන්ද පුකාශකයින් වෙත සැපයෙන බැවින් ක තොරතුරු උසස් මට්ටමක පවත්වා ගෙන යාමට ස්ම ISBN අංකය සටහන්වූ සෑම පොතකින්ම ට තුල වඩාත් සාර්ථක ගුන්ථ විද්‍යාත්මක තොරතුරු
'යා මණඩලය විසින් ඉටු කර ඇති පුස්තකාල සේවා ' සාකච්ඡා කරන ලදි. පුස්තකාල සේවා: මණඩලය කා ජාතික පුස්තකාල කාර්යයන් ආරම්භ කිරීමේලා සාකච්ඡා කෙරේ.
තැනවීම මේ අවදියේ පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලය 1973 වසරේ ජාතික පුස්තකාලය සඳහා අවශප ) අනුව පාතික පුස්තකාලය සඳහා කුඩා දෙමහල් 3 ම එතරම් සාර්ථක නොවූ නිසා මෙහිදී මණඩලය මේ පුතිඵලයක් වශයෙන් ජාතික පුස්තකාල }රයෙකුගේ සේවය ලබා දෙන ලදී. 1974 වර්ෂයේ පැමිණි ගෘහනිර්මාණ ශිල්පී මහාචාර්ය මයික් ල සැලසුම් කරන ලදී. මෙම කාර්යය සඳහා 1974 % මහාචාර්ය බෝන් මෙයට අදාලව වාර්තාවන් තික පුස්තකාල ගොඩනැගිල්ලේ මූලික සැලැස්මේ මෙම ගොඩනැගිලි සැලසුම් කිරීමේදී එවකට ගොඩ ශිල්පී වශයෙන් සේවය කල පානි තෙන්නකෝන් නොස්කෝ උපදේශකවරයාට සහාය වී ඇත.
| දේශීය ගෘහනිර්මාණ ශිල්පය පිළිබඳ හදගැරීමට කරන ලදි. එහිදී ඔහුට හමුවූ පාදෙණියේ පුරාණ ක පුස්තකාලයේ වහල නිර්මාණය කරලීමට විශාල න ගසක් මෙන් ජාතික පුස්තකාල ගොඩනෑගිල්ල 2ත්, පළමු මගලට වඩා දෙවන මහලත් පුළුල් ලෙස iගිල්ල සඳහා සම්පූර්ණ වැය ශී ලංකා රජය විසින් ව වසර 12 ක පමණ කාලයක් ගත විය. රුපියල්
Page 65
දස ලක්ෂ 50 ක පමණ වියදමකින් තැනුණු ශ්‍රී ලංකා මහල් පහක් ඇත. පුස්තකාලයේ මුළු බිම් පුමාණය 320 දෙනෙකුට පහසුකම් ඇති පුධාන කියවීම් කා' විශේෂ කියවීම් කාමර ගණනාවක්ද ඇත. ජාතික ද්‍රවාස පුස්තකාලය මධාසයෙහි ඇති වායු සමීකරණ ඇත. ආරම්භයේ පොත් පන් ලක්ෂයක් තැන්පත් දස ලක්ෂය දක්වා වාසාප්ත කරලීමට ඉඩ ප ගොඩනැගිල්ලේ උතුරු කොටසේ ඇති මහල් තුන කටයුතු වලට ස්හ වෙනත් විශේෂ කටයුතු වලට වෙනත් බාහිර ආයතන සඳහා පහසුකම් සලසා අ ඇති විශේෂ අංශ අතර ආසන 120 ක් සහිත වායු ස වායු සමීකරණය කල සම්මන්තූණ ශාලාවත්, එක් : විශේෂයෙන් සඳහන් කල හැක.
ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය සඳහා ප්‍රකාශ: සේවා මණඩලය තැන්පතු පුස්තකාලයක් වීම සම ස්ථාවර ඉඩ පහසුකම් නොමැතිවීමත්, වරින්වර ජාතික පුස්තකාලය සදහා පුළුල් ලෙස පුකාශන රැස දැනට ශී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාල එකතුව පහත ඝ
පුධාන විමර්ශන ග්‍රන්ථ එකතුව පුවත්පත් එකතුව වාර සඟරා එකතුව පුධාන ශ්‍රී ලංකා ප්‍රකාශන එකතුව නිතායානුකූල තැන්පතු එකතුව විදේශීය ග්‍රන්ථ එකතුව සිතියම් එකතුව යුනෙස්කෝ ප්‍රකාශන එකතුව පුස්තකාල හා විඥාපන විදාසා එකතුව දුර්ලභ හා විශේෂ එකතුන් ජන සාහිතාප එකතුව
මෙම එකතූන් වර්ධනය කරලීම හා වායා මුහුණ දෙන ප්‍රධාන අභියෝගය වේ. ,
ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලිය සම්පාදනය කරලී දෙපාර්තමේන්තුවෙන් ජාතික පුස්තකාල සේවා දී මේ දක්වා කාලීන පාතික ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලිය නො ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලිය පුමාදවී ප්‍රකාශනය වීම, තැන්ද සඳහා යොදා ගෙන ඇති බැවින් කාලීන ප්‍රකාශන නොවීම, බෙදා හැරීම සීමිතව සිදුවීම, නව තාක්ෂ මේ අංශයේ දක්නට ලැබෙන ප්‍රධාන දුර්වලතාවය: කිරීම ආරම්භ නොකිරීම මේ අංශයේ පැවති තව: ආවරණය කෙරෙන පූර්වකාලීන ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලී වසර කිහිපය තුල පූර්වකාලීන ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලිය
ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ බිම් මහල ඇතුළුව පුධාන ) වර්ග අඩි එක් ලක්ෂ විසි පන් දහසකි. පාඨකයන් මර 03 ක් මහල් තුනෙහි පිහිටා ඇත. මීට අමතරව පුස්තකාලයෙහි පොත්පත් හා වෙනත් පුස්තකාල ණය කරන ලද විශේෂ පුදේශයක තැන්පත් කර í කරලීමට පහසුකම් ඇති අතර, පසුව එය පොත් හසුකම් ඇත. පුධායන පුස්තකාලයට සම්බන්ධ කින් සමන්විත විශේෂ අංශය මණඩලයේ පරිපාලන යොදා ගනු ලැබේ. දැනට මෙයින් මහල් දෙකක :ත. ශ්‍රී ලංකJ ජාතික පුස්තකාල ගොඩනැගිලලේ (මීකරණය කල ශ්‍රවණාගාරයත්, ආසන 70 ක් සහිත කාමරයක ආසන 20 ක් සහිත දේශන ශාලා දෙකත්
න ලබා ගැනිමේ කාර්යය 1976 වසරේදී පුස්තකාල ගම ඇරඹුණි. පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලය සඳහා කාර්යාලය මාරුකිරීමට සිදුවීම නිසාත් ශී ලංකා }කිරීම ආරම්භ කරන ලද්දේ 1985 වසරේ පටන්වේ. සඳහන් පුස්තකාල එකතුන්ගෙන් සමන්විත වේ.
ප්ත කරලීම ඉදිරි දශකය තුල ජාතික පුස්තකාලය
ම 1973 වසරේ අග භාගයේ ජාතික ලේඛණාරක්ෂක මණඩලය වෙත පවරා ගන්නා ලදී. එතැන් සිට කඩවාම මණඩලය මගින් පුකාශනය කරනු ලැබේ. පතු කූමය යටතේ ලැබෙන පුකාශන පමණක් මේ න මුළුමනින්ම ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලිය මගින් ආවරණය 3ණය යොදා නොගැනීම නිසා ඇතිවිය හැකි අවාසි ක් වේ. පූර්වකාලීන ග්‍රන්ථ නාමාවලිය සම්පාදනය ත් පුධාන දුර්වලතාවයක් විය. 1962 – 1885 අවදිය පීය සැකසීම 1990 වසරේ ආරම්භ කරන ලදී. ඉදිරි සම්පූර්ණ කිරීමට මණඩලය සැලසුම් කර ඇත.
51
Page 66
ශ්‍රී ලංකාවේ සමාජ විද්‍යාපා පුලේඛණ මධ්‍ය පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලය දේශීය ග්‍රන්ථ විද්‍යායාත් දැනට විඥාපන හා තාක්ෂණ, කෘෂිකර්ම වැනි විවිධ ගෙන යාමට හැකි සැම ආකාරයක්ම අදාල ආය බල)පොරොත්තු වේ. මෙම පවත්නා පුස්තකාල අරඹයා නොමැති විෂය ක්ෂේත්‍රවල නව පුස්තකාල ජ ග්‍රන්ථ විඥාපන සේවා උසස් අන්දමින් පවත්වා සම්බන්ධීකරණය කිරීමත් මේ ක්ෂේත්‍රයේ ශ්‍රී ලං ප්‍රධාන කාර්යයන් වේ. පුධාන දේශීය පුස්තක සම්පාදනය කරලීමේ කාර්යය පුස්තකාල සේවා මං ඇති සම්පත පිළිබඳ විවිධ තොරතුරු විවිධ ද්විතීය ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය යොමු ගත කිරීමේ රොත්තු වේ.
ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය සඳහා විදේ පුළුල්කර ඇත. විශේෂයෙන්ම වෙනත් පුධාන අතර්යාවශ්‍ය විදේශීය පුකාශන ජාතික පුස්තකාලය කාලයේ ප්‍රධාන ප්‍රතිපත්තිය වී ඇත.
ප්‍රකාශන හුවමාරු මධාසස්ථානය ලෙස ශ්‍රී ල පුස්තක'ල ගණනාවක් සමග දැනටමත් හුවමාරු සේ වඩාත් පුළුල් කිරීමට සැලසුම් කර ඇත.
ජාතික මට්ටමින් පුස්තකාල සේවා සැලසු ප්‍රධාන අංශ දෙකකට බෙදා සාකච්ඡා කරලීම මෙම සඳහන් කළෙමි. ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය හ සබඳත.වයක් තිබිය යුතු යැයි මම විශේවාස කරමි. ලෙස ඉහළ මට්ටමේ සීමිත පාඨක පිරිසකට පමණ සැළකීම ජාතික පුස්තකාලයක මූලික අර්ථයන් කලත් අපගේ මූලික අභිලාෂය විය යුත්තේ ජාතී ජනත වට, ආයතනවලට අවශ්‍ය තොරතුරු හා උසස්ම පුස්තකාලය ලෙස කව්යුතු කරුන අතරම, වැනි විවිධ පුස්තකාල ඔස්සේ එම පුස්තකාල ශක්ති පුයත්න දැරිය යුතුවේ. ‘
අපේ පැරණි සභාපත්වයේ පදනම වූ වැව ස සේවාවට සමීප ලෙස සමාන වන බව පෙනේ. දී සඳහා ජලය සැපයීම වේ. මේ සඳහා ප්‍රධාන ව පද්ධතියක්ද පැවතුනි. ප්‍රධාන වැව මගින් කුඹුර වැව්වලට ජලය සපයා එම වැව් මගින් කුඹුරුවල කරන ලදී. ජාතික පුස්තකාලයද සෘජුවම ඉටු කර ඔස්සේ පාඨකයින් වෙත සේවා සැපයීමද එකසේ ව දැනුම නමැති ජලය සෑපයීම ජාතික පුස්තකාල පද්
52
ස්ථානය ලෙස කටයුතු කරමින් ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික මක මධාසස්ථානය ලෙස කටයුතු කිරීම අරඹයා ඇත. | විෂය ක්ෂේත්‍ර යටතේ ඇති පුස්තකාල ජාල පවත්වා තනවලට සැපයීමට පුස්තකාල සේවා මණඩලය 9 ජාල ශක්තිමත් කිරීමත්, ග්‍රන්ථ විඥාපන සේවා තාල ඇරඹීමට අනුබල දීමත්,සමාජ විද්‍යාපා ක්ෂේත්‍රයේ ගෙන යාමත්, අනෙකුත් විෂය ක්ෂේත්‍රවල කටයුතු කා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය ඉටු කිරීමට අදහස් කරපු බාල 10 ක් සමග සහයෝගයෙන් ඒකාබද්ධ සුවිය ණඩලය අරඹයා ඇත. පුධා-න පුස්තකාල ගණනාවක මූලාශු මගින් රැස්කර ගනිමින් පවතී. එ ආශුයෙන් මධ්‍යසථානයක් සේ කටයුතු කිරීමටද බලාපො
:ගිය පුකාශන එක්රැස් කිරීම මැතකදී සිට වඩාත් පුස්තකාලවලට ලබා ගැනීමට අපහසු, නමුත් සඳහා ලබා ගැනීම මේ අංශයේ ජාතික පුස්ත
සංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය ලෝකයේ පුධාන ජාතික ද්වා පවත්වා ගෙන යනු ලැබේ. මෙම කාර්යයන්
|ම් කිරීම හා ශ්‍රී ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය ලෙස ) විෂයයේදී එතරම් විද්‍යාපාත්මක නොවන බව මුලදී
• ජාතික පුස්තකාල පද්ධතිය අතර ඉතාමත් සමීප
ජාතික පුස්තකාලය පර්යේෂණ පුස්තකාලයක් ක් සේවය කරන අති විශේෂ පුස්තකාලයක් ලෙස හා නොගැලපේ. කුමන පුස්තකාලයක සේවය කියේ යහපත තකා, ජාතික සංවර්ධනය උදෙසා දැනුම සැපයීම වේ. ජාතික පුස්තකාලය දිවයිනේ මහජන, පාසැල්, විශේෂ, පිරිවෙන් විශේව විද්‍යාල |මත් කරමින් ඒ ඒ පාඨක ජනතාව වෙත ලඟාවීමට.
හ ඒ වටා ඇති වාරිමාර්ග රටාව පාතික පුස්තකාල ඩැව් ක්‍රමයේ ප්‍රධාන අරමුණ මුළු පුදේශයේම කුඹුරු නැවට අමතරව කුඩා වැව් පද්ධතියක්ද ඇල මාර්ග නැවලට සෘජුවම ජලය සැපයීමක්, අනෙකුත් කුඩා }ට ජලය සැපයීමත් යන දෙයාකාරයටම කටයුතු න පාඨක සේවා මෙන්ම වෙනත් විවිධ පුස්තකාල හැදගත් වේ. මුළු ශීලංකාවම සංග්‍රීක කිරීමට අවශාස ‘ධතියේ මූලික මෙන්ම ඒකායන අරමුණ යුතු වේ.
Page 67
References
1.
0.
11.
2.
13.
14.
5.
16.
Piyadasa, T.G., Libraries in Sri Lank and Oriental Publishers, 1985.S
Printers and Publishers Ordinance, No.
Choksy, N.K., - Report of the Comm Union Government Press, 1955 (Sessi
Kandiah, P., — Report of the Colomb Municipal press, 1958.
Brohier, R. L., - Final report of the Government Press, 1959. (Sessional p
Perera, Wilmot A., - Salaries and Cad
Bonny, Harold V. — Library services f Cultural Affairs, (1961) - 46 p.
"Meeting of Experts on the National Plar Ceylon, 11 - 19 December 1967. Final
Evans, Evelyn J., - Meeting of experts Asia - UNESCO bulletin for libraries.
Ceylon National Library Services Board ment Printing, 1970.
Panditaratna, K.L., - "Libraries in th reference to rural areas, UNESCO Regio
in Asia': Colombo - 23 - 29 Oct. 1
Kamaldeen, S.M., - District Central
SNLSB, Colombo, 1981.
Report on Public Library legislation for S
අමරසිරි එම්. එස්. යූ. පළාත් සහඹා කූමය සංවිධානය, පුස්තකාල ප්‍රවාත්ති, 1988, 9 (;
Irvin, Ann., - Education and Training fo SILNILSB, 1988.
Brawne, M., — Planning the national libr, 1975 - 12 p.
a origin and history. Delhi, Indological
of 1885.
ission of Local Government. Colombo : onal Paper 33 - 1955).
po Municipal Public Library. Colombo
special committee on antiquities. Ceylon aper 7 - 1959)
er Committee report 1960.
or Ceylon - (Colombo) : Department of
ning of Library Services in Asia' Colombo, report (Paris : UNESCO, 1968).
on national planning of library services in 22 (3), 1968 - 114 - 118.
Act No. 17, 1970, Department of Govern
e Book Distribution systems with special nal Seminar on Book Distribution Methods 974.
Library Project, District Library Seminar,
Sri Lanka. (Unpublished) SLNLSB - 1989.
සහ ශී ලංකාවේ පුස්තකාල සේවාවල අනාගත 2) 8. 4-5. .
r Library and Information work, Colombo,
arybuilding: Sri Lanka - Paris, UNESCO
53
Page 68
THE NATIONAL LIBE AN INTRC
E
Mr. M. S. U Acting Director, Sri Lanka Ni
One can find three important periods of Sri Lanka, namely the 1870 to 1885 period,
1870 - 1885 Period
The year 1870 is important in the histo up of a library at national level. This was The main purpose of this library was to collec manuscripts which were scattered through to one of the main objectives of modern Na a Central Collection of the nation's public; years but is considered the nucleus of the 1877 the Government Oriental Library was Library.
Another important event in the history of the National Museum library in 1877. In 1 Library'. During the past 113 years the M Lanka's de facto National Library.
The Printers and Publishers Ordinanc development of the National Library of Sri ) Deposit Law. According to this law all Sir in the National Archives and copies deposite Library and the British Museum Library. T University of Ceylon Library and in 1976 t Services Board as Deposit Libraries. The ir Lanka as far back as 1885 is considered as Library Services in Sri Lanka. Though th inaugurated only in 1990, National Library C.
1955 - 1970 Period
A number of events important to the during this pariod. Important among these a during the 1955 - 1960 period. The first of Report' published in 1955. The main obj the Local Government Services in Sri Lank: discussed the organisation of public librarie Public Library Service should be linked wi Library Services,
54
RARY OF SRI LANKA
DUCTION
y . Amarasiri utional Library Services Board
in the development of the National Library 1955 to 1970 period and 1970 to 1990 period.
ry of the National Library due to the setting (nown as the Government Oriental Library. it and organise the Pali, Sanskrit and Sinhala put the country." This objective is similar tional Libraries; that is the "maintenance of ations'. This library lasted for only seven resent National Library of Sri Lanka. In amalgamated with the National Museum
of the National Library is the establishment 885 the Museum Library became a “Deposit useum Library has been performing as Sri
te of 1885* was another milestone in the Lanka. This Ordinance is the present Legal i Lankan publications should be registered d in the National Archives, National Museum his law was amended in 1951 to include the c include the Sri Lanka National Library, ntroduction of the Legal Deposit Law to Sri
ecial event in the development of National e National Library of Sri Lanka will be ollections have been accumulating since 1885.
: National Library of Sri Lanka took place Lre a number of commission reports published these is "the Local Government Commission ective of this commission was to reorganise a. As a part of its exercise the commission s in the country and recommended that the th the National Library and the National
Page 69
The report of the commission on the C importance of setting up a National Library of repute was it's Commissioner. Chapter analysis consisting of the functions to be unde possible sources of foreign aid for the libral to form the National Library. The report of National Archives, Museum Library, Roy. and the Library of the Department of Arch the National Library of Sri Lanka.
The report of the Special Committee ( for setting up a National Library in the count was to investigate the activities of the Depart Museums and the Department of Archives. held by Mr. R. L. Brohier. The Commission abroad to study new developments in this fi and the office of the British National Bibl commission report most of those who made should form the nucleus of the Library. T was made by a Commission appointed to loo The Commission also stressed the need foi Registration Division of the National Arch proposed National Library. In order to revising the Printers and Publishers Ordina detail the National. Library building and p close proximity to the National Museum at
The Salary and Cadre Review Committe of setting up a National Library in Sri Lar a link between the National Library and Gov that department libraries could function as Library.
Mr. Harold Bonny, the UNESCO Libm also stressed the importance of having a N also suggested the amalgamation of the Na Library, Royal Asiatic Society Library anc form the National Library. In addition h Archives from Nuwara-Eliya to Colombo in this same building. The Book Collectio the nucelus of the National Library and th National Bibliography.
The period 1967- 1970 is the most d Library. In the 1967 UNESCO Library Exp. A few months prior to this meeting Miss E Sri Lanka for a period of three years. Sh
olombo Public Library in 1958 stressed the or the country. Mr. P. Kandiah a Librarian
eight of the Commission report carries an rtaken by the National Library of Sri Lanka, y and the collections to be brought together states that the collections of the Department al Asiatic Society (Sri Lanka Branch) Library eology are necessary to form the nucleus of
in Antiquities in 1959 also stressed the need ry. The purpose of setting up this committee ment of Archeology, Department of National The Chairmanship of the commission was was provided with opportunities of travelling eld, and studied the British Museum, Library iography, among others. According to the representations felt that the Museum Library (his suggestion was specially significant as it k into the activities of the National Museum. r amalgamating the Books and Newspaper, lives with the Bibliography Division of the implement these the commission suggested unce of 1885. The report also discussed in roposed setting up the National Library in hd with facilities for 200 readers.
e Report of 1961 also stressed the importance ka. This report recommended establishing ernment Department Libraries. It suggested branch libraries of the proposed National,
ary Advicer who visited the country in 1960. ational Library. Like his predecessors he Ltional Museum Library, National Archives l the Department of Archeology Library to 2 also suggested the shifting of the National
and accommodating the National Library of the National Archives was to be used as se publications to be used in compiling the
ecisive period in the history of the National 'rt Meeting * was held in Colombo Sri Lanka. J. Evans, UNESCO Library Adviser came to e was responsible in preparing the necessary
55
Page 70
ground work for the meeting." A part oft to formulating a Library Plan for Sri Lanka.
Library Services Board (NLSB) for Sri Lank: of the National Library of Sri Lanka, were
The plan given in this report comprise long term. Activities under the short term Services Centre with National Union Catalc and planning the National Library buildi construction of the National Library buildin and compiling the Union List of Periodicals. a first class Research Library for students a Services in the country and Inter Library Lo
During the three years of her stay in in implementing a number of these suggestic Library Services Board in 1970.
1970 - 1990 Period
The enactment of the Ceylon National is an important landmark in the develop country. According to the act the establishm of Sri Lanka is a responsiblity of the Sri La
After the setting up of the Nationai I planning the National Library Services in th carried out in the Kandy District during th to as the Kandy District Rural Library Develo of UNESCO as an experiement of developir success of this proect UNESCO planned to c Projects in other Asian Countries. 22 schc developed by the SLNLSB under this.
The SLNLSB opened a branch in to supervise the project. These libraries equipment, plans for new buildings, book b the librarians. The Board also carried out A recent survey carried out by the SLNLSB showed that the Kandy district had the be attributed to the success of the above ment, by the SLNLSB from the project, has helpe scale.
The District Central Library Project a project carried out by the SLNLSB. This pr on a district basis.' Under this, Central I
56
le report of the expert meeting was devoted This plan suggests the creation Cfa National and spells out its' activities. The functions also mentioned.
is three parts; short term, medium term and were commencing a National Bibliography gue, maintaining the National Bibliography ng. The medium term plan included the g, setting up the National Library Collection
The long term plan consisted of developing nd researchers, co-ordination of the Library ans both at national and international level.
Sri Lanka Miss E. J. Evans was instrumental ns, especially the setting up of the National
Library Services Board Act No. 10 of 1970 ment of National Library Services in the ent and maintenance of the National Library nka National Library Services Board.
library Board in 1970 priority was given to e country. Accordingly a Pilot Project was e 1972 - 1974 period. This project referred pment Project was started with the assistance g Libraries in rural areas.' Based on the carry out similar Rural Library Development pol and 24 public Libraries were extensively
Kandy headed by an Assistant Director were provided with books, furniture and boxes on loan and training programmes for
user Surveys and user education activities. at district level on development of libraries st library services in the country. This is oned Pilot Project. The experience gained d it to carry out similar projects on a larger
f 1981 is another major library development oject was designed to develop library services District Libraries were developed as Centres
Page 71
of District Library Networks. According to were to be linked up with the Central Distri collaboration with the Department of Lo District Libraries and provided assistance in for librarians at district level, special seminar, authorities and providing books to Central L This is considered the first attempt to organi the factors which limited the success of the district as an administrative unit was not ver Central Libraries belonged to municipal coul with the rest of the district. This created the Central Libraries and the Satellite Libra
Formulation of public library legislati by the SLNLSB. A special committee was 1986 and the report was submitted in 1987 as follows :
01. Public Library service to be co government administration. Hi
02. To set up a separate public libra
ment for the development of
03. To establish public library cor
institutions.
04. Compulsory annual financial a
05. 50% of capital expenditure on
government.
06. Introduction of standards for
In addition to the above, the report improve the country's public library service long standing deficiencies in Sri Lnaka's pub by the SLNLSB and forwarded to the Govel administrative system of the country was i Department of Local Government and mo abolished. The new system of Provincial this period and the Central Government was
Provincial Council Library Developme development project undertaken by the S completely changed the administrative set library development activities from a com
the plan, all small libraries in each district t Library. This project was carried out in al Government. The SLNLSB identified he form of conducting training programmes for heads of the various Local Government braries as loan collections for small libraries. e library services at national level. Among District Library Project was the fact that, strong at that time and most of the District cils, or town councils, which had no links administrative problems which affected both ries which had to depend on them.
in is another important project undertaken appointed for this task by the SLNLSB in .' The main proposals of the report are
nsidered a compulsory service in the local therto this has been a permissive function.
ry unit in the Department of Local Governpublic library services.
mmittees attached to all local government
location for public libraries.
public libraries to be borne by the central
public libraries.
contained a number of other proposals to
These proposals were designed to rectify lic library service. This report was accepted nment. By this time the restructuring of the motion and as a result the Ministry and, st of the local government authorities were Council Administration was set up during not in a position to implement this report.
nt Project (1989) is the most recent library LNLSB. The Provincial Council system, p in the country. This necessitated viewing letely new angle. The Provincial Library
57
Page 72
Development Project was launched by the new situation." Following are the main
01. Creating a Central Library Au This could be termed the Prov
02. Setting up a Provincial Central l perform the duties at provincial to perform at National Level.
03. Each province consists of a n should have a Central Distric
04. Enactment of library legislatio the Provincial Council Annua standards, inter-library lendin librarians and grading of libr legislation.
05. Libraries at the lower level shou. libraries linked to the Provincia
06. SLNLSB should be the professi Authorities and to the Provin
In order to implement the above, a P at the end of 1989. It is hoped that this v subsequently.
With the objective of developing libre past few years given assistance especially top libraries in the country. The scheme enable of approximately rupees three million eithel furniture to the value of Rs. 1.5 million to annually. The SLNLSB also provides boo Voluntary School Library Building Project Ministry of Education. Under this project, established throughout the country during
Formulation of standards for grade ( out by the SLNLSB. This was introduced allocation to school libraries scalculated on (based on the numb r bf students) and the were introduced by the SLNLSB.
58
SLNLSB to meet the requirements of this features of the project.
hority attached to each Provircial Council. incial Library Development Board.
library in each province. This library should level which the National Library is expected
umber of districts. Each of these districts it Library.
in at provincial level is the responsibility of l financial allocation for libraries, library g activities, professional qualifications of aries are to be determined by this library
ld be linked with district libraries and district l Central Library to form a network.
onal advisory body to the Provincial Library
ial Central Libraries.
'ilot Project was started in the Uva Province vill be extended to all the other provinces
|ries at national level the SLNLSB has in the blic, school, pirivena and technical institution s the SLNLSB to provide books to the value free of charge or at concessionary rates and
deserving libraries throughout the country ks and furniture to libraries built under the iointly carried out by the SLNLSB and the large number of school libraries have been the past few years.
ne school libraries is another scheme carried in 1989. Standards in respect of financial he basis of Rupees per student) library space appointment of grade one school librarians
Page 73
Providing continuing professional ec has always been a task carried out by the SLN in organising various types of training cour programmes, etc., for the benefit of librar for librarians serving in remote areas. In o Education activities, services of foreign ex in 1984 the services of Mrs. Ann Irving attac Kingdom was obtained for evaluation of th Lanka with the assistance of the Bri recommendations for better organisation of among the educational institutions and librar
The SLNLSB took the initiative to level Library Science Courses at the U. Vidyalankara Campus of University of Sri La Science Course was conducted by the Univer Dehiwela and Palali Junior Universities cor during the 1967-1970 period. Since no Lil beginning of the 1970's at higher level, the was explained by the SLNLSB to the Gov. the University of Sri Lanka appointed a com a university level course. This committee c. of the campuses of the University of Sri Lan up a Department of Library Science at the
In 1989 the SLNLSB was instrumen Department Librarians by persuading the Go Hitherto these categories of librarians were they have been equated with the educationa status have been uplifted. .
The Book Development Project is anot) this project assistance is provided for publish annually. The financial allocation is Rs. 2.5 600 new books have been published unde
Under the Author Publisher Assista publishers by purchasing printed books upto
Editing of Old Sinhala Classics is anoth this Project the Pansiya Panas Jathakaya, edited.
The SLNLSB is the local agent for t System (ISBN). The ISBN was introduced ago and is presently a great success. Over : at present.
ucation and training facilities to librarians LSB. Accordingly the SLNLSB is involved ses, workshops, seminars, in-service training ans. A correspondence course is available rder to upgrade Library Science Professional perts are sought periodically. For example hed to the Loughborough University, United e existing Library Education Courses in Sri ish Council. Her report''' containing these courses was published and distributed i professionals in the country by the SLNLSB.
establish the Graduate and Post Graduate hiversity of Kelaniya in 1974. (Then the inka). Prior to this a Post Graduate Library 'sity of Ceylon Peradeniya (1963-1965). Also ducted Diploma Courses in Library Science brary Science Courses were available at the need to conduct a course at university level rnment. As a result the vice chancellor of mittee to ascertain the feasibility of conducting onsisted of Director, SLNLSB and Librarians ka. The committee report resulted in setting Kelaniya University in 1974.
tal in upgrading the status of Public and, bvernment to recognise them as professionals. treated on par with clerical grades. Presently il services and their salaries and professional
mer important project of the SLNLSB. Under ing 100 manuscripts selected by the SLNLSB imillion per year. From 1983 to date nearly r this scheme.
Lnce Scheme the SLNLSB assists authors,
a maximum of Rs. 5,000/- per book.
ler important project of the SLNLSB. Under
Poojavaliya and the Mahavamsa have been
he International Standard Book Numbering to the local scene by the SLNLSB a few years 30% of the locally published books use ISBN
59
Page 74
Construction of the National Library of the SLNLSB. The SLNLSB sought the for the National Library building. As a 1 es University of Bath, United Kingdom visited During the period 1974-1982 he visited Sri five reports' related to the various aspects deliberations he was provided with assistan then the Chief Architect, Buildings Departme Michael Brawne travelled extensively in Sri L resulted in the National Library building bei great extent. For example the roof of the N roof at the Padeniya Buddhist Temple. Bu about 12 years to be completed at a cost of R the Government of Sri Lanka. The floor ar. floors. The National Library provides facili reading rooms plus a number of special read volumes which can be extended up to c an auditorium with a seating capacity of 120 lecture rooms with 20 seats each.
Collection of library material for the the SLNLSB became a deposit library. Du of the office, collection of library material eff present National Library Collection consists
Main Reference Collection Newspaper Collection Periodical Collection Sri Lanka Collection, Legal Deposit Collection Foreign Literature Collection Map Collection UNESCO Collection Rare books and special Collectio) Folk Literature Collection Library & Information Science C
Compilation of the National Bibliogr the Department of National Archives at Bibliography has been published continuo delay in publishing, inadequate coverage of the deposit law are included in the bibliog Retrospective National Bibliography for th The Retrospective National Bibliography F It hopes to complete compilation of the retr years.
60
uilding was one of the main achievements ssistance of UNESCO to draw up a plan It in 1974 Professor. Michael Brawne of the Sri Lanka under the auspices of UNESCO. lanka on several occasions and produced of the National Library building. In his e and advice from Mr. Pani Tennekoon, ut. Prior to drawing up the plans Professor nka to study Sri Lankan architecture which g influenced by local architecture to a very ational Library is somewhat similar to the lding work commenced in 1976 and took s. 50 million. This cost has been borne by a is 125,000 square feet and consists of five ties for 350 readers. There are three main ng rooms. The present capacity is 500,000 ne million. Other special features are seminar room with 70 seats and two small
National Library commenced in 1976 when e to the lack of space and constant shifting ectively commenced from mid 1980's. The of the following sub-collections.
S
ollection.
aphy was taken over by the SLNLSB from the end of 1973 and to-date the National sly. Main drawbacks at present are the publications (as only those received under aphy) and limited circulation. Also the period 1962-1885 has not been compiled. roject was started by the SLNLSB in 1990. spective bibliography in the next couple of
Page 75
Presently the SLNLSB acts as the S country. In addition it assists other networ) etc. The aim of the National Library is to other fields wherever possible and co-ordin the National Bibliographical Information C was started in 1986 with the co-operation of 1 information on resources of the major librarie Library to act as the referral centre.
Presently the SLNLSB exchanges libr major libraries in the world. These will be of the National Library.
A National Library should not be lim select clientele. The main objective of a N. and bibliographical services needed by the lead to development of the country as a w in the country, it should endeavour to reach t school, temple and research libraries.
The functioning of the National Lib ancient irrigation system which was centred two possible ways of irrigating the fields. O1 from the main tank and the other was to sup the main tank to be distributed to the fields serve readers directly as well as through othi
References
1. Piyadasa, T.G., Libraries in Sri Lan
and Oriental Publishers, 1985.
2. Printers and Publishers Ordinance, N.
3. Choksy, N.K., - Report of the Com Union Government Press, 1955 (Sess
4. Kandiah, P., - Report of the Color
Municipal press, 1958.
5. Brohier, R. L., - Final report of th Government Press, 1959. (Sessional
6. Perera, Wilmot A., - Salaries and C:
cial Science Documentation Centre of the s in fields of science, technology, agriculture strengthen the existing library networks in te all library network activities and act as ntre. Compilation of the Union Catalogue ) major libraries in the country. In addition s is being collected at present for the National
ary material with a number of national and xpanded and strengthened with the opening
ted to being a research library serving a very ational Library should be to provide library bublic and institutions which will eventually hole. While acting as the foremost library he public through the existing public, special,
tary of Sri Lanka can be compared to our on the main tank. This system provided he was to provide water to the fields directly ply water to a network of minor tanks from
Similarly, the National Library can also r existing libraries.
ka origin and history. Delhi, Indological
. of 1885.
mission of Local Government. Colombo : ional Paper 33 - 1955).
bo Municipal Public Library. Colombo :
: special committee on antiquities. Ceylon paper 7 - 1959)
dre Committee report 1960.
61
Page 76
1.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Bonny, Harold V. — Library services Cultural Affairs, (1969) - 46 p.
Mceting of Experts on the National P Ceylon, 11 - 19 December 1967. Fin
Evan, Evelyn J., - Meeting of exper Asia - UNESCO bulletin for librarie
Ceylon National Library Services Boa ment Printing, 1970.
Panditaratna, K.L., - Libraries in reference to rural areas, UNESCO Reg in Asia : Colombo - 23 - 29 Oct.
Kamaldeen, S.M., - District Centra SLNLSB, Colombo, 1981.
Report on Public Library legislation fo
අමරසිරි, එම්. එස්. යූ. පළාත් සභා ක්‍රම සංවිධානය. පුස්තකාල පුවaත්ති, 1988. 9
Irvin, Ann., - Education and Training SLNLSB, 1988.
Brawne, M., --- Planning the national li 1975 - 12 p.
for Ceylon - (Colombo) : Departm ent of
anning of Library Services in Asia, Colombo al report (Paris : UNESCO, 1968).
is on national planning of library services in
22 (3), 1968 - 114 - 118.
rd Act No. 17 1970, Department of Govern
he Book Distribution systems with special ional Seminar on Book Distribution Methods, 1974.
l Library Project, District Library Seminar.
r Sri Lanka. (Unpublished) SLNLSB - 1989.
ය සහ ශ්‍රී ලංකාවේ පුස්තකාල සේවාවල අනාගත
(2) 3. 4 - 5.
for Library and Information work, Colombo.
brary building : Sri Lanka - Paris, UNESCO
Page 77
LEGAL BACKGROUN
NATIONAL LIBRAR
Evelyn J. A. Evan
Library legislation varies considerably of public libraries permissive or compulsory state, regional or local government or a comb to be subsidised by direct or indirect taxes, legislation in connection with public libraries one of the most quoted acts of government March 1818, by Lord Charles Somerset, G. time. Somerset directed that the proceeds cask of wine passing through the Cape Town the formation of a public library. But it w; that the most progress was made, despite countries against what was thought to be unn classes. Some of the earliest legislation allo books, no staff, and even in what are recc legislation is still being passed.
Libraries have now become recognise need for legislation to ensure that where th supported has become a recognised fact int Manifesto states that "As a democratic instit the public library should be established and n
In 1953 the Public Libraries Section Associations prepared a working paper on t The following sections dealt with legislati D.1. Since the public library should the free use of all, it follows that public of government, as are education, pu like, and that it should be financed fr D.2. This being so it is proper tha authority, and administered by a com to that authority. As will be note authority. Nevertheless it should no its citizens the services of an adequate by all appropriate authorities, shoul D.3. Alternatives to government and committee are: ×
(a) Government by societies, bodies (e.g. with a committee a supporting society), although a public funds. (b) Government by a board appointed by that board (i.e.
) OF THE SRI LANKA Y SERVICES BOARD
s, C.B.E., F.L.A.
in different countries. It may make provision , it may make them the responsibility of the ination of two of them, it may allow libraries by local rates or by subscription. Earliest was probably in the early nineteenth century t support being the proclamation of the 20th overnor of the Cape in South Africa at the of a guaging charge of one Rdr. on each market should be used to create a fund for as from the middle of the nineteenth century varying amounts of opposition in certain 2cessary pandering to the needs of the working wed only for the provision of buildings - no gnised today as developed states, improved
d as an essential part of education, and the ley are established they should be properly ernationally. The UNESCO Public Library ution, operated by the people, for the people.
s
1aintained under clear authority of law...... s
of the International Federation of Library he Development of Public Library Services.
O i be provided by the whole community for c library provision should be the responsibility blic health services, street lighting, and the 'om public funds (i.e. local or state taxation) t it should be governed by the appropriate, mittee appointed by and directly responsible di later, this should be a local government ot be possible for a local authority to deny public library service, the provision of which, d be obligatory. -
administration by a local authority appointed
associations, and other non-governmental
ppointed or elected by members of a libraryll or part of the funds may be provided from
the members of which are in whole or part a 'self-perpetuating board).
63
Page 78
E.3. In territories where local govel administration of library services may In such cases it may be necessary to est on the boards of which, however, ther country districts to be served.
G. l. We believe, too, that the lo appropriate aid and encouragement
G.4. State aid is best administered b general and specific responsibilities f throughout the country.
H. l. We have referred to the need public library services by appropria however, to give these authorities pr responsibilities.
H.2. Therefore each state should a following provisions, among others
(a) Appropriate local authori funds for public library purp (b) The amount of local expen should be able to expend as m
(c) The public library purpost be so defined as not to restric spend public money not only o periodicals, maps, plans, pictur suitable forms of printed and land, and the erection or rent the provision of travelling libr etc.
(d) Local authorities should with other authorities for joint of the service, and to contribut mutual assistance.
(e) Each local authority should sible to the local council. The meetings of the committee (ex. conditions of service are unde
(f) Each local authority shoul employed in accordance with ti suitable variations to other lo
(g) The use of all services p free of any charge whatsoever.
nment is not yet properly established local be impracticable under present conditions. ablish national or regional library authorities 2 should be representatives of the towns and
cal public library service should receive from the state.
ly a State Library Department charged with or the promotion of public library services
for state aid in promoting the provision of te local authorities. It is also necessary, oper legal powers and impose on them legal
dopt library laws which will include the
ties must be empowered to expend public OSCS. diture should not be limited; local authorities uch as they are willing and able.
es for which funds may be expended should t development. Thus it should be legal to in books, staff, and maintenance but also on Jes, gramophone records, films, and all other other record, on the purchase or renting of ing, equipping, and adaptation of premises, aries and bookmobiles, extension activities,
be empowered to enter into arrangements schemes for providing the whole or any part e to the cost of schemes for co-operation and
id appoint a library committee directly responlibrarian should have the right to attend all cept on occasions when his own position and r discussion). d have power to appoint staff who shall be he conditions and regulations applicable with ocal government officers.
rovided must be available to all inhabitants
Page 79
H.3. As soon as practicable, all ap obliged to maintain adequate public
This working paper was submitted to Documentation Centres held at Brussels in Se unanimously as a statement of policy, with library associations and governments with th
The form of government will, to a lal is necessary for the library services of a pa of government, where there is a central go organs and a further sub-division into local almost certainly differ from the “unit-state' . legislative powers are exercised at different le has a highly centralised library legislation Denmark. The United States, on the other decentralised basis.
Although no general type of legislatio principles should, however, be regarded as
(a) Library legislation must be bot development.
(b) It must be kept above accident
(c) The law should be compulsory compulsion must be closely related t
(d) The financial scheme should be certain amount of local variation.
(e) The law should prescribe that p to all categories of people.
MEETING OF EXPERTS ON T LIBRARY SER
In December 1967 UNESCO held a of library services in Asia, in Colombo. A for discussion at the meeting, with the hope effect.
ropriate local authorities should be legally
library services.
the International Congress of Libraries and ptember 1955. The document was adopted the recommendations that it be sent to all 2 request that it be given serious attention.
ge extent, determine what type of legislation rticular country. Under a democratic form 'ernment with various subordinate territorial authority areas, the necessary legislation will form of government, the reason being that vels in different types of government. France
basis, as also have Norway, Sweden and land, is an example of a country with a highly
n can cover the many local conditions, some
a common goal :
h simple and general, allowing for future
s of political change.
and not permissive, but the application of o the financial resources of the district.
drawn up in a flexible manner to permit a
ublic libraries should be free and accessible
HE NATIONAL PLANNING OF VICES IN ASA
meeting of experts on the national planning
Library Plan for Ceylon had been prepared is that the plan would eventually be put into
65
Page 80
THE EXISTING LBRARY FACTILITES
(a) National Library
The rewas no National Library in Cey of books and also acted as Registrar of Bo Bibliography was also prepared at the Nat were held at the Museum. which received bc and the Royal Asiatic Society, Ceylon B
(b) Public Libraries
There were 12 municipal councils, 36 village committees. All of these were indep function of local authorities was the provisic authorities to provide these services, the M by giving grants of up to 50% of the capital than municipalities, where these services v authorities. The quality of libraries varied c Many of them were of poor standard, book larger systems, staff were generally unqua
(c) University Libraries.
The universities were autonomous bo
Education co-ordinating their functions an had qualified staff and their book funds wer better position than the public libraries.
(d) School Libraries.
School libraries throughout the cour schools had reasonable collections of books, all existent.
(e) Special Libraries,
There was an increasing number of well equipped and administered. A co-or functioned independently and there was no documentation.
LIBRARANS AND STAFF TRANNG.
Ceylon may have lacked effective 1 enthusiasm in the country, both amongst qua with libraries for better development of thos had done pioneer work in staff training. It c which were recognised by the government
66
lon. The National Archives had a collection oks and Newspapers. The Ceylon National ional Archives. Collections of Ceyloniana boks under copyright, and at the universities "anch.
; urban councils, 76 town councils and 510 indent statutory corporations. A permissive n of libraries. In order to encourage local inistry of Local Government assisted them cost of equipment and books in towns, other were started and carried on by the local onsiderably, the coverage being very uneven. grants were inadequate, and except in the lified.
dies with the National Council for Higher d controlling their finances. The libraries 2 adequate. They were generally in a much
try varied. A number of well-established but in the main the standard was low, if at
special libraries, most of which were inating body did not exist. Each library union list of serials. There was no central
ibrary services, but there was tremendous lified librarians and the authorities concerned e services. The Ceylon Library Association xonducted courses and awarded qualifications
Page 81
LEGSLATION.
There was no effective library legislati deposit and registration of books and perio
PROPOSALS OF THE EXPERTS’ MEET
The Meeting agreed that there was libraries and co-operation with the autono was the establishment of an independent statu for the general promotion of library ser responsibilities would relate to the :
(a) organization, development and p
(b) organization and development o
(c) Promotion and development of
(d) promotion and development of
(e) co-ordination and collaboration
and government departmental li.
(f) advising the government on estab qualifications for library personne emoluments commensurate with
(g) promotion of the development
RECOMMENDATIONS TO THE G MPLEMENTATION OE
In May 1968, the Director-General of U of the Expert Meeting to the Minister of attention of the Minister to the Library Plan fo for the project had been foreseen for a perio ment of the project would become an example use of the basic principles of planning in the
The steps proposed to the Govern the plan were :
(a) appointment of an ad hoc Libr
to advise on the establishment
(b) adoption of an Act to establish
and
(c) allocation of funds for the us
on in Ceylon. Legislation existed for legal dicals, but not for copyright.
ING
need for integration of public and school mous bodies. The possible answer to this tory corporation which would be responsible vices throughout the country. Its main
planning of the library services in general;
f the Ceylon National Library;
public libraries;
school library services;
in the development of universities, special ibraries;
lishing minimum academic and professional l, and ensuring that they enjoy the status and
their qualifications and responsibilities;
of library education.
OVERNMENT OF CEYLON FOR F THE LIBRARY PLAN
JNESCO forwarded a copy of the final report Education and Cultural Affairs, drawing the Ceylon and stating that UNESCO assistance d of five years. He hoped that the develop; and a positive demonstration of the effective
library field evolved at the expert meeting.
ment of Ceylon for the implementation
ary Advisory Committee to the government of National Library Services;
the Ceylon National Library Services Board;
e of the Library Board.
67
Page 82
Once the Board was established, its f (a) appointment of professional s
(b), preparation of plans and dr
(c) development of a pilot projec
(d) establishment of demonstratio
Further projects would include intens writers and local book production.
ACTION TAKEN BY THE CEYLON GO
(a). Library Advisory Committee.
In April 1968, even before receiving of UNESCO, the Minister of Education and Advisory Committee, the purpose of the ( through the Minister of Education, on the s recommendations which the meeting of E. Library Plan for Ceylon. The following bo
i. the Ministry of Education; ii. the Ministry of Local Governm iii. the Department of National P1
iv, the General Treasury;
v. the National Council of Highe
vi. Ceylon Library Association;
vii. UNESCO.
The Library Advisory Committee, f Experts' Meeting, devoted most of its time of a Ceylon National Library Services Boarc to the Minister, together with draft estimat
(b) Legislation.
The Cabinet approved the proposals 1969. The first reading of the Bill took plac readings in February 1970. The Senate pa supported both by the Government and by t Services Board Act is No. 17 of 1970 on t. held up the appointment of members of th eventually on 15 June 1970.
68
rst steps would be :
aff;
ift estimates;
in one district;
n libraries.
ve staff training and encouragement of local
VERNMENT
the Final Report from the Director-General Cultural Affairs set up an ad hoc Library Dommittee being to advise the government teps which should be taken to implement the (perts had drawn up in connection with the dies were represented on the committee:
lent,
anning;
r Education;
ollowing the recommendations made at the in drafting legislation for the establishment ... The Committee's final draft was delivered 's for the first year, in February 1969.
for setting up a Library Board in October e in November 1969 and the second and third ssed the Bill in March 1970. The Bill was he Opposition. The Ceylon National Library Le statute book. The parliamentary election e Board - the nominations being completed
Page 83
(c) Finance.
The Cabinet approved the spending o (Rs. 300,000/-) to set up the Library Board i would be made from monies remaining in t of the Ministry of Education and Cultura prepare its estimates, and funds would be p
The first meeting of the Ceylon Libra
f a sum not exceeding three lakhs of rupees in the current financial year. The allocation he Capital and Recurrent expenditure votes l Affairs. Subsequently the Board would rovided as a direct grant.
ary Board was held on 20th June, 1970.
Page 84
NATIONAL LIBRA
l
Prof. Mich UNESCO Consultant Architect fo
National Libraries are at the same tim of information. The information has howev and they therefore need to be accessible, environment in which the public is able to
Unlike the theatre or the cinema the i time to a group but has to be available when book, the journal, the tape or the record and of library space.
All these aspects have immediate and all of them are at first sight compatible will suggestion of importance, perhaps even of openness: similarly there is a need for undifferentiated, while there is equally a dema volume of the building into recognisable area a place and feel at home.
In Colombo the problem is compoun in which readers need shade and breeze to b Library is thus one great roof under which t overhangs. The outermost edge of the buil beyond the uppermost floor. Each lower fic immediately above. The section of the bu it deals with the control of the environme
At the heart of the section in the mid is air-conditioned and which is the warehou This location also means that this volume is on the air-conditioning system is as a result of the building free for readers who enjoy Each function is thus in the place best suite
This subdivision of the total volume and an open perimeter also means that the space. The perimeter Zone is, what is more, concrete columns on the face of the building and which, on the outside, provide a rhythm this rhythm, however, no two bays facing I
70
Y OF SR LANKA
y
ael Brawne
A. National Library of Sri Lanka.
e national monuments and great warehouses er also to be made available to a wide public asy to use and provide the appropriate :onsult a valiety of sources.
information is not transmitted at a particular required by individuals. It is therefore the an individual which make the essential unit
significant architectural implications. Not h each other. On the one hand there is a grandeur on the other of friendliness and large areas of book storage, closed and und for individual Spaces or groups of such in which a small number of people can find
ded by a climate unkind to books and one e comfortable. The essence of the National here are floors shaded and sheltered by large ding is a large gutter projecting a long way cr steps in so that it is protected by the one ilding reveals its organisation and the way nt. ʼ
dle of the building is an enclosed core which se part of the library containing the stacks. entirely shielded from the sun and the load minimised. It moreover leaves the perimeter natural daylight, views and air-movement. d to it.
of the library into a central enclosed zone reading areas are never a large impersonal urther subdivided by large rectangular hollow which create recognisable bays on the inside ic subdivision of the long elevation. Within ndependence Avenue are the same.
Page 85
It is this kind of variety under a big which, it is felt, is also in some way an echc not a copy of some particular past building early stages of the design and are perhaps mc west corner of the National Library which w
Since that time it has been important and the difficulties of the last decade those fi members of the Library Services Board and being opened should serve the people of its
roof and with 1ecognisable weighty supports of the traditional architecture of Sri Lanka, All these notions were present in the very }st clearly visible in a perspective of the south
as first published at the beginning of 1976.
t to preserve throughout the building process 1st assumptions which had been evolved with their staff so that the building which is now country for many years to come.
71
Page 86
| first: ET I Filii firi
:::յ
ii r ii
:
目
Hilir. I JE I TILLI
III. iiiiiiiii 黜
Page 87
UNESCO AND LIBRA
Mr. Shinji
Programme Specialist, Division of Ol
UNESCO's purpose, as set forth in 1 and security by promoting collaboration am and culture.' Its acronym 'E' stands for Culture. Because of the growing importanc that “C” stands not only foi culture but a sectoral distinctions, a certain number of in are also falling within UNESCO's compet examples where a transverse approach is re constituting the proper library and informat disciplines.
Historically, UNESCO’s contribution implemented until 1976 by DBA (Document a Division attached to the Culture and Co) of the General Information Programme) sin UNISIST, a Division to promote scientific ir the creation of the Office of Information P assistance to library development has been 1 this Office, i.e., IPS/PGI for Regular Prog budgetary and Participation Programme p.
The General Information Programm. framework of UNESCO's activities in the f which an Inter-Governmental Council is org highest consultative organ of this program
General Information. Programme
Most Member States, and developing to achieve an integrated development of the technical information services, libraries ar policies to that effect and have established, co-ordinating machinery for this purpose. of three factors : a common methodology all information services and products; a c. techniques and a commonly felt urgency to resources. This growing awareness of the development process is leading to a signific information field.
RY DEVELOPMENT
Matsumoto erational Activities, UNESCO, Paris.
he Constitution, is to "contribute to peace ong the nations through education, science Education; “S” for science and “C” for e of communication nowadays, we consider lso for communication. Apart from these, ter-disciplinary fields and transverse subjects 2nce. Library and information are typical quired together with the specific discipline on science independent from other scientific
to the world-wide library development was ation. Libraries and Archives Development, mmunication Sector), and by PGI (Division ce the amalgamation in 1977 of DBA and formation within the Science Sector. Since rogrammes and Services (IPS) in 1988, the, realized by two Divisions under the aegis of ramme activities, and IPS/OPS for Extrarojects.
2 of UNESCO is, therefore, the conceptual eld of library, archives and information for anized once every two years representing the
me. -
countries in particular, are facing the need ir information infrastructures (scientific and ld archives). Many have already designed
or are in the process of establishing, a This trend is the result of the convergence
for the establishment and management of ommon professional core of disciplines and make optimum use of national information crucial importance of information in the cant increase in national activities in the
73
Page 88
Informatics and other technologies referred to as "information technologies', are of information. This in itself justifies a co other information services. Information establishment of analogous curricula for the tri and records managers, as boundaries betweel Furthermore, the recent rapid developments in countries with the possibility of establishin at relatively low cost.
Finally the proprietary value of infor many developing countries have started to c products and services.
The General Information Programmi a focus for UNESCO's activities in the field documentation, libraries and archives. The to the promotion or development of (1) infort and standards for information handling; (3) information systems and (5) education and tı Priority among these themes is given to activiti infrastructures, and the training of informati theme special attention is paid to (1) the nee (2) developing user-oriented information sys countries, (4) the importance of improving : information, creativity and innovation and t (5) the application of information technolog undertaken.
The work of PGI is financed from a Programme, the Participation Programme, Nations Development Programme (UNDP). and supporting activities such as meetings, co. and seminars; pilot projects and consultan equipment purchases; research studies and
UNESCO and library development
In terms of Library development in th realized through various forms of assistance history was the organization of the Internal in 1977 during which several recommendati impact on the production of national bibliogr: functions and basis of “an international fram and gave unprecedented impetus to the develo the exchange of manual or computerized b
74
pplied to the information area, generally altering past modes of handling and transfer mmon approach for libraries, archives and
technologies are also speeding up the ining of librarians, documentalists, archivists these professions become less pronounced. micro-informatics are providing developing efficient information systems and services
mation is becoming widely recognized, and insider ways of marketing their information
: (PGI) was established in 1976 to provide of scientific and technological information Programme has five main themes relating nation policy and plans; (2) methods, norms
information infrastructure; (4) specialized raining of information specialists) and users. es relating to the development of information on personnel and users. In respect of each d of information users and potential users, items, (3) the needs of the least developed and encouraging the flow of and access to he production and use of local information, y and (6) the need to evaluate the activities
variety of sources including the Regular, Funds-in-Trust agreements and the United PGI fulfills its role by promoting, sponsoring nsultations and conferences; training courses cy missions; study tours, fellowships and, publications.
e world, UNESCO's contribution has been One of the remarkable events in PGI's ional Congress on National Bibliographies ns were adopted which have had a major phies. The Congress defined the objectives, work for the national bibliographic agency' pment of international standards to facilitate bliographic records between nations.
Page 89
As a direct outcome of this Congress Agency and the National Bibliograhpy, (PGI/ national Federation of Library Associations for UBC (Universal Bibliographic Control) the world library communities and are fre agencies.
UBC is, nevertheless, a means to an e and programmes is Universal Availability of core programmes of IFLA promoted in co.
The International Congress on UAP v IFLA. The Congress identified constraints national and international action by formul covering problems of access, production interluding.
Apart from the Guidelines from the National Bibliography, two recent studies S the field of the development of national libra (PGI/87/WS/17), and National Library and fulfilment, with special reference to the role the former, after having thoroughly review throughout the world, makes various sugges by or for national libraries, the latter approac should do and how they should do it from t practices. These two volumes are compleme as a comprehensive set of guidelines for na
Directors of National Libraries in Asi (1982), Sri Lanka (1985) and China (1988)
UNESCO's assistance for the library national libraries. As regards public librari libraries, a certain number ofguidelines, fiel by UNESCO and extensively used throug
In 1978 a pilot project on the exten users was launched in Malaysia, and a sem information systems of developing countri school libraries a study was published on in children, and guidelines for organizing scho A handbook on library services to schoo project to promote the development of scho in 1980, stressed sensitizing school librarians use in education as well as training in the c teaching materials. Actual training begun i
he Guidelines for the National Bibiliographic 9/WS/18), were published by IFLA (Inter
and Institutions), the International Office . and were extensively diffused throughout uently used by the national bibliographic
ld, and the ultimate goal of library policies Publications (UAP), which is also one of the aboration with UNESCO.
vas organized in 1982 in collaboration with o the access to publications and encouraged ting the broad bases of a UAP programme and supply, acquisition, repositories and
: National Bibliographic Agency and the, hould be particularly taken into account in ries - i.e., Guidelines for National Libraries,
Information Needs. Alternative means of of national libraries, (PGI-89/WS/9). While red existing practices in national libraries, tions as to the actions that should be taken 'hes the question as to what national libraries he angle of need rather than of existing ntary and should, therefore, be used together cional libraries.
aand Oceania met in Australia (1979), Japan with financial assistance from UNESCO.
development is, of course, not restricted to es, academic (university) libraries and school d researches and studies have been published hout the world.
sion of university library services to outside nar on the role of university libraries in the 's was organized in Dakar. In the area of . tructional materials on library use for school ol library media centres were issued in 1978. ls and children appeared in 1979. A pilot l libraries in the South Pacific region, started and teachers to the importance of information rganization of libraries by the production of 1983 using classroom and distance teaching.
s
7
Page 90
techniques supported-by satellite channels. in Spain on children's libraries within the fr Training courses were organized on the organ (1986) and Kenya (1987).
Pilot projects for the establishment ( in Benin and the Seychelles. In Benin rura education and post-literacy programmes. Al confirmed that library resources and services substantially. An African regional seminaro in 1980 in co-operation with IFLA. In 198 library services in Latin America and the C. suggested remedial action. A manual on de was published in 1983.
UNESCO programme under the current bien
During its present biennium 1990-199 UNESCO is putting special emphasis on (1 and promotion of library services in Memb reinforcement of a cooperative mechanism fo literature. UNESCO's support for library m will be realized through the application of indicators of the performance of library ser extension service in public libraries; establishm system and a model community information the preservation of library collections and th for library buildings and collections. For thi under the present biennium :
(1) Technical and financial support f of national libraries and public
(2) Assistance for the organizatio) preservation of manuscripts and ( to and recovery of damages occurred durir
(3) Support to the Library of Alexan for Cultural Development, etc..
The promotion of a cooperative mechanism
The computerization of the ext between university libraries; est and promotion of the creation of encouragement of the adoption training in their application; fo for training in the use of univ reinforcement of the UNESCO
76
inancial assistance was given for a seminar mework of the International Youth Year. zation of primary school libraries in Malawi
f public library networks were conducted libraries proved to contribute to lifelong evaluation mission to the Seychelles (1980) for young people in remote areas increased in library services for the blind was organized 2 a meeting on the development of public ribbean identified the major obstacles and veloping public library systems and services
nium
'l the General Information Programme of ) the improvement of library management dr States, and (2) on the establishment and r libraries facilitating the flow of scientific anagement and promotion of library services management principles; supply of tested vices; provision of an experimental cultural ent of a model rural community information service database; training of librarians in le planning of disaster control procedures is purpose the following actions are foreseen
or strengthening the management capacities
library systems.
of regional training seminars on the other library materials, as well as responding g natural disasters.
dria within the context of the World Decade
for libraries focusses on :
change of information between university ablishment of document delivery systems a database on book donation programmes: of standards for bibliographic control and rmulation of objectives and methodologies 2rsity libraries and information services; Associated Libraries Network, etc. . . .
Page 91
Library of Alexandria
To restore an ancient “temple of le disappeared, is indeed a very ambitious task. on knowledge, a place for research, culturalu of the mind. The purpose is not to constru library of old might have been, the goal oft institution that will become famous through and the wealth of its resources.
Resources will include up to four millic a planetarium, a music library, a centre for an international school for information st technology.
The accent of the new centre will no adequate library yet exists in the region, paid to science and medicine. The main fie Hellenistic antiquity and the Middle East, civilizations, the birth of Coptic Christianity emphasis on the history of science in antiquit part, not only by providing access to this inf documents on these subjects. Another of t centre of bibliographical data on all the docun
A major training programme is due professional staff for the centre. UNESCO to teach staff how to prepare a catalogue fe Efforts are also underway to find a donor to services which will be incorporated into the found the organizers would like to get the sc The centre, which will be the only one of its kir preparing an advanced diploma or specializ
Construction of the Bibliotheca Alex and opening day is planned for June 1995 wi 1,500 periodicals.
arning', of which all physical trace has The idea is to revive Alexandria as a beacon inderstanding, co-operation and development ct a building in the image of what the great he new library is to create a public research out the region for the quality of its services
in volumes, science and calligraphy museums, the preservation of books and manuscripts, dies, and state-of-the-art communications
initially be on the humanities, for which and once that gap is filled attention will be lds covered by its collections will focus on the marriage of the Greek and Egyptian and the influence of Islam with particular y. Herc, technology will play an important rmation, but by helping to preserve ancient he library's goals in this area is to set up a ents and publications available in the region.
to get underway during 1990 to provide is providing equipment and expert personnel r the library in both Arabic and English. fund the international school of information library complex. If such a donor can be hool functioning, using temporary premises. ld in the Middle East, will be open to students (ed doctorate.
andrina is due to start at the end of 1990, ith 200,000 new volumes and a collection of
,77
Page 92
PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT A
By Prof. Maur)
President, Library As, introduction
While there is a substantial literature libraries, very little has been written on perf level. Thereasons for this are fairly obvious. F inclination to look at library performance as a plans have received much more attention in I library itself within the national plan.
This papër deals with the assessment o achieved nationally, as compared with locally plan or be performed by a National Library be carried out at state or provincial rather th functions and they affect in one way or anol ways of achieving them, and the identificatio of how alternative systems are likely to per institution or institutions should carry them o are very exposed to comment and criticism, and rarely supported by good empirical evi both performers and critics.
The aims of assessment are twofold : and to monitor the performance of operation attempted for the obvious reason that a syste or impossible to change for another. Parad an existing national system than to change there is no national plan, so that a careful vital. Selection of a plan should involve the countries and of possible alternatives, inclu foreign systems in the particular national siti ab initio.
Assessment of performance can be cithe or objective. Although most qualitative me are objective, it is perfectly possible to have s standards of collection size) and objective ( catalogue records as determined by empirica reach as high a level of objectivity as possible. very common are little but targets, set as m the individual institution or association thit on subjective experience may be quite valid, by practical studies of user behaviour in diffe is necessary to set these up. The selection to any assessment, is of its very nature s probably be a wide consensus on most c1
78
T NATIONAL LIBRARY LEVEL
ce B. Line ociation (England)
on performance assessment in individual brmance assessment at the National Library aw librarians or others have the need, time or national problem, although, national library ecent years, as has the role of the national
f performance of functions that have to be
They may or may not require a national In a federal country, some functions may an at national level. They are all necessary her nearly all libraries. There are various of criteria of performance and an analysis orm on them can help to determine which ut and how. Also, national library systems but these are often too narrowly focussed ience. Improved assessment should help
o aid the choice between alternative systems. al systems. The second is more commonly m may be already chosen and very difficult 8xically, it may be rather easier to change a local library system. In many countries and correct choice is not only possible but assessment both of existing systems in other ding the likely performance of operational lation and of hypothetical systems designed
'r quantitative or qualitative, either subjective asures are subjective and most quantitative ubjective quantitative measures (for example, ualitative measures (for example, levels of user studies). The aim must always be to Arbitrary standards, which are unfortunately uch higher than the present performance as ks it can get away with. Standards based but can often be put on a much firmer basis ent conditions, even if some experimentation of criteria of performance, which is crucial omewhat subjective, although there would iteria.
Page 93
It is possible to assess performance wit A common way of estimating a budget is to attain a certain level of performance. Ho there is a limited budget, whether it is impo system. It is therefore necessary to consider \ and this means that the system has to be opti them. For this and other reasons, assessme the system as a whole as well as of its parts, sacrificed to others. Costs may be looked them down as service costs (the costs of giv require the identification and measurement appropriate for some functions but not o
Even if only one library - the Natio functions and the scale of its operations ma one library is involved - perhaps many - importance of assessment is however such rather than obstacles.
This paper considers National Library f Collection of the nation's publication Bibliographic control of the nation's Bibliographic access to the world's li Retention for future availability Document provision and supply.
Under each function objectives are assessment suggested. Measures that are : services, such as productivity and quality cont point in doing so. Detailed examination be applied is not possible in a paper, and disc considerations - some of them undoubted process of discussion some commonly accept suggested as having higher priority than th
Collection of the nation's publications
A generally accepted national objectivi publications. To this end, many countries publications are deposited, usually with the collecting responsiblity is distributed amon is legal deposit anywhere near fully effective from the unwillingness of publishers.
“Publications are defined as all rece They thus include all printed material : bool music, report literature and ephemera. Th sound recordings (discs, cassettes, etc.) a videodiscs, etc.). The first difficulty lies i
published' or not.
out considering costs, but totally unrealistic. calculate the amount of money required to wever well argued the estimate, eventually sed on a particular library or applied to a what can be done within the money available, mized, whether between functions or within it needs to be made on the performance of since some parts may have been deliberately at as totals, but it is more useful to break ing certain services) and unit costs (which of appropriate units). Market criteria are thers.
hal Library-is concerned, the variety of its ke assessment difficult. Where more than - the difficulties are compounded. The that they should be regarded as challenges
unctions under five main headings. These are: S
publications
terature
but forward and criteria and measures of applicable to all libraries and information rol, are looked at only when there is a special of particular measures and how they may ussion is therefore directed mainly to general ly obvious, others perhaps less so. In the ed objectives are challenged and others are ey are usually accorded."
is a comprehensive collection of the nation's
have legislation to ensure that all new National Library, although sometimes the g several libraries. In very few countries , and there are good reasons for this apart
rded information issued for public access. cs, journals, official publications, newspapers, ly also include other forms of publication : nd video recordings (films, videocassettes, n determining whether certain items are
79
Page 94
1. COLLECTION OF NA
FUNCTIONS :
Permanent Archive of Nation’s Public
FORMS OF PUBLICATION:
Printed Matter :
Books
Journals Official Publications Newspapers Music Report Literature Ephemera
Non - Printea Matter
Sound Recordings Video Recordings
FOREIGN PUBLICATIONS RELATING
Location -
National Library or Libraries
Criteria .
Comprehensiveness of Collection (Exh Timeliness of Acquisition Timeliness of Cataloguing Conservation Availability for use -
Conditions for use Speed of Service
ABLITY TO SUPPLY COPES T
The world of grey literature is extensive as whether a particular scientific or technical re problems are intensified with sound and produced within an institution of higher e vailable to other institutions on request bu distribution.
A further problem which will greatly of establishing the definitive form of a publi easily distinguished but more or less contin stored media. All are possible versions to be made?
80
TION'S PUBLICATIONS
lations
TO COUNTRY
austive, Comprehensive, or Extensive)?
O REMOTE USERS
well as nebulous, and it is often hard to say port is in the public domain or not. These
video recordings, many of which may be :ducation for local use; they may be made t they are not actually intended for wide
f increase with electronic publishing, is that cation; editions of a book are usually fairly uous revision is possible with electronically be collected, and if not how is selection to
Page 95
Perhaps the biggest problem of all a In many countries the number of books a enormous. To these may be added officia all other publications, and locally produced in publications, local newspapers, and a whole m
The problems do not end here, becau identify, and once identified hard to obtain an objective, it is impossible to tell whether cannot be checked against a comprehensive easily be compiled except on the basis of a
In fact, the simplest and most obvic neither simple nor obvious. The purpose o to collect and preserve the nation's heritage - a permanent record of the nation's products of these purposes requires total comprehens. be the collection of all nationally publishe publishers and producers, including the g publications. These other publications wou which are often more important for social and material. A genuine effort should theref representative collection of them. Since thi Library to achieve, collecting at least must b the best place to house the material and m. storage and availability are accepted as nation
Similar considerations may apply to recordings and video recordings, which m of recorded sound, national film archives, an is the obvious location for the definitive col
It may be an objective to collect not publications relating to the country, In a col this is so clearly impossible that it is not countries may aim at it. In any case, simila national publications, with the additional formidable still.
It is doubtful whether many Natio collecting beyond a certain level, even for may be proper that they do not. Howeve serious collecting policy for forms of public and ephemeral printed matter.
I have dealt at some length with cor importance of this issue. There are howe of this function.
rises from the sheer volume of publication. hd journals issued by regular publishers is l publications, which may well outnumber material-local magazines, local government Lass of material loosely grouped as ephemera.
se many publications are extremely hard to Even if total comprehensiveness is set as or how far it is being attained; the collection national bibliography, because this cannot comprehensive national collection.
bus objective proves on examination to be foollecting a nation's publications is twofold: - literary, historical, social, etc; and to keep in the form of recorded knowledge. Neither iveness. A more reasonable objective would 'd material issued by commercial and other government itself; and a sampling of other ld include local and ephemeral publications, political history than more formally published ore be made to acquire a substantial and s is almost impossible for a single National be done locally: the local library may also be ake it available, provided that its collection, lal responsibilities and coordinated nationally,
specialized forms of material such as sound ay be the responsiblity of national archives d so on. Otherwise, a single National Library lection of the nation's publications.
only all national publications but all foreign Intry such as the USA or the United Kingdom usually attempted, but small or developing, vir considerations apply as to the collecting of point that the difficulties are much more
nal Libraries pursue comprehensiveness in straightforward books and journals, and it er, unfortunately very few countries have a ation other than printed material, or of local
mprehensiveness of collecting because of the ver other criteria for assessing performance
81
Page 96
One of these is timeliness of acquisitio libraries, but there are features that make a national collecting responsibility. If publ impossible to acquire them at all, the entry may also depend on timely acquisition, and deprived of access to very recent publicatio seem a reasonable aim. This is a good exa which attempts to reconcile reality with des be reduced by real-life studies of user beha not the actual time target but that some target
Another and more important requirer the nation's publications unless they are avai has built-in decay, and most other forms of but often easily damaged in the short term, one, in some National Libraries absorbing Conservation requires good storage conditio books is far from ideal for readers), and also life of publications. Conservation is an area hard and fast measures of performance. Ob 20 years of acquisition is well below any rea obviously the long term success of a conse: generations. However, enough is known a decay and the measures necessary to minimize to lay down certain minimum requirements (t etc.) for ensuring reasonably long life for 1
A further important criterion is avai a valuable resource, and it should be utilized the resource. Use may appear to be irrec between the two must be sought. The two acquisition of two copies, one of which is rare or fragile items. by microfilming and purposes.
Availability for use includes also cond hours; accessibility to any bona fide user; collections. These criteria also apply to they are not always used in National Librar be harder to fulfil. For opening hours and Like nearly all standards, these have a strong standards for opening hours will surely in people who are employed during the day ca periods of not less than two hours. A spee a closed collection would be another reaso. overcrowded or that has to turn away read too generous in accepting readers who migh
82
and processing. This applies also to local it especially significant for libraries with cations are not acquired quickly it may be of records into the national bibliography there is no reason why readers should be ns. Three months after publication would imple of a subjective quantitative criterion rability, though the subjective element can viour and requests. What is important is is set and used as a measure of performance.
lent is conservation. It is useless to collect lable for future use. Since nearly all paper published material are not only perishable the responsibility of conservation is a huge a high proportion of the total budget. ns (unfortunately the ideal temperature for facilities to repair damage and prolong the in which it is extremely difficult to lay down viously a book that becomes unusable within sonable standard of conservation. Equally rvation policy cannot be judged for several bout the factors that lead to damage and the effects of these factors to make it possible emperature, humidity, purity of atmosphere, most items.
lability for use. The national collection is | if this can be achieved without diminishing oncilable with conservation, and a balance
requirements may both be achieved by the kept unused, or, particularly in the case of use of only the microfilm for consultation
itions for consultation; reader space; opening and speed of service in the case of closed ocal libraries, but deserve mention because ies, not obviously at least; and they can also speed of service, standards can be laid down. subjective element about them, but minimum lude at least two evenings a week (so that n use the collection) and continuous opening of supply of no more than 30 minutes from lable standard. A library that is constantly rs either has inadequate reading space or is possibly find most of the material they want
Page 97
in neighbouring libraries that are also open
Reading space is an example of a measure t consultation conditions are satisfactory, hou good, seating can and should be related to
Gross unit costs (for example, per boc calculate but of limited value since so many and deliberate encouragement of more use. other objectives such as conservation and ac however be useful in looking at such proce stacks for readers, Similar considerations and service costs, the value of the data increase one year with another. If comparison is m to ensure that they are comparable - eith enjoying legal deposits, or other National
Before finishing with this function, one to supply copies of the nation's publication to remote users, both within the country and responsibility; it is one of the cardinal princip that each country must be able to supply its only sound way of ensuring that all public be done by acquiring an extra copy for loan, or by reproducing (for retention) copies on ré here is the proportion of items requested t minimum performance measure, since, as in s provision will generate little demand; indee total inability to supply items to ensure tha libraries that give a very good service may so achieve a worse relative performance. under the fifth function below.
As with nearly all functions, an optim as excessive priority given to one objective c
Bibliographic control of the nation’s publica
The desirability of a national bibiliog functions it is intended to perform, may rem collection. One main function is the creati as a guide to libraries for their own selectic items (both current and retrospective) of int allow checking of references against a defini have actually been published, for subseque requesting on interlibrary loan. A further. definitive records that other libraries (inclu acquisitions and collections, though it has I extraction of records from national data-ba local construction of minimal entries that in
o the public and that are not overcrowded. at must be largely empirical: assuming that s of opening reasonable, and speed of service demand on the library.
k used, or per reader visit) are interesting to other factors have to be taken into account, however unnecessary, could be inimical to equate space for genuine users. They may sses as accessioning and retrieval from the apply to service costs. With both unit s with time as it becomes possible to compare ade with other libraries, care must be taken er major research libraries, preferably also Libraries.
more objective may be stated: the capacity s, whether as originals or in reproductions, to other countries. This is an international les of Universal Availability of Publications
own publications to other countries, as the ations are available universally. This can or by making reproductions that can be lent, quest. An empirical measure of performance hat can be supplied in this way. This is a o many aspects of library performance, poor d, a National Library has only to declare its t it receives no demand at all. Conversely, attract a very large volume of demand and These matters are considered in more detail
al balance must be sought between objectives, ould damage others.
tions
raphy is taken so much for granted that the in unstated, like the objectives of a raiova on of awareness of what has been published in purposes and to individuals for identifying erest to them. Another main function is to ive record in order to establish whether items nt consultation of a local catalogue or for unction-a more recent one - is to provide ding foreign libraries) can use for their own ever been conclusively demonstrated that the es is more economic or satisfactory than the ay nevertheless be quite adequate.
83
Page 98
As the definitive collection of the nati as national responsibility so, is bibiliograph hensiveness (though not total exhaustivity) is nation's publications, so comprehensivenes bibliography. It could be argued that exhau. bibliography than for a national collection, s decision be made whether to collect it or no on prior collection and it would be more reasc should contain those items that are collecte are collected and stored centrally or locally. A to measure how comprehensive a national bibl which it is to be measured is unknown. In comprehensive than national collections, larg it is easier to gather vast quantities of materi record all the items. In practice, priorities
2. BBLOGRAPHC CONTROL
FUNCTIONS:
Awareness of Published Material as Guide to Checking of References against Definitive Re Production of Definitive Records for use by
LOCATION:
National Library or Libraries
CRETERIA :
Comprehensiveness of File (Exhaustive, Com) Adequacy of Records -
Descriptive
Subject Access
Accessibility of Records -
Publications On-Line
Range of Access Points Timeliness Extraction of Records Service or Market Economics?
All national bibliographies contain bo within journals are hardly ever indexed: literature; and almost none includes non-book
84
on's publications is an international as well ic, control of them. Likewise, comprea major objective of the collection of the s is a major desideratum of a national tivity is a more valid objective for a natural ince only when an item is recorded can the However, bibliographic control depends nable to state that the national bibliography as a national responsibility, whether they As with the national collection, it is impossible ography is, since the total population against fact, national bibliographies are usually less ely for economic and operational reasons : al into a library and store them than it is to may have to be set for inclusion.
OF NATION'S PUBLICATIONS
) Libraries and individuals cords other Libraries
prehensive, or Extensive?)
oks; some include new journals, but articles few include official publications or report media. Music, if covered, usually appears
Page 99
in a separate bibliography. Local publicat although local or regional enterprise may re country. The more 'difficult' the category o but the first and more obvious criterion of c for inclusion.
The second major objective is that records should be adequate. The question decided, and parhaps never will be. AACl tradition and the desire to record almost al recorded than on the needs of users. In t perfectionist standards are in competition w to set satisfactory and empirical standardsh standards that are moreover a good deal lesse less rigorous, than the conventional ones.
In fact, 'quality and comprehensiven description, but not in subject access, which i. items to be identified is to be realised. It is most journal articles included in internation the rudimentary classification and indexing only one or two subject access points althoug may be very large.' Standards for subject a much too large a topic to be discussed here, though somewhat crude, subject access than cheaply and simply by converting contents p. by the keywords in them. One obvious snag (Another more fundamental disadvantage w that the use of language and the structure o of certain publications may shift over time novel may now be of value mainly as an illus Ideally, re-indexing of publications is needec this process a little by converting obsolesc
Given a limited sum of money, whethel by the market) or from a national or other comprehensiveness and record content. C constructed for every item included the amc Conversely, the inclusion of a mass of materia may be largely a waste of time and money.
Not only must publications be record This can be done in several ways. which arenc is by publication of the national bibliogra publication of items recorded is important means both rapid cataloguing (which in turn items after publication in order to catalogu
ions and ephemera are very rarely covered, sult in partial coverage of some parts of the f material, the harder it is to assess coverage, overage is what categories are even attempted
the permanent and definitive bibliographic of what is 'adequate has never been finally R 2 and MARC records are based more on l data about the item that can possibly be his particular case, somewhat arbitrary and fith empirical standards. That it is possible as been demonstrated by recent research - laborate and expensive, though not necessarily
2ss have usually been sought in bibliographic s essential if the objective of enabling relevant striking to contrast the detailed indexing of al databases such as Chemical Abstracts with of books, a great many of which are given gh the range of subjects with which they deal ccess to books have never been set. This is but it is worth commenting that far fuller, at present could probably be achieved quite ages to machine-readable form and indexing is that such methods are limited by language. ith indexing, and also with classification, is f knowledge change; moreover, the interest - for example, a minor nineteenth century stration of social attitudes at a given period. every few years. The computer might aid ent terms into modern equivalents).
this is obtained from sales (which are limited subsidy, a balance has to be sought between ertainly if perfectionist records are to be sunt of material included must surely suffer. 1 that is inadequately or inaccurately recorded
ed, but the records must be made accessible. rt mutually exclusive. The traditional means phy. In this case timeliness of issue after for selection and current awareness. This means, as noted above, rapid acquisition of 2 them), and frequent issues. Standards for
85
Page 100
timeliness can be set in terms of the max acquisition of indigenous publications these published bibliography must also be widely partly in order to aschieve a sizeable market national bibliography largely or wholly self. distribution of copies are important and val presentation and layout frequency of cumul preferably using experimental alternatives for 1 are desirable, as is also a fully retrospective bib in several different volumes.
One criterion of performance for the points to the bibliographic records. Author, the only access points in printed bibliographie the aid of the computer these limitations are why access should not be available by keywor or date - or indeed other elements in the re
Access to records by computer, whetl timeliness because publication delays are avoi record structure and access protocols, partly system, which in itself needs to be assessed a response time, etc.) Access should of cour
A national cataloguing service requires easily and quickly records, and the kind of re. criteria can and should also be applied. If a all its direct operating costs from consumers construct their own records or obtain them it is not economic in total national terms, a and desirability of the service.
The various desirable features of a n when it is available both in printed and in particular advantages, and by optimal use of quality service without great cost. For exal printed version may reasonably provide only be more selective in the material it include: version. The two forms should be assessed
Bibliographic access to the world’s literature
It is obviously necessary for individual to bibliographic records not only of its own p the records exist in the first place is largely the reasons why national bibliographies ar. countries, and without good national b
86
mum delay acceptable : as with national must reconcile reality with desirability. A available, partly as a matter of principle, and produce sufficient income to make the supporting. The volume of sales and the d measures of performance. Ease of use, tions, etc. can be tested by user studies, eal-life assessment. Ideally full cumulations liography, to avoid the necessity of searching
lational bibliography is the range of access title and subject which are basic, are usually , if only for reasons of size and cost. With largely removed, and there is no real reason ds in the title, place of publication, publisher 'cord.
her on-line or off-line, should also improve ded. Speed of access depends partly on the on the nature and reliability of the computer gainst standards of performance (down time, 'se be worldwide.
timeliness, and also the facility for extracting cords, wanted for local catalogues. Market national cataloguing service cannot recover - if in effect they judge that it is cheaper to from other sources - this may suggest that ld if this is so it casts doubt on the viability
ational bibliography can be better provided machine-readable form. Each form has its these it should be possible to provide a high mple, if on-line access is widely available the y one or two access points and perhaps also s, leaving the rest to the machine-readable ogether in their performance, not separately.
s and libraries in each country to have access ublications but of all publications. Whether beyond the control of the country : one of 2 needed is to fulfil responsiblities to other ibliographies, for each country Universal
Page 101
Bibliographic Controls cannot be approach library systems and extensive acquisitions f contribution to UBC by recording the fore records available, and some national libraries indigenous national bibliographic control in books in question, but some of these may n, some years to come.
However, while the production of bib valuable though it is, is not an essential obje such records is. The main functions served b identification of items of interest, checking records for local cataloguing.
Access to different forms of publicat bibliographic control used. Records of b bibliographies, which may or may not be a journal articles are rarely compiled nationally such as Biological Abstracts and Chemical A any subject field, but it is much better in sciel and humanities. In addition to being print held on the computer and accessible on-line
Records of printed music and report lit. nationally. Report literature in a few count the Federal Republic of Germany) is control of the international science and technology da nationally or at state level or not at all. For n national or international.
Each country has therefore the task of available in a variety of ways from a variety individual libraries, which may make reason. of which could possibly afford to acquire al all computerized databases. There must be or the great majority of national bibliographie if only at the end of a telephone or by mail, databases because his own library does not p tools would be inefficient and inconvenient, a of bibliographies should be concentrated on be the same ones as held the national collectic or distributed among several libraries; or th There may be advantages, economically and some kind of material (eg for books) with computer-held databases would be provided spinners, which may be located anywhere. backstops - an institution or institutions th: and in developing countries some national
'd. In fact, countries with highly developed "om other countries can make an important ign publications acquired and making the do this. It is not a long-term substitute for the countries responsible for publishing the ot produce adequate records of their own for
liographic records for foreign publications, ctive of a National Library system, access to 7 access are the same as for national records : of references for accuracy, and extraction of
ion is affected by the different forms of ooks are normally contained in national lso in machine-readable form. Records of ', but are provided in international data bases (bstracts : coverage is far from perfect in lice and technology than in the social sciences ed, many but not all of these databases are
or off-line.
2rature, where they exist, are usually compiled ries (eg the USA, the United Kingdom and led nationally; it may also appear in so many tabases. Official publications are controlled on-book materials there is little or no control,
providing as full access as possible to records of sources. This cannot be left entirely to able provision for their local needs but none t printed bibliographies or provide access to : some national system for ensuring that all s and printed secondary services are available, and that no user is barred from access to the 'ovide it. Widely dispersed access to printed ld the national (as opposed to local) collection as few institutions as possible. These could ins, which may be held in the national library ey could be specialized information centres. to users, in combining access to records for access to the national file. Most access to locally, usually through commercial database Nationally, there should be a backstop or Lt can search databases not accessible locally: ubsidy may be provided.
87
Page 102
3. BIBLIOGRAPHIC ACCESS
FUNCTIONS:
Identification of Relevant Items Checking of References Extraction of Records for Local Cats
LOCATION:
Locally with National Backup
CRITERA :
Range of Records Accessible Universality of Access Range of Access Points Ease of Access Speed of Access
Timeliness
Market Economics?
The important issue so far as assessme of provision perform according to the variou to which access is provided; universality o ease of access; speed of access; and timelin of the original item), and of course cos the responsibility for access, the harder it is to it. Particular problems are the avoidance o over funding - for the institutions involved provision from their own funds. Coordina National Library or a national information
Retention for future availability
Although it seems clear that publica retained in at least one copy for future availab may actually decline, this is probably the l functions, in principle as well as practice. It of the nation's publications, which is includ archival responsibility. Other publications is to ensure that they are retained. Quite apa however, obscure or emphemeral in intentic and that it is usually more economical as well than from abroad, there is no guarantee th their countries of publication, and retention
88
TO WORLD'S LTERATURE
loguing
nt is concerned is how well alternative means s criteria. These are : the range of records f access; range of access points per record; ess (how quickly available after publication it. Clearly, the more widely distributed ensure that it is carried out and to coordinate funnecessary overlap and gaps, and control can hardly be expected to make the required tion itself may be the responsibility of the
planning body.
tions in a country once acquired should be bility, and that unless this happens availability ast recognized of my five National Library should be distinguished from the conservation ed in the first function as being part of the too should be conserved, but a prior need, rt from the considerations that any publication n, may happen to be needed in the future as faster to supply it from within the country at all national imprints will be retained by
may therefore aid worldwide availability.
Page 103
There are various ways of ensuring ret a single national repository to which publica be sent : separate national respositories) fo subjects, perhaps linked with national archival regional repositories; and the distribution o many libraries (eg. specializing universities). exchange - the distribution of items surp libraries, within the country and abroad. TI depend on the organisation of national arch supply, but also on the likely performance
The most obvious criterion of perform in the country that is retained. It is howeve there is a total national record of all public;
4. RETENT ON FOR F.
FUNCTIONS:
Retention in Country of At Least on
LOCATION:
Various Alternatives (National Reposi Distribution among Several Libraries)
CRITERA :
Proportion of Publications Retained Availability of Deposited Material Reservation in Usable Form Optimal use of Money and other Re
union catalogue has never achieved campl be absurd to attempt such coverage on gro however cooperative provision and supply and assuming that provision and supply ar of libraries, especially academic and large some way by using a union catalogue of th supply system, particularly if it is based ol to label copies of many publications as "na acquired. In this case, it is still necessary in question have been retained, not necess them. Under this criterion may be includ system by depositing libraries.
ntion of at least one copy of publications'; ions no longer wanted by local libraries can different forms of publication or different collections (function 1) if these are distributed retention responsibilities among several or A repository role may be linked with duplicate us to national requirements among other le choice between different alternatives should ival collections and of document access and
of the alternatives.
ance is the proportion of publications acquired 'r virtually impossible to ascertain this unless tions acquired, and even the most ambitious
UTURE AVAILABLTY
e Copy of Publications Acquired
tory or Repositories. Regional Repositories,
SOUTCeS
te coverage of every library, and it would inds of economics as well as practicality. If are the basis of national document supply, the the responsibility of a limited number public libraries, it may be feasible to go ese libraries as a basis. With a distributed cooperative acquisition, it may be possible tional retention copies' soon after they are o ascertain at intervals that the publications arily in the libraries that originally acquired ed a sub-criterion : the ease of use of the
89
Page 104
A further criterion of a retention syster available, whether for consultation or remot they must be locatable and easily supplied; de some of which have local stores at some distal less well on this criterion than a single natio
supply system.
Although the retention function is dist continued existence of retained items in usable retention, and this means that conservation in the items. The capacity to achieve preserv criterion. Só of course is their actual preser long term.
For any retention system to be used b their stock, it must command confidence: the unless other copies are already earmarked fo looked after, and the confidence that they Confidence should rest on actual performar already considered, but confidence itself ca
In this and the following function co functions have to be carried out within give how best they can be carried out within thos fall largely on individual libraries and users. national system. The retention function, how as we have seen; the costs of each alternativ involve many libraries, since even with a ce and user libraries incur costs; depositing lib hence capital expenditure. Costs are theref three functions, but it is more important to institutions. -
Document provision and supply
The function of document provision a the most important of all National Library bibliographic control of the nation’s: i publi themselves, they make little direct impact o to the world's literature is certainly very imp to an end - the end of using the actual pub for future availability (or current availability supply is linked to it. Access to publication nations's library system.
90
n is that the publications retained are readily ly by loan or photocopy. This means that centralized systems based on many libraries, ce from the main buildings, clearly perform. Lal repository linked to a national document
inct from the national archival function, the : form is a necessary accompaniment of their leasures may need to be applied to some of tion in a usable form is therefore another vation, but this can only be measured in the
by libraries that withdraw publications from : confidence that the items will be retained r retention, the confidence that they will be can be supplied if wanted subsequently. ce, which can be measured by the criteria ni be measured. .
sts are especially important. The first two n budgets, and the problem is to determine er budgets. The costs of the third function , and there is usually less choice as to the 'ever, can be carried out in a variety of ways 'e are partly visible and partly hidden, and :ntralized repository all depositing libraries raries also make some savings in space and ore harder to determine than with the first letermine them because they affect so many
nd supply is, from the users' point of view, functions. Vital though the collection and cations are as national responsibilities, in in the ordinary user. Bibiliographic access ortant for users, but usually only as a means lications. Retention may be a prerequisite fpast publications), but is of little use unless s should be the main ultimate objective of a
Page 105
In fact, supply is more important th travelling to consult publications : they sh wanted. The term 'document supply' is us lending, partly because many interlibrary t loans, partly because documents can be supp will increasingly be the case as electronic p "document provision' is preferred to 'acqu
5. DOCUMENT PROV
FUNCTION:
Optimal Availability of World's Publi
LOCATION:
Various Alternatives (National Supply Decentralized Cooperation)
CRITERA :
Satisfaction Rate Volume of Demand . . Speed of Supply. Equal Service to Different Sector Ease of use - . Ability to Monitor. Performance Minimal Cost to Provide Service at
Document provision and supply must optimize its own acquisitions and holdings. needs, some provision must be made to si can be done in various ways : for exampl from selected libraries specializing in major
giving access to the holdings of many libral of different methods. Document supply cau to have acquired, without any attempt to National coverage by libraries can be extende funding of selected libraries, or by the establis a given level (of satisfaction and speed of su sources. Coverage can also be extended b nationally or transcend national boundaries (a It is clear that provision and supply cannot b are they planned together - if indeed they
so many countries have devoted so much at to document provision and supply. In fact, I have yet to make a choice between alternative so the use of appropriate criteria is especial
in mere access, which may involve users in ould be available where and when they are ed deliberately in preference to “interlibrary ransactions involve photocopies rather than lied from other sources than libraries; this ublishing develops. For this latter reason, Lisition'.
7ISION AND SUPPLY.
cations to Users
Centre, Concentration on Selected Libraries
a Stated Level
start with the local library, which would Since no library can satisfy all its users' upply documents from elsewhere . This e, from a centralized source of documents, subject areas, by means of union catalogues ies, or by mixed systems containing features rest on the basis of what libraries happen achieve extended coverage of publications. d by cooperation between libraries, by special hment of a dedicated central facility. Beyond pply) dependence may be placed on foreign y commercial suppliers, who may operate, S is possible with electronic text transmission). considered apart,although in few countries are planned at all, for it is astenishing that (ention to bibliographic control and so little nostdevelopedas wellas developing countries systems of document provision and supply, ly important. . . .
91
Page 106
The need to supply national imprints, mentioned under the first function, and is repea The loanable (orcopiable) copy need not institutions that collect and hold archival copi most national imprints with the supply of oth concern where the item was published : he
It is not the purpose of this paper to systems, but to diseuss the criteria by whic by which operational systems can be monit
The first and most obvious criterion c that can be satisfied. Performance on this material has been acquired - and availabilit go hand in hand. Satisfaction level is howe very much a function of the provision ar demand, which may be restricted to items t a very good system will uncover latent dem thus achieve a much lower 'success rate' than that can be satisfied is a much more valid cr determine, and it is probably better to use t of literate population, and proportion of de absolutely, since it is affected by the number are in fact quite similar for countries of dif stages of development, and the highest ratios ( satisfaction level set has a subjective element level below 70%, is unlikely to be either desi. is possible only in very highly developed syste here as elsewhere.
One minor problem is that not all der request is frivolous or, more commonly, bec advance information about the document r nothing can be done about it at the nationall such requests are made.
The second main criterion is speed of st fortunately fairly easy to use, although the tota must be broken down into time spent in the transmission, of both requests and docume
"േ Within the total volume of demand the user ratio between different categories of use different subjects or forms of material. T satisfaction level and speed of supply. An conceal serious inequalities, not all of t attention nevertheless. For example, it is p a high appraent level of perfomance by conce om which the bulk of demand falls, while the , deal.
92
both within and beyond the country, was ted here mainly for the sake of completeness. be available from the same institution or s, and indeed it is best to link the supply of *r publications, since to theuserit is oflittle simply wants it supplied.
consider the relative merits of alternative selection can be made between systems' ored for performance.
f performance is the proportion of requests criterion measures both provision - what 7; the two do not by any means necessarily er not a sufficient criterion, for demand is (d supply system. A poor system will deter hought certain to be supplied. Conversely and, including some for obscure items, and
the poor system. The proportion of needs iterion, but needs are extremely difficult to wo criteria in harness : demand per head mand satisfied. The former cannot be set and quality of local libraries, but the ratios ferent kinds with library systems at similar an be used as objectives. Setting a national
about it, but it is reasonable to say that a rable or economic, while a level above 90% ms. The law of diminishing returns oprates
mands represent needs, whether because the :ause the requester does not have sufficient equested. The problem is minor because vel, and very little at the local library where
upply. This is an obvious measure, which is lelapsed time between requesting and receipt : requesting library, by the supplier, and in ltS.
're may be large differences in the demand : C - academic, industrial, etc - or between here may likewise be large differences in apparently good overall performance may hem necessarily avoidable, but deserving ossible for a developing country to achieve ntrating on scientific and techncial journals, academic historian say, is getting a very raw
Page 107
A secondary criterion of performance been shown several times, and is indeed a ma use a system that is simple and accessible in to use even though they know the latter is muc system is not only less satisfactory to the user if demand is known or thought to be const performance on more objective measures s'hy of use can be assessed both by examinatio they are looked for - and by user surveys; comparison can be made between two or mor in question.
Another secondary criterion in select is essential to its continuing parformance. Document provision and supply systems mus to day to day demand, and thus means that de be continually monitored.
As with retention systems, but to anevs in document provision and supply systems, sir but almost every library in the country. The be hidden but very high, always assuming tha and that if they are unmet, or not met in tiu prsonal or social wellbeing, work perform Because of the importance of the volume of should be determined; and these in turn sho failed requests, requests from different users, so on. It may well prove that different prov different kinds of material', since (to take tw core science journals from a central source ma to supply non-book materials by decentralized measure for deciding what should be acquired that any such costing takes into account total libraries or borrowing libraries, though such alternative operating procedures. The balance a loan or photocopy is certainly an importa use and in its unit costs. However, the ecol are complex, and simple market criteria sho
National library performance as a whole
It is clear from the preceding discussior closely related, while others can and prob, bibliographic control depend on comprehen but it would be foolish to separate bibliograp of the nation's literature, or to plan a retenti supply. Further, bibliographic access to t document provision.
is ease of use of the supply system. It has tter of common experience, that people will preference to one that requires more effort more likely to meet their needs. A "difficult but may seriously constrain demand, indeed ained the system's ease of use as well as its uld be looked at as a possible cause. Ease
- real difficulties should be obvious once n both cases better results can be expected if operational systems or supply in the country
ng a document provision and supply system This is its ability to assess its performance. t be responsive to shifts in demand as well as mand bothin general and in particular must
'n greater extent, costs are of great importance ce they affect not only the systems themselves costs of not having an adequate system may ut the demands placed on it are genuine ones me, some penalty is paid in the users' time, ance, or even contribution to the economy. demand as a measure, unit costs por request uld be analysed according to successful and requests for different forms of material, and ision and supply systems are appropriate for to extremes) while the unit costs of supplying y be relatively very low, it may be far cheapor means. Unit costs are in fact a very useful for a central supply source. It is imp)rtant national costs, not simply those of supplying libraries may also wish to consider and cost for users between acquisition and obtaining nt factor in pricing a national system, in its omics of document provision and supplying ld not be used in isolation.
that some of the functions are not necessarily bly should be. Not only must national sive collection of the nation's publications, hic access to the world’s literature from that n system without thought to its subsequent Le world's literature can aid selection for
93
Page 108
" - . The law of diminishing return applies but to all functions. One hundred per cent - aim at and desirable though it may seem in n country's libraries, is simply unattainable, a
to recognize; and ill-considered attempts to on one criterion, are likely to be detrimenta , library functions should therefore be planne be a waste of resources and if each function
This does not mean that one organiz although this may exceptionally prove the best libraries are commonly responsible for collect bibliographic control of them. Less commo1 play in the other functions, whether as plann for example, maintain a national union catal nation's libraries and thus aid document supp provision by planning and managing a nati still and serve as the country's main source of
. . In many countries the budgets for the functions carried out elsewhere may be separa ministries. In such cases optimal planni relationships between the functions still need planned and assessed. Ideally, not only th considered: given a certain budget, how ca to achieve the best total results? A countr collecting its own publications but very low in by local libraries would be very unbalancedNational Library systems of most countries w Iunbalanced, their performance of retention a falling well behind that of the other funct
not only to document provision and supply performance, tempting though it may be to ational activities that support the rest of the act that those libraries often seem reluctant maximize performance of one function, or l to other functions and criteria. National and assessed as a whole, if there is not to is to perform optimally.
ation should perform all of the functions, solution for a particular country. National ing the nation's publications and exercising nly they may have a major or minor role to er or coordinator or executor. They may, ogue giving access to the documents in the ly. They may go further and aid document onal acquisition programme -- or further
documents wanted by local libraries.
: National Library and for National Library te- indeed, they may come under separate ng is somewhat unrealistic, though the to be taken into account when each one is Le relationships but the : balance should be in this be allocated between functions so as y that scored very high on parformance in providing and supplying documents needed - and vice versa. Viewed in this light, the ould have to be considered as quite seriously und document provision and Supply usually tions.
EENJFunctions
.
үлк
ܠ
BeloCSAPC. ' ACCESS,
. . DocusNEXT :
PROWSG Aspy
Page 109
It should also be borne in mind that functions varies among countries. A very carrying out the first two functions because the last very difficult and costly, especially if country its ability to supply documents m development. Conversely, a publishing coun to perform beyond a certain level, but may : document supply should in principle be relati which functions need most attention - or in
This suggests that, in an ideal situati with levels of performance on each criteri as a whole. The planned balance will inevi have been the product of conscious plannin be possible in reality, nevertheless each col at its National Library functions in this way years, particularly developing countries with yield surprising and salutary results.
Concluding observations
If it is accepted that national perform question is who is to do the assessing. If o function, assessment is clearly the responsit responsibility to make known the results to service functions. Often there will be sever certainly overall assessment of all functio) there is a national planning body it can b are library associations, or research units, t detailed information concerning the variou national functions. . . . .
It will have been noted that the serv varies. Some functions, like the collectic bibliographic control, are prior functions, a supply of bibliographic records to other. bibliographic access and document provision is an indirect service function. The strong economic factors are, and the greater the ea most difficult criterion of all to establish and t to the national collection and the national National library functions have hithe on a rather general levelas desirable objectives What is not thought as assessable in any sys is not assessed often remains at a low level ( show, that it is performing poorly. The is more than theoretical interest, and some con could do much to further the National Lib in many countries for the whole library s
he relative difficulty of performing different small country should have little difficulty in : it produces few publications, but may find it is also a poor country, although as a poor lay be of crucial importance to its future try will find the first two functions impossible have so many books in its libraries that good vely simple to achieve. It then has to choose deed whether they all need equal attention.
on, criteria should be set for each function, on, all functions being considered together tably be rather subjective, but it will at least g. Although such a careful plan will rarely untry, could with profit stand back and look - as indeed some of them have done in recent all to plan for. Such an assessmant could
ance can and should be assessed, one obvious nly one institution is involved in a particular pility of the institution, though it also has a those concerned, particularly in the case of al, perhaps many, institutions involved, and ns together raises great difficulties. Where e responsible for assessment. Alternatives hough in both cases access will be needed to S. institutions that are active in carrying out
rice element in the functions outlined above pn of the nation's publications and their nd their service elements are subsidiary. The libraries is a direct service function, like and supply. Retention for future availability er, the service element, the more important se of performance assessment. Perhaps the o use is that of comprehensiveness as applied bibliography. rto been tended to be looked at, if at all, not amendable to assessment or measurement. tematic way is not usually assessed, and what of performance because no-one knows, or can sues discussed in this paper are therefore of sensus as to performance criteria and measures rary development that is of such importance ystem.
95
Page 110
REFERENCES
1.
10.
See also Line. Maurice B. The role of 30 (1), 1980, 1 - 16.
Line, Maurice and Vickers, Stephen. programme to improve the national and inst Munich: K. G. Saur, 1983.
Seal, Alan and others. Full and short Bath: Bath University Library Centre Report 5669).
A recent pap, r on this issue is : Hartle New Library World, 84 (992), Februa
Anderson, Dorothy. Universal bibliog Dokumentation, 1974.
Capital Planning Information. Natio, comparative study of systems and possi International Office for UAP, 1982. S Brenda. National repository plans and January 1982 - 3 - 11.
Line, Maurice B. and others. National of existing systems and possible models. in Line, Maurice B. National interlend models. Interlending Review, 7 (2). A
Collins, Judith and Finer, Ruth. Na comparative study of existing systems International Office for UAP. 1982. Ruth. National acquisition policies Interlending Review, 10 (4), October 1
Line, Maurice B. and Vickers, Stephen. Interlending Review, 6 (2). April 1978,
Line, Maurice. Criteria for selecting m
Review, 7 (4). October 1979. 126 - 1.
The views expressed in this paper are
represent those of the British Library.
96
national libraries : a reassessment. Libri,
Universal availability of publications : at ernational provision and supply of publications
entry catalogues: library needs and uses. for Catalogue Research, 1982. (BLR & D
y, Dick. Improving subject access to books ry 1983, 21 - 22.
raphic control. Pullach/Munchen : Verlag
rial repository plans and programmes : u. ble models. Wetherby, W. Yorks : IFLA Summarized in Kennington, Don and White d programmes. Interlending Review, 10 (1).
interlending systems : a comparative studyo
Paris : Unesco, May 1980. Summarized ting systems : existing systems and possible \pril 1979, - 42 - 46.
itional acquisition policies and systems a and possible models, Wetherby, W. Yorks : Summarized in Collins, Judith and Finer, and systems; an international perspective. 982, 111 - 1 18.
Principles of national interlending systems. 50 - 53.
aterial for a central lending stock. Interlending 29.
those of the author, and do not necessarily
Page 111
ESTABLISHMENT OF FLAF
ASIA AN
Kiyohid
Librarian, National Die
1. IFLA Core Programme on Preservatio
In 1984 the International Federatio (IFLA) reviewed its main activities and c including UBC (Universal Bibliographic C Publications). The Core Programme on P1 is one of these programmes.
The primary objective of PAC is to made by the world's libraries facing the c materials. Incidentally the main cause of is acid paper on which most publications are IFLA, is working to build a worldwide netwc in preservation and conservation can be c establishing such an international informatic center and identify National Libraries in ke points in the network.
The PAC core program was officiall Conference on Preservation of Library M. assumed the role of an international focal GDR and the Bibliothéque Nationale's Cons regional centers respectively. Leipzig represe countries except West Germany and Austra Africa to the North of the equator, and thi of Venezuela has also become a regional cer
The international focal point devel cooperative research in preservation, mail the network's focal points and the relevantse opportunities and materials, and produce: preservation issues.
The general tasks of the regional cen of preservation activities and exchange o representation of the preservation needs an focal point; and assistance with PAC core pr They are also expected to further the progr and brochures, preparing articles for Intern international focal point, maintaining - foi
AC REGIONAL CENTER FOR ) OCEANA
e busuki f Library, Tokyo, Japan.
n of Library Associations and Institutions onsequently launched six core programmes ontrol) and UAP (Universal Availability of eservation and Conservation known as PAC
encourage and promote preservation efforts :ommon danger of deterioration of library he deterioration, as it has been discovered, printed. As a means to achieve this objective frk through which information and expertise oordinated and shared. The initial step in in system has been to set up an international y locations that can serve as regional focal
y launched in April 1986 in Vienna at the. aterials. The US Library of Congress has boint, while the Deutsche Bücherei, Leipzig, rvation Center in Sabs, France have become ints Eastern Europe and the German speaking Lilia, while Sable represents Western Europe, 2 Middle East. Later, the National Library liter to cover the Central and South America
ops general policies for PAC encourages ntains communication among and between tions of IFLA, works to develop educational publications that pertain to international
ters, on the other hand, include : promotion f preservation information in the region; i interests of the region to the international ogramme activities and projects in the region. m by providing translations of papers, texts, ational Preservation News issued by the PAC loan copies of audiovisual programs on
97
Page 112
preservation, and managing local arrangem organized through the international focal p strengths, the regional centers also play a conservation education. The PAC core pro has been developing steadily supported by of preserving library materials.
2. NDL's role for the national preservatio
The role that the national library shoul is great and perhaps greater than that of an National Libraries are functioning as depo maintain a comprehensive collection of do property. The work of preservation and co technical know-how but also the positive in relating institutions. This is why there she
encompassing all such institutions, most pref lead.
In recognition of the role as a Nationa has strengthened its organizational approach Planning Office in June 1986. This Office (w in concurrent positions) is chiefly responsible policies for library materials and for making conservation.
With this office as the core unit, ND. by organizing an annual symposium and conservation, lending educational video tape to reference queries. These activities are to
3. Establishment of PAC Regional Center
It was in August 1986 when the IFLA Smith, Director of the new PAC core progra a regional center for Asia. In the following UK, I discussed this matter with Warren Library of Australia (NLA) who told me til regional center for Asia and Oceania. It is of us shared the view that there would be r the two centers if they coexist in the same
As to whether the NDL should acce talked in full with my colleagues, and our co in the region support this idea, the NDL sho
98
ents for any conferences in their region, oint. According to their own interests and role in various aspects of preservation and gramme, though not long since its inception, the increasing awareness of the importance
in programme
dplay in the preservation of library materials y other institutions. It is because many of isitory libraries for national literature, and mestic publications as the nations' cultural nservation not only demands a high level of volvement of archives, museums, and other uld be a national cooperative programme erably with the National Library taking the
Ll Library, the National Diet Library (NDL) to the problem, establishing the Preservation rith a full-time director and 13 staff members for developing and coordinating preservation research on technology of preservation and
L is going to assume national responsibility occasional workshops on preservation and :s and slides on the subject, and responding
be started from January 1990.
for Asia and Oceania
Conference was held in Tokyo that Merrily mme, unofficially asked the NDL to become g year at the IFLA Conference in Brighton, Horton, Director-General of the National, hat his Library was also willing to become a important to note that during this talk, both lothing like conflict or competition between
region.
pt the role of a regional center for Asia, I nsensus was that if other National Libraries uld become a center for the region.
Page 113
Further on this matter, I talked with of the same year when we joined in the IF points we discussed and agreed on were a
(1) In view of the fact that the regi diverse in language and culture. more than one regional centel
(2) Assuming there be two regiona
should be independent from coordination and cooperation it
(3) In establishing the centers, bo opinions from other National II
Based on this general agreement, bo correspondence, and finally in February 193 Project was prepared. This circular was se in Asia and Oceania under the joint name requesting them to give views and commen
(1) The idea of establishing a PAC ri
(2) The question of which particul the respective centers. く
(3) Any other comments regardin
The enquiry was answered by 17 Natio for their cordial attention, and I wish to tak yet answered the enquiry.
The information so far gathered make in the problems of preservation of library establishing a regional center for Asia and O views regarding geographical representation even want to see the tropical zone have a ce1 conditions.
In keeping these opinions and some ot in principle that for some time to come the the NDL covers Asia. The decision thus heads to the Director of the International Libraries as the PAC regional centers. Th Conference and the Conference of Directo. in Paris in August this year.
4errily Smith and Warren Horton in August LA Conference held in Sydney. The basic s follows:
on of Asia and Oceania is vast in area and it would raise no problem if the region has
l centers each in Japan and Australia, both each other but maintain the efforts of l the performance of their respective roles.
th libraries should fully respect views and libraries in the region.
th. Libraries discussed some details through 39 the proposed IFLA PAC Regional Center nt to 40 National Libraries and institutions s of Warren Horton and Kiyohide Ibusuki ts particularly on the following points:
egional center each at the NLA and the NDL.
ar parts of the region should be covered by
g the PAC core programme.
onal Libraries and I thankall the respondents e this occasion to remind those who have not
sit clear that most libraries hold keen interest materials and strongly support the idea of, ceania. It also shows that there are different by the two centers and that some libraries hter of its own in view of its peculiar climatic
her factors in mind, Mr. Horton and I agreed NLA covers Asia as well as Oceania, while reached was made known by the respective Focal Point, who officially designed both e Director also reported on it at the IFLA rs of National Libraries (CDNL) both held
99
Page 114
4. NDL's planning of PAC regional center
According to the responses to the en libraries in the region expect the regional cer guidance and advice, organize workshops ar provide conservation treatment to rare and promote scientific research in this field.
Taking these expressed wishes into co plans to undertake such activities as :
1. Provision of information and 1
(a) Distribution of Internati
international focal point.
(b) Dissemination of preserv,
texts, and articles.
(c) Lending service of aud
conservation.
2. Provision of reference, referral a tion retrieval from the Conse1 related databases).
3. Maintenance of close contacts v
4. Organization of seminars, w,
preservation and conservation.
5. Maintenance of cooperative rela
These are the main items we plan to u informed of any notable developments that
5. CDNLAO and preservation of library n
CDNL, which meets in conjunction issues of preservation as the main item of its development of IFLA's preservation activit and the creation of the PAC Core Programme of the CDNL.
Our Conference, CDNLAO, which i has met four times since 1979. At each preservation and conservation were discussi no tangible result.
100
in Asia
quiry mentioned above, what the national ters to perform in particular are to provide d seminars, train professional conservators, ld materials in danger of deterioration, and
nsideration, the regional center at the NDL
materials. onal Preservation News issued by the
ation information available from papers,
ovisual materials on preservation and
und advisory services (includingthe informavation Information Network and other
vith the libraries in the region.
orkshops and training programmes on
ations with the international focal point.
indertake for the present. You will be kept takes place regarding this plan.
laterials
with IFLA meetings, has been discussing agenda since 1980, giving great impact on es. The success of the Vienna Conference owes much to the enthusiasm and initiative
s the Asia and Oceania version of CDNL of the previous meetings some aspects of d as a topic of the agenda, but producing
Page 115
Now that the international environr been improving for these years, it seems quit region to work together for the common co
We are now in Beijing discussing the I am sure our talk will be producing somethi further dialogues.
The NDL, is going to serve as the reg In order to carry out the plan, however, it i. cooperation; in particular, we must have y be happy, therefore, if you could let me ha information would certainly facilitate the dev
Paper prese 4th International Conference of Direct Oceania Beijing, Chi
ment to support preservation activities has e opportune for the National Libraries in the ncern of protecting library materials.
problems of preservation and conservation ng constructive that may form the basis for
ional center for Asia. We will try our best. s necessary for us to have your support and our distinct needs and interests. I should lve them as the conference goes on. Such elopment of the regional center's activities.
hted at the
ors of National Libraries of Asia and na, 5-9 Dec. 89.
10
Page 116
THE SINGAPORE NATIONAL COOPERATION AT NATIONAL
B Mrs. Yoke -
Director, National
Abstract : Reviews the Singapore Nationa programme with some propos
Introduction
In fulfilment of the National Library A participates in cooperative and exchange acti the world. Below are highlights of major
Singapore Integrated Library Automation Se
2. The National Library is the Central A Automation Service (SILAS) which provide library network, a cooperative online share catalogue for the libraries of Singapore.
3. Presently the network has 20 participa National Library, the other participating men of Singapore, Nanyang Technological Inst Polytechnic, the Monetary Authority of S Curriculum Development Institute of Singap, of Trade and Industry, the Institute of South Centre, the Attorney-General's Chambers, t and Parliament. The database contains ove more than 693,000 titles are held in Singap AV and other materials (see Appendix). M National Bibliography (SNB) as well as reco and the Australian Bibliographic Informati contained in the SILAS database, making it and Southeast Asia. The Australian National Library, received on an exchange basis, alsc and Lai have published detailed accounts
International Serials Data System (ISDS)
4. The National Library serves as the activities are as follows :
(a) Assigning ISSNs to new seria
and Publishers' Act and infor
(b) Responding to requests from 1 International Centre for the as
O2
LIBRARY: EXCHANGE AND AND INTERNATIONAL LEVELS
y
Lan Wicks library, Singapore.
l Library's exchange and library cooperation als to widen the scope.
ct (Cap. 197 ed. 1988), the National Library lities with libraries in Singapore and around activities.
rvice (SILAS) gency for the Singapore Integrated Library
s a national bibliographic source, a shared i cataloguing facility and a national union
iting and 10 dial up members. Besides the nbers are libraries of the National University itute, Singapore Polytechnic, Ngee Ann ingapore, the Institute of Education, the ore, the Ministry of Education, the Ministry east Asian Studies, the Regional Language he Supreme Court, the Subordinate Courts r 5 million bibliographic records of which ore libraries. These includ: books, serials, More than 22,350 records of the Singapore rds from the Dutch national database PICA on on Southeast Asia (BISA) database are a rich source of information on Singapore Bibliography and the New Zealand National form part of the SILAS database. Royan of the workings of SILAS.
ISDS National Centre for Singapore. Its
1 publications received under the Printers' ning the publishers accordingly ocal publishers, foreign institutions and the signment of ISSNs.
Page 117
(c) Sending all registration on wo maintenance in the internation
(d) Validating assignment of ISSN
(e) Maintaining a national file of ISS
addresses.
(f) Promoting and regulating the The national file comprises some 1,88
ASEAN Libraries Network
5. The National Library is a member of a regional net work including the National Philippines and Thailand. The network was of ASEAN National Libraries in Manila in , resource sharing and access to publications of the network are :
(a) to develop an interlibrary netw
each National Library as the
(b) to provide access to all library from any ASEAN country, at .
(c) to ensure that each country’s ou in its own national bibliograp standards and in a format that is
(d) to create in each member coun from local language into lang
(e) to initiate action to reduce bai
Members of the Network are expect bibliographies in computerised or printed fo government publications. They are also ex of a non-confidential nature.
Cooperative Cataloguing of Southeast Asian
6. The need to speed up the cataloguing in Singapore resulted in the Cooperative Cat: in December 1988. Participating members; National University of Singapore, the Instit of Education and the SEAMEO Regional Lar
orksheets in the ISDS standard format for hal database.
by foreign institutions.
SN records with key title index and publishers'
use of ISSN through liaison with publishers.
) ISSN records of unique Singapore titles.
the ASEAN National Libraries Network, Libraries of Brunei, Indonesia, Malaysia, established following a meeting of Directors July 1989, in response to a need to facilitate available within the region. The objectives
'ork among libraries within the region with focal point
materials except classified items emanating reasonable cost and within reasonable time.
tput of library materials is promptly recorded hy; issued in accordance with international s accepted among other libraries in the region.
try a register of translations of publications juages of broader distribution and usages.
riers to the free flow of library materials.
led to make available for exchange national rmat and explore the possibility of exchanging pected to make available for loan materials
Materials Project
of Southeast Asian materials among libraries aloguing of Southeast Asian Materials Project are the National Library and libraries of the ute of Southeast Asian Studies, the Institute guage Centre. All participants are members
103
Page 118
of SILAS and have access to a central data arrangement each participant is allocated accordance with its collection strength and are established and coverage defined. For sm agree to adhere to specific guidelines and
Cooperation in Collection Development
7. In May 1988 the National Library i Singapore to review the Southeast Asian col libraries, to ascertain whether there was ar important gaps. The areas covered at this 1 and the humanities. Librarians from the National University of Singapore, Institute Education, Ministry of Education, Curricu SEAMEO Regional Language Cente, Trir
8. The concern of the meeting was not materials which were difficult to acquire or collections which would focus on Singapore other materials on Singapore published over weaknesses of the collections on Singapore agreed to adopt the Conspectus method using Consortium Table Codes. Currently selec being distributed as a first step towards im
National Indexing System
9. A recent survey conducted by SILAS system to avoid duplication of work done b been made for SILAS with its existing infra all libraries can participate, thereby extendi core journals only to fringe journals, or journa has been appointed to undertake a feasibi
Computerisation of Chinese Bibliographic Re
0. Currently the SILAS database of over records in the roman script. Since July 19 of Computing Technology, Academia Sinica on the input and output of Chinese charac showed that the Lian Xiang ( could be used on SILAS. However, further the ideal stage of processing Chinese and Rc be achieved.
104
base. Under a mutual understanding and specific areas of cataloguing coverage in for subject specialisation so that priorities ooth implementation of the project, members conditions.
nitiated a meeting with major libraries in lection development policies in appropriate y unnecessary duplications and to identify meeting were confined to the social sciences following libraries attended the meeting: of Southeast Asian Studies, Institute of, lum Development Institute of Singapore, lity Theological College.
on basic materials in libraries but fringe access. There was a need to study the materials published and printed locally and seas. In order to review the strengths and and Southeast Asia in all libraries, it was the RLG Conspectus and the NLDC - SEA tion policies of participating libraries are plementation of the review.
established the need for a national indexing y libraries in Singapore. A proposal has structure to undertake the project in which ing the coverage of materials indexed from ls of marginal interest as well. A committee lity study.
cords in SILAS
5 million records contains only bibliographic 89, the National Library and the Institute have held several preliminary discussions :ters in the SILAS system. Initial testings
) system developed by the Institute developmental effort is still required before man script data concurrently in SILAS can
Page 119
Interlibrary Loans and Exchanges
t. In fulfilment of the National Library serves as the organising agency for the na material and the organising agency for the nal
12. The interlibrary loan function has t level with library holdings information avai exploited when the number of SILAS part
3. The National Library has 309 exch countries. The National Libraries in Asia an title by title basis include : Australia, E Indonesia, Japan, Republic of Korea, Mal Guinea, Philippines, Sri Lanka and Thai
Staff Training and Exchanges
14. The National Library provides in-ho Training Award and Colombo Plan Training Individualised training programmes are appropriate to the trainees' needs.
15. In September 1989 the National Library in conjunction with the ASEAN Exchange delegates from ASEAN member countries p on a study tour of Singapore libraries.
Extension of Activities
16. The National Library's present exchar further extended. Some potential areas inc training. To maximise such activities with N it is desirable to establish an informal link f and information technology skills. NLAC can serve as nodes in the link and provide
(a) the dissemination of informati and subject bibliographies, in
(b) access to and acquisition of na publications and non-trade r
(c) the identification of specialis support in the preservation an including the computerisatio new information technology, of libraries with multi-lingual
(d) staff exchanges to enrich the
their skills.
ct Section 5(k) and (1), the National Library ional and international lending of library onal and international exchange of materials
en enhanced at national and international ble from SILAS. The data can be further cipants increase.
Lnge of library material agreements in 56, Oceania participating in the exchange on a urma, People's Republic of China, India, lysia, New Zealand, Pakistan, Papua New and.
use training for librarians under the ASEAN schemes and in response to specific requests. planned, including visits to other libraries
hosted a seminar on library computerisation, of Librarians Project. At this meeting, six articipated in the seminar, and spent 10 days
ge and library cooperation activities can be lude data and staff exchanges as well as staff ational Libraries in Asia and Oceania (NLAO) or information sharing and support in library , including the Singapore National Library, the mechanism for :
on on specialised collections through national exes, union catalogues and other sources;
ional imprints, government and other official Laterials;
s who can provide training and technical conservation of materials, library automation of non-roman scripts and applications of planning of library buildings, administration collections and serving multi-ethnic groups;
work experience of librarians and to share
OS
Page 120
7. The languages of many NLAO are : date information on the development of com at national level would in some cases avoid
8. Shared information on the authority as approved by national committees would ensure uniformity and facilitate informatic
9. There are similarities in environmer humidity, and pests present problems in cons at a workshop would go a long way to ove precious and irreplaceable materials.
20. The proposed linkage is essentially in A member of CDNLAO could link with arrangements depending on its interests an three years, it is essential that a strong link benefit of all.
Bibliography 1. ROYAN, Bruce. Building a bibliog
Library 5(6): 348-352 Dec. 87.
2. LAI, Yeen Pong. Networking for re: Persatuan Perpustakaan Malaysia/Libra 16 - 18 Aug. 88.
Acknowledgement
The writer gratefully acknowledges t Assistant Director, SILAS.
Paper prese 4th International Conference of Direct Oceania, Beijing, Ch
106
non-roman scripts. Availability of up-toputerisation in these languages in the NLAO iuplication of effort.
ontrol of Asian names and subject headings also help standardise bibliographic entries, in retrieval.
tal conditions in some NLAO where heat, rvation and preservation. Expertise shared rcome these problems and prevent loss of
ormal, given the existence of the CDNLAO. the other members or enter into bilateral d needs. As the CDNLAO is held every age be sustained between meetings, for the
raphic network for Singapore. Electronic
source sharing in Singapore. Presented at ry Association of Singapore Joint Congress,
he assistance given by Mr. Lai Yeen Pong
ited at the
prs of National Libraries of Asia and ina, 5-9 Dec. 89,
Page 121
Statistical Information on SIL
National Agency Coverage
LC Books
LC Serials
LC Films
LC Music
LC Maps
UKMARC
SNB (Roman Script)
MALMARC
BISA
PICA
NZEN
ANB S
S
Records in SILAS Database
Bibliographic records
Authority records
Holdings Statistics Types of Materials
The number of holdings on SILAS is as follows :
Books
Serials
Films
Music
Map
Computer Files
AMC
1968
1973
1972
1984
1986
1980
1982
up till
up till
up till
Sep. 82
Бер. 88
5,087,712 5,954,986
to
O
to
O
to
to
tO
to to
to
to
tO
Appendix
AS Database as at 22 Oct. 89
25 Sep. 89
6 Sep. 89
6 Sep. 89
4 Oct. 89
4 Oct. 89
26 Aug. 89
| date
25 Feb. 87
Feb. 87
20 Feb. 87
26 Sep. 89
May 89
980,012 representing 693,352 unique titles
624,313
28,847
24,159
15,554
6
462
O7
Page 122
ජාතික පුස්තකාලය හ මැලේසියානු ජාතික පුස්තකාල ආචායයී ඩී. ඊ.
හැඳින්වීම
මේ පත්‍රිකාවේ දී මූලික වශයෙන් ම සලක සංවර්ධනය පිළිබඳවයි. වර්ෂ 1974 දී පිනාගැන්ග්න හා අධයාපනික පුස්තකාල පිළිබඳ සමීමන්ත්‍රණයේ, ලදී. එතැන් පටන් මේ දක්ථා ම ලේසියානු ජා' ගතකරන මේ ලිපිය ගත වූ වසර කීපය මුලුල්ලේ ලද පත්‍රිකාවල ඇතුළත් කරුණු අලුත් කිරීමකූ ද
රට තුළ පුස්තකාල හා විඥාපන සේවා සංවර් විෂයෙහි ආසන්න හෝ විභවාස බලපෑමක් ඇති කළ ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ පුධාන සංවර්ධනයන ස{ සංවර්ධනයන් කියාවට නැෙවිමේදී ඒවා පුළුල් ජාති, ඒ රජයේ අනුමැතිය හා සහාය ලබා ගැනීම සඳහ
මැලේසියානු පුස්තකාල හා විඥාපන ක්ෂේ සිදු වී තිබේ. ඒවා විශේෂයෙන් ම දියුණුවන රට ලංකා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය විවෘත කිරීම නිමිත්තේ ලිපිය ඉදිරිපත් කරනු ලබන්නේ මේ හේතුව නිසා , වස් ඇරියුම් කරනු ලැබීම සැබවින් ම ගෙෂරවයකි දිනවල කොළඹ පැවැති ආසියානු හා ඔසීනියානු රට අන්තර් ජාතික සමීමන්ත්‍රණයේ දී ඉදිරිපත් කරනු කරනු ලැබේ. එම පත්‍රිකාව Sekitar ද* සම්මන්'
අමාතාපාංශ අධිකාරය
ගත වූ විසි වසර තුළ මැලේසියානු ජාතික අධිකාරය යටතේ පැවැතිණි. මෙය සමහර විට ම, කරන්නක් විය හැකි යි. තාක්ෂණය, පර්යේෂණ
· නිවාස අමාතාපාංශය, පළාත් පාලන හා පරිසර 4 අමාතාපාංශය, නිවාස හා පළාත් පාලන අමාත්‍යයා වඩාත් මෑතක දී සංස්කෘතික හා සංචාරක අමාත්‍යයා කාලය තුළ අමාත්‍යයා-ශ නාමය විටින් විට වෙනස් { පුස්තකාල අමාත්‍යයා•ශ අධිකාරයේ කොටසක් වි ක්‍රිඩා අමාතාපාංශය යටතට පත් වූයේ 1982 දී ය
නව ඇමතිවරුන්, නියෝජනය මහ ලේකම්වරුන් හා වෙනත් අමාතාපාංශ නිරතුරුවම සිදුවුවත් මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලය සංස්ක වූවක බව පෙනේ. මේ නිසා බොහෝ දෑ සාක්ෂි යුතු කරුණක් නම් මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලය සංස්කෘති එය සමාජ අංශයෙන් ආර්ථික අංශයට ගමන් කෙ මෙය වැදගත් ද, සමස්ත සැපයුම් දියුණු කිරීමට හේ
108
à ජාතික සංවර්ධනය ලේ හිටපු අධ්‍යක්ෂ ජෙනරාල් කේ. විජයසූරිය
· බැලෙන්නේ මැලේසියානු ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ හි පවත්වන ලද මැලේසියානු හා සිංගප්පූරු ජ.තික 3 දී කතුවරයා විසින් පත්‍රිකාවක් ඉදිරිපත් කරන තික පුස්තකාලයේ හටගත් සංවර්ධනයන් වාර්තා මේ ලිපිය අළලා ඔහු විසින් ප්‍රකාශයට පමුණුවන සිදු කරයි.
ධනයත්, තදනන්තරව සමස්ත ජාතික සංවර්ධනයත් ; හැකි සංවර්ධනයන් ඇසුරින් මෙහිදී මැලේසියානු ටීකා බැලේ. පුස්තකාල හා විඥාපන අංශයේ ක අවශයතාවන් හා සම්බන්ධ කොට ගත යුතු වේ.
3 (3 -
ජෝත්‍රයෙහි ලා වැදගත් සංවර්ධනයන් ගණනාවක් වල පුළුල් සැලකිල්ලට ගෝචර විය හැකි ය. ශ්‍රී · කන් පළ කරනු ලබන අනුස්මරණ කලාපයට මේ ය. අනුස්මරණ කලාපයට ලිපියක් ඉදිරිපත් කරනු 3. වර්ෂ 1985 වර්ෂයේ නොවැම්බර් 18-23 යන )වල ජාතික පුස්තකාල අධාපකෂවරුන්ගේ තුන්වැනි ලැබූ පත්‍රිකාව කෙරෙහි ද මෙහි දී අවධානය යොමු Gණ පත්‍රිකා එකතුවෙහි* ලබා ද පළ වී තිබේ.
ක පුස්තකාලය කලින් කලට විවිධ අමාත්‍යයාගෙවල (.ජා. පුස්තකාලය සංවර්ධනය වූ පරිසරය පෙන්නුම්
හා පළාත් පාලන අමාතාපාංශ, පළාත් පාලන හා අමාතාපාංශය, පළාත් පාලන හා පෙඩරල් පුදේශ, |•ශය, සංස්කෘතික තරුණ හා ක්‍රිඩා අමාතාන්‍යාශය, nශය ආදිය මේ අමාතාපාංශවලට ඇතුළත් වේ. මේ වුවත් පළාත් පාලන අමාතාපාංශය හැමවිට ම ජාතික ය. මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලය සංස්කෘතික, තරුණ හා
.
ඇමතිවරුන්, පාර්ලිමේන්තු ලේකම්වරුන්" නිලධාරීන්ට ගැළපෙන පරිදි සකස්වන්නට කතෘතික අමාත්‍යා-ශය යටතට පත්වීම තර්කාන්විත 10ත් කර ගත හැකි වී තිබේ. මෙහි දී පෙනවා දිය හික හා සංචාරක අමාන්‍යතා•ශය යටතට පත්වීම යනු හාට ඇති බවට සලකුණක් සේ පෙනී යා හැකි බවයි. ඒතුවේ ද යන්න පැවසීම දුෂ්කර ය. ආර්ථික අංශයට
Page 123
සම්බන්ධ ආයතන, සාමානාපයෙන් ජාතික ආදාය හොත් ආදායම් උත්පාදක විය යුතු යැයි අපේක්ෂා ඉපයීමේ කිසියම් හැකියාවක් ඇතත් දැනට බොහෝ
අමාතයා•ශත්, නිතර නිතරම ඇමතිවරු අඛණඩතාව බිඳ වැටීමට හේතුවක් වූයේ නැත. ජාතික සංස්කෘතිය', 'ක්‍රිඩා', 'සංචාරක වායාපාරය' අ අවධානයම පාහේ යොමු කොට සිටි නමුත් පෙ පුස්තකාලයේ හෝ මැලේසියානු රාජාව තුළ පිහිටී ද අයුරින් බලපා නැත.
එක් එක් අමාතාවරයාගේ අධිකාරය යටත යන්න අමාතාපාංශ කාර්යය පනතේ (1969 අංක 02 පනතේ (P.U.) (A) 186) දැක්වේ. මින් දෙවැන්න 68e5). Dðas 1986 & P.U. (A) 462 Sć3zsi coe. අතරට 'පුස්තකාල කටයුතු' පිළිබඳ විෂයත්, 197 සංරක්ෂණ පනතේ අයත් කොට ඇත. 1987 හි P.U වරයාගේ (දැනට් මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලය පවත්න්නේ ( අතරට 'පුස්තකාල කටයුතු' පිළිබඳ විෂයත්, 197, ද්‍රවාස තැන්පතු පනතත් අයත් කොට තිබේ.
1972 හි ජාතික පුස්තකාල පනත හා 1987 ජාතික පුස්තකාලයට ජාතික වගකීමක් පවරා අ පුස්තකාලයට නියමිත කරන ලද කායයීයන් පිළී සම්බන්ධව සමස්ත වගකීමක් ඇතැයි සැලකීම තර් ගත යුතු කරුණක් නම් ''අධායාපන' විෂය පිළිබඳව විද්‍යායතන, පාසල් හා ඒවායේ පිහිටි පුස්තකාල සංවර්ධනය හා උන්නතිය විෂයෙහි ලා මැ.ජ . පුස්ත සේවාවන'රාජා කටයුත්තක්' වන හෙයින් පෙඩරල් බවද කිව යුතු ය.
මේ තත්වයන් යටතේ, රට තුළ පුස්තකාල { කටයුතු කරීමේ දී වඩාත් සංවේදීව හා සුක්ෂ්මව ස්වා! සිදුවේ.
ඓතිහාසික පර්යාලෝකය
මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලයේ සමාරම්භය 1966 හි ජා පුස්තකාල සේවා ඒකකය දක්වා ඈතට දිවෙයි. වර් පිළිබඳ පෙඩරල් දෙපාර්තමේන්තුවේ ආයතනික අං ලදී. سبی
1972 හි මැයි මාසයේ දී ජාතික පුස්තකාල
පුස්තකාලයේ අරමුණු හා කායයීයන් ස්ථාපිත කර: ජාතික රාජාස ලේඛනාගාරයෙන් වෙන් කොට $ බවට් පත් කරන ලදී. මේ සංවර්ධනය මැ.ජා. කරන ලද්දක් වන අතර 1974 හි පවත්වන ලද පුස්තකාල පිළිබඳ සම්මන්ත්‍රණයේදී ඉදිරිපත් කර වේගවත් කොට තිබේ.
}ට දායක විය යුතුයැයි, වෙනත් වචනවලින් කිව කැරේ. එහෙත් මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලය ඊට ආදායම් | සම්පත් අපේක්ෂා කරන ආයතනයකි.
|ත්* වෙනස් වුවත් එය ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ
බොහෝ අමාත්‍යයා•ශ 'නිවාස', 'පළාත් පාලන' දීකඩිනට් ප්‍රශේනප්ල බර කරට ගෙන ඒ ගැන මුලු දුවේ ගෙන) බලන කලේහි මේ වෙනස්කම් ජාතික හජන පුස්තකාල සංවර්ධනයෙහි ලා හෝ හානිකර
ව පත්වන විෂය හෝ දෙපාර්තමේන්තු මොනවාද : දරණ පනත) හා පෙඩරල් රජයේ ඇමතිවරු ආඥා 1979 පටන් වාර ගණනාවක් සංශෝධනය කොට කෘතික, තරුණ හා ක්‍රිඩා ඇමතිවරයාගේ වගකීම් 2 හි ජාතික පුස්තකාල පනතත්, 1966 හි ග්‍රන්ථ, I. (A) 317 මගීන් සංස්කෘතික හා සංචාරක ඇමති 2ම් අමාතාන්‍යාවරයාගේ අධිකාරය යටිතේ ය) වගකීම් } හි ජාතික පුස්තකාල පනතත්, 1986 පුස්තකාල
හි ජාතික පුස්තකාල (සංශෝධන) පනත මගින් ඇති හෙයින්, අඩු තරමින් පනත විසින් ජාතික බඳ සන්දර්භය තුළවත් ඇමතිවරයාට් පුස්තකාල කානු කූලය. කෙසේ වෙතත් මෙහි දී සැලකිල්ලට වගකීම දරණ අධායාපන ඇමතිවරයා විශේව විදාපාල, ගැන ද වගකියන බවය. මහජන පුස්තකාලවල yකාලයට වගකීමක් පැවරී ඇතත් මහජන පුස්තකාල ; ඇමතිවරයාගේ සාජු වගකීම් යටතට නොවැටෙන
සංවර්ධන කටයුතු හා ඒවාට අදාළ ප්‍රශේන පිළිබඳව කීය කායයීයන් ඉටු කරන්නට මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලයට
තික රාජා ලේඛනාගාරයෙහි පිහිටුවන ලද ජාතික ෂ 1971 දී රාජාස ලේඛනාගාර හා ජාතික පුස්තකාලය ගයක් ලෙස මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලය විධිමත්ව පිහිටුවන
පනත සම්මත කරන ලද අතර ඉන් මැ.ජා. වූ ලැබිණි. 1977 ජනවාරියේ දී මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලය |ළුමනින්ම වෙනත් පෙඩරල් දෙපාර්තමේන්තුවක් පුස්තකාලය පිහිටුවන ලද කාලයේම අපේක්ෂා වැලේසියානු හා සිංගප්පූරු ජාතික හා අධායාපනික න ලද කාර්ය පත්‍රිකාවකින් කතුවරයා එය වඩාත්
109
Page 124
**iv වැනි අදියර 1976- මේ කාලපරිච්ජේදය
පුස්තකාලයෙන් මුලුමනින්ම වෙන් වී කෙළින්ම ද තුවක් බවට පත් විය යුතුයි. එමගින් පළමු හා දෙක අතර වූ දස වස තුළ දැරූ අනෙකකු හාරයේ
දස වසරකට පසු, එනම් 1987 ජනවාරි මාසයේ කැරුණු අතර එමගින් මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලයේ අරමු. ලදී. 21 වැනි සියවසට ළඟාවන කල්හි තමනට ම නීතිමය සැලැස්මක් දැන් ඊට ඇත. මැ.ජා. පුස්තක පටන් ගැනුණකි. පළමු වසර හයේ දී එනම් 1966– සැදුම් ලද්දේ 1966 හි ග්‍රන්ථ සංරක්ෂණ පනත යට පනත 1986 හි පුස්තකාල ද්‍රවාස තැන්පතු පනතින් සඳහා මුදල් වෙන් කැරුණේ 1972 පටන් ය. එසේ ලද්දේ අල්ප මුදල් ප්‍රමාණයකි. මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාල හෝ කලින් ගොඩන් •වා තිබූ එකතු උරුම කර ගෙන බලන විට එය බොහෝ ආසියාන් (ASEA වෙනස් ය. එම පුසතකාලවලින් වැඩි හරියක් වර් ඈත කලක පටන් ඇරඹුණු පුස්තකාල හා පුස්තක හා පිලිපීනය මෙහි ලා විශේෂයෙන් සඳහන් කළ යු| පිහිටුවන ලද්දේ වර්ෂ 1980 දී වුව ද එය ආයතන ස එනම් ජාතික කෙෂ්තුකාගාර පුස්තකාලය 18 වැනි වත්මන් එකතුව 600,000 කි. (මීන් 570,000 ක් ද 40,000 ක් පමණ වේ.
සංවිධානාත්මක වායුහය
මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලයේ වර්ධනය හා සංවර්ධ වානුහයේ වෙනස්කම් යට දැක්වෙන සංවිධානාත්මක වැදගත් වෙනස්කම් විදහාපානු වස් 1974, 1977, 197 මක සටහන් දක්වා ඇත. අධිකාරිත්වය පිළීබඳ හී හා කායයී සාධන අයවැය ලේඛනය, නව උසස්වීම් 895 16 God).
1987 සටහනින් දැක්වෙන පරිදි වත්මන් සං තත්ත්වයක පවතීද යන්න ඉදිරියේ දී තීරණය කළ නව උසස්වීම් තනතුරු ඇති කිරීම අතාවශ)ය විය. වරුන් දෙදෙනෙකුගේ පාලනය යටතේ තැබීම එත යත්, සියලුම ක්‍රියාකාරී අංශවලින් අධ්‍යක්ෂ ජෙනරා තබන්නට එය හේතුවන බැවිනි. එහෙත් මේ නිසා ! යොමු කරන්නට අධාපක්ෂ ජෙනරාල්ට් හා නියෝජ් කියනු ලැබේ. කෙසේ වෙතත් මෙය එතරම් පුබිල කිරීම අත්‍යයාවශය විය හැකිය. -
වායවස්ථාමය විධිවිධාන
1987 හි ජනවාරියේදී පාර්ලිමේන්තුව විසින් 6678 සමීමත කරන ලදී. එතෙක් පුධාන පනත මේ යටතේ දැක්වුණු ජාතීක පුස්තකාලයේ අරමුණු හා ජෑ කැරිණි.
10
ආරම්භයේ දී පටන් ම මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලය ජාතික මාතාපාංශය යටතේ පිහිටි ස්වාධීන දෙපාර්තමේන් දෙවැනි මැලේසියානු සැලසුම් කාලපරිච්ජෙද හිඳීමේ තත්වයෙන් මිදිය යුතුය.*'' ය දී ජාතික පුස්තකාල (සංශෝධන) පනත සම්මත රාණ හා කාර්යයන් මුළුමනින්ම සංශෝධනය කරන ඒ සඳහා සූදානම් ව ය හැකි පරිදි ප්‍රමාණවත් පුළුල් xකාලය වචනයේ පරිසමාප්ත අර්ථයෙන් ම මුල සිට 1971 අතර කාලයේ දී එහී සුළු එකතුව මුළුමනින්ම තේ අයත් කර ගත් පුස්තකාල ද්‍රවාසවලිනි. මේ නිෂ්පුහා කැරිණි. පුස්තකාල ද්‍රවාස මිලදී ගැනීම ගත් වසර ගණනාවක් ගතවන තුරුත් වෙන් කරන ×ය කලින් පැවැති පුස්තකාල ඒකායාද්ධ කිරීමෙන් ගැනීමෙන් හෝ බිහිවූවක් නොවේ. මේ අතින්, (N) රටවල ජාතියක පුස්තකාලවල්ට හාත්පසින්ම ධනය වූයේ විසි වැනි සියවසේ මුල් භාගය තරම් කාල එකතු ඇසුරිනි. සිංගප්පූරුව, තායිලන්තය, තුය. ඉන්දුනීසියානු ජාතික පුස්තකාලය විධිමක්ව තරක් ඒකාබද්ධ කිරීමේ ප්‍රතිඵලයකි. මින් එකක්, § සියවසේදී බිහි වූවකි. මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලයේ පමණ ග්‍රන්ථය). වාර්ෂික වර්ධන වේගය කලාප
}නය පිළිබිඹු කරන්නා වූ එහි සංවිධානාත්මක, ක සටහන් වලින් මැනවින් නිරූපිතය. වයුහයේ 8, 1981, 1985 හා 1987 යන වර්ෂවල සංවිධානාත් සීමා, අධීක්ෂණ කායයීයක්ෂමතාව, වැඩ සටහන් තනතුරු ඇති කිරීම මත මේ වෙනස්කම් කඩිනම්
•විධාන වයුහය 1985 පැවති වයුහයට වඩා ඉහළ යුත්තකි. සමහර අංශ කොටස්වල කැඩීම නිසා කෙසේ වෙතත් අංශ දොළසම කෙළින් ම අධාක්ෂ රම් පුළුඳගොjචර නොවන බවක් පෙනේ. මන්ද ල් හා නියෝජ්‍ය අධ්‍යක්ෂ ජෙනරාල් වෙන්කොට ප්‍රතිපත්ති පිළිබඳ පුළුල් කරුණු කෙරෙහි අවධානය නිසා අධාපක්ෂ ජෙනරාල්ට නිදහස ලැබෙනු ඇතැයි තර්කයක් නොවේ. වපුහයේ ඇතැම් වෙනස්කම්
ජාතික පුස්තකාල ස (සංශෝධන) පනත" අංක ලෙස බලපැවැත්වූ 1972 ජාතික පුස්තකාල පනත කායයීයන් පිළිබඳ කොටස් මෙහිලා සංශෝධනය
Page 125
ܣܣܼܡ ܒܩܙܗ
eso.56s25
1972
обезGo
ܡܪܝ
සටහන්
kosaekodha adalaminea
Odagacy
Sède gefs
25osen ീായ്ച് gns)»DSs also
Page 126
gas
dlocaleo
g్కపళ §විය
مهمه
Aode
-nuom26 georoadox (eads&e opeeds)
అలికి eeece ملاقة تک ہمتعg;
ஈஜூகிகe
78
de Beataxeg
Ni coedwod ac
r
tasa Oefendsch
- Otosa36. exszes
bacts) to s»ás gefið Soeg scege 398g5) an.0Dea glease
981 eefada ahaomnesibi
pada odode
ʻv Okanda
Dass4alands
Osedangeal -,
Page 127
కార్డూ
rzali
Bes
లక్షా! 戈
s හුව%රාරු 1
Deeda
ulo asog
Sinoé Ada (Urboog onbep
sمیf ග්‍රන්ථ 0 DS *obooks || Ds || || Seeds c gedoo . . ܗܼܿ ܕܣ
అతిeఇలి
Page 128
ජාතික පුස්තකාල (සංශෝධන) පනත ය.
තිබේ.
(l)
(2)
(3)
වත්මන් හා මතු පරපුරෙහි ප්‍රයෝජනය ද ඇති 2S38).
දේශයෙහි මෙන්ම විදේශයන්හිදී ද ලබා ! දෙනටම පහසුවෙන් පිවිසීමට ඉඩ සැලැස්වී
පුස්තකාලවලට අදාළ කරුණු සම්බන්ධයේ
అలిలి భరత్తిళ C3C (9.30 అCh2), రిదిదో
ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ කායයීයන් පනත්න් නියම (
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
4
පුස්තකාලවලට අදාල සියලුම කරුණු හා පිළිබඳව ජාතික ප්‍රතිපතතියෙහි ලා ඇම
පුස්තකාල සංවර්ධනය හා ජාතික සැලැස්
ජාතියේ බුද්ධිමය, සාහිත්යික හා සංස්කෘති පුළුල් ජාතික එකතුවක් මෙන්ම මිනිස් වර් නියෝජනීය ජාතික එකතුවක් ගොඩනැc
පුස්තකාලය තුළ
(1) ලබාගත් පුස්තකාල සම්පත් ගබඩා මධ්‍යස්ථ නායක් ගොඩනැෙවීම.
(2) ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ විද්‍යාත්මක ජාල පද්ධති කිරීමට හා ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ විද්‍යායාත්ම විද්‍යායාත්ම - මධ }ස්ථානයත් පිහිටුවීම
(3) ම ලේ අත් පිටපත් ප්‍රතිග්‍රහණය පුදේ පිටපත් ජාතික මධාසස්ථ.නයක් සේ
විමර්ෂන, විඥාපන, නිර්දේශක, පුතිරූපද්
(1) ජාතික තොරතුරු පද්ධතියේ ජාතික (2) ජාති යා හා විශේව පුකාශන සුලභවතු හුවමාරුව හා බැහැරදීම පිණිස { පුස්තකාලය තුළ පහසුකම් සැපයිම
ජාතියේ පුස්තකාල සම්පත් භාවිතය හා සංව
ජාති.. ) සැපයුම් පුමිතීවලට අනුකූලව දේශ පහසුකරවීම හා එහි උන්නතිය සැලැස්වී
ජාතික සැපයුම් පුමිතිවලට අනුව විශේ උන්නතිය සදල(ස්වීම.
}තේ ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ අරමුණු මෙසේ දක්වා
ඳහා පුස්තකාල සම්පත් පිළිබද ජාතික එකතුවක්
'ත හැකි පුස්තකාල සම්පත් වෙත රටෙහි හැම
9
න් නායකත්වය සැපයීම.
ෂ ජෙනරාල්ගේ කායයීයන් වශයෙන් මැලේසියානු }කොට තිබේ. ඒවා සමීපූර්ණයෙන්ම පහත දැක්වේ.
පුස්තකාලවලට සම්බන්ධ සියලුම වෙනත් කරුණු තිවරයාට උපදෙස් දීමට.
මෙහි ලා උපදෙස් දීම හා සහායවීම.
ක උරුමය පිළිබිඹු කරන පුස්තකාල සම්පත් පිළිබඳ iගයාගේ සමුච්චිත දැනුම හා නුවණ පිළිබිඹු කරන වීම හා නඩත්තු කිරීම.
කිරීම හා සංරක්ෂණය සඳහා ජාතික තැන්පතු
$ය, ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ විද්‍යායාත්මක දත්ත පදනම නඩත්තු ක හා පුලේඛන සේවා සැපයීමට ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ, ).
ලේඛන කරණය හා භාවිතය සඳහා 'මැලේ අත් ගොඩ නැඟවීම.
pණ හා බැහැරදීමේ පහසුකම් සැපයීම.
ක කේන්ද්‍රස්ථානය ලෙස
කාව වර්ධනය කරනු සඳහා පුස්තකාල සම්පත් ජාතික මධාසස්ථානයක් ලෙස කියා කිරීම සඳහා
ර්ධනය සම්බන්ධීකරණය හා උන්නතිය සැලැස්වීම.
වායාප්ත මහජන පුස්තකාල සේවාවක් ගොඩනැඟවීම }ම.
ෂ පුස්තකාල ජාල පද්ධතියක් ගොඩනැඟවීම හා
Page 129
(10) පුස්තකාල අතර සම්පත් බෙදා හදා ගැනීම: කරවීම හා උන්නතිය සැලැස්වීම.
(11) පුස්තකාලවලට අදාළ කරුණු පිළිබඳ පර්යේa
කටයුතු භාර ගැනීම.
(12) පුස්තකාල කරුණු පිළිබඳව වෘත්තීය ඥානය
(13) කියැවීමේ පුරුද්ද වගාකරවීම සඳහා පහසු
(14) , මැලේසියානු භාෂාවෙහි සංවර්ධනය හා භා අදාළ ආයතන සමග සහයෝගයෙන් කටද
(15) පුස්තකාල සංවර්ධනය උදෙසා ජාතික හා , ආයතන සමග සහයෝගයෙන් කටයුතු කී
(16) පුස්තකාලයේ කොටසක් බවට පත්වන්න. වෙනත් අයුරකින් අභිමත සේ කටයුතු කි
(17) 3 වැනි කොටසේ ලා දක්වන ලද අරමුණු ස
කටයුතු කීරීම.
මෙසේ කාර්ය භාරය අතින් ගෙන බලන විට ජාතික වගකීමක් බව පැහැදිලි ය. පුමුඛතාවය දි සමීපත් කෙරෙහි අවධානය යොමු කරමින් මෙම පිළියෙළ කොට තිබේ.
වර්ෂ 1986 හි දෙසැම්බර් මාසයේ දී 1966 හි විසින් 1986 හි අංක 331 දරණ පුස්තකාල ද්‍රවාද්‍ය තැන් විසින් මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලය එකම නීතිමය තැන්පතු පනත අනුව පිහිටුවන ලද අනෙකුත් තැන්පතු මධන්‍ය නව පනත යටතේ මුද්‍රිත ද්‍රව්‍යවල පිටපත් 5 ක්ද පළ එනම් ටේප් පට, විත්‍රපට ආදියේ පිටපත් 2 ක්ද ඡා මින් දෙවැන්න සඳහා පු.ඊගාශකයන්ට මුදල් ඉල්ලා මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලය මැලේසියාවේ සයින්ස් විශේව දී දෙක සමඟ ගිවිසුම් ඇති යොට ගෙන තිබේ. මේ තැන්පතු මධ්‍යස්ථාන ලෙස කටයුතු කරනු ඇත. මෙම දුරස්ථ ආයතනවල තැන්පත් කරනු ලැබේ ප්‍රදේශයේ පිහිටි ජාතික පුස්තකාලයට කිසියම් ආ වශයෙනි. දැනට වත්මන් විසරිත තැන්පතු මධා: ස් පුවත්පත්, මාලික පු රාශන ආදී ඇතැම් පුකාශන මධාසස්ථාන නම් කිරීමට ඉඩ තිබේ. මෙසේ නම් : පිළිබඳව සීමාවන් පනත විසින් පනවා නොමැ
ඒ ජාතික හා ජාත්‍යන්තර සහයෝගිතාවන් පහසු
ණ සඳහා පහසුකම් සැලැස්වීම හා එබඳු පර්යේෂණ
| වැඩි දියුණු කරනු වස් පුහුණුව සපයාදීම.
කම් සැලැස්වීම හා එහි දියුණුවට කටයුතු කිරීම.
විතය නංවනු සඳහාත් වැඩි දියුණු කරනු සඳහාත් Şතු කිරීම.
අන්තර් ජාතික මට්ටමින් වෘත්තීයමය හා වෙනත් 3රීම.
) වූ පුස්තකාල සම්පත් බැහැරදීම, විකිණීම හෝ රීම.
àක්ෂාත් කර ගනු සඳහා අවශෝස යැයි tooos) qe
) මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලයට පැවැරී ඇත්තේ ඉතා පෘථුල |ය යුතු අංශ හා ඉලක්ක සපුරා ගැනීමට අවශ්‍ය
· කායයීයන් ක්‍රියාත්මක කිරීමේ සැලැස්මක් දැන්
ග්‍රන්ථ සංරක්ෂණ පනත වෙනුවට පාර්ලිමේන්තුව නිපතු පනත සම්මත කරන ලදී. මෙම නව පනත මධ්‍යස්ථානය ලෙස නම් කරනු ලැබ ඇත. පැරැණි ස්ථාන අටෙහි වරපුසාද ද මෙයින් අත්හිටුවා තිබේ. මු වරට පුකාශයට පත් වූ පොත් නොවන ද්‍රවාසවල තික පුස්තකාලයේ තැන්පතුව සඳහා එවිය යුතුය. සිටිය හැකිය. එසේම පනතේ විධි විධාන අනුව jදායාලය හා සභා මධ්‍යම පුස්තකාලය යන ආයතන අනුව මෙම ආයතන මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලයේ විසරිත ජාතික පුස්තකාලයට ලැබෙන පිටපත් 5 න් 2 ක් ). මෙසේ කරනු ලබන්නේ පෙඩරල් අගනුවර, පදාවක් පැමිණියහොත් ඊට පූර්වාරක්ෂක පියවරක් ථයනවල ගබඩා කිරීමේ ඉඩකඩ සීමා සහිත හෙයින් ස්වරූප සඳහා පමණක් වෙනත් විසරිත තැන්පතු කළ හැකි විසරිත තැන්පතු මධාසස්ථානවල සංඛායාව
S).
115
Page 130
පනතේ දක්නට ලැබෙන තවත් වැදගත් අ සංරක්ෂණයට හා භාවිතයටත්, පුමිත ග්‍රන්ථ විද්යාත්‍ය වලිය ප්‍රකාශනයටත් ඉන් පළමු වරට ඉඩ සලස්වා පමණක් මෙහි (ලො නො සෑහේ. එනිසා පනත ක. නීතිමය තැන්පතු ඒකකය අධි ශේණියේ ජෝසප්ද සම්පූර්ණ අංශයක තත්ත්වයට උසස් කොට තිබේ. අනුතර්ග්‍රහණය කර ගන්නා ලද අතර මේ නිසා පුතී ජීත් වී ඇත. කෙසේ වෙත්ත් නව අංශයට පුළුල් නිලධාරින්ගේ සහාය අවශ්‍ය වනු ඇත. මෙය කළ මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලය වෙනුවෙන් එම රාජ්‍යය තුළ පු: ෂධාසස්ථාන බවට පත් කළ යුතු වේ. මේ සඳහා දේ ගත යුතුයි.
Káa gásesadács
ජාතික විඥාපන පද්ධති (NATIS) පිළිබද යුනෙස්කෝව විසින් වර්ෂ 1974 දීය. මේ සම්: ක්‍රියාත්මක කිරීමට සාමාජික රටවලට ඇරියුට් ක සැලැස්මක් ඇති කිරීමට මඟපෙන්වීමක් ලෙස පු කරන ජාතික විඥපන ප්‍රතිපත්තීයක් සකස්කී.(මයි. කරණයන් නිසා ජාතීය විඥාපන පද්ධති (NATI: ඇතැම් අදහස් සාමාජික රටවල් විසින් ක්‍රියාත්මක
කතුවරයා විසි, ග් වර්ෂ 1981 හි මැයි 25-29 ආසියානු රටවල පුස්තකාලයාධිපතීන්ගේ පස්වැන් යුනෙස්කොව විසින් දක්වන ලද පරිදි ජාතික විඥ පුග්න කරනු ලැබිණි.
මේ දකවා නියත වශයෙන්ම ජාතික වි. සිටින්නේ රටවල් කීපයක් පමණක් බව පෙනේ. අප විසින් ගගැර දැමිය යුතු කාලය සමහර විට දැන් එළි ගෙන බලන විට අර්ථවත් පරිදි සකස් කිරීමට ත. రరిలి దారE (అచారా అవి03c5) L.cరలC5రి වීම පමණි. එක්සත් ජාතීන්ගේ ආයතන විසින් වට ජාතික ඒකීය භාවය, ස්ථාවරභාවය ආරක්ෂාව අද රටවලට තිබේ. තොරතුරු ජෙවත පූර්ණයාකාරයෙන් විටම මැනැවින් සපුරා ගත හැකී නොවේ. එහෙයි: වන්නේ අප විසින් යුනෙස්කෝව විසින් දක්වන | පුස්තකාල සඳහා ජාතික ප්‍රතපත්තයක් ගැන පිවිසීමේ නිදහස නිදහයේ තොරතුරු ගලා යන්නට අපට කිසියම් මඟ පෙන්වීමක් කළ යුතු වුවත් පළ; ජාතික අභිලාෂයන්ට හරස් නොවිය යුතුය.*
පුස්තකාල හා විඥාපන සේවා සඳහා ජාතික කිරීම මගින් සමාජයේ සියලුම කොටස්වලට නොයා ගැන ඉහළම පුමුඛතාවක් දිය යුතු යැයි යරෝක්ත
16
·ගයක් නම් තැන්පත් කරන ලද පුසතකාල ද්‍රවාස jමක වාර්තා නිර්මාණයටත්, පානික ග්‍රන්ථ නාමා තිබිමයි. කෙසේ වෙතත් ගෙනෙතික විධිවිධාන යඨියක්ෂම ආකාරයෙන් ක්‍රියාවට නැවේම සඳහා ) නිලධාරියකුගේ ප්‍රධානත්වය යටතේ පවත්නා පරිතාපාංග හා හුවමාරු ඒකකයද මේ නව අංශයට ග්‍රහණ අංශය මෙන්ම මීලදී ගන්නා අංශයක් බවට කායයී මණඩලයක සහාය වි ගේෂයෙන්ම ක්ෂේත්‍ර
නොහැකි වන්නේ නම් රාජ්‍ය මහජන පුස්තකාල කාශයට පත්වන ද්‍රව්‍ය රැස් කරන නීතිමය තැන්පතු දපක්ෂය විසින්ම ගිවිස ගත් කොන්දෙසි ඇති කර
ද සංකල්පය පළමු වරට ඉදිරිපත් කරන ලද්දේ බොන්ධ අරමුණු ගණනාවක් සලකා බැලීමට හා හැරිණි. ඉන් එක් අරමුණක් වූයේ ජාතික විඥාපන ජාවගේ සියලු කොටස්වල අවශයතාවන් පිළිබිඹු තදනන්තරව යුනෙස්කෝවේ හටගත් ප්‍රතිසංස් S) බැඩ සටහන අභාවයට ගියත් #ඉන් ජනිත වූ
· වශයෙන් ඉදිරියට ගෙන යන ලදී.
අතර කුවාලාලුම්පූර්හි පවත්වන ලද ගිනිකොනදිග නි සමුළුවේදී ඉදිරිපත් කරන ලද පත්‍රිකාවකින්ද §පන ප්‍රතිපත්තියක් සැකසීමේ හැකියාව පිළිබඳවද
සංඥාපන ප්‍රතිපත්තියක් සකස් කරන්නට සමත් වී
· ජාතික විඥාපන පුතිපත්තියක් පිළීබඳ මීථවායාව ප්‍රඹ තිබේ. මේ සංකල්පය පුතිපත්තිමය වශයෙන් රම් පුළුල් වැඩි ය. ඕනෑම කාලයක දියුණුවන අවශ්‍ය වන්නේ තොරතුරු වෙත සීමිත පරිදි ළහa හඹා ගෙන සිටන විශේව වාසාපී සංකල්පය නොවේ. දී මූලික සැලකිල්ල යොමු කළ යුතු කරුණු මේ (ඒ පිවිසීමට ඉඩහැරිමෙන් මේ අවශායාතාවන් හැම න් විශේෂයෙන් ම දියුණුවන රටවලදී වඩා යෝගාස පරිදි ජාතික විඥාපන ප්‍රතිපත්තියක් ගැන නොව x සැලකිලිමත් වීමයී. තොරතුරු වෙත ඉඩ හැරීම සැබවින් ම පුශ•සනීය අදහස් ය. ඒවා මුවත්, අවසන්වත්, හැමවිටමත් ඉදිරිපත් විය යුතු
ක පුතිපත්ති සැකසීම විශේෂයෙන්ම අවධාරණය |රතුරු වෙත පිවිසීමේ හැකියාව වැඩි දියුණු කිරීම ක සමුළුව විසින් නිර්දේශ කරනු ලැබුයේ නමුදු
Page 131
සාමාජික රටවල් මෙහි ලා කිසිදු තිරසාර කියා ම ප්‍රතිපත්තීය සඳහා අවශාප වන පුධාන යෙදවිම් තදනන්තරව එනම් 1984 හි ඔක්තෝබරයේ දී මැ. සමග පුස්තකාල හා විඥාපන සේවා පිළිබඳ ජාතී කිරීමටත් යුනෙස්කෝ උපදේශක ජෝන් ලේ ම පියවරක් තැබීම සම්බන්ධව මැලේසියාවේ පුස්තකා හිමි විය යුතු ය.
සම්මන්ත්‍රණය සංවිධානය කරන ලද්දේ හුදෙ අරමුණින් වන නිසා එහිදී කිසිදු යොjජනාවක් සt ජෝන් ලේගේ වාර්තාව ද අනෙකුත් සම්මන්ත්‍රණ ප තරුණ හා ක්‍රිඩා අමාතාපාංශයේ අනුමැතිය යටතේ ප්‍රතිපත්තියක් සැකසීමට කායයී සාධක බලකායක් වරයා ය. කායයී සnධක බලකාය වසර දෙකකින් සේවා සඳහා වන යෝජිත ජාතික ප්‍රතිපත්තිය රජයේ ජූනි මාසයේ දී පුස්තකාල හා විඥාපන සේවා සඳහා ,
පුස්තකාල හා විඥාපන සේවා සඳහා වන ජ එහි අරමුණ වන්නේ පුස්තකාල හා විඥාපන සමීප ජාතික සංවර්ධනයෙහි ලා කායයීක්ෂම අයුරින් දාද් රාශියක් සැපයීමත් ය. යෝජිත ජාතික පුතිපත්ති, මට්ටම්වලට කායයීක්ෂම පිටුබලයක් සපයන අ ප්‍රතිග්‍රහණයටද, යෝගාස සේවා සැපයීමට ද, තොර අවශ්‍ය මිනිස් බල සහාය සැපයමට ද ඉඩ සලසයි. පුතිපත්තිය ක්‍රියාවට නැෙවීමේ දී විශාල වශයෙන්
ఆరలపజజారలడం అు తG9d99
මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලය මහත් සැලකිල්ලෙන් ප් පරියන්ත්‍රණ සඳහා විශාල වශයෙන් මුදල් වැය කි නවසිය අසූ ගණන්වලදී සූක්ෂ්ම පරිගණකවල සිට් : ස්වයංක්‍රිය පද්ධති පිළිබඳව කායයී මණඩල හැකිය: පරිගණක දැනුම ද වැඩි දියුණු කරන ලද අතර, කු මාලාවලටත්, දේශන හා පුදර්ශනවලටත් සහභාගී
මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලය පරිගණකස්ථ පද්ධතිව කූමයක් සඳහා වූ නියමු වාසාපෘතියක් සමග ය. දේ යටතේ වර්ෂ 1977 හි මැලේසියාවට පැමිණි ස්ටීව: යන්තූපාඨනි සුවිකරණපට (MARCTAPES) යො ඇරඹුණකි. අඩක් යුනෙස්කෝව විසින් මූලා කර විශේව විද්‍යාපාල පුස්තකාල හා මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලය ස මැලේසියාවේ සයින්ස් සරසවියේ ඒ වන විටත් වි ලබාගැනීමට මෙහි දී තීරණය කැරීණි. මැ.ජා. පුස් සයින්ස් සරසවියේ පරිගණක පද්ධතියට සම්බන්ධ e5260 (data input sheets) p86ers as858 be). 1979 දී කියාත්මක පද්ධතියක් බවට පත්වූ මැ එවක් පටන් සයින්ස් සරසවියෙහි දී කියාවට නැ මැලේසියානු යන්ත්‍ර පාඨය සුචි දත්ත බැරකුවෙහි ආයතන හයක් ඊට දායක වී සිටින අතර, එහි වාරිම
ර්ගයක් ගත් බවක් නොපෙනේ. යෝජිත ජාතික oඳුනා ගැනීම සඳහා සමීක්ෂණයක් කිරීමටත්, %. පුස්තකාලය හා මැලේසියාවේ උතරා සරසවිය ක ප්‍රතිපත්ති ගැන සම්මන්ත්‍රණයක් සංවිධානය හතාගේ සේවාව ලබා ගැනීමෙන් මෙහි ලා මුල් ල හා විඥාපන සේවා පිළිබඳ මාරා පාසලට ප්‍රශසොව
දක් ලබා ගත හැකි ප්‍රතිපත්ති යෙදවිම් ලබාගැනීමේ වීමත් කර නොගනනා ලදී. මේ සමීබන්ධයෙන් ත්‍රිකා ද පුයෝජනවත් විය. අනතුරුව සංස්කෘතික, ක් පුස්තකාල හා විඥාපන සේවා පිළිබඳ ජාතික, ' පිහිටුවනු ලැබිණි. එහි සභාපති වූයේ ලිපි කතු සිය කායයීය නිම කළ අතර පුස්තකාල හා විඥාපන යෝ සැලකීල්ල සඳහා ඉදිරිපත් කරන ලදී. 1989 හි වන ජාතික ප්‍රතිපත්තිය රජය විසින් අනුමත කැරිණි.
ධාතික පුතිපත්තිය පැහැදිලි සංක්ෂිප්ත ලේඛනයකි. ත් සැපයීම හා ඒවායේ කූමික දියුණුවත්, සමස්ත යකවීම සඳහා අවශස පහසුකම් මෙන්ම සේවාවන් ය පැහැදිලි වශයෙන් ම විවිධ අංශ හා විවිධාභිලාෂි ;තර සමීපත් බෙදාහදා ගැනීම, සංරක්ෂණය හා තුරු පිළිබඳ ජාතික මූලයන්ගෙන් වැඩ ගැනීමට ද, මුදල් සැපයීම ගැන කෙළින් ම සඳහන් නො වුවද මුදල් අවශ්‍ය වනු ඇත.
පරිගණක කරණය දෙසට ගමන් කොට ඇති අතර, රීමෙන් වැලකී සිටී. ඒ වෙනුවට විශේෂයෙන් කුඩා පරිගණක පද්ධති දක්වා කූමයෙන් පා තබමින් ව්‍යාව වැඩි දියුණු කිරීමට පියවර ගෙන තිබේ. පොදු කායයී මණඩලයේ සෑහෙන පිරිසකට කෙටි පාඨ hවීමට අවසථා ද සලසා දෙන ලදී.
ලට සම්බන්ධ වූයේ වර්ෂ 1978 දී සභාග සුවිකරණ (මේ වාසාපෘතිය යුනෙස්කෝ උපදේශක චාරිකාවක් න් ඩබ්ලිව්. මැසිල්ගේ සාමූහික පිරිසැකසුම සඳහා දාගැනීමේ හැකියාව පිළිබඳ අධායයනයෙන් පසුව රණය කරන ලද මේ නියමු වාර්‍යාපෘතීයට සියලුම yහභාගි විය. සම්බන්ධීකරණ මධ්‍යස්ථානය වූයේ ශේව විද්‍යායාලයේ තිබූ පරිගණක පහසුකම්වල වාසිය තකාලය හෝ වෙනත් සහභාගී ආයතන කෙලින්ම
· නොවූ අතර ඔවුන් කෙළේ හුදෙක් දත්ත ආයාති లీడి. ලේසියානු යන්ත්‍ර පාඨාපසුවී ක්‍රමය (MALMARC) ගේ. " එය 1990 දී මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලයට පැවරේ. දැනට වාර්තා 360,000 ක් පමණ වේ. සාමාජික $ක වර්ධන වේගය වාර්තා 70,000 ක් පමණ වේ.
117
Page 132
මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලය සිය පුථම සූක්ෂම ප වර්ගයේ එකකි. පුවත්පත් අනුකූමණිකාකරණය * ලද වැඩ සටහනක් ඊට ඇතුළත් විය. මෙම TRS මැලේසියානු පුවත්පත් අනුක්‍රමණිකාව පළ කරනු ( යෙන් මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලයේ කටයුතු සම්පූර්ණයෙ:
රෙනු ඇත.
1984දී මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලය කුඩා පරිගණක ද්‍ර සඳහා විශාල මුදලක් වැය කරීමෙන් වැලකුණි. (beo. 8. a882)c (copsisza) Hewlett Packard පරිගණකයකට සම්බන්ධී කරන ලදී." මොඩෙම් කරන්නට මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලයට සිදු වූවත් එච්.පී. ද සටහනක් යටතේ නොමිලයේ ලබා දෙන ලදී. ජ (IDRC) Šz58eš (MINISIS) zbvez5 Guadc)); පද්ධතිය අර්ධ වාර්ෂිකව පළකරනු ලබන මැලේසිද අනුක්‍රමණිකාව බිහිකිරීම සඳහා යොදා ගනු ලැබී
මිනිසිස් උපයන්ත්‍රණ ය එව්.පී. 3000 පරිගණ නොවැම්බර් 14 සිට දෙසැම්බර් 15 තෙක් මයිකල් කටයුතු වල නිරත වූ යුනෙස්කෝ උපදේශක දූත ම වාර්තාව එනම් ජාතික පුස්තකාලය ස්වයංක්‍රිය කරණ the National Library) 1984 & 25c Ocaeozs cô වූයේ: •
(q) රටෙහි පුස්තකාල සංවරධනය පිළි විවිධාකාර කථයුතු ක්‍රියාවලදී හා ! යෝගාස දෑ තීරණ ය කිරීම.
(ආ) මතු දැක්වුණු කරුණු ක්‍රියාවට නැඟවීද
උපයන්ත්‍රණ පද්ධති හා පිරිවැය ද විකල්පවලට පහත සඳහ්න් දෑ ඇ; (1) රාජ්‍ය අංශය විසින් පිහිටුවනු
භාවිතා කිරීම.
(2) ජාතික පුස්තකාලය තුළම
(ඇ) පරියන්ත්‍රණ උපයන්ත්‍රණ සංකීර්ණ මැලේසි :ඹානු යන්ත්‍ර පාඨශාස සුචි අ කායයී හාරය ජාතික පුස්තකාලයට පරීක්ෂාකර බැලීම.
1985 හි නොවැම්බරයේ කොළඹ දී පැව, පුස්තකාල අධා'ක්ෂවරුන්ගේ තුන්වැනි ජාත්‍ය පුස්තකාලයේ ස්වයංක්‍රියකරණය පිළිබඳව තවදුරට හැකියාව ගැන කතුවරයා විසින් එහි පැමිණ සිටි යුගේ යා සමග සාකච්ඡා කරන ලදී. මෙහි පුතිඵලය වූ 13 දක්වා වූ කාලය සඳහා යුනෙස්කෝ උපදේ
8
'ගණකය මිලදී ගත්තේ 1982 දී ය. එය TRS-80 ඳහා පරිගණක වෙළෙඳ ආයතනය විසින් සකසන 80 මගින් මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලය විසින් ගෙතෙම.සිකව ගැබේ. දැනට සවිකර ඇති මහා පරිමාණ පරිගණක ක් ම කියාත්මක වූ වහාම මේ කාර්යයා ඊට පැව
න්ත්‍ර පරිහරණයට එළඹුණ ද, මෙහිදීද පරියන්ත්‍රණ මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලයට පරිතාපග වශයෙන් ලැබුණු Sales (M) Sdn Bhd á Fá35 éðeD. 8. 3000 උපකරණ හා රැහැන් සම්බන්ධතා සඳහා ගෙවීම් රිගණකයේ ප්‍රවේශ කාලය පස් අවුරුදු ආධාර වැඩ තාපාන්තර සංවර්ධීන පර්යේෂණ මධාස්ථානයෙන් උපයන්ත්‍රණයක් (Softwar) ලබා ගත් අතර මේ 3ඹානු ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ මැලේසියානු වාර සඟරා ඒණ.
·ක සඳහා යොදා ගනු ලැබීම බොහෝ දුරට 1983 ෂර්වුඩ්ගේ මෙහෙයවීම මත මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලයේ )ණඩලයේ කියාකාරිත්වයේ පුතිඵලයකි. ෂර්වුඩ් 6cs (est83, Sozocio2S3, 1984) (Automation of ) ගත හැකිවිණි. ෂර්වුඩ් විසින් විමසිය යුතු කරුණු
|ෆ්ඳ සමස්ත සැකිල්ල තුළ, ජාතික පුස්තකාලයේ සේවාවන් අධායනය කොට පරිගණකකරණයට
මේ දී භාවිතා කළ හැකි විවිධ විකල්ප පරියන්ත්‍රණ සමග ජාතික පුස්තකාලයට නිර්දේශ කිරීම මේ තුළත් විය යුතුයි.
වූ ලබන පිටස්තර මහාපරිමාණ කුඩා පරිගණක
පරිගණක යන්තූ ස්ථාපනය කිරීම.
àතාවන් කෙරෙහි අවධානය යොමු කරමින්, පද්ධතිය පිළිබඳ සම්බන්ධීකරණ මධ්‍යස්ථානයේ පවරා ගැනීමට උවමනා තාක්ෂණික අවශ්‍යතාවන්
;ත්වුණු ආසියානු හා ඔසීනියානු රටවල ජාතික න්තර සම්මන්ත්‍රණයේ දී මැලේසියානු ජාතික |ත් යුනෙස්කෝ උපදේශක සහාය ලබා ගැනීමේ නස්කෝ පොදුවිඥාපන වැඩ සටහනේ නියෝජිත |යේ නැවතත් 1986 හි නොවැම්බර් 22 සිට දෙසැ ශක සේවාවක් මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලයට ලැබීමයි.
Page 133
ඕස්ට්රේලියානු ජාතික පස්තකාලයේ කෙරී වෙ, මැලේසියානු ජාතික පුස්තකාලය ගෘහස්ථ පරිගණ Library of Malaysian: Planning for in-hous පත් විය. දූත මෙහෙයේ පුධාන අ - මුණි වූයේ ගෘහස්ථ පරිගණක පහසුකම් ස්ථාපිත කිරීම ගැන මූලික අදහස් සහිතව උපදේශකයාගේ පරික්ෂාව,
(s) දැනටත්, මත නුදුරු අනාගතයටත් ගනිමින් ජාතික පස්තකාලයේ ප{
(ආ) ජාතික පුස්තකාලය තුළ අදියරෙන් යන්තූ තේරීම පහසුක-නු සඳහා ලේඛන පිළියෙල කීරීම.
(ඇ) ඉදිරි පස් වීසර තුළදී අවශ්‍ය වන සැලකීල්ලට ගනිමින් සවිස්තරාත්
(ඈ) පුහුණු කටයුතු පිළිබඳව උපදෙස්
වෙබ් වාර්තාව මෙහි සඳහන් (අ) (ඇ), ( නොදක්වයි. ඒ වෙනුවට නිර්දේශ සාරාංශයේ
**ගaහස්ත පුස්තකාල කළමනාකරණ පද්ධ, වනු සඳහා නියමිත නිර්ණායකයක් හැකි
යුතුය.”
අනතුරුව මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලය විසින් සවිස්ත කාර්ය මණඩල සාමාජිකයන්ගෙන් සැදුම් ලත් “
1987 ğb ge4ocoe)éba)d6@c3 8 Specification l tems (Kuala Lumpur, Perpustakaan, Negar කැඳවීම සඳහා නිකුත් කරන ලදී. අනතුරුව ටෙන් කිරීම, පරීක්ෂාව හා කාර්යාස මණඩල පුහුණුව ආදි අඩු තරමින් නියමිත මොඩියුල වශයෙන් වත් 198:
1987 හී ජාතික පුස්තකාල (සංශෝධන) ප පිහිටුවීමට මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලයට ඉඩ දී ඇතත් එය ලැබිණි. කෙසේ වෙතත් මීට සූදානම් වීමක් වශයෙන් ComputerSystcm š3 yŽOɔ ebutovščio Groseso:25d8d6 එමෙන්ම මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලයේ අනාගත ජාල සේ නිර්ණායක විසින් දක්වනු ලබන තවත් කර Interconnection) රටාවට උපකාරවත් වීමව ස ජාත්‍යන්තර මට්ටමින දිරිගන්වන සුළු ඒවා වුවත් ( යනු ඇතැර් ඤ)යනු ලැබේ. කෙසේ වෙතත් යෝ රටාවෙන් එතරම් ප්‍රයෝජනයක් නොලැබෙනු ඇත තිබේ. පුස්තකාල ඡාල සේවා ඇති කි රීමට හැකිය කලින් පත්‍රිකාවක' දී ඉදිරිපත් කරනු ලැබූ තත්ත් මොන්ට්රියල්හි පැවැත්වුණු 48 වැනි 93Go (IFL මැලේසියාවේ Majallah, Perpustakaan ආයතන
බ් එහි පුධානියා විය. කෙබගේ වාර්තාව එනම්, *ණක පහසුකම් පිළිබඳ සැලසුම්කරණය (National e Computer facilities)) adas 1987 gaacoccu අතාපවශස ගෙදෙනීක කටයුතුවලට සහායවීම සඳහා න මැ.ජා. පුස්තකyකාලයට උපදෙස් සැපයීමයි. මේ" ට ලක් වූ ක?හැණු වූයේ.
* ගැලපෙන පරියන්ත්‍රණ ස්වරූපයන් සැලකි රෑලට රිගණක අවශයතා තක්සේරු කීරීම.
x අදියරට පරිගණක පහසුකම් ඇති කිරීම හා අදාළ යන්තූපිළිබඳ සම්පූර්ණ නිර්ණායක හා ටෙන්ඩර
} වෘත්තියමය තාක්ෂණික හා උපකාරක සේවීන් මක කාර්ය මණඩල අවශ්‍යතා පිළියෙළ කිරිම.
! දීම.
ඈ) ගැන කරුණු දක්වතත්, (ආ) පිළිබඳව කරුණු දී මෙසේ සඳහන් කරයි.
තියක් සැපයුම සඳහා ටෙන්ඩර කැඳවීමේදී උපකාර ඉක්මනින් ජාතික පුස්තකාලය විසින් සකස්කළ
රාත්මක නිර්ණායක පිළියෙළ කරනු සඳහා ජෝසප්ය තාක්ෂණික කමිටුවක් පත් කරන ලදී.
for Turnkey integrated Library Computer sys a Malaysia, 1987) e39dgað-e5 GD2000, Sce, co-edzoj “ඩර අගැයුම, ටෙන්ඩර පැවරුම, පද්ධතිය ස්ථාපනය ය වහ වහා සිදු කැරිණි. ගෘහස්ථ පරිගණක පද්ධතිය 9 වර්ෂය අවසාන වන විට ක්‍රියාත්මක විය යුතුය.
xනතින් ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ විද්‍යාත්මක ජාල පද්ධතියක් කියාත්මක කිරිම දෙවැනි අදියර තෙක් කල් දමනු 5 Specification for Turnkey Integrated Library ගැණක් නම් පද්ධතිය නිශේචිත වායාප්තීන්ට ඉඩ සලසන 'වා අවශසතාවන්ට සරිලන එකක් විය යුතු බවයි eta zSS e3aDiáco (OSI) Open System yමත් විය යුතු බීවයි. ඕඑස්අයි හි සංවර්ධීනයන් එය යථාර්ථයක් බවට පත්වීමට තව වසරක් දෙකක් 'ගාසා විදුලි සංදේශන අධ:වපුහයක් රහිතව ඕඑස්අය
·. මෙහි ල: මැලේසීයාවේ විශාල දියුණුවක් ඇතී වී කාවන් බෙහෙවින් වර්ධනය වී ඇති අතර මේ තත්වය වයට වඩා හාත්පසින්ම වෙනස් ය. එම පත්‍රිකාව A) මහ සමුලුවේ දී ඉදිරිපත් කැරුණකි. එය පසුව ය විසින් ප්‍රකාශයට් පත් කැරිණි.ගෘහස්ථ පරිගණක
119
Page 134
කටයුතුවල මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලය විසින් ඉතා නිවැරදි විද්‍යායාත්මක ජාල සේවාව හා ජාතික ග්‍රනථ විද්‍යාත පත්කර ගැනීමට නම් ඒ සඳහා දැන්ම ම කියාත්මක අතිශය සංකීර්ණ එකක් වන අතර ඒ සඳහා අවශඝ · අවශ්‍ය ය. සාමානාපයෙන් මසකට අඩු කලකට සීම මෙහි ලා නොසැහේ. මෙහි ල. හුදු උපදේශක වාර්: සඳහා පුමාණ Jත් මූල්‍ය ප්‍රතිපාදන ඇති කළ යුතු (
පුලේඛණ බෙදාහැරීම
1987 හි ජාතික පුස්තකාල (සංශෝධන) පනතින්
() ජාතික විඥාපන පද්ධතියේ ජාතික (2) ජාතික හා විශේව පුකාශන සුලහත
හුවමාරුවේ හා බැහැරදීමේ ජාතික ම ජාතික පුස්තකාලයට ඉඩ දී තිබේ
ජාතික ග්‍රන්ථ විද්‍යායාත්මක ජාල සේවා ඉ වෙනත් පහසුකම් හි වර්ධනයත් සමග මින් පළමුවැ දෙවැන්න බොහෝ දුරට පුලේඛන බෙදා හැරීම ඇසු පුස්තකාල පිරුළු සේවා ක්‍රමය මීට පදනම් වේ. සේවාව බොහෝ කලක් රට තුළ ක්‍රියාත්මක වූ
ජාතියේ පුස්තකාල සතු මුදිත හා වෙනත් ද්‍රවා නොහැකි නමුත් දැනට රටෙහි පවත්නා අන්තර් පුස් තිබෙන්නකි. පැහැදිලි වශයෙන්ම රටෙහි ප්‍රලේඛන යුනෙස්කෝව විසින් 1986 දී කරන ලද40 අධ්‍යයන් තක්සේරු ෙකාට තිබේ. මෙය තදනන්තර පු. ගාශ| පදනම් කොට ගෙන ම, .ජා. පුස්තකාලය විසින් 1987 ජ.තික සම්මන්ත්‍රණයක් සංවිධානය කරනු ලැබීණි. සඳහා ප්‍රකාශන බෙදාහැරීමේ ක්‍රමයක් දැන් සකසා ආ තිබේ. නව කූමයේ දී මූලික වන්නේ 'කරුණු ව
පිරුළු වැඩ පිළිවෙළට සහභාගීවන රට තුළ මේ ලියැවිල්ලට අත්සන් තබා ඇත. තෝරා ගත් , අත්සන් තබන ලද්දේ 1988 ජූනී පුස්තකාල මාසයේ ලියැවිල්ලට අත්සන් තබන ලද්දේ මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාල හා සමග එය අත්සන් කළත්, එහි ක්‍රියාත්මකතාව සැලසුම් කරන ලද්දේ මූලික වශයෙන් ම ප්‍රධාගාශන ක්‍රමය පුද්ගලයන් හා ඔවුන්ගේ අනෙක්‍යයානාප සබඳතා මුදල් ගෙවා ලබා ගත හැකි කුපන කූමයක් ද අනුමත පිරුළු වශයෙන් ලබා ගැනීම හෝ ඒවායේ සුක්ෂ්ම පහසු කරනු වස් නියමිත ඉල්ලුම් පත්‍රයක් ද සකස්කෙ; සියලුම පුග්න නො විසඳේ’. පද්ධතියේ යහපත කී නිරන්තර සංවහා ( ක් තිබිය යුතු අතර, එය සමීපස්ථව පළමුවැන්න දැනටමත් පවත්වා ඇත.
20
! ලෙස ඉහළ පුමුඛතාවක් දී තිබේ. ජාතික භ්‍රන්ථ මක දත්ත පදනම 1990 දී වත් යථාර්ථයක් බවට පියවර ගත යුතු ය. කෙසේ වෙතත් මේ කාර්යය පසුතලය හා පළපුරුද්ද සහිත පුද්ගලයකු යෙදවීම බාවන යුනෙස්කෝ උපදේශක මෙහෙවරක සහාය තාවක් පමණක් පුමාණවත් නොවේ. මේ කාර්යය
ெ
F,
කේන්ද්‍රස්ථානය ලෙස කථයුතු කිරීමටත්,
බාවය වැඩි දියුණු කරනු වස් පුස්තකාල සම්පත් ධාසස්ථානය ලෙස කටයුතුකිරීමටත් මැලේසියානු
2ලැක්ටොනික තැපෑල, ටෙලි අනුරූපිටපත් හා න්න සෑහෙන තරම් දුරට ක්‍රියාවට නැවෙනු ඇත. රින් කියාවට නැවේමට අපේක්ෂා කැරේ. අන්තර් අවිධිමත් සහයෝගීතා පදනමක් මත වුව, පිරුළු a).
3 පිළිබඳ සාමූහික සම්පත් නොසලකා හැරිය |තකාල පිරුළු කූමය බොහෝ ගැටළුවලින් ගැවසී x බෙදා හැරීමේ ක්‍රියාදාමය වැඩි දියුණු කළ යුතු වේ. නයකින් මැලේසියාවේ මේ පිළිබඳ තත්ත්වය, යට* පත් කර නු ලැබිණ. අධ්‍යයනයේ නිර්දේශ ජූලි මාසයේ දී ජාතික ප්‍රකාශන සුලභතාව පිළිබඳ
මෙම සම්මන්ත්‍රණයේ පුතිඵලයක් ලෙස දේශය ඇති අතර අදාළ අධිකාරින් විසින් අනුමත ද කොට වටහා ගැනීම පිබළිඳ ලියැවිල්ලකි''.
පිහිටි ආයතන 107 ක් සමග මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලය ආයතන විසින් නිල වශයෙන් මෙම ලියැවිල්ලට 3 දී ඇමතිවරයා අබියස ය. ඒ ඒ ආයතන මෙම ලෙය සමග පමණ ක් වුවද ඒ ඒ ආයතන ඔවුනොවුන් ට හානියක් නොපැමිණේ. මෙබඳු ලියැවිල්ලක්
• බෙදාහැරීමේ ක්‍රමය ආයතනගත කිරීමටත්, එම
· මත රඳා සිටීම හැකිතාක් දුරට අඩුකිරීමටත් ය. කොට ඇත. හැකි හැම අවස්ථාවක ම පුකාශන සේයා පට හෝ ඡායාපිටපත් ලබා ගැනීම හෝ àට තිබේ. කෙසේ වෙතත් මෙබඳු ලියැවිල්ලකින් වී වගා - ගාරිත්වය සඳහා ‘ස ගහකොගිවන ආයතන අතර | පාලනය කළ යුතු ද වේ. සංවාද සැසි මාලාවක
Page 135
ජාතික පුස්තකාල ගොඩනැගිල්ල
ජාතික පුස්තකාල ගොඩනැගිල්ල සැලසුම් කෙසතුකාගාරයට යාබදව අක්කර 6 ක භූමි භාගය වූයේ ජාතික කෙණතුකාගාරය, ජාතීක පුස්තකාල සමන්විත විශේෂිත සංස්කෘතික භූමිභාගයක් බිහි ක්‍රියාත්මක කළ නොහැකි විණි. කුවර් ලාලුම්පූර් ඉදි කිරීම සඳහා ජාතික ලේඛනාගාරයට හා ජාතී ගැනීම මීට හේතු විය.
කලින් රජයට පවරා ගනු ලැබූ ඉඩම වෙද 1978 දී ය. මෙය පුධාන වාණිජ දිස්ත්‍රික්ක සීමාවේ 1979 දී අග්‍රාමාත්‍ය දෙපාර්තමේන්තුවේ ක්‍රියාත්මක Coordination Unit) (962 e5oz$26 Seá2)2O2C තක්සේරු මිනින්දෝරුවන්, සීවිල්, වයුහාත්ම යා, සමන්විත පුද්ගලික උපදේශක කණඩායමක් ප; මීට පෙර ජාතික පුස්තකාලය පිළිබඳ සියලුම සැලසු මේන්තුවයි. ජා. පුස්තකාලය ගොඩනැගිල්ල ස වර්ග අඩි 238,000 කි. (වර්ග මීටර් 22,037) කි. ග පිළියෙළ කරනු ලබුවත් එම සැකිල්ල ඉදිකැරුම් ලද්දේ ගෘහනිර්මාණ ශිල්පීන් ටසිනි.
ජාතික පුස්තකාලය යනු පාතියේ පුස්තකා( ආයතනයකි. එහෙයින් එය පෙනුමෙන් තේජා සාම්ප්‍රදායික සංස්කෘතික අංග ලක්ෂණ පිළිබිඹු ක. ගොඩනැගිල්ලේ බාහිර පු: සාදමුඛය (External f පිළිබිඹු කරන අයුරු සැලසුම් කරන ලදී. 'තෙන්ග් සුල්තාන් රාජ්‍යය හා ජෝහෝර්-රියාවු අධිරොදා 2: වැස්මක් මෙන්ම සමාජ තත්වයේ සංකේ-1යක් ශිර්ෂ පළඳනාව ජාතියේ බුද්ධිමය, සාහිත්යික හා මෙන්ම මිනිස් දැනුම හා නුවණ ද රාශිගත කරන්න යෝගාස සලකුණක් සේ කල්පනා කරනු ලැබිණි
'තොන්ග්කොලොක්' ශීර්ෂ පළඳනාවෙන් හා පොකුණක් අඩු වශයෙන් වටකොට එක ළඟ තුනකින් සංකේතාත්මක ව නිරූපණය වේ. මේ level) සැලැස්මත්, එකිනෙක මුදුනෙන් ඉදි කරන ල තුනක් සංස්කෘතික අනනාපතාව පිළිබඳ හැඟීමක් අරමුණු තුන මෙන්ම දේශයේ පුධාන ජන වර්ග තු
නානා වර්ණ වීදුරු ගල් ඇල්ලීමෙන් තනන ලද නැමි සුවිසල් පියැසි නිසා එක් එක් 'තෙන්ග් ගේ පෙනේ. ඒවා පිරමිඩාකාර කදා ස්ඵටිකවලින් : ආලෝකමත් කැරෙන මේ එදා ස්ඵටික නසා ජීවගුණ පුකාගනය සංකේතාත්මකව නිරූපණය වේ.
කිරීම ඇරඹුණේ 1971 දී කුවාලාලුම්පූර්හි ජාතික ක් මිලට ගත් තැන් පටන් ය. එකල පැවැති අදහස |ය හා ජාතික ලේඛනාගාරය යන ආයතනවලින් කිරීම ය. කෙසේ වෙතත් මේ සැළසුමී කිසිසේත් ! නගරයේ පුධාන සැලැස්මක් යටතේ මහා මාර්ග |ක පුස්තකාලයට වෙන්කොට තිබූ ඉඩම් පවරා
ථූවට නගරයෙන් වෙනත් බිම් කඩක් ලබා දුන්නේ
· නගර මධ්‍යයේ මැනවින් පිහිටි අක්කර 5 ක බිමකී. කිරීම් සම්බන්ධිකරණ ඒකකය (Implementations Jයාපෘතිය භාරගැනීම සඳහා ගෘහනිර්මාණ ශිල්පීන්, යාන්තිය හා විදුලි ඉංජිනේරුවන් ආදීන්ගෙන් න්කරන ලදී. මෙය ඉතා වැදගත් ඉදිරි පියවරක්. යුම් භාරගෙන කටයුතු කෙළේ ප්‍රසිද්ධ වැඩ දෙපාර්ත 3ඳහා අනුමත කරන ලද සමස්ත ඉදිකැරුම් ඉඩ àහ නිර්මාණාත්මක සැලකිල්ල කතුවරයා විසින් ම පක්ෂයෙන් අර්ථ නිරූපණය කොට සකස් කරන
5. අධි:වපුහයේ මුදුන් මල්කඩ සේ ගැනෙන ජාතික න්විත මුළුමනින්ම කායයී. ත්මක එසේම ජාතියේ රන්නක් ලෙස සැලසුම් කළ යුතු විය. මේ නිසා acade) මැලේසියාවේ සාම්ප්‍රදායික ශීර්ෂ පළඳනාව 'කොහොල ක්' නම් වූ මේ ශීර්ෂ පළඳනාවට මලක්කා
·ය දක්වා ඈතට දිවෙන ඉතිහාසයක් තිබේ. හිස් ලෙස ද සැලකෙන මෙම 'තෙන්ග්යොලෙ ක්' ඨ oස්කෘතික උරුමය පිළිබිඹු කරන පුස්තකාල ද්‍රවාස කා වූ ජාතික පුස්තකාලය නියෝජනය කීරීමට ඉතා
ලබා ගත් සැලසුම් සංකල්පය භූමිදර්ශිත මිදුලක් පිහිටන සේ ගොඩ නංවන ලද එබඳු හිස් පළඳනා
· ගොඩනැගිලි ඒකක තුනෙන් බෙදු මට්ටම් Splitද විවිය මට්ටමින් හා පුමාණයෙන් යුත් හිස් පළඳනා ජනිතකරවන අතර ජාතික පස්තකාලයේ පුධාන න ද සංකේතතහොත් මකව නිරූපණය කරයි.
සාම්ප්‍රදායික 'සොන්ග්කෙත්' ලකුණින් අලංකෘත. කාලොක්' පළඳනාව අළුත් ලිලාවෙන් ඉස්මතු වී තවදුරටත් මුදුන් කොට ඇත. රාත්‍රී කාලයේ දී, àයෙන් පිරි මොළයක බැබළීමට හා ස්පන්දනාත්මක
12
Page 136
ගොඩනැගිලි සැලැස්ම අතිශය නම:ය. අනුව ඉඩකඩ පුයෝජනයට ගැනීමේ ලා බාධා හට සලසා ඇත්තේ යට දැක්වෙන කරුණුවලිනි.
(1) පොළොස් මට්ටමෙන් උඩ පිහිටි හ
ඒකීය බරක් දරා සිටීම.
(2) ගොඩනැගිල්ල පුරාම අඩි 28 ක
ගොඩනැගිල්ල සමීපූර්ණයෙන්ම වායු සමන තවදුරටත් වැඩි දියුණු කිරීමකී. සංවෘත රාක්ක ස එකතුව, පරිගණක හා ශුව්‍ය-දෘශාස පහසුකම් සහි: මුළුල්ලේ ම වායු සමීකරණය කොට තැබේ. මෙ දුම් හා තාපය හඳුනාගන්නා උපකරණවලින්ද ගො; 7 කී. විදුලි සෝපාන 5 කි. ඉන් 2 ක් කායයී ම මෙහා ගෙන යාමට ය. 2 ක් මහජනතාවට ය. උපයෝජකයන්ගේ ප්‍රයෝජනය සඳහා ය. ගොඩන් තැන්පත්කළ හැකී ය. කායයී මණඩල ධාරිතාව ඇත. මීට අතිරේකව ප්‍රධීධාන ශුවණාගාරයේ පුද්ගල පහසුකම් තිබේ. සම්පූර්ණ ධාරිතාව යටතේ ගොඩන හිල්ලේ පුද්ගලයන් 1500 කට ඉඩ සැලැ{ හට නොගන්නා පරිදි ගොඩනැගිල්ල තවදුරටත වාස කරන ලද්දේ බැහැරදීමේ පහසුකමත්, ළමා පුස්තක මෙකී වාසාප්ති කටයුතු සිදුකිරීමට ය. එහෙත් පසුව තීරණය කැරිණි. පසුපස කොටසේ ඉදිකරනු ( එක මට්ටමකින් හෝ මට්ටම් කීපයකින් ඉදි කැර කිරීම මේ ස ගැලගැස්මය. මෙය මේ ශතවර්ෂය අවස ඇත්තේ දැනට මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලයේ ඇති සම්පත් ලබා ගනු ඇති හෙයිනි. මේ ගොඩනැගිල්ල නිම : වනු ඇත. 1990 වේ මැද භාගයේ දී සම්පූර්ණ කි; වැඩ අරඹයා ඇත. මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලයේ ගොඩන වැදගත් කරුණක් සේ සැලැකුණු අතර එය එහි 2 සහාය වනු ඇත.
මහජන පුස්තකාල සංවර්ධනය
මෙහි ලා බොහෝ ජයග්‍රහණයන් අත්කෙ පාහේ මහජන පුස්තකාල සේවාවන් සපයයි. ‘ සේවා සැපයෙන්නේ රාජායා මහජන පුස්තකාල * කාලය අතර රාජ්‍ය මහජන පුස්තකාල සංස්ථා ආ සභාහි මහජන පුස්තකාල සේවා සපයනු ලබන්නේ: කටයුතු” කරන සහා රාජ්‍ය පුස්තකාලය විසිනි. පාලන ආයතනවලින් මේ සේවා සැපයේ. මැ.ජා. සංවර්ධනය කිරීම හා නඟාසිටුවීම පිළිබඳ වගකීම මුළුල්ලේ ඔහු මේ කටයුතුවල නියැලුණු අතර එහි සම්මත කර ගත හැකි විය. එසේ ම 1979 වන වී රාජාසවල රාජ්‍ය මහජන පුස්තකාල සංස්ථා ද පිහිටුව
එහෙයින් අවශයතාවන් හා භාවිතයේ වෙනස්ම්
· නො ගනී. මේ සඳහා වායුහාත්මක වශයෙන් ඉක
හැම මහලකම එක වර්ග අඩියක් රාත්තල් 150 ක
පුමිත මොඩියුලයක් අනුගමනය කිරීම.
·ය කොට ඇත. මෙය නමසතාව පිලබඳ සංකල්පය *හිත ප්‍රදේශ, මැලේ අත් පිටපත් එකතුව, සිතියම් ත පුදේශය ආදී විශේෂිත ස්ථාන විසි හතර පැය, හෙයුම හා පාලනය සඳහා 0 මධ්‍යම පද්ධීතියකින් ද, ඩනැගිල්ල සෑමන්විත ය. ගොඩනැගිල්ලේ මහල් }ණඩලයේ ප්‍රයෝජනයට හා පුස්තකාල ද්‍රව්‍ය එහා එකක් ප්‍රධාන ශ්‍රවණාගාරයට පැමීණෙන ආබාධිත නැගිල්ලේ ස්ථාවර වශයෙන් කාණඩ දශ ලක්ෂයක් 400 කි. පාඨකයන් 1000 කට ආසන පහසුකම් 'යන් 400 කට ද, ළමා රඟහලේ 100 කට ද ආසන සියලුම පහසුකම් ප්‍රයෝජන යට ගත් කල්හි සෙනු ඇත. සේවාවන්ට හා පහසුකම්වලට බාධා ව්‍යාප්ත කිරීමට ද සැලසුම් කර ඇත. මුලින් කල්පනා »ලයත් පෙඩරල් පුදේශවලට විමධාගත කීරීමෙන් ව ගොඩනැගීල්ල එම ස්ථානයේ ම වායාප්ත කිරීමට ලබන ගොඩනැගිල්ලක් පුධාන ගොඩනැගිල්ලේ ගෙරන ආවරණය කළ කොරිඩෝ මගින් සම්බන්ධ àන් විමට පෙර නිමවනු ඇත. මෙසේ කළ යුතුව නව ගොඩනැගිල්ලෙන් 60% ක පමණ ඉඩ කඩ කිරීමෙන් පසු එකතුව තවත් වේගයෙන් වර්ධනය රීමේ ඉලක්කය සහිතව දැන් නව ගොඩනැගිල්ලේ බැගිල්ල දේඛාහේ කලක් තිස්සේ මූලික වශයෙන් කායයීයන් වඩාත් කායයීයක්ෂමව ඉටු කීරීමේ ලා
කොට ගෙන තිබේ. මැල්සියාවේ හැම රාජාපයක්ම අර්ධද්වීපක මැලේසියාවේ දී මහජන පුස්තකාල සංස්ථාවන් මගිනි. මේ සංස්ථාවන් 1969-1982 |ඥාපනත්වල විධිවිධාන පරිදි පිහිටුවනු ලැබූ ඒවා ය. න් ප්‍රාදේශීය ආණඩුවේ දෙපාර්තමේන්තුවක් ලෙස සාරවක්හි නම් පු) දේශීය ආණඩුවෙන් හා පළාත් පුස්තකාලය තුළ රාජ්‍ය මහජන පුස්තකාල සේවාව ලිපි කතුවරයා විසින් භාරගන්නා ලදී. 70 දශකය * ප්‍රතිඵලයක් ලෙස මහජන පුස්තකාල ව්‍යවස්ථාව ට ජෝහෝර්* රාජ්‍යයේ හැර අනෙකුත් සියලු ම නු හැකි විය. අසූ ගණන්වලදී මැ,ජා. පුස්තකාලයේ
122
Page 137
සැලසුම් හා සංවර්ධන ශාඛාව විසින්,
නියෝජිතයන් ලෙස ස්වකීය ජෝන්‍යෂ්ඨ නිලධාරීන් නඟාසිටුවීමට යළිදු පියවර ගන්නා ලදී. රාජ්‍ය ම පත් වූ විට මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලයේ කායයීභාරය ත වාසවස්ථාවේ අන්තර්ගත වාසවස්ථාදායක ලැයිද වෙනස්කම් මගින් “පුස්තකාල' විෂය 'රාජාස
මෙය රාජ්‍ය මහජන පුස්තකාල පද්ධතිය වඩාත් ස පුස්තකාල (සංශෝධන) පනත, ජාතික පුස්තක අතරට පහත දැක්වෙන කායයීය ද නම්කොට ද
**ජාතික සැපයුම් ප්‍රමිතිවලට අනුකූලව දේශ පහසුකරවීම හා එහි උන්නතිය සැලැස්වීම.'''
පනතෙහි සඳහන් මෙකී විධිවිධාන සැල පිළිබඳව බුද්ධිමත්ව කළුයුතු කිරීමට මැ.ජා. පුස් කෙසේ වෙතත් සහයෝගීතාව හා කායයීභා කළයුතු දෑ බොහෝ ය. ලබා ගත හැකි දෑ ද මේ අනාගතය
අනාගත අවශසතාවන්ට අනුව මැ.ජා. පුස් දැනට ඉටුකරනු ලබන ඇතැම් කාර්යයන් වෙනුවට ඊට සිදුවිය හැකි ය. පෙඩරල් පුදේශයේ මහජ: Hall) පැවරීම වඩාත් කාලින බව මෙහි ලා ද සංරක්ෂණය, පුලේඛන බෙදා හැරීම, හූන්ථ විද්‍යායාත් යොමු කරන්නට මැ.ජා. පුස්තකාලයට ඉඩ ලැබේ පුස්තකාලයේ අනාගත නායකත්වයේ හැකියාව භාවයක් ද, අවශ්‍ය ය.
අනුවාදය: කැලණිය වි toớco Gecô39 (1) D. E. K. Wijasuriya. The National Librar and Academic Libraries in Malaysia and Si Edited by Lim Huck Tee and Rashida Beg (2) D. E. K. Wijasuriya. National Libraries Malaysia. Sekitar Bil. 8, Dec. 1985. p (3) Proceedings of the Third International Co and Oceania. Edited by N. Amerasingh Board, 1987. p 66 - 76. (4) Over the period 1982 - 1987, there have bee
of Culture. (5) D. E. K. Wijasuriya. The National Libra (6) The Act came into force on 15 April, 198 Gazette, Jld. 31 No. 7, 2 April 87 (P.U. ( (7) The Act came into force on 15 April, 198 Jld. 31 No. 7, 2 April 87 (P.U. (B) 184) (8) D. E. K. Wijasuriya. Access to informatio in Access to information; proceedings of Edited by D. E. K. Wijasuriya, Yip Seong V, 1982. p. 29 - 30. (9) D. E. K. Wijasuriya and Adeline Leong. Malaysia. Majalah Perpustakaan Malay (10) D. E. K. Wijasuriya. Analytical report on
1986). (11) D. E. K. Wijasuriya. National availabili
Bil. 9, 1986 p. 19 - 34. (12. The Johore Public Library Corporation I enactment was first submitted by NLM
රාජ්‍ය මහජන පුස්තකාල සංස්ථාවන්හි පත් කිරීමෙන් රාජ්‍ය මහජන පුස්තකාල සේවාව හජන පුස්තකාල පද්ධතිය මුහුකුරා ගිය තත්ත්වයට දුරටත් වෙනස් විය හැකි ය. මෑතක දී පෙඩරල් re (Legislative lists) ese62566) 25x3) Geç හැයිස්තුව” (State list) යටතට පත්කරන ලදී. වාධීන තත්ත්වයකට පත්කිරීමකි. 1987 හි ජාතික ලයේ අධ්‍යක්ෂ ජනරාල් වරයාගේ කායයීභාරයන් S8)3.
වායාප්ත මහජන පුස්තකාල සේවාවක් ගොඩනැඟාවීම
කිල්ලට ගනිමින්, ඉහත දැක්වූ නව සංවර්ධනයන් 'තකාලයට සිදුවනු ඇත. රයන් පිළිබඳ අනෝසානාප අගැයුම තුළින් තාමත් aoGeoď ce.
}තකාලය වෙනස් විය යුතු ය. සකස්විය යුතු ය. වෙනත් කායයීයන් ගැන අවධානය යොමුකරන්නට න පුස්තකාල සේවා සැපයීම නගර ශාලාවට (City ක්වීමට පිළිවන. මෙ මගින් නීතිමය තැන්පතුව, මක හා පර්යේෂණ කායයී ආදිය කෙරෙහි අවධානය බි. මේ සියල්ලටම වඩා වැදගත් වන්නේ මැ.ජා යි. දෘෂ්ටියක් තිබිය යුතුය. එසේම කෘත්‍යසාධක
ග්ව විදාපාලයේ ජෝසප්ඨ සහකාර පුස්තකාලයාධිපති
පියදාස රණසිංහ වීසිනි.
of Malaysia : problems and prospects. in National ngapore; proceedings of a PPM and LAS Conference. um. Penang, PPM and LAS, 1975. 01 -21
their role and functions with special reference to 1 - 7. nference of Directors of National Libraries in Asia e. Colombo, Sri Lanka National Library Services
six different individuals who have served as Ministers,
ry of Malaysia Op, cit. p. 4. 7 by notification in the Federal Government Gazette, 3) 183).
by notification in the Federal Government Gazette
: considerations towards national policy for libraries the Fifth Congress of Southeast Asian Librarilans. Chun and Syed Salim Agha, Kuala Lumpur, COINSAL
A preliminary approach to library networking in ia. Vol. 10: 1 - 16, 1982. locument delivery in the Asia-Pacific region. (UNESCO
y of publications : the Malaysian experience. Sekitar
nactment was passed in 1982, 4 years after the draft
123
Page 138
THE NATONAL LB
B Dr. D. E. K.
Former Director General, N
Introduction
This paper is concerned largely with of Malaysia. (NLM) It places on record m: earlier paper presented at the Conference of and Singapore held in Penang in 1974 and u over the last few years on the subject.
Major developments at NLM are se likely to have an immediate or potential i information services within the country and c. In effecting developments within the library relate to broader national considerations in and Support.
There have been a number of significan field in Malaysia that may be of wider intere It is for this reason that this pape in the Commemorative volume in conjunction Library. It is indeed a signal honour to be Publication.
Attention is also drawn to the pap International Conference of Directors of Nati 18 - 23 November 1985 which was subsequ proceedings of the conference.
Ministerial Portfolio
Over the last 20 years, NLM has been different Ministerial portfolios which is pos NLM was developed. These Ministries incl and Local Government, the Ministry of Lo of Local Government and Environment, th Federal Territory, the Ministry of Housing Culture, Youth and Sport and more recent Although the name of the Ministry has chal always been part of the Ministerial portfolio. under the Ministry of Culture, Youth and
(1) D. E. K. Wijasuriya. The National Library c and Academic Libraries in Malaysia and Sing Edited by Lim Huck Tee and Rashida Begun
ARY OF MALAYSIA
Wijasuriya tional Library of Malaysia.
the development of the National Library jor developments at NLM since the writer's lational and Academic Libraries in Malaysia dates recent papers by the writer published
en largely in the context of developments npact on the development of library and onsequently on overall national development. and information sector, there is a need to order to obtain Government endorsement
: developments in the library and information st especially within the developing countries. r has been submitted for publication with the opening of the Sri Lanka National invited to contribute to the Commemorative
er by the writer presented at the Third onal Libraries in Asia and Oceania, Colombo ently published in Sekitar as well as in the
placed at various times under a number of sibly reflective of the environment in which uded the Ministry of Technology, Research al Government and Housing, the Ministry e Ministry of Local Government and the and Local Government, the Ministry of ly, the Ministry of Culture and Tourism. ged over the years, Local Government has
It was only in 1982 that NLM was placed Sport.
Malaysia : problems and prospects. in National pore; proceedings of a PPM and LAS Conference.
Penang, PPM and LAS, 1975. p. 1 - 21
124
Page 139
The placement of NLM under the M. one and much has been achieved as a resul Ministers, Deputy Ministers, Parliamentar Ministry officials. It must be pointed out, the Ministry of Culture and Tourism may a the social to the economic sector. Whether overall provisions, it is difficult to say. A expected to contribute to the national coff NLM on the other hand is likely to be time although it does have some potential
While, the frequent changes of Mini and the even more frequent changes of Mini they have, on the whole, not adversely affecte within the States of Malaysia although mo pressing issues which have taken up much “local government”, “national culture', 'spo
Ministerial portfolios which compris the purview of a particular Minister are pro (Act 2 of 1969) and the Ministers of the Fe latter having been revised on numerous occ 1979. In P.U. (A) 462 of 1986, the Minist with the responsibility, among others, forth Act, 1972 and Preservation of Books Act, 19 of Culture and Tourism (under whose portfo with the responsibility, among others, for " and “Deposit of Library Material Act, 1986
Since the National Library Act, 1972 an have vested the National Library with a natio the Minister has overall responsibility for lib of NLM as specified in the Act. In doing that the Minister of Education has a portfol w.ich covers educational institutions such a facilities within them such as Libraries. It is Library services are a 'State matter' and thi of Federal Minister although NLM does the Act to promote and facilitate their de
(2) D. E. K. Wijasuriya. National Libraries:
Malaysia. Sekitar Bil. 8, Dec. 1985. p 1 -
(3) Proceedings of the Third International Conf
and Oceania. Edited by N. Amerasinghe. Board, 1987, p 66-76.
(4) Over the period 1982 - 1987, there have been s
of Culture.
histry of Culture seems to have been a logical despite the constant need to adjust to new Secretaries, Secretary Generals and other. t this juncture that NLM's placement under pear to indicate that NLM has moved from nis is significant and whether this will improve encies in the economic sector are normally rs, in other words, to be income-generating.
more resource-demanding at the present or revenue earning.
try under which NLM has been emplaced ster' has resulted in some loss of continuity, d the development of NLM or public libraries st of the Ministries have been burdened by of their attention - for example "housing', rts' or "tourism'.
2 the Subjects or Departments falling under vided for under the Ministerial Functions Act deral Government Order (P.U. (A) 186), the asions - in fact nearly a dozen times since 2r of Culture, Youth and Sport was charged Le subject "library matters', 'National Library 66. In P.U. (A) 317 of 1987, the Minister lio NLM is currently emplaced) was charged
ibrary matters', 'National Library Act 1972' .
d the National Library (Amendment) Act, 1987 nal remit, it would be logical to assume that raries at least in th: context of the functions so however, it is necessary to bear in mind io responsibility for the subject 'Education' s Universities, Colleges and Schools and the ; also necessary to bear in mind that Public refore do not fall under the direct purview lave a responsibility under the provisions of elopment.
heir role and functions with special reference to 7.
rence of Directors of National Libraries in Asia Colombo, Sri Lanka National Library Services
x different individuals who have served as Ministers
25
Page 140
Consequent upon all this, NLM in ex and has to act with sensitivity in dealing with libraries within the country.
Historical perspective
NLM traces its origin to the National within the National Archives in 1966. In institutional component of the Federal Depa
In May 1972, the National Library Act w and functions of NLM.
In January, 1977 NLM was separated as an entirely separate Federal Department time NLM was established and was given furt presented at the Conference on National a Singapore in 1974.
Phase IV 1976 - The National Librar this period should be completely separ accorded its own independent departme ending thereby a ten-year period of tu Malaysia Plan Periods."
Ten years later, in January 1987 the N in which the objectives and functions of NLN been given a legislative framework broad eno Century. NLM was developed from scratic six years, that is from 1966-1971, its modest col received under provisions of the Preservation Deposit of Library Material Act, 1986. Allo only began after 1972 and for many years pr based on the amalgamation of previously collections previously built up. In this sen libraries of many of the ASEAN countries, and library collections that can be traced bacl This is particularly true of Singapore, Thaila Library of Indonesia, although only formally of four institutions, one of which, namely t back to the Eighteenth Century. NLM c. (inclusive of nearly 570,000 monographs) w
per year.
(5) D. E. K. Wijasuriya. The National Library
126
:rcising its functions has to tread delicately issues or in promoting the development of
library Services Unit which was established 971 NLM was formally established as an tment of Archives and National Library.
as passed, in which was set out the objectives
from the National Archives and established
This development was envisaged at the her impetus by the writer in a working paper 1nd Academic Libraries in Malaysia and
y of Malaysia from the beginning of ated from the National Archives and ntal status directly under the Ministry, telage spanning the First and Second
ational Library (Amendment) Act was passed M were completely revised. NLM has now ugh to equip itself as it approaches the 21st h in every sense of the word. In its first lections consisted entirely of library material
of Books Act, 1966 now superceded by the cations for the purchase of library materials ovisions were very modest. NLM was not stablished libraries nor did it inherit any se, it contrasted greatly with the national most of whom developed from the libraries to the early years of the Twentieth Century. nd and the Philippines. Even the National stablished in 1980, was the result of a merger he Central Museum Library can be traced lections today stand at just over 600,000 ith a growth rate of about 40,000 volumes
of Malaysia Op. cit. p. 4.
Page 141
Organizational structure
Changes in the organizational struc development are best illustrated by the follo for the year 1974, 1977, 1978, 1981, 1985 an significant changes in the structure. These of considerations including lines of author and performance budgeting as well as the posts.
Whether the current organization st superior to the structure in 1985 remains to posts necessitated the splitting of some divi divisions directly under the control of two ( it tends to isolate the Director General and I aspects. Although this it is argued will fre General to concentrate on broader matters Some review of the structure may be nec
Legislative provisions
In January 1987, the National Libra passed by Parliament. The Act amended, and functions of the National Library as p 1972, which continued to remain in force a
The objectives of NLM under the Na stated as follows :
(i) to make available for the use collection of library resourc
(ii) to facilitate nation-wide acc
country and abroad; and (iii) to provide leadership on my
Based on these objectives, the functio in the Act as the functions of the Director (
(i) to advise the Minister on 1 libraries and all other matt
(ii) to advise and assist in the na
(iii) to acquire and maintain a
resources reflecting the inte nation as well as a repres accumulated knowledge an
(6) The Act came into force on 15 April, 1987
Jld. 31 No. 7, 2 April 87 (P.U. (B) 183).
ture of NLM, reflective cf its growth aid ving organization charts. Organization charts 1987 have been shown in order to illustrate changes have been precipitated by a number ity, effectiveness of supervision, programme upgrading and creation of new promotional
ucture as reflected by the 987 chart is any be seen. The creation of new promotional sions. However the placement of all twelve lirectors seems to be somewhat ill advised as )eputy Director General from all operational e the Director General and Deputy Director of policy, the argument wears a little thin. essary.
try (Amendment) Act, 1987 (Act 667) was among others, the sections on the objectives rovided for under the National Library Act, s the principal Act
tional Library (Amendment) Act were simply
: of present and future generations a national Ces;
cess to library resources available within the
atters pertaining to libraries.
ns of NLM were drawn up and were specified general. These are listed in full below :
national policy on all matters pertaining to 2rs relating to libraries;
tional planning and development of libraries;
comprehensive national collection of library llectual, literary and cultural heritage of the sentative national collection reflecting the d wisdom of mankind;
by notification in the Federal Government Gazette,
127
Page 142
Nations Library
ORGANIZAT
1972
- rati
Cat
Clas
197,
Naticial library
director C
Dopuiy Dಣ್ಣ
Assistaat 1
مه][ مسسه
ON CHARTS
nal Library of Malaysis
Deputy Director
I fluiaး sification Resheemse biography
Director
Library abiograpy Traiaing
Page 143
a Aάα Acquisitions Catalog Training anc
Nation
Depu
-
Assistant Director (Technical Services)
Acquisitions Catalog and tration
Index
Adminis
976
enry of Yagur
or Genoa
Director General
Assistant Director
"biorely library
1981
Library cf Malaysia
rector Geaan.
y Director-General
Assistaet Director མ་ཁ་ཤས་སམ་
Coordination Training and
Development
Reference ending
Page 144
196
National Libral
| Director
Deputy Dire
Assistant Director (Technical Services)
Acquisiti Bibliography | Adminis
tons Catalog ఓ tration Tra
19
National Lib
Directo
Deputy Dir
Director (Support Services)
Legal Accuisi Plannir Adminus Deposit ∆ုuisi Conser | | Train E."
Gifts 1QÅቢ§ vation 1ng tration Develo
and rict - ! Z سسسسس
う
y cref Malaysia
General
ctor General
-
Assistant Director (Library Services)
Planning ard i Lendi Malay Im1ng Devel nt Reference g Manuscri
87
rary of Malaysia
General
actor General
Director (Library Services)
Biblio
graphy Catalog Refer Lending Mobiles Malay and CCC and Maft lindex Branches scripts
Page 145
(iv) :
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(x)
(xi)
(xii)
(xiii)
(xiv)
(xv)
(xvi)
(xvii)
to establish within the Library
(i) the National Depository fo
resources received;
(ii) the National Bibliographic
bibliographic network, the the provision of national b
(iii) the National Centre for
documentation and use o
to provide reference, informati
services:
to provide facilities within the I
(i) the national focal point fo
(ii) the national centre for the in order to promote the publications;
to promote and co-ordinate thi resources of the nation;
to promote and facilitate the es public libraries in keeping with
to promote the establishment of with national standards of pro
to promote and facilitate natio resource sharing among librari
to undertake and facilitate rese
to provide training in order to up
to promote and facilitate the in
to co-operate with the relevant a the use and development of B
to co-operate with professional national level for the develop
to lend, sell or otherwise dispo the library;
to do such other things as may objectives referred to in sectio
the storage and conservation of library
entre for the maintenance of the national national bibliographic data base and bliographic and documentation services:
Walay manuscripts for the acquisition,
Malay manuscripts;
on, referral, reprographic and lending
library to enable it to function as --
r the national information system;
ending and exchange of library resources national and universal availability of
development and use of the library
tablishment of a nation-wide system of
national standards of provision;
a network of special libraries in keeping vision;
nal and international co-operation and
S;
arch on matters concerning libraries;
grade professionalism in library matters:
culcation of the reading habit:
gencies in orde to promote and upg1ade ahasa Malaysia;
and other bodies at national and intel ment of libraries;
e of library resources forming part of
e deemed necessary to give effect to the
3.
13
Page 146
Clearly, in terms of functions, NLM national remit. An implementation plan is areas and the resources required to realize
In December, 1986 the Deposit of Lib, passed by Parliament which repealed the F Act designated NLM as the sole Legal Depos privileges to 8 other Demand Depositories e. Act. The new Act also provided for the depic well as the deposit for the very first time, of tape, film, etc., although publishers could re also has, by provisions in the Act, formed Agre Sains Malaysia and the Sabah Central Librar in order to ensure that 2 of the 5 copies of li at centers distant from NLM as a precautic Federal Capital Territory. Since the present in the Distributed Depositories is limited, t Depositories may be designated for the depc as newspapers or serials. The Act places in Depositories that may be so designated.
Another important feature of the Act the conservation and use of library material bibliographic record and for the publicatio provisions alone however are insufficient implementation of the Act, the Legal Depo headed by a Senior Officer on Superscale G also absorbed into the New Division thereby purchasing Division. Greater staffing supp necessary, particularly field officers. Should may have to be designated to collect legal on behalf of NLM, subject to such condition parties.
National Policy
The concept of National Informatio by UNESCO in 1974 and member countries number of objectives, one of which called f policy which reflected the needs of all secto establishment of a national information pla UNESCO led to the demise of the NATIS continued to be actively considered by men
(7) The Act came into force on 15 April, 1987 t
Jld. 31 No. 7, 2 April 87 (P.U. (B) 184).
132
as been assigned a wide ranging, if onerous being drawn up with emphasis on priority plan targets.
'ary Material Act, 1986 (Act 331) was also reservation of Books Act, 1966. The new itory for the country and terminated deposit tablished under the provisions of the earlier sit of 5 copies of printed library material as 2 copies on non-printed library material, ie. quest compensation for the latter. NLM ements with 2 institutions, namely University y to act as Distributed Depositories of NLM brary materials deposited will be deposited on should any calamity befall NLM in the storage capacity for legal deposit materials here is a possibility that other Distributed sit of certain forms of materials only, such o limitations on the number of Distributed
is that it provided for the very first time for deposited, for the creation of the standard of the national bibliography. Legislative and in order to provide for the effective sit Unit was upgraded into a full Division rade. The Gifts and Exchange Units were leaving the Acquisitions Division as a strictly kort for the new Division however will be this not be possible, State Public Libraries deposit material published within the State ls as may be mutually agreed between both
n Systems (NATIS) was first propounded were invited to consider and implement a or the formulation of national information rs of the community in order to guide the n. Although subsequent reorganization in programme, some of the ideas it generated mber countries.
ly notification in the Federal Government Gazette,
Page 147
In a paper by the writer presented Librarians, Kuala Lumpur, 25-29 May, 1981 national information policy as postulated b
. up to the present time, few coun a national information policy. Pe. a national information policy. The formulation in policy terms. The p any given time require only a qualifiec concept as often understood by UN of national unity, stability, security til complete access to information. He it is best to concern ourselves with with national information policy as ul to information, the free flow of inf while they provide us with some compromise national interests, which
Although CONSOL V recommended to improving access to information to all s emphasis on formulating national policies for action appeared to have been taken in mem the MARA School of Library and Informat initiative in obtaining the services of UNESC to identify major inputs for the proposed na Seminar on National Policy on Library and with NLM and UUM (Universiti Utara M
The Seminar passed no resolutions a obtaining possible policy inputs. The Repor at the Seminar were useful in this respect. Policy for Library and Information Service of the Ministry of Culture, Youth and Spo Force completed its task in two years and Library and Information Services for the 1989 the National Policy for Library and Government.
The National Policy for Library an document which aims at the provision a information resources, facilities as well as effectively towards overall national develo
(8) D. E. K. Wijasuriya. Access to information in Access to information; proceedings of Edited by D. E. K. Wijasuriya, Yip Seong C V. 1982. p. 29 - 30.
at the Fifth Congress of Southeast Asian (CONSAL V) the feasibility of formulating UNESCO was called into question.
iries appear to have specifically formulated haps it is time we laid to rest the myth of concept is far too wide for any meaningful olitical realities in developing countries at access to information and not the universal bodies. There are primary considerations at are not always best served by permitting ince in the developing countries especially, he national policy for libraries, rather than lderstood by UNESCO. Freedom of access ormation are laudable precepts indeed and guidance, they should not be allowed to
must come first, last and always.
that member countries give higher priority
ectors of the community by placing special library and information services, no concrete ber countries on this matter. In Malaysia, ion Services must be credited for taking the O consultant John Gray, to carry out a survey tional policy and subsequently organizing a Information Services in October, 1984 jointly Malaysia). -
s it was organized purely for the purpose of t by John Gray as well as the papers presented
A Task Force to formulate the National was subsequently set up with the approval rt with the writer as Chairman. The Task submitted the proposed National Policy for consideration of the Government. In June Information Services was approved by the
d Information Services is a tersely worded ind progressive improvement of library and a range of services in order to contribute ment. Specifically, the proposed National
considerations towards national policy for libraries he Fifth Congress of Southeast Asian Librarians. nun and Syed Salim Agha, Kuala Lumpur, CONSAL
133
Page 148
Policy provides for effective support for va acquisition, conservation and sharing of re services; for the exploitation of national sou the required manpower support. Although to, the implementation of the policy will ha
Computerization and Networking
NLM has moved into computeriza capitalization on hardware. Instead steps upgrade staff capability in automated system computer systems ...General computer liter number of staff were given the opportunity talks and demonstrations.
NLM involvement in computerized s for a shared cataloguing system, following or tapes for cooperative processing undertaken consultancy mission to Malaysia in 1977. Il UNESCO, all the university libraries and NL Sains Malaysia (USM) as the coordinating c take advantage of the computer facilities : and other participating institutions had no USM and only submitted data input shee Readable Catalogue) System which became a functioning at USM but will be taken over by now includes over 360,000 records from 6 par rate of about 70,000 records.
It was only in 1982 that NLM purcha a customized programme by the vendor for Newspaper Index published by NLM every q this will be phased out as soon as NLM beco computer which has ncw been installed.
In 1984 NLM moved into minicomp capitalization in hardware. H.P. terminals 3000 computer located at Hewlett Packard modems and line linkages, computer acces under a 5 years assistance programme. A obtained free from IDRC (International De was used to produce NLM's Malaysian Pe. months.
The use of MINISIS on HIP 3000 con consultant Mission to NLM undertaken by 13 December, 1983. The Sherwood Report
134
rious sectoral and interest levels; for the ources; for the provision of appropriate ces of information and for the provision of financial provisions are not directly alluded lve major financial implications.
tion cautiously and has avoided heavy were taken, particularly in the eighties to s gradually stepping up from micro to miniacy was also promoted and a considerable of attending short term courses as well as
ystems began in 1978 with a Pilot Project the Study on the feasibility of using MARC by Stephen W. Massil under a UNESCO Under the Pilot Project partially funded by M participated in the project with University enter. This decision was made in order to lready available at the University. NLM direct exposure to the computer system at ts. The MALMARC (Malaysian Machine n operational system by 1979 has since been NLM by 1990. The MALMARC database ticipating institutions with an annual growth
sed its first microcomputer, a TRS-80 with he indexing of newspapers. The Malaysian uarter is produced on the TRS-80 although mes fully operational on its own main-frame
uters as well, but still avoiding any heavy donated to NLM were hooked on to a HP Sales (M) Sdn Bhd. While NLM paid for s time at HP was provided free of charge Appropriate software namely MINISIS was velopment Research Center) and the System "iodicals Index which is published every six
nputers was partly the result of a UNESCO Michael Sherwood from 14 November to - Automation of the National Library (Paris
Page 149
UNESCO, 1984) was officially made avail reference were to :
(a) Study, within the total framew, the various activities processes define those that merit comput
(b) Recommend the various option above, specifying hardware and to include:
(i) the use of host main-frame, (ii) its installation within the
(c) Examine the technological requ over the role of coordinating cent to hardware/software implicati
In November, 1985 at the Third Inter Libraries in Asia and Oceania, held in Colon UNESCO PG 1, (General Information Pro the possibility of a further follow up UNES of NLM. This resulted in a consultancy m December, 1986 undertaken by Kerry Web Kerry Webb's Report - National Library a facilities was made available in 1987. The NLM on the setting up of its in-house cor keeping operations. With this in view the
(a) to assess the computing needs (
and in the foreseeable future in
(b) to prepare detailed specification the selection and phased installat Library.
(c) to prepare detailed staffing requi and support personnel over thi
(d) to advise on training provision
While the Webb report did address its above, it failed to touch upon (b). Instea stated that
The National Library should as soon in calling tenders for the supply ol
ble early in 1984. Sherwood’s terms of
rk of library development in the country, and services of the National Library and orization.
s to the National Library in effecting the software systems and costs, these options
Minicomputers installed in the public sector; National Library itself.
irements for the National Library to take re for the MALMARC System with reference OS.
national Conference of Directors of National bo Sri Lanka, the writer discussed with the gramme) representative at the Conference CO consultancy mission on the automation ission to NLM from 22 November to 13 b from the National Library of Australia. f Malaysia. Planning for in-house computer main objective of the mission was to advise mputer facilities to support essential houseconsultant’s terms of reference were :
f the National Library at the present time relation to hardware configuration.
and tender documents in order to facilitate
ion of computer facilities within the National
rements in respect of professional, technical : next five years.
:lf to (a), (c) and (d) of the terms of reference i in the summary of recommendations it is
as possible draw up a specification to assist
an in-house library management system.
135
Page 150
NLM subsequently set up a Technical specifications. In November, 1987 the St Computer System (Kuala Lumpur, Perpustak and released undel tender. Tender evaluatic and staff training soon followed. The inleast in specific modules by the end of 198
While provision has been made in the for NLM to establish the national bibliogra deferred to phase two. However in prepar Integrated Library Computer System states v. of modular, expansion and have the capaci of NLM. The specifications also require th: system interconnection) architecture. Whi level have been most encouraging, it has beer within one or two years. OSI however infrastructure support would be of little use. made in this respect. The networking possibi greatly from the position depicted in a pa Conference in Montreal and subsequently pub While NLM has very rightly given a higher p. to take effective measures from now if the nati bibliographic database are to become a re extremely complex one and an individual wi may have to be commissioned to undertake consultancy mission, normally confined to pé for the task. Much more than just a consu budgetary provision will have to be made f
Document delivery
Provision has been made in the Nat NLM to functions as :
(i) the national focal point for the
(ii) the national center for the lendin to promote the national and un
Provision for the former will be partly bibliographic network, the provision for elect some of which such as telefax will be provide for the latter is largely envisaged in terms of d of inter-library lending long practised witl cooperation.
(9) D. E. K. Wijasuriya and Qdeline Leong. A Malaysia. Majalah Perpustakaan Malaysia.
136
Committee of Senior staff to prepare detailed ecification for Turnkey Integrated Library aan Negara Malaysia, 1987) was completed, on, tender award, system installation, testing nouse computer should be operational, at 9.
National Library (Amendment) Act 1987 phic network its implementation has been ation for this, the Specification for Turnkey ery clearly that the system must be capable ty to meet future networking requirements at the System be able to support OSI (open le OSI developments at the international predicted that OSI will only become a reality without appropriate telecommunications In Malaysia vast improvements have been lities for libraries have improved and contrast per’ presented at the 48th IFLA General lished in the Majalah Perpustakaan Malaysia. riority to its in-house computing, it will have ional bibliographic network and the national ality by 1990. This task however is an th the necessary background and experience the task. It is unlikely that a UNESCO :riods of less than a month, will be adequate ltancy report will be required. Adequate or this purpose.
cional Library (Amendment) Act, 1987 for
2 national information system
g and exchange of library resources in order iversal availability of publications.
effected with the development of the national ronic mail, telefacsimile and other facilities, 'd during the course of the year. Provision ocument delivery and is based on the system nin the country on an informal basis of
A preliminary approach to library networking in
Vol. 10: 1 - 16, 1982.
Page 151
The inter-library lending system wit problems although the collective resources libraries are not inconsiderable. Clearly th the country need to be upgraded. In a stu situation within Malaysia was also assesse some of the recommendations made in the on the National Availability of Publicatiot Seminar, a Publications Delivery System fo approved by the relevant authorities. Cen Understanding which has been signed by N country wishing to participate in the systen selected institutions was effected during Lib the Minister. Although individual instituti it has the effect as if the signed the Mer introduction of the Memorandum of Underst the publications delivery system and to mini relationships with one another. A coupon and a standard request form has been desi wherever possible or their supply in microc standing however will not solve all problems. and a regular dialogue instituted between p. system work for all. The first of a series of
National Library Building
− . ... Planning for the National Library bui of a 6 acre site adjacent to the National Mu to create a cultural enclave comprising of t and the National Archives. These plans h reserved for the National Archives and the interchange under the Kuala Lumpur ma
It was only in 1978 that an alternative Library to replace the earlier site which ha an area of 5 acres was well located in the cit district. In 1979 a team of private consultan civil, structural, mechanical and electrical eng Coordination Unit (ICU) of the Prime Mini Library project. This was a very significan all planning for the National Library buildi Department. The total built-up area appr 238,000 sq. ft. (22,037 sq. meters). Altho
(10) D. E. K. Wijasuriya. Analytical report on do
- 1986). (11) D. E. K. Wijasuriya. National availability
Bil. 9, 1986 p. 19-34.
in the country however is beset with many fprinted and other material in the nation's 2 mechanisms for document delivery within ly10 undertaken for UNESCO in 1986, the and subsequently published.' Based on study, NLM organized a national seminar s (NAP) in July, 1987. As a result of the the country has now been formalised and ral to the new system is a Memorandum of LM with over 107 institutions within the . Formal signing of the Memorandum by rary Month in June 1988 in the presence of ons only sign the Memorandum with NLM, orandum with one another as well. The inding is designed primarily to institutionalise mise its dependence on individuals and their system for payment has also been approved gned to facilitate the loan of publications r photocopy. The Memorandum of UnderThe system will have to be closely monitored articipating institutions in crder to make the
dialogue sessions has already taken place.
dirg began as early as 1971 with the purchase seum in Kuala Lumpur. The idea then was he National Museum, the National Library owever never came to fruition as the sites National Library were taken over for a road ster plan.
site in the city was assigned to the National d been taken over. The new site covering y center on the fringe of the central business s comprising of architects, quantity surveyors ineers were appointed by the Implementation ter's Department to undertake the National development considering that prior to this, g had been undertaken by the Public Works oved for the National Library building was gh the architectural brief was prepared by
ument delivery in the Asia-Pacific region. (UNESCO
of publications: the Malaysian experience. Sekitar
137
Page 152
he writer, the interpretation of the brief i architects.
Since the National Library is a national infrastructure of libraries, the building was functional and which reflected at the same ti nation. The building was accordingly des facade the traditional head-dress of the Mala to the Malacca Sultanate and the Johorecovering for the head and a symbol of socia in cultural terms of the National Library, the intellectual, literary and cultural herita knowledge and wisdom of mankind.
The design inspiration derived from
in 3 such head gears clustered together to p. pool. The split-level arrangement of the th of varying size and level, creates a sense of symbolic of the three major objectives of the races of the country. Each 'tengkolok' is bol with traditional 'songket' motifs executed in n glass crystal which will be illuminated at night expression - a throbbing brain.
The building plans provided for max in order to facilitate changing use and needs terms through the provision of : -
(i) uniform load-bearing of 150 lb.
(ii) a standard module of 28 ft. th
The building is also fully airconditi flexibility - with provisions for 24 hours a closed-stacks, the Malay Manuscripts collec and audio-visual facility. The building is and a central system for monitoring and c. and is serviced by five lifts - 2 service lifts f materials; 2 lifts for the use of the public ar. is also meant for the use of physically hand of about 1 million volumes in static and col seating for 1000 readers. In addition, the n persons while the children's theatre has a fu city, with all facilities fully utilized, the build
Further expansion has been planned of facilities and services. Initially, expans the lending facility including the children's
138
design terms was largely conceived by the
institution placed at the apex of the nation's designed to be imposing as well as totally me traditional cultural characteristics of the gned to reflect particularly in its external ys, namely the 'tengkolok' which dates back Riau Empire. The “tengkolok” as both a l status was felt to be an apt representaticn which contained library material reflecting ge of the nation as well as the accumulated
the 'tengkolok' is symbolically represented artially enclose a landscaped courtyard and ree blocks, each capped with a 'tengkolok' progressive cultural identity and is further National Library as well as the three main ily characterized by sweeping roofs adorned hozaic and is further capped with a pyramidal to symbolically represent a glowing, pulsating
imum flexibility in the utilization of space ... This has been accommodated in structural
p.s.f. on all floors above ground level
rough the building.
oned - further enhancing the concept of ir-conditioning in special areas such as the :tion the maps collection and the computer also equipped with smoke and heat detectors ontrol. The building has seven floor levels or staff use and for the movement of library d 1 lift servicing the main auditorium which icapped users. The building has a capacity npactus stacking; a staff capacity of 400 and lain auditorium has a seating capacity for 400 rther seating capacity of 100. At full capaing would accommodate over 1500 persons.
in such a way as to minimise the disruption on is envisaged with the decentralization of library to branch libraries within the Federal
Page 153
Territory. Notwithstanding this however,
has been envisaged with provision for an adj to the main building through enclosed passa of he tower block may have to be effected because the existing resources on NLM at th of the space provided for in the new buildir collections are likely to grow at an even r new building has now commenced with cor focus for NLM in terms of its own building NLM that added credibility in carrying out
Public Library Development
Much has been achieved. All States In Peninsular Malaysia, public library ser Corporations which were established over t State Public Library Corporation Enactm Sabah, public library services are provided as a Department of the State Government \ State Government as well as Local Govel Within NLM, the promotion and c undertaken by the writer thrcughout the se library legislation and the setting up of Sta except Johore' by 1979. In the eighties, development was undertaken by NLM's D senior officers designated to represent NLM State Public Library Systems grow into matu changes to the Legislative Lists in the Feder ''Libraries' in the “State List' underscore Library systems. NLM will have to ratic provisions in the National Library (Amend among the functions of the Director Gel
to promote and facilitate the establ libraries in keeping with national Notwithstanding all this, there is still
through cooperation and a mutual appr
The Future
NLM must change and adapt to the ( itself of some of its existing functions and c be timely to relegate the provision of public to City Hall. This will enable NLM to c document delivery, bibliographic and resea calibre of leadership at NLM in the years also be pragmatism.
(12) The Johore Public Library Corporation Et
enactment was first submitted by NLM.
Xpansion of the building on the same site cent tower block at the rear to be connected geways at one or more levels. Construction well before the end of the century. This is epresent time alone will take up nearly 60% g. With the completion of the building, the tore accelerated pace. Constructicn of the npletion targetted for mid-1990. A physical has long been considered crucial and will give its functions more effectively.
in Malaysia provide public library services. ices are provided by States Public Library he period 1969-1982 under the provisions of :nts as recommended in the Blueprint. In by the Sabah State Library which functions whereas in Sarawak they are provided by the 'nment authorities. levelopment of state public library services venties saw fruition in the passing of public te Public Library Corporations in all States promotional work for state public library ivision for Planning and Development with 1 on State Public Library Corporations. As |rity, NLM's role may further change. Recent al Constitution which have placed the subject even further the independence of State Public onalize this new development in relation to ment) Act, 1987 which specifies the following neral :
ishment of a nation-wide system of public tandards of provision.
much to be done and much can be achieved ciation of roles.
temands of the future. It may have to divest oncentrate on others. In this respect it may
library services within the Federal Territory oncent1ate on its legal deposit, preservation, "ch functions. Crucial to all this will be the head. There must be vision but there must
actment was passed in 1982, 4 years after the draft
139
Page 154
EFFORTS IN IMPROVING T NATIONAL LIBRARIES: THE
By Mastini Hard
Director, National Li
Introduction
Long before the National Library was - Society for Arts and Sciences in the 19th ce1 university libraries in Europe, in particular. S had also an exchange program of publicatic
The exchange materials were scientif by the Dutch in Indonesia. This program was not continued until the establishment
The present situation in Indonesia (3)
The national information infrastruct has existed since the country's Independence documentation centers and archives. Thes country, even though the state of developm
In general, university libraries are fa libraries, which are still behind in its collect project regarding manpower development, w form a close cooperation among state univ. private university libraries.
The National Archives of Indonesia by the Dutch Colonial Government, and a law. It has some branches in the region. development seems to move along quite w concerned, they have been growing as fung science and technology, family planning, law own information networking in the region,
The National Library, which is quit unique prewar collection on Indonesia dati administration was a period of consolidation together used earlier by the components wh new institution. We are now concentrating library techniques to unify the system in c more manageable."
140
HE COOPERATION AMONG INDONESIAN EXPERENCE
jo Prakoso brary of Indonesia
established in 1980, the library of the Batavia tury have begun to send its publications to ome existing National Libraries in the world ns with Indonesia's oldest library.
c journals comprising research issues done ceased during the second World War, and
of the National Library.
ure in Indonesia as defined by UNESCO, in 1945. It comprises all typas of libraries, e components are spread out all over the tent of the libraries varies.
vir ahead in their development than school ion and management. They have a special hich is supported by the World Bank. They ersity libraries, and will also cover the big
has been established about a century ago fter Independence has been reorganized by The management as well as the manpower ell. As far as documentation centers are 'us since 1975 on different disciplines, like , agriculture, etc. Some of them have their
young in its establishment, has the most ng several centuries ago. Its first years of to fuse the different management and system ich since 1980 have integrated to form this on the standard of the basic elements in order to make the transfer of information
Page 155
Recently, it became an autonomous issued on March 1989, where The Center into the National Library structure. This m will be given than was before.
Indonesia is divided into 27 provinci library which functions as the coordinator f library. In the new organisational structus the National Library. These provincial libra regions,
In Indonesia, the provision of infor documentation centers and archives, but also by the Government, c.q. the Department of Nasional” (National Information Center) wh is to provide the community with all kinds of However, it appears that the community no as libraries, documentation centers and ,
The Resource Sharing Program
One of the main objectives of the Na international needs with information. I beginning late last year all the collections whi have been moved to the new premises. I once belonged to the National Museum hav collection.
Although the Legal Deposit Act has r Association has made an agreement with the to send their products to the library. Thi for example reference, comfortable readin, operations which directly support them - publications (the Indonesian National Bibl. and subject bibliographies) within the cou within the framework of a suitable organi,
. Serving the local community with materials from abroad keep coming through - It is felt in developing countries tha on the support of the government.
In the new structure of the Nation: 1. promoting library, bibliograph be implemented nationally
2. manpower development (to coi
all types of libraries
information and i reference servi 4. preservation and conservation :
3.
institution based on the Presidential decree for Library Development was incorporated eans that more freedom in its policy-making
is, and in each province exists a provincial or all types of libraries and also as a public "e, those provincial libraries are branches of ries operate mobile libraries in their respective
mation is the concern not only of libraries, of other agencies as well. The one managed Information, is called the “Pusat Informasi ich was set up several years ago. Its objective information which is not based on literature. W relies more on professional resources, such archives.
tional Library is to serve both the local and n order to carry out this plan successfully, ch were dispersed earlier in different locations n addition, the manuscript collection which e also been merged into the National Library
Lot been passed yet, the Indonesian Publishers National Library which requires its members 2 new facilities for services to users include, g rooms, advisory services - and technical - the distribution of the National Library ography, subject catalogs, indexes, abstracts ntry and abroad are the essential functions ational structure. SSS SSS S foreign publications, donations of reading,
the embassies or direct from the countries.
t promotion of library services depends also
l Library, there exists centers for : c and communication standards needed to
duct technical courses & training) open to
CeS ervices.
141
Page 156
Several kinds of cooperation with loca been organized, i.e. seminars/workshops networking, etc.) with Indonesian agencies. held in cooperation with foreign institutions, on their way to 1988 IFLA conference in Sy exchange of information in Jakarta.
Just recently, topics on preservation consultants from five National Libraries: th the National Library of Australia, the Dutch R Regular cooperation with most National publications and sharing of information.
An example of close cooperation amo countries is supported by the ASEAN Secret: on Cultural Information (COCI). This sch development in the form of training and re on UNESCO's concept on NATIS still face parts of NATIS still exists in Indonesia components and with foreign agencies contin practice cannot guarantee the proper inforn
The National Library of Indonesia is its role according to the UNESCO concept
It would be more effective in sharir Coordinating Body consisting of members rel
The NATS concept 4
The concept of NATIS (National Ir documents of the UNESCO, “Intergovernme documentation, library and archives infrast
The conference, held in Paris in 197 Directors of National Libraries meeting in
“the elements that should constitute
of information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The precise form and character of nati of a member of subsystems, will vary elements must be its goal.” (5)
The main working document for NA
"To maintain the satisfactory selectic in each country, there must be a mir areas of libraries, documentation c
142
l as well as international institutions have on library matters (ISBN, automation, These kind of activities have also been For example, with the Dutch delegation iney, we arranged a two-day discussion on
issues were observed and discussed with, le Library of Congress, the British Library, oyal Library, and the National Diet Library.
Libraries is the exchange program of
ng National Libraries in the Southeast Asian ariat under the guidelines of the Committee eme comprises, among others, manpower search. The implementation of the policy s problems although, the main component L. Sharing of information among those ues without delay, but this sort of individual nation networking in the country.
making every effort to continue step by step
on NATIS.
ng of information if there is a National presenting components of the infrastructure.
formation System) was introduced in the 2ntal conference on the planning of national ructures”.
4, was approved as a policy statement by Lousanne in 1976. It suggested that :
NATIS are all services involved in provision
onal information system (NATIS), composed 7 in different countries, but coordination of
TIS conference is described as follows: (6) n, treatment and availability of information imum of adequate organization in the three :enters and archives'.
Page 157
Another UNESCO document, the NA and planning of national information syste)
"Essential infrastructure components system of archives and records adm specialized documentation services'
The UNESCO Conference also reco
G6
SL SSLS S LS0 SS0 SS0 S SSS0S S0L S 0LS S SSLSSS SSLLLLL SLL a national system or in prerequisites of appropriate legislati of modern information technology coordination of the various compor
This recommendation meant that the information and documentation, which is ide The elements constitute the infrastructure requ information system and the national capabil
Conclusions : Current challenges to
As stated by Paul Berry at the Nation
“National libraries will certainly co educational role in the societies in wh meet the information needs and to ch the changes may be forced upon th themselves. In some instances they established to satisfy current needs. of changes and will anticipate both
The concepts of NATIS and of an i outlined as follows :
- To provide leadership within th
- To participate actively in the plan
information system
- To participate in the development and to provide effective represent at the international level.
Ten years have passed since the first C in Asia and Oceania was held in Australia. members is an advantage to improve the co
ATIS Guideline by Bjorn Tell on the design ms, states that :
are a national library system, a national inistration and a system of general and/or
immended that
frastructure should be supported by the n, financing, qualified manpower, and use and provided with appropriate national ents of the system'. (8)
re should be a national overall policy for ntical with the national information system. tirements for the development of the national ities for providing service to the users.
National Libraries.
al Library Conference in Jamaica, 1972, a.o.
ntinue to play a significant cultural and ich they exist. Can National Libraries really anges new technologies? In some instances nem from outside if they do not change will be by-passed as other institutions are The National Libraries will be the initiators
needs and solutions'.
nternational information system have been
e library component of NATIS
ning and overall development of the national
and improvement of the international system, ation of the nation's libraries and their users
onference of Directors of National Libraries It is felt that personal contact among the operation and promote common interest.
143
Page 158
The CDNL - AO Newsletter is a goo on the activities of its members. There to overcome or cope with the challenges training to handle new technologies, exchal The UNESCO or any other international projects (IFLA, FID) might support this re the development of information sharing. priorities in its program to meet common in exchange, automation and MARC projects
References
Berry, Paul L. National Libraries. Paper p
Jamaica, 1972.
Laporan tahunan berbagai lembaga mengena
Jakarta 1985 - 1989. . -
National Information System (NATIS). F
NATIS document. Paris, UNESCO, 1974
Proceedings of the 1st CDNL - AO. Canb Proceedings of the 4th CONSAL, Bangko
Tell, Bjorn. Design and planning of nation government planner. Paris, UNES
UNESCO intergovernment conference or library and archives infrastructure. P
Paper pre: 4th International Conference of Direc Oceania, Beijing, C
i means of communitation and information should be an approved method in order aced by most developing countries : staff ge of experiences among senior staff, etc. ody involved in library and documentation gional program as long as it is designed for This 4th CDNL - AO should outline the erest, for instance, information or document , and ongoing NATIS planning.
resented at the National Library Conference.
iperpustakaan, arsip, dan pusat dokumentasi.
aris, UNESCO, 1974 (COM. 74/NATIS/3).
(COM. 74/NATIS14).
era, National Library of Australia, 1979.
k.
al information system (NATIS); a paper for CO, 1974 (COM. 76/NATIS/7).
the planning of national documentation, aris, UNESCO, 1974 (COM. 74/NATIS/3+4)
ented at the
:tors of National Libraries of Asia and hina, 5-9 Dec. 89.
Page 159
ROLE OF THE NATIONAL . UTILIZATION OF INFORMAT DEVELOPMENT OF LIBRARY
N. U.
Director, Information Natural Reso
1. Introduction
A long felt need of the country is fi Library of Sri Lanka. This is an event that impatiently look forward to. Absence c and organizes library activities at the nationa is revolutionizing the library world, is refle Necessity of an authority in selection, adopt is evident from many library and informati
This paper examines the role of a N influenced by infor mation technology, ov by libraries in Sri Lanka and suggests activ should venture in the future.
2. Functions of the National Library
The National Library of a country pl activities. Due to practical and economic a few functions out of a wide range of acti libraries and strength of its own resources
A National Library established by up would continue its original services while perf there are already established organizations time of setting up of the National Libral duplication, either by allowing those organiz: over the functions by the National Librar different stages of library development and functions, it is not possible to define a moc
Irrespective of the library and informa is expected to coordinate activities of all types world, emphasis is given to resource shari duplication of efforts and resources,
National Library in a developing co functions given below :
(a) National Repository
Basic function of a National Li of the country. A national 1 documents and is available f
BRARY OF SRI LANKA IN ON TECHNOLOGY FOR THE MTND INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Yара,
urces, Energy & Science Authority
lfilled by the establishment of the National many, particularly the library professionals, f a leading library which plans, coordinates level, in an era when information technology cted in all library development programmes. on and utilization of information technology on systems developed recently.
lational Library in an environment highly, erviews the use of information technology ities that the National Library of Sri Lanka
ays a key role in the development of library reasons, a National Library tends to select vities, depending on the services of the other
grading an existing special or public library, orming the National Library functions. When executing National Library functions at the y, consensus should be reached to avoid tions to continue such functions or by taking y. As National Libraries had emerged at had selected various national and special lel for a National Library.
tion services performed, the National Library of libraries in the country. In the developing ng, with the view to avoiding uneconomic,
untry would perform one or many of the,
brary is to collect and preserve literary output epository is organized for easy retrieval of r reference only. Often the legal deposit
145
Page 160
law boosts the National Reposi photographs, posters, slides, film in the Repository.
(b) National Bibliographic Centre
National Library is responsible the country. It documents the knowledge material generated in Bibliography is one of the key fun an easy task if the National Li Otherwise, the library has to c compile the national bibliograp numbers for tracing their history to compilation of the national bit to issue bibliographical tools su
bibliographies.
(c) National Information Centre
In addition to functioning as information on locally generated countries serve also as bilbliogi foreign documents. The Na organizations and individuals wh This function is undertaken by t no national information centre agriculture and medicine, man centres. In such countries, the N by directing the requests to the
(d) Cataloguing Centre
Catalogues are created and ma library resources. Often, the 6 exploited, depends on the effic assists other libraries in comp two ways :
(i) Centralized cataloguing :
centrally by the National L
(ii) Cooperate cataloguing :
by merging catalogue enti
By both methods the National Librar high quality catalogues.
146
tory. Non-book material such as maps, is, audio/video cassettes, are also included
for bibliographic control and services of
output and controls the distribution of the country. Compilation of the National ctions of a National Library. This becomes brary maintains a national respository. :ollect information from other sources to hy. Documents are given identification of creation and for location. In addition bliography, the National Library is expected ch as directories, indexes and specialized
a bibliographic centre which provides documents, the National Libraries in some aphic information centres with respect to tional Library is often approached by o seek information from foreign countries. he National Library when the country has s. In the field of science & technology, y countries, have specialized information national Library performs a referral function
appropriate information centre.
intained by libraries to help users utilize xtent to which the library resources are iency of the catalogue. National Library ilation and maintenance of catalogues in
where catalogue entries are prepared ibrary and distributed among other libraries.
where an Union Catalogue is compiled ries prepared by other libraries.
y promotes production of compatible and
Page 161
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
National Library Development Pol
Need of a development policy for of a policy has caused duplicati resources. All types of libraries co and hence development of libraries of a country. A national policy o others, establishment of proper utilization of resources, etc.
Standardization of Library Practic
Libraries have realized that it is needs of their clientele without its accessibility to its own resourc and information have become a could be done effectively if all lib graphic products. practices and tr serve as a bibliographic standa standards or by coordinatling sta
Library Service Bureau
Resources and skills available at provide technical and professiona range of services could be organiz would include:
(i) Training and education of
(ii) Provision of reprographic
duplicating, microfilming
(iii) Translation services (iv) AV services (v) Data and Word Processing (vi) Preservation and conserva (vii) Library stationary supply :
Coordinating Centre for Libraries
National Library coordinates the country to gain optimum use. the national level such as :
(i) cooperative acquisition of (ii) inter-library and internatio (iii) serving as a clearing hous (iv) centre for document excha
cy Making Body
libraries is a well recognized fact. Lack n, wastage, and uneven distribution of ntribute to formal or informal education should be linked to the education system n library development will ensure among
infrastructures and development and
impossible to satisfy the information xternal help. A library never restricts s. Exchange and transfer of documents n essential function of libraries. This raries use the same standards for biblioansmission The National Library should rdizing authority either by formulating ndardization work.
the National Library could be used to 1 services to the other libraries. A wide 2d by a National Library. These services,
library personnel services such as printing, photocopying
services tion services
services.
efforts and resources of libraries in the It organizes cooperative programmes at
books, periodicals etc. nal loans of books, and other documents
e
Linge.
47
Page 162
3. Influence of Information Technology in L
Introduction of information technnol systems. It has changed the functions of libi while introducing new functions. However collection, storage, retrieval and disseminatio to gain the benefits of the information techr suitability is not properly evaluated before at it will bring more frustration and dissatisfac
New information technologies have e in accessing remote data and document collect telecommunication channels, and in obtaini
Although information technology wa systems, libraries and information centres Efficiency and effectiveness of a library syster information technology.
A library system would not be able to product, practice or technique if the resourc National Library, which controls, promotes a is expected to play an important role in adopt the National Library holds responsibility it
(a) formulation of a national policy to guide organizations in acquis cf library personnel, compilat establishment of networks.
(b) standardization of practices
processing: bibliographic form construction of thesauri, ident
(c) training of library personr seminars to train library parsor curriculum design, preparation
(d) laboratory of computer practic personnel to gain hands-on expe with hardware, software, man personnel understand comput
(e) compilation of software : sy
library functions, structuring preparation of manuals for c.
ibrary Development
ogy has created drastic changes in library aries, by making some functions redundant the products, practices and techniques in of information have to be selected carefully ology. If the capability, compatibility and option of a product, practice or technique, ion to the library users.
nhanced the capability of a library system, ions, in transferring data and images through g paper, microform and video outputs.
s not originally developed to help library have now become its biggest beneficiaries. n now directly relates to its ability to utilize
gain optimum benefits of a new information es are not planned to accommodate it. The nd monitors development of library resources ing information technology. In this respect,
the following activities.
for library automation: A policy is needed sition and development of resources, training ion of software, procurement of hardware,
and products used in bibliographic data lats, transliteration schemes, sorting order, ification codes.
el : designing courses, Workshops and unel in utilization of information technology,
of teaching aids, training of trainers.
es: facilities should be provided to library :rience in information searching. A laboratory uals and instructors would help the library dr practices.
stems analysis and development to execute tafiles, modification of software packages, mputer applications, back-up file storage.
Page 163
(f) consultation : provision of c Isoflware development of c training of personnel, creatio
(g) creation of databases : compil of computer outputs in COM.
(h) On-line services: maintaining information searches and pri
National Library is the most suit computer related activities. However in man different organizations. National Library leadership in library automation. This has
Generally libraries receive low pric emphasis is given to R & D institutions and attached to such institutions gained access unive: sity libraries were the first to often do not view computerization work in a country would finally have several ir computerized information systems. s
With respect to bibliographic data pro priority. Due to explosion of scientific inf of a computer, to store, search and retrie extensive use of computer and telecommuni institutions. It is observed that the Nation: of a country takes a leading role in planning, information systems and services. In many should play with respect to library automat and Technical Information Centre.
4. Use of Information Technology by Libi
The first computer system in Sri La mainly used to process civil engineering needed skilled personnel to operate. only a computer system. The growth of the num period 1964-77. By 1976 there were only sector organizations. During 1978 - 81 pe increased to 100.
However, after establishing the first data processing took nearly 20 years to beg and Science Authority (NARESA), procure Scientific and Technical Information Centre in its computerization activities. Firstly, it and thereby expand its activities. Secondi of the modern information technologies by
onsultation services, for selection of hardwar )mputer systems, designing of databases,
of local area networks.
ation of datafiles by inputting data, provision
print, magnetic and optical media.
an online bureau linked to online vendors. )vision of SDI services.
able body to perform above mentioned y countries these services are undertaken by is not privileged in many countries to give lead to certain implications.
rity in computerization work. Since the universities, libraries and information centres to computer facilities. Hence, special and use computer facilities. These libraries he national perspective. As a result of this, dependently developed and incompatible
cessing, science and technology have received ormation, it is impossible, without the help ve scientific information. This had led to cation capabilities by scientific and technical al Scientific & Technical Information Centre organization and operation of computerized countries, the role that the National Library ion, is undertaken by the National Scientific
aries in Sri Lanka
nka was installed in 1964. This system was lata. Since computers were expensive and few institutions could justify acquisition of a ber of installations was very slow during the 3 computer installations, mainly in the public riod the number of computer installations
computer system in Sri Lanka, bibliographic in. In 1983, the Natural Resources, Energy d a mini computer system for the Sri Lanka (SLSTIC). SLSTIC had two main objectives intended to improve capabilities of SLSTIC 7, it was aimed at promotion of exploitation libraries in Sri Lanka. ... "
149
Page 164
A survey conducted by SLSTIC in 198 scientific libraries and university libraries), o. data processing, while 23 libraries had plans
The activities which would influence libraries were selected by SLSTIC. Comp and Technical Books (UNICAST) was the SLSTIC. UNICAST project required the p; for the computer system. This was the firs bibliographic data processing. As envisage the difference between manual and compl
For the UNICAST project, it was transfer and exchange. Having recognized of library automation at the National level, summoned a meeting of professional libraria and issues related to computerization. This level to tackle the problems envisaged in lit
Four main factors influenced comput availability of powerful and less expensive feasible activity. Libraries and informations funding found that they could procure m Secondly, availability of micro version of ( computerization work. UNESCO took the of their powerful CDS/ISIS Software and to charge to libraries in the developing cour regional distributing agencies for the speedy SLSTIC being designated the national distrib to obtain the package during 1987 - 1989 p SLSTIC, which pioneered library automatio. authority in the absence of a National Distribution and promotion of micro CDS/ to discuss computerization problems, for storage and transfer, provision of consultat for library personnel, are the main service the effort of the Sri Lanka Library Associa of programmes to promote library autom in libraries' to provide basic knowledge i systems analysis and practical programmil information technology as part of the Ass (c) introduction of information technology a course in library and information science
150
4, revealed that out of 68 libraries (mainly nly 4 libraries had commenced bibliographic for automation within the following 3 years.
; and encourage computerization of other ilation of an Union Catalogue of Scientific first computerization project launched by articipating libraries to prepare input sheets it experience that many librarians gained in d, this activity helped librarians to realize. iterized systems.
necessary to formulate standards for data the importance of this work in planning Sri Lanka National Library Services Board ins, in January 1983, to discuss the problems was the first attempt made at the National brary automation.
erization of libraries in Sri Lanka. Firstly, micro-computers made computerization a ystems supported by foreign and international icro computers without much bargaining. CDS/ISIS Software form UNESCO boosted timely decision to compile a micro version make copies of the software available, free of tries. UNESCO established national and and systematic distribution of the package. uting agency in Sri Lanka, helped 60 libraries period. The third factor is the influence of n. SLSTIC assumed the role of the national Library, in bibliographic data processing. SIS library software, organization of forums mulation of bibliographic formats for data ion services, conducting training workshcps s offered by SLSTIC. The fourth factor is tion. The Association organized three types ation : (a) Training course om "computers in hardware, software, computer languages, ng; (b) Seminars to literate professionals in ociation's continuous education programme; a subject in the curriculum of the professional
Page 165
Major bibliographic information syste information centres in Sri Lanka, apart frol
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
MARGA Institute :
Marga Institute functions as th Information Network in Sri L information network. DEV literature together with abstrac
databases developed by MARG,
literature on Sri Lanka), MA CHILD (Citations with abstrac child).
National Institute of Educatio)
Information Division of NIE ha related to education.
Ceylon Institute of Scientific a
A mini-computer based bibliog at CISIR. A local Area Netwo workers search databases crea Being the National Focal Point Network of Medicinal and Al database on the subject conce1 the Philippines.
Sri Lanka Standards Institute
SLSI has installed a local area in information on standards. T (a) Sri Lanka Standards datab Public Access Catalogue (OPA speedy retrieval of information
Coconut Research Institute (C
CRI operates the Coconut In information related to Cocon national Coconut Information bibliographic and non bibliog
Sri Lanka Business Developm SLBDC is the first organizatio searching by establishing links to tap online systems such as
m and services operated by libraries and
those of SLSTIC, are outlined below :
e Coordinating Centre of the Development inka (DEVINSA) which is an international NSA database comprises development is, sent by the National Focal Point. Other Aare DEVLIT (Socio-economic development RIDOC (Marga Research Documents) and ts on literature pertaining to the Sri Lanka
(NIE) s organized several bibliographical databases
nd Industrial Research (CISIR)
raphic information system has been installed rk will be set up at CISIR to help the research ted by the library, from their laboratories. of APINMAP (Asia and Pacific Information romatic Plants), CISIR builds up a local ned to be sent to the Regional Centre in
(SLSI)
etwork entitled SLSILINE to provide online wo databases are available in SLSILINE, ase and, (b) library catalogue. An Online C) has been organized at SLSI to facilitate l.
RI)
formation Service (COCONIS) to provide ut plantation and processing. The InterCentre set up by CRI builds up several aphic databases for COCONIS.
nt Centre (SLBDC)
n in Sri Lanka which ventured into online with online hosts. SLBDC has facilities Dialog, ESA, SDC, etc.
151
Page 166
(g) Arthur C. Clark Centre for M.
ACC has established a commur messages between organization linking libraries which could be
4. Utilization of Information.Technology at
The National Library of Sri Lanka i. of information technology. It is unthinkab which does not use information technology. which is responsible for setting up of the Nat resources to undertake the above task it is n appropriate resources. NLSL could upgrade technology by creating a suitable infra-str information technology committee, and (b)
Appointment of a committee for ut may be named "National Information Techno, NLSL the mechanisms to obtain services NITCOM should have representatives from 1 Telecommunication, Computer and Inform Clark Centre for Modern Technology. Ful
(i) Designing a national plan for
development of libraries in S
(ii) Formulation of policy guidelin by libraries in Sri Lanka. La acquire inappropriate inform:
(iii). Drawing up of standards for bib
would hindre eXchange and electronic media.
(iv) Designing training courses to p of modern information tech programmes are inadequate t modern information systems.
NLSL should set up a separate Div Such a Division should have proper manpc divisions of NLSL as well as external organi, conversant with data processing, data co needs a wide range of equipment includir facsimile machines, CDROM drives, comin
152
odern Technology (ACC)
lication network for transmitting electronic s. It intends to create a special network
used to transmit data and messages.
the National Library of Sri Lanka
s expected to play a key role in utilization le of a new information system or service Since the National Library Services Board ional Library of Sri Lanka has no adequate ecessary for the National Library to acquire its capabilities in utilization of information Icture. This would include (a) a national
an information technology division.
|ilization of information technology which logy Committee (NITCOM)' would provide of experts from external organizations. the Sri Lanka Library Association, Dept. of lation Technology Council and Arthur C. inctions of the Committee should include:
utilization of information technology for the Sri Lanka.
es for adoptation of information technology ck of a policy would lead organizations to ation technologies.
liographic data handling. Lack of standards transfer of bibliographic products through
brepare library personnel for the exploitation niques. Existing formal library education o produce manpower required for handling
ision to deal with information technology. wer, equipment and facilities to serve other, zations. The Division should have personnel mmunication and systems development. It ng computers, desk-top publishing systems hunication equipment etc.
Page 167
Information Technology Division sho
of NITCOM. With the help of IT Divisio
efficiently and effectively. IT Division sho re-organization of the following actvities.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(c)
Sri Lanka National Bibliograp
IT Division will help NLSL 1 Organization of SLNB as a b accessibility. SLNB online ser computer to NLSL for searching Repository. SLNB - in - diskett with bibliographic data on new
Sri Lanka National Union Cat
One of the major projects expe Lanka National Union Catalog on books available in various lib by SLSTIC in compilation of the Books (UNICAST) could be u libraries could store their data diskettes containing their data
When a bibliographic network libraries would be able to trar
Cataloguing Service
A service should be organized which seek assistance in catalog library personnel engaged in ca acquire foreign library catalogu When a library requests the cata consult the relevant CD-ROM entry for copying. The entry c loaded to a diskette.
Information Bureau
IT Division should organize an link and CD-ROM drives. In are used for online links, onlir organization with limited dem an online bureau as a nationals databases.
A CD - ROM Centre with datat the online service.
ld operate on the advice and guidance NLSL could perform its functions more ld play a leading role in organization and
hy (SLNB)
) offer more services based on SLNB. bliographic database would increase it's ice will help a remote user to link his local publications available in the National service would provide the subscribers additions to the Repository.
alogue (SILNUC)
cted from NLSL is compilation of the Sri Le which records bibliographic information raries in Sri Lanka. Methodology adopted Union Catalogue of Scientific and Technical sed by NLSL for SLNUC. Participating
in pre-structured data files and send the to NLSL for the compilation of SLNUC. is established by NLSL the participating 1sfer data digitally.
by IT Division for the benefit of libraries uing. This service would save time of the Italoguing of foreign books. NLSL could es in CD-ROM for the cataloguing service. logue entry of a foreign book, NLSL could I database to locate the original catalogue ould be given in a card or could be down
information bureau equipped with online countries like Sri Lanka where voice lines e searching becomes too expensive for an and for searching. NLSL could organize rvice to provide online access to important
ases on different subjects would supplement
153
Page 168
(e) Faxline
IT Division could organize a machines. Fax machines insta centrally with NLSL. This documents (photocopies, conte loans, circulars).
5. Conclusion
Establishment of NLSL is a landmark Lanka. Library and Information Systems in rapidly during the past few decades largely d to use appropriate information technologi technologies, in information technology, a co various stages of development. Instead the is the strategy that NLSL should adopt in
REFERENCES
Wijasuriya, D. E. K.
National Libraries : their role Malaysia. 1985. 15p.
Yapa, N. U.
Computerization of scientific experience. 1988. 13p.
Yapa, N. U.
Library automation : report of and Federal Republic of Germ.
Yapa, N. U.
Training library personnel to ex) experience (In: the use of new inf Hongkong, FID. 1988. p25 - 3
Yapa, N. U.
Use of computers in libraries in Iswari Corea. Colombo: Public
54
communication Network using facsimile, led at major libraries could be connected network could be used for transferring nts pages etc.) and messages (inter-library
in the long history of librarianship in Sri many developing countries have progressed ue to the efforts of their National Llibraries tes. It is realized that unlike in other untry need not progress step by step passing country could leap-frog to the future. This maneouvring the libraries of Sri Lanka.
: and functions with special reference to
and technical information : NARESA's
a study tour in the Netherlands, Belgium any. 1985. 44p.
ploit information technology : Sri Lanka's ormation technologies in developing countries 7).
Sri Lanka (In : 36 years of service : to c Library, 1987. 49-85).
Page 169
INFORMATION FOR SMAL
AN OV Mrs. S
Senior Assistant Libraria
Sri Lanka which was faced with a sex unemployment situation has attempted to di strategy. The small scale industrial sector, a for a relatively large part of the workforce the context of the present public policies and of the liberalization of trade and the presenc who have returned to the country after em. with erlatively large amounts of investible
The paper provides a brief overview their status in the economic of Sri Lanka w needs. The prevalent information situation institutional infrastructure, financing and cre neur development, market intelligence and
Recommendations and suggestions infrastructure and collection and dissemin categories, the desired language and the assistance for establishing a better informatio
ECONOMIC BACKGROUND
1. Sri Lanka's industrial development in mid 19th Century. It was then a tree cro independence has been characterised by an the large Scale capital intensive industries bei was beset with foreign exchange and balan of diversifying a plantation type import-exp all-round. The rapid growth of the popula led in this situation to a massive unemplo of over 1 million being unemployed by the industrial exports and the passing of the tre nationalisation of plantations in excess of was in 1977, when far reaching economic ri a liberalised economic policy. The remov of capital goods and raw materials, revital market forces, opening out new areas of il from capital intensive public investment wh
INDUSTRIAL STRUCTURE
2. The manufacturing sector in Sri Lan 15% of GDP and employing 12% of the lab dominant role where about 66% of value ; originate.
INDUSTRES IN SRI LANKA ERVIEW
R. Korale , University of Colombo
ere foreign exchange problem and a growing 'ersify its economy with an export led growth lthough not large at present finds, sustenance and has a significant contribution to make in programmes. This is all the more so because 2 of a growing number of small enterpreneurs ployment abroad, mainly in the Middle East, resources available to them.
of small scale industries development and ith a breakdown of the types of information in the context of these needs, including the dit, identification of viable projects, entreprethe statistical data situation are discussed. for improving the prevailing institutional, ation of information including information role of international agencies in providing in network within the country are considered.
a modern context can be traced back to the p export oriented development, which since import substitution industrial growth, with ng mainly in the public sector. The economy ce of payments problems, and the difficulties ort economy resulted in economic stagnation tion which commenced after the mid 1940's yment problem which reached critical levels mid 1970's. The 1970's saw the growth of e crop industries to the public sector with the 50 acres in 1972-75. The next major change forms were introduced with the adoption of all of quotas and restrictions for the import ized this sector, and brought in competitive lvestment to the private sector leaning away ich had often been import intensive too.
ka is still relatively small contributing about our force. Public sector corporations play a dded in the industrial sector is estimated to
15S
Page 170
3. Private Industry consists of an organi 9,000 firms and an unregistered subsector ol It is estimated that about 2/3 of the total man subsector. The 4 majors subsector are tex engineering, and chemicals and rubber produ in terms of their contribution to value ad
INDUSTRIAL POLICY 1 OBJECTIVES
4. The policy directed towards this secto with a liberalised market oriented developme to private sector participation in industrialisati since 1978 emphasises the (i) development o Trade Zone (FTZ) (ii) the promotion of sm agro based industry, particularly in rural a (iii) expansion of industries meeting local improvement of product quality and (iv) the de raw material.
SMALL | MEDIUM SCALE INDUSTRY
5. As briefly described earlier the large small scale enterprises under any definition an including agriculture, fisheries, mining, man presently defines Small and Medium Scale In Rs. 1 million (US $ 43,500) in plant and eq original costs. Th Ministry of Industry and change this definition to Rs. 1 million excludi on this new definition the SMI sector would i and all unregistered firms, accounting for abo and contributing to about 2/3 of the total period the Local Investment Advisory Commi investments averaging Rs. 600,000 (US $ 26,
6. In Sri Lanka SMIs, warrant special a increasing exports, and meeting the local dem employment. SMIs can be competitive and to reach their full potential SMI's need speciali, mechanisms and effective industrial inform
7. The principal SMI subsectors are light chemical products, food processing and wood concentration of registered SMIs in and aro concentration in Kalutara, Kandy, Mata Unregistered small and cottage industries ar and villages, with Colombo having only ab dispersal is one of the government's prim: infrastructural facilities and greater access to and informatory services should be prere
156
sed (registered) subsector comprising some some 20,000 small and cottage industries. ifacturingemployment is in the unregistered, iles and garments, foods processing, light cts which account for 81% of all industries led.
r was substantially reformulated in 1977, it strategy and a greater role being assigned on. The strategy for industrial development f exports both inside and outside the Free (all and medium scale industries, including reas where employment is most severe mass consumption needs emphasising the velopment of industries based on indigenous
CHARACTERISTICS I ROLE
majority of industrial production units are d are entities found in all fields of industry, ufacturing and commerce. The government dustries (SMI) as enterprises with less than uipment, and land and building, valued at Scientific Affairs (MISA) is proposing to ng investment in land and buildings. Based include some 90% of registered private firms ut 3/4 of industrial employment in Sri Lanka industrial value added. In the 1978-1982 ttee (LIAC) approved nearly 3,000 industrial 000) per unit.
.ttention due to their potential to help in and in several subsectors and in generating effective producers in many subsectors and led institutional support, credit and financing ation.
engineering, textiles and garments, rubber, and paper products. There is a very high und the Colombo district, with secondary, ra, Jaffna, Galle, Kurunegala districts. e more widely dispersed among small towns out 30% of the total. Regional industrial ary objectives and for this to be effective institutional finance, technical, marketing quisites.
Page 171
8. In the SMI subsector further developm and are based on export potential or increas that must reach the SMI entrepreneur.
potential, and also of the need for high speci The production of high quality and spec opportunities. The areas identified as hav building materials, wood products and a
9. There is also now potential for SMI specially in garments, light engineering pri opportunities could arise both in and out and success the industrialists maut be i opportunities and requirements, and be pro improve productivity, quality and delivery
10. To improve investment and export i major revision of industrial policy have be structure was one of import quotas and lic essential consumer goods, most raw materia for non essentials and luxury items. At pre: reduce the current wide variation in effectiv
INSTITUTIONAL TECHNICAL / MARKF
11. The state has provided many agen entrepreneur with the necessary institutional The setting up of institutional infrastructure objective of the administration since the ach 1931, when the development and protection
12. MISA is the principal agency which subsector. The Industrial Development Boa SMI development institution responsible for except fisheries, textiles and cottage industric The IDB was established under the Industr objectives as described in the Act include ti of industrial research, improving the techt marketing, managerial, technical and legal
13. The Ceylon Institute of Scientific ar multi-disciplinary research institute in the use of locally available raw material in indust technologies, testing of raw materials, and fil standards, and consultancy services.
2nt and expansion opportunities are abundant ed domestic demand. It is this information They must be made aware of the available lity items, and quality in the item produced. iality items are a must for expansion of ng an export potential are rubber goods, „ro industries.
s to enter into subcontracting agreements, bducts, plastics and leather goods. These, of the FTZ. For effective implementation nformed of tendering and subcontracting ided with technical services to help them to reliability.
ncentives for foreign and local industrialists en effected since 1977. The original tariff 'nces. Since 1977 there was a low duty on ls, spares and machinery, with higher duties sent it is advocated that a system which will 'e protection rates be introduced.
ETING SERVICES
cies in an attempt to provide the SMI help to launch and develop this subsector. or industrial development has been a specific lievement of a degree of self government in of cottage industries first came into focus.
formulates policies and strategies for this rd (IDB) an agency of MISA is the primary promoting and assisting all SMI subsectors s. It has 9 regional and 20 district offices al Development Act No. 36 of 1969. Its he encouragement, promotion and fostering ical processes and methods, provision of services, advice and extension services.
di Industrial Research (CISIR) is the main ountry. It's research activities include the y, development and improvement of existing ished products for conformity to recognised
157
Page 172
PROJECT DENTIFICATION
20. The present situation in Sri Lanka is and the majority have little or no experie practices or technical know how. It is there. with identified projects suitable for developm already selected by them. In addition inst feasibility reports. The State has realised th of creating product development centres.
EDB, with MISA and LIACS providing
21. To identify projects suitable for d institutional bodies established to help them administrative sources viz. (i) Customs stat finished goods and parts. (iii) Export dema buyers. (iv) Trade information bulletines innovations etc. put out by foreign embass The IDB and the EDB prepared a number c eg-Rubber products, White Coir Yarn, Gel but this activity has to be followed up by and technical services which should be comm in an acceptable easy to comprehend la
ENTREPRENEUR DEVELOPMENT
22. For entrepreneur development to b worthy borrowers is inadequate, it is nece motivate and spur their entrepreneurship.
refined and sharpened to achieve more effec the migrant returnee is a readily identifiabl help, to develop his potential. This would n therefore lending institutions and technical should be geared to help and develop thi
23. The mere establishment of infrastruct in industrial development, concentration of more far reaching effect as it has an impac backward areas and in accelerating indus development. In Sri Lanka, the Bank of been conducting seminars to create an av Apart from this they would need practica location, financing, marketing, and other in industry finds its feet.
24. The expense incurred in administeri have highlighted the need for very much m production, raw material, marketing, and more vulnerable to environmental hazards
158
hat the developed entrepreneur class is small nce of management techniques, accounting, ore necessary that entrepreneurs be provided :nt and given assistance in appraising projects tutional help should be provided by way of e importance of identifying projects and also his work has geen assigned to the IDB and overall guidance.
evelopment both the industrialist and the will have to make use of both published and istics (ii) Licences granted for import of both ind opportunities and possibilities for overseas , joint venture partnerships, technological ies and (v) Sri Lankan patent information. f feasibility studies for certain specified items. ms and Jewellery, Handlooms, Wood Products
active promotion, identification of partners unicated to the entrepreneur in the periphery ngulage.
be successful, mere lending to eligible credit ssary to identify potential entrepreneurs and The techniques that are adopted have to be :tive results, this is specially so, when today e entrepreneur who needs much institutional nean the growth of more small scale industries, | and marketing services set up by the state s class of industrialist.
ural facilities will not, it has been found result effort on this class of entrepreneur has an even t on the social and economic development of trial development through human resource Ceylon and the Department of Labour have Vareness among this new entrepreneur class. l help in identification of right projects and formation, which support should exist till the
ng loans and the risk attached to such lending, tore extension services by way of assistance in
management capacity. These industries are , and mortality amongst young small units
Page 173
14. The National Engineering Research & provides for the institutional mechan indigenous technology, designs and manufact plants as demanded by end users.
15. The Export Development Board (ED to the Export Development Council of Min policies and programs, undertakes research markets, and acts as the central agency co-o: sector organisations engaged in exports.
16. The Ministry of Textiles Industries (M (DTI) formulates policy and implements p garments and handloom industries and is manpower resources for this subsector.
17. The Department of Small Industrie development servicing craftsman, promoting 1 through apprenticeship and other programn established by Act. No. 35 of 1982 is the la industrialists. It undertakes designing, mar introduces new and efficient methods of p and in the utilisation of raw material, and c,
18. Training programmes for industrial agencies, NIBM which provides production which arranges supervised paid trade appr
FINANCING SMs
9. Several measures have been adopted industrial and export credit (i) The DFCC est assistance for both industrial and agricultural by international agencies and the Central B. 1979, provides direct lending and SMI refin: has established a Rs. 1,000 milion credit fui Sri Lanka Export Credit Insurance Corpo facilitates pre and post shipment credit. (i at subsidized interest for term loans to enterp value. and (v) Since 1978 foreign banks have in the country, and they are able to provide Bank of Ceylon and the People's Bank hav they have established separate SMI units. T policies to expand their term lending parti
Development Centre of Sri Lanka (NERDC) ism needed for the development of lures and tests prototype machinery and pilot .
B) was established in 1979 and is responsible isters on formulation of export development and development of export products and rdinating activities of key public and private
(TI) with the Department of Textile Industries rogrammes for the development of textiles, also responsible for the development of
s (DSI) is responsible for cottage industry ocal sales and exports, and training craftsman nes. The Sri Lanka National Design Centre test attempt made by the state to help small ket development both domestic and foreign, roduction, advises on production processes arries out tests on materials used. m
expansion are concentrated in two main, and financial management courses and NAB enticeship for private industry.
| by the government to facilitate growth in ablished in 1956 provides credit and refinance production, and these activities are supported ank of Ceylon. (ii) The NDB established in ance with World Bank assistance. The bank ld to further SMI lending facilities. (iii) The ration was established in 1980. This body v) The Central Bank has a refinance scheme rises which export at least 20% of their output been given approvals to open banking facilities term finance. (vi) The two state banks, the e established extensive branch networks and Wo local private banks too, have now adopted cularly for SMIs.
59
Page 174
tend to be high. The most promising way i be as an ancilliary to a large industry and fo a part of industrial growth in the country
MARKET INFORMATION
25. In Sri Lanka it is expected that t information, which is due to a lack of ad administrative capacity to conduct such resea understanding of the importance of data and collection and disclosure of basic industrial at a satisfactory level. The present companyl but the information contained in the financ basic company and industrial profiles. It the corporate business sector, so that the SM an adequate picture of their competitors.
26. The adoption of liberalised trade poli it necessary to consider and review the kind wage goods and the exporter would require this data the research should result in not ol but also provide meaningful data on the ri this there should be information on buyers structure, prices and competitive products.
a certain amount of basic research must be industrialist should concentrate and also to kind of sales promotion should be conduc
27. In Sri Lanka Trade Associations whic a useful role in providing access to statisti market supply, stock levels, wholesale and ri costs, etc. by undertaking co-operative marke
STATSTICAL INFORMATION
28. Industrial statistical information is to collect industrial statistics, but it has not data and information regularly, nor make i Although a survey of registered industries is u in the survey has been incomplete due to th to substantial non response and partial rep statistical information on the small scale a
29. A further weakness is that the avail the level of individual products being manuf Even the statistical data collected by the cus information by individual product is difficul
160
n which small industries could grow would this sub-contracting would have to become
he state would supply all basic industrial equately developed industrial firms with rch, and also due to a lack of foresight and information in industrial development. The information it is found does not take place aw provides for the disclosure of information, ial statements are not analysed to provide is necessary that action be taken to analyse Is and those connected with them could have
cies and an export led growth strategy makes s of information, the industrialist producing : to make the correct decisions. To gather hly providing information on target markets ght areas for concentration. Together with wants and preferences, market distribution Detailed market study is costly but at least done to choose the best markets where the
identify proper market segments and what :ted.
ch, have now become more active could play cal information, indicating market demand, 2tail domestic prices, import prices, domestic it research without relying solely on the state.
not systematised. MISA does have a uniy been able to collect comprehensive statistical it readily available to the users as a whole. indertaken through a mail inquiry the coverage be absence of upto date frames and also due orting of information. There is hardly any und unorganised Sector.
able data is not sufficiently disaggregated to actured, to be of direct relevance to the user. stoms is aggregated, so a detailed analysis of t. A systematic industrial data development
Page 175
programme should be initiated which will with or industries which already have unutilised decisions to be made with regard to establ analysed statistical information is vital.
30. Interagency co-operation and co-ord statistical data collection in the country wl governmental agencies. The present situati for funding, and technical assistance from in on industrial statistics.
OBSERVATIONS
31. The foregoing account is indicative class of entrepreneurs and their information (i) management - bringing in the whole gam ranging from incentives fiscal and monetal standards and patents, statistics, consultancie (ii) technical and technological which would ; of buildings, machinery and equipment,
(iii). production, under this group would com feasibility studies, quality control maintenal quality required would vary from industry
32. The capacity or lack of this informa inducing low output, idle capacities, poor qua and high cost of production and distribution sick units, which require rehabilitation by f given up as lost.
33. At present the availability of indus that is available is also scattered and the ga wide. The information emanating to the limited. It is the state that provides the bul) institutional sources and their services were
34. This identified information should b{ and could be fed to them in many ways. Fo publications such as periodicals, abstracts, ir direct communication via telephone and m private or state sponsored. The state has for the industrialist like the Industrial Info1 and Shipping Information Services (TIS) of til of research and administration units and fac But they all suffer from the deficiency of a
generating institutions, further there is v institutions and these information services
out doubt prevents project with little viability capacities being proliferated. For correct ishing a small and medium, scale industry,
ination is needed to develop the industrial hich is now dispersed among a number of . on warrants the exploration of possibilities ternational agencies to develop the data base
of the type of information required by this requirements can be broadly grouped under but of already described facilities and services ry, training, marketing, labour regulations, s, imports, exports, tenders and subcontracts include location, plans and designs, erection
process technologies, research and tests e information on resources and raw material, nce and pricing. The amount of data and 7 to industry.
tion adversely affects SMI development, by ality, stock piling, absenteeism, high turnover h. The ultimate result is the emergence of inancing institutions but they are most often
strial information is inadequate. The little
p between the producer and the user is very
SMI sector through private sources is very
k of the information needs. The major state
briefly described.
a strategically located within access of users r instance through another industry, through nformation bulletines, bibliographies, through edia and liaison or extension services either stablished a number of information sources mation Service (ISS) of the IDB, the Trade he Ministry of Trade, and the library services :ilities already described in paragraphs 11-18. lack of basic information input from the ery little co-ordination between R and D . For effectiveness in communication the
16.
Page 176
information should also be in a convenien deficiencies in the information services have 1 being compelled to move from one institut they require.
35. The SMIs lack of knowledge of th appropriate sources or to reach them, the concentration service facilities in the metro scale of industry and the perceived or suspec communicators and users etc. have all co of available services. In order to better uti it is imperative that these issues be recognized, and remedial measures be introduced to m
36. The government has accorded a hi programmes to the SMI subsector because increasing imports and in generating new objectives apart from looking at the economic of the information and data services is opp an input for the growth and development oft time. It is this very recognition which has le. Sector institutions and organizations during and location of specialized services within c created a need for close co-ordination of the activities entrusted to them. The foregoing the scope and content of data and informat reviewed, there is no doubt that their effect comprehensive evaluation of the current sit strengthening this service facility and for estal network which will make a significant cont
ubsector.
REFERENCES
1. CENTRAL BANK. (1987) Annual R 2. EDB. (1982) Associated Newspapers 3. IDB. (1970) Research and Industry. 4. IDB. (1982) IDB Helps Small and Met
IDB. MISA. (1983) At Your Service. D MISA. (1983) Growth of Private Secto Department of Government Printing 7. Ministry of Plan Implementation. (l Department of Government Printing. 8. Ministry of Plan Implementation. (
Government Printing. 9. SAMARAWEERA, F.R. (1982) Info 10. UNIDO. (1970) Technical Services 11. WEERASEKERA, T.B. (1982) Use o
&
162
and readily digestible form. The present esulted in the users of industrial information on to another in search of the information
ese sources, their inability to identify the : costs of travel and communication, the bolis, the ability to survive because of the ted socio-cultural barriers that exist between ntributed to lower the level of utilisation lize the current and proposed data sources (the lack of space prevents a wider discussion) inimise their impact.
gh priority in its development plans and of its potential in producing wage goods employment. For the realization of these : incentives and infrastructure, an evaluation ortune. The importance of information as he SMI Sector has been recognized for some i to the establishment of a number of public the last two decades. The establishment lifferent individual establishments have also information, collection, processing, servicing brief description and analysis suggests that ory services in the public sector should be iveness can be considerably improved. A uation is timely, as it is a prerequisite for blishing an interlinked industrial information ribution in developing this vital economic
rview 1987. Central Bank of Ceylon.
Ltd.
IDB. ilium Scale Industrialists to HelpThemselves,
epartment of Government Printing. r Industries Since 1977 and Future Prospects,
981) Development 1931 - 1981, Sri Lanka.
1983) Performance 1982. Department of
rmation Systems for Marketing (Mimeo).
for Small Scale Industries. UNIDO. f Information in SMI (Mimeo).
Page 177
இலங்கைத் ே எஸ்.எம். கமால்த்ன் பி.ஏ., முன்னைநாள் உதவிப் பணி
இலங்கைத் தேசிய நூ
பொதுவாகக் கூறுமிடத்து ஒரு நாட்டி அனைத்து அறிவுப் பதிவேடுகளையும் ஒருங்கு சந்ததியினருக்கும் பயன்படும் வகையில் ப “ஒரு தேசிய நூலகத்தின் முக்கியத்து சந்தேகத்திற்குமிடமின்றி நாட்டிலுள்ள ஏனைய திகழ்வதுதான். இந்த உயர்நிலைக்கான காரண பன்முக உள்ளடக்கமுமேயாகும். Gl வகைப்பட்டனவாயிருத்தலோடு, நூலகத்தி: காணப்படும்.'
தேசிய நூலகங்களை அமைத்து நூலக இ இன்றியமையாத கடமையாகும். இதற்கா நிதியத்திலிருந்து பெறப்படுவதாயிருக்கும் செலவிடப்படும் நிதியம் அந்நாட்டின் சமூக மூலதனமாக கருதப்படவேண்டியதாகும். ம உறுதிப்படுத்தும் வகையில் பெரும்பாலான கொண்டுள்ளன.
பெரும்பாலான வளர்முகநாடுகள் சுத நிலையிலிருந்து விடுபட்டுச் சமூக, கல முற்பட்டுள்ளன. இவ்வகையிலான முயற் முக்கியத்துவம் நாம் கூருமலே விளங்கும். திட்டங்களை உருவாக்கி, அவற்றைப் பயன் சேவைகளின் இன்றியமையாத் தன்மை நாடுகளால் உணரப்படவில்லையென்பது மறு துரிதமான அபிவிருத்தியில் நாட்டங்கொண்டு வளர்ச்சிக்கான சாதனமான நூலக செலுத்தப்படவேண்டியது அத்தியாவசியம தேசிய நூலகம் தலைமை தாங்கி வழிகாட்
இலங்கையில் நூலக சேவைகளின் வ அடித்தளம் ஏற்கனவே இருந்து வருவ பெருமைப்படத்தக்கதோர் அறிவுப் பாரம்ப மடாலயங்களிலும், கோயில்களிலும், மத்ரஸ் பாதுகாக்கப்பட்டும், பயிலப்பட்டும் வ நூற்ருண்டில்தான் ஆங்கிலேயரின் ஆட்சியின் வளர்ச்சி அரும்பலாயிற்று.
தசிய நூலகம்
பி.எட்., நூலக டிப்ளோமா
ப்பாளர் (நூலக சேவைகள்) ாலக சேவைகள் சபை
ன் தேசிய நூலககமென்பது, அந்நாட்டின் திரட்டி, அந்நாட்டு மக்களுக்கும், அவர்தம் ாதுகாக்கும் ஒரு நிறுவனமாகும்.
வம் என்னவெனில், அந்நூலகம் எவ்வித நூலகங்களுக்கெல்லாம் தலையாய நூலகமாகத் 'ம், அந்நூலகத்தின் அறிவேடுகளின் பரப்பும், மலும் அவ்வறிவேடுகள் வெவ்வேறு ல் பலதரப்பட்ட விசேஷப் பகுதிகளிலும்
யக்கத்தை முன்னேற்றுவது நவீன அரசுகளின் ன செலவினம் மத்திய அரசின் பொது
ஒரு நாட்டின் நூலகத்துறைக்காகச் 5, கலாசார, பொருளாதார சுபீட்சத்திற்கான ற்றும், நூலகப் பரிமாரிப்புக் கடப்பாட்டை ா அரசுகள் நூலகச் சட்டங்களை இயற்றிக்
ந்திரமடைந்த பின் தமது பின் தங்கிய ாசார, பொருளாதார முன்னேற்றங்காண சிகளுக்கு நூலக ஆவண சேவைகளின் எனினும் ஒரு நாட்டின் அபிவிருத்திக்கான மிக்க வகையில் நிறைவேற்றுவதற்கு நூலக இன்னமும் போதுமான அளவு வளர்முக க்க முடியாத உண்மையாகும். எனவேதான், ள்ள எமது நாட்டில் அனைத்துத் துறைகளிலும் சேவைகளில் கூடுதலான கவனஞ் ாகின்றது. இந்த முயற்சியில் தான் எமது டக் கூடியதாயிருக்கும். பளர்ச்சிக்கும் பரவலுக்கும் ஏதுவானதோர் தை இங்கு நாம் குறிப்பிடவேண்டும். பரியம் இந்நாட்டிற்குண்டு. எமது பெளத்த ாக்களிலும் அறிவேடுகள் மிகுந்த கவனத்தோடு ந்துள்ளன. இருந்த போதிலும் கடந்த
கீழ் நவீன முறையிலான நூலக சேவையின்,
163
Page 178
இந்நாட்டில் ஒரு நூற்றண்டிற்கு மேற்பட் கல்வித் திட்டமும், பொது நிர்வாக அ காரணமாகவும், அண்மைக்காலத்தில் அ பெறுபேருகவும் மக்களிடையே அறிவார்வம் நாட்டின் அபிவிருத்திக்குப் பயன்படுத்திக் கெ
தேசிய நூலக சேவையென்பது நவீன இத்துறையில் நிபுணத்துவம் வாய்ந்த அருண் அவர் 1934ம் ஆண்டில் தேசிய நூலக நவயுகத்துச் சாதனமாகுமென்று கூறியுள்ள கடந்த ஒரு நூற்ருண்டு காலமாகவும், அ மேலாகவும் விரிவடைந்து வருவதொன்ரு அறிவேடுகளின் பெருக்கத்தையொட்டியும், ! இடமுண்டு.
தேசிய நூலகங்கள் பலவகைப்பட்ட அ தேசிய நூலகங்கள் தற்போது அவை இய மற்றும் சில தனிப்பட்டவர்கள் பெருமளவு தோன்றியுள்ளன. இவ்வகையில் உலகின் 'பிரிட்டிஷ் மியூசியம் ஸர் ஹான்ஸ் ஸ்லோன தொகையை அதன் ஆரம்பகாலத்தில் பெற்ற அந்நாட்டுப் பாராளுமன்றத்திற்கான நூலகத் எவ்வகையில் தோற்றினுலும் “தேசிய நூ அல்லது பிற்பட்ட காலங்களிலோ ஒவ்வெ வெளிப்பாடுகளடங்கிய பதிவேடுகளின் இய
தேசிய அறிவேடுகளைச் சேகரித்துப் பாது மக்களின் வாழ்வையும், சுபீட்சத்தையும் பல்துறைப்பட்ட அறிவாக்கங்களையும் கடப்பாடுடையனவாகவுள்ளன. எனினும், பி எந்தளவு சாத்தியமாகுமென்பது கேள்விக்குரிய வியன்னுவில் நடைபெற்ற ஐரோப்பிய ே பின்வரும் ஆலோசனை தெரிவிக்கப்பட்டது.
"ஒரு நாட்டினேடு நேரடியான தொடரி சாத்தியமான ஒரே வழி நூலகங்களின் படுத்தலேயாகும். தேசிய நூலகங்களும் இட நடைமுறையில் அவசியமான இந்த ஒ பயனடைவதோடு தேசிய நூலகங்களின் நூற நூலகங்களின் வளர்ச்சியையும் ஊக்குவிப்பதா தனது நாட்டிற்குத் தேவையான பிறநாட் பொறுப்பினை ஏற்கவேண்டுமென்ற கருத்து வ கூட தேசிய நூலகங்களுக்கிடையிலான ஒத்து கூறப்பட்டது. தேசிய நூலகத்தின் சர்வதே இக்கூற்று வலியுறுத்துகின்றது.
எமது நாட்டில் தேசிய நூலகம் பற்றிய வலுவடைந்துள்ளது.
கொழும்பு மாநகர சபை நகராதிபதியின் கொழும்பு பொது நூலகத்தின் பிரதம ! அபிவிருத்திக்குத் தேசிய நூலகத்தின் அவ பணிகளையும் விளக்கியுள்ளார்.
164
- காலப்பிரிவில் மேல்நாட்டு முறையிலான மைப்பும் நடைமுறையிலிருந்து வந்ததன் முகப்படுத்தப்பட்ட இலவசக் கல்வியின் பெருகியுள்ளதோடு, நூலக ஆவண வளங்களை ள்வதற்கான முனைப்பும் ஏற்பட்டுள்ளது.
காலத்தில் உருவாகிய தொன்றென்பது டேல் எஸ்டெயில் என்பாருடைய கூற்ருகும். பற்றிக் குறிப்பிடும்போது அதுவொரு ர். “தேசிய நூலகம் பற்றிய கொள்கை தனைச் சரியாகக் கணிப்பதாயின் அதற்கு கும்.” இக் கொள்கை காலப்போக்கில் ன்மையினையொட்டியும் மாற்றமடைவதற்கு
டிப்படைகளில் தோன்றியுள்ளன. ஒரு சில ங்கிவரும் அடிப்படையிலேயே தோற்றின. ல் சேகரித்த நூல் தொகைகளினடியாகத் பிரதான தேசிய நூலகங்களுள் ஒன்ருகிய ாஸ் என்பாருடைய பெறுமதி வாய்ந்த நூற் து. ஐக்கிய அமெரிக்காவின் தேசிய நூலகம் தின் அடியாகத் தோன்றியுள்ளது. அவை லகங்கள் அவற்றின் ஆரம்பத்திலிருந்தோ ாரு நாட்டு மக்களினதும் அறிவாற்றலின் ல்பான பாதுகாப்பகங்களாகும்'.
காப்பதோடு தேசிய நூலகங்கள் தம் நாட்டு வளப்படுத்தக்கூடிய ஏனைய நாட்டவரின்
சேகரித்துக் கொள்ளவேண்டிய றநாட்டு அறிவேடுகளைச் சேகரிப்பதென்பது பதொன்ருகும். இது பற்றி 1958ம் ஆண்டில் தசிய நூலகங்கள் பற்றிய கருத்தரங்கில்
பற்ற வெளியீடுகளைப் பொறுத்த மட்டில் நூலிட்டலை தேசிய மட்டத்தில் ஒருமுகப்
முறையையே விரும்புகின்றன.'
நமுகப்பாட்டின் மூலம் பாவனையாளர்கள் ருெகையும் வளம்பெறும். மேலும் ஏனைய கும். இருந்தபோதிலும் ஒரு தேசிய நூலகம் டு அறிவேடுகளைச் சேகரிக்க வேண்டிய புறுத்திக் கூறப்பட்டது. இந்த வகையிலும் ழைப்பு மிகவும் பெறுமதி வாய்ந்ததென்று
மட்டத்திலான நூல் பரிமாற்றத்தையே
ந்தனை இந்நூற்ருண்டின் பிற்பகுதியிலேயே
951ம் ஆண்டிற்கான நிர்வாக அறிக்கையில், ாலகர் டி.ஸி.ஜி. அபயவிக்ரம் நாட்டின் சியத்தையும் அந்நூலகம் ஆற்றக் கூடிய
Page 179
இலங்கையில் உள்ளூராட்சி மன்றங்களி அறிக்கையில் பின்வருமாறு கூறியுள்ளது.
"நாம் எய்த விழையும் முன்னேற்றத்தி தோற்றமும் வளர்ச்சியுமாகும். இதன் சா உள்ளூராட்சி மன்றத்தில் வதியும் வாசகர தமது உள்ளூர் நூலகத்தில் கிடைக்காவிடி தேசிய நூலகத்திலிருந்து பெற்றுக் கொள் இந்த முறை தற்போது நடைமுறையிலிருந்
இதனைத் தொடர்ந்து 1958ம் ஆண்டில் திரு. பி. கந்தையா அவர்களின் அறிக்கைய பின்வருமாறு அவர் வற்புறுத்தியுள்ளார்.
"ஒரு தேசிய நூலகத்தை அமைப்பது எம இடத்தைப் பெறவேண்டியதொரு விஷயம கவனஞ் செலுத்தப்படாமல் மிகுந்த காலம் கட் கட்டிச் சேவையினை ஆரம்பிப்பது மேலும் ச அவசியமென்பது எனது உறுதியான கருத்த
மேலும் திரு. கந்தையா அவர்கள் நூல்தொகைகளாக அரசாங்க சுவடிச்சால்ை ஏஷ்யடிக் சொஸைடி (இலங்கைக் கிளை) ஆ சேகரிக்கலாம் என்றும் அபிப்பிராயம் கூறி
இலங்கைத் தொல்பொருட்கள் பற்றிய வ தேசிய நூலகத்தினைப் பற்றியும் குறிப்பிட் கொள்வதற்கு கொழும்பு, அரும்பொரு மிகச்சிறந்தவையென்று கூறியுள்ளது.
இலங்கைத் தேசிய நூலக சேவைகளின் சோமதாஸ் அவர்கள் அரசாங்க கீழத்தேய தேசிய நூலகமாகக் கருதப்படக்கூடியதென்று கொழும்பு அரும்பொருட்சாலை ஆரம்பிக் இணைக்கப்பட்டது. "1885ம் ஆண்டில் அச் (இலக்கம். 1-1885) கொழும்பு அரு வெளியீடுகளுக்கான வைப்பு நூலகங்களுள் அரும்பொருட்சாலையின் நூலகப் பகுதி ஒ( பெறலாயிற்று.”
மேலே நாம் கூறியற்றிலிருந்து எமது கருத்துக்களும் அந்நூலகம் எத்தன்மையானத காலத்துக்குக் காலம் இந்நாட்டின் அறிவார் வந்துள்ளதை நாம் அவதானிக்கக் கூடியதா
இக்கருத்துக்களின் திரட்சியாகவும் பெறுடே முக்கிய நூலகச் ச்ட்டமே இலங்கைத் தேசி இச்சட்டம் பாராளுமன்றத்தில் 1970ம் ஆண் சட்டமாக நிறைவேறியது. இச்சட்டத்தின் 1969ம் ஆண்டில் இலங்கை அரசாங்கத்தின் நூலக நிபுணர்களின் மாநாடாகும். இம்மாநா அமைப்பதன் மூலம் ஆசிய நாடுகளின் நூல் ஆலோசனைகள் வழங்கப்பட்டன.
ா மீதான விசாரணைக் குழு (1955) தனது
கான வழி ஒரு தேசிய நூலக சேவையின் ாம்சம் என்னவெனில் எந்தவொரு சிறிய யினும் தான் படிக்க விரும்பும் ஒரு நூல் ண் அந்நூலைக் கூட்டுறவு முறையின் மூலம் ாக்கூடியதாயிருக்கவேண்டும். இங்கிலாந்தில் து வருகிறது’.
, கொழும்பு பொது நூலகத்தின் மீதான ல் ஒரு தேசிய நூலகத்தின் அவசியத்தைப்
து கலாசார அபிவிருத்தியில் முதன்மையான ாகும். துரதிர்ஷ்டவசமாக இவ்விஷயத்தில் உந்து விட்டது. இத்தகையதொரு நூலகத்தைக் ாலம் தாழ்த்தாது மேற்கொள்ள வேண்டியது ாகும்.'
இலங்கைத் தேசிய நூலகத்திற்கான மூல , அரும்பொருட்சாலை நூலகம், “ருேயல் கியவற்றின் அறிவேடுகளை ஒருங்கு திரட்டிச் யுள்ளார்.
சாரணைக் குழு (1959) தனது அறிக்கையில் டு அதற்கான மூல நூற் தொகையாகக் நட்சாலையின் நூலகத்திலுள்ள நூல்கள்
ா முன்னைநாள் பணிப்பாளர் திரு. கே.டி. நூலகம் (1870) இலங்கையின் முதலாவது கூறியுள்ளார். இந்நூலகம் 1877ம் ஆண்டில் கப்பட்ட போது அதன் நூலகத்தோடு சிடுவோர், வெளியீட்டாளர் சட்டத்தின்கீழ் ம்பொருட்சாலை நூலகம் இலங்கையின் ஒன்ருகியது. அதன் பிறகு கொழும்பு ரு தேசிய நூலகத்தின் சில தன்மைகளைப்
தேசிய நூலகம் பற்றிய முன்னுேடியான ாயிருக்க வேண்டுமென்ற ஆலோசனைகளும் ந்த மக்களின் எண்ணத்தில் இடம் பெற்று பிருக்கிறது.
ருகவும் உருவாகிய இலங்கையின் முதலாவது ப நூலக சேவைகள் சபைச் சட்டமாகும். மார்ச்சு மாதம் 24ம் திகதி 17ம் இலக்கச் ஆக்கத்திற்கு உடனடியாக வழிகோலியது. தவியுடன் யுனெஸ்கோ தாபனம் நடத்திய ட்டில் ஆசிய நாடுகளில் தேசிய நூலகங்களை க சேவைகளை அபிவிருத்தி செய்வதற்கான
165
Page 180
இவ்வாருக, இயற்றப்பட்ட நூலகச் சட் இலங்கைத் தேசிய நூலக சேவைகள் சபை நூலக இயக்க வளர்ச்சியில் அதி முக்கியத்
எமது தேசிய நூலகத்தின் தன்மையினை தேசிய நூலகத்தின் பொதுவான பணிகள் ப தேசிய நூலகங்களின் அபிவிருத்தி பற்றிய 1964) பின்வருமாறு கூறப்பட்டுள்ளதை இ
“முதன்முதலில் ஒரு தனிப்பட்ட தேசிய கலாசார, பொருளாதார புவியியல் நிலை போதிலும் குறிப்பிட்ட சில பணிகளை ( இன்றியமையாத பொறுப்பாயிருக்கும். பின்வருவனவாகும்:
- நாட்டிலுள்ள அனைத்து நூலகங்களுக்கு - நாட்டின் அனைத்து வெளியீடுகளுக்கும் ஒ( - வேறு வகையான அறிவேடுகளையும் ே - நூற்பட்டியற் சேவைகளை வழங்குதல்.
- நூலகக் கூட்டுறவு நடவடிக்கைகளை
செயற்படுதல்.
- அரசாங்கத்திற்குத் தேவையான சேவை
இனி, இலங்கைத் தேசிய நூலகச் சேை சட்டத்தில் கூறப்பட்டுள்ளவாறு காண்போம். பாடசாலை, பல்கலைக்கழக, அரசாங்க, வி முன்னேற்றுவதற்கான அதிகாரம் வழங்கப்பட அரசாங்க, நூலக, ஆவண சேவைகள் ஒருமு விரயத்தை ஏற்படுத்துவனவாகவுமே இருந்: அமைப்பின் மூலம் எமது பொருளாதார ந நூலகத் தேவைகள், வளங்களின் நிலை, ந சேவைகளை நாம் அபிவிருத்தி செய்ய முடியு பிரிவில் எமது தேசிய நூலகத்தை ஏற்படுத்து கூறப்பட்டுள்ளது. தேசிய நூலக சேவைச பின்வருமாறு தரப்பட்டுள்ளது. 1. பொதுவாக நூலக சேவைகளின் அமை
உதவுதல். 2. தேசிய நூலகத்தை நிறுவிப் பராமரித் 3. பொது நூலக சேவைகளை ஊக்குவி
உதவியும் வழங்கல். 4. பாடசாலை நூலகங்களை ஊக்குவித்து அ
வழங்குதல். - 5. அறிவேடுகளின் வெளியீட்டிற்கும், கட்புல ஆலோசனைகளும் உதவிகளும் வழங்குத 6. பல்கலைக்கழக நூலகங்கள், கனிஷ்ட ட கல்லூரிகளின் நூலகங்கள், ஆசிரியர் அலுவலகங்களின் நூலகங்கள், மற்றும் ஒருமுகப்படுத்துவதற்கான ஆலோசனைக 7. நூலக சேவையில் கடமைபுரிவோரின்
ஆகியவற்றை நிர்ணயிப்பதில் அரச வழங்குதல்.
166
டத்தின் மீது 1970 ஆண்டு ஜூன் மாதம் றுவப்பட்டது. இந் நிகழ்ச்சி இலங்கையின் வம் வாய்ந்ததொரு திருப்பமாகும். யும், பணிகளையும் பற்றிக் கூறுமுன் ஒரு றி ஆசியாவிலும் பசுபிக் பிராந்தியத்திலும் ருத்தரங்கொன்றில் (மணிலா, பிலிப்பீன்ஸ், கு கவனிப்போம். நூலகத்தின் பணிகள் பெரும்பாலும் சமூக, ளைப் பொறுத்ததாகவேயிருக்கும். இருந்த மற்கொள்ள வேண்டியது அந்நூலகத்தின் பொதுப்படக் கூறுவதாயின் அவை
ம் தலைமைத்துவம் வகித்தல். ரு நிரந்தர வைப்பகமாகப் பணிபுரிதல். சகரித்தல்.
ஒருமுகப்படுத்தும் மத்திய நிலையமாகச்
களை வழங்குதல். வகள் சபையினது சேவைகளை அதற்கான இதில், இச்சபைக்கு நாட்டிலுள்ள பொது, சேஷ நூலகத்துறைகளுக்கு உதவியளித்து ட்டுள்ளதை அவதானிக்கலாம். இது காறும் Dகப்படுத்தப்படாமலும், பல வகைகளிலும் து வந்துள்ளன. எனவே தேசிய நூலக நிலைக்கேற்றவாறும், மற்றும் எமது அவசர திெநிலை ஆகியவற்றுக்கேற்றவாறும் நூலக ம். இதனையொட்டியே இச்சட்டத்தின் 14ம் துவது சபையின் தலையாய ஒரு பணியாகக் ள் சபையின் அதிகாரங்கள் சட்டத்தில்
ப்பிற்கும் அபிவிருத்திக்குமாகத் திட்டமிட்டு
நல். $து அபிவிருத்திக்கான ஆலோசனைகளும்
பிவிருத்திக்கான ஆலோசனைகளும் உதவியும்
செவிப்புல சாதனங்களின் உற்பத்திக்குமான Ꭷb . ல்கலைக்கழக நூலகங்கள், தொழில் நுட்ப கல்லூரிகளின் நூலகங்கள், அரசாங்க ஏனைய விசேஷ நூலகங்கள் ஆகியவற்றை ரும் உதவியும் வழங்கல். கல்வித்தராதரம், தொழில் வழித் தராதரம் "ங்கத்திற்கு ஆலோசனைகளும் உதவியும்
Page 181
8. நூலகவியற் கல்வியையும், பயிற்சிை 9. பொதுவாக நூலக சேவைகளின்
நடவடிக்கைகளை மேற்கொள்ளுதல்.
நூலக சேவைகள் சபையின் மேற்கூறி பராமரிப்பதுதான் முதன்மையானதெனினு துறைகளிலான பணிகள் தேசிய தொடர்புடையனவென்பதினலேயே சட்ட இங்கெடுத்துக் கூறினேம். மேலும் இத்துை நூலகத்தின் வளமும் வளர்ச்சியும் உறுதிய
எமது தேசிய நூலகத்தின் பணிகள் 6 பேராதனைப் பல்கலைக்கழகத்து முன்னைநாள் நூலகருமாகிய திரு. இயன் குணத்திலக்க இங்கு வழங்க விரும்புகிறேன்.
'நூலக சேவைகள் என்ற கட்டுக் ே ஆற்றவேண்டிய பணிகளாவன:
- கல்வித்துறையிலும் ஆராய்ச்சித் துறைய வரலாறு நாகரீகம் ஆகியன பற்றிய ே எழுதப்பட்ட அல்லது வெளியிடப்பட்ட பிரதிகளையும் பிற சாதனங்களையும் மற்றும் 6ே நூலகச் சாதனங்களையும் சேகரித்துப் பாதுகாத்
- சட்டவாக்கம், நிறைவேற்றதிகாரம், நீதி அரசாங்கப் பிரிவுகளுக்கும், மற்றும்
நிறுவனங்களுக்கும், ஏனைய அமைப்புக்கீ பணியாற்றுவது. இச்சேவையின் பிரதான ே பூரணத்துவம் வாய்ந்தோர் உசாத்துணை நூ
- நாட்டிலுள்ள ஏனைய நூலகங்களுக்கும் திறமையானதொரு மத்திய நூல் இரவ சேவையாகவும் இயங்குதல்.”
- இச்சேவைகள் தவிர, இலங்கைத் ே பலபணிகளையும் திரு குணத்திலக்க விளக் அறிவேடுகளுக்கான பொருள் வழிகாட்டி பட்டியலுக்கான தரநிர்ணயக்களையும் வழங் நூலகங்களால் பெறப்படும் வெளிநாட்டு நு ஆகியன கிடைக்கக் கூடிய நூலகங்கள் பற்
இலங்கைத் தேசிய நூலகத்தின் மற்றுே பொருளாதார அபிவிருத்திக்கு அத்தியாவி ஆலைத்தொழில், தொழில்நுட்பம் ஆகிய துை ஆவணங்களை ஒருமுகப்படுத்தி அவற்றுக்க அபிவிருத்திக்கான சிறப்புப் பணியாகும்.
நூல் பட்டியலாக்கத்துறையில் தே பட்டதாகுமெனினும் பிரதானமான சில ப இவற்றுள் அதி முக்கியமானதாகக் கருதப்பட இலங்கைப் பருவ வெளியீடுகளின் நெறிகாட்டியுமாகும். இவை தவிர இலங்கை பருவ வெளியீடுகள், புதின ஏடுகள், பட்ட கட்டுரைகள், ஒலைப் பதிவேடுகள் ஆகியவற்று தேசிய நூலகத்தின் பணிகளாகும்.
யும் அபிவிருத்தி செய்தல்.
அபிவிருத்திக்குத் தேவையான ஏனைய
ப பணிகளுள் தேசிய நூலகத்தை நிறுவிப் ம் அதன் பணிகளாகக் கூறப்பட்ட ஏனைய நூலக சேவையினேடு நெருங்கிய த்தில் காணும் அனைத்துப் பணிகளையும் றகளிலான வளர்ச்சியினையொட்டியே தேசிய ான வகையில் ஏற்பட முடியும்.
வ்வாறு அமைய வேண்டுமென்பது பற்றிப்
பிரதம நூலகரும், இந்நாட்டின் தலை சிறந்த அவர்கள் கூறியுள்ளவற்றைச் சற்று விரிவாக
காப்புக்குள் அமைவதாகத் தேசிய நூலகம்
பிலும் பயன்படக்கூடியனவாகிய இலங்கையின் தசிய அறிவேறுகளோடு, வெளிநாடுகளில் அத்தகைய நூல்களையும், கையெழுத்துப் பறு நூல்களையும் கையெழுத்துப் பிரதிகளையும், து ஒழுங்குபடுத்தி உபயோகத்திற்கு உதவுவது. பரிபாலனம் ஆகியவற்றுக்குப் பொறுப்பான பொதுக் கூட்டுறவுத் தாபனங்களுக்கும், ளுக்கும் தேசிய உசாத்துணை நூலகமாகப் நாக்கம் இறுதிநிலையில் நாடி வருவோருக்குப் லகமாக இயங்குவதாகும்.
தரவுத் திடடங்களுக்கும் உதவும் முகமாகத் ல் வழங்கும் நூலகமாகவும் பிரதியாக்க
தசிய நூலகம் ஆற்ற வேண்டிய மற்றும் கியுள்ளார். அவற்றுள் நடைமுறையிலுள்ள களையும், சுட்டிகளையும், நூல் விவரணப் குதலும், இலங்கையில் தற்போது உயர்நிலை ால்கள், பருவ வெளியீடுகள், பத்திரிகைகள் றிய விபரங்களை வழங்குதலும் அடங்கும்.
மாரு முக்கியமான பணி எமது நாட்டின் சியமானதாகும். இந்நாட்டின் விவசாயம், றகளில் இயங்கிவரும் விசேஷ நூலகங்களின் ான உதவிகளை வழங்குவதும் நாட்டின்
சிய நூலகத்தின் பணி [ 1Ꭷu) தரப் -டியல்களை மட்டும் இங்கு குறிப்பிடுவோம். கூடியன இலங்கைத் தேசிய நூற்பட்டியலும், ட்டியும், புதின ஏடுகளின் சுட்டியும் நூலகங்களில் சேகரிக்கப்படும் பிற நாட்டுப் ப்பின்படிப்பில் சமர்ப்பிக்கப்படும் ஆய்வுக் கெல்லாம் பட்டியல் தயாரித்து வழங்குவதும்
167
Page 182
இலங்கைத் தேசிய நூலக சேவைகள் முதல் சபையின் தேசிய நூலகப் பணிகளு வருகின்றன. காலப்போக்கில் இப்பணிகள் முழுமைத்துவம் அடையுமெனலாம்.
இனி, நூலக சபையின் தேசிய நூல பணிகளைக் கோடிட்டுக் காட்டுவது நூலகத் பெறவேண்டிய துறைகளைப் பற்றியும் நாம்
தேசிய நூலகப் பிரிவினல் மேற்கொ முக்கியமானவை சில பின்வருமாறு: - தேசிய நூலகத்திற்கான பிரதான நூற் - சட்ட வைப்புக்கான வெளியீடுகளின்
(1885ம் ஆண்டு இயற்றப்பட்ட அச்சிடு ஆண்டுத் திருத்தத்திற்கேற்ப நாட்டில் வெ6 பிரதியொன்று தேசிய நூலகத்தின் வைப்பி - இலங்கையின் நாடோடி இலக்கியச் ே
இத்திட்டத்தின் கீழ் பல்வேறு கிராமிய நாடோடிக் கலாசாரம் பற்றிய அச்சிட்ட நாடாக்கள், ஒலித்தட்டுக்கள், நுண்பொருட்க அடங்கும்.
- யுனெஸ்கோ வெளியீடுகளின் சேகரிப்ட
தேசிய நூலகத்தின் யுனெஸ்கோ ப நிறுவனங்களினதும் நூல் வைப்பகமாகத் திக பிற சர்வதேசத் தாபனங்களின் வெளியீடுக
- மற்றும் அரசாங்க வெளியீடுகள், நூலக ஆகியனவும் தற்போது சேகரிக்கப்பட்டு வ(
இலங்கைத் தேசிய நூற்பட்டியலானது திணைக்களத்தினுல் நூலக சேவைகள் சபைய இப்பட்டியல் காலாண்டு வெளியீடாக வெளியிடப்படுகின்றது. இது சட்ட தயாரிக்கப்படுகின்றது. இது தவிர நூற்பட்டியலொன்றையும் தேசிய நூலக சடை பருவ வெளியீடுகளின் சுட்டிகளையும், மத்திய மேற்கொண்டுள்ளது. 1962ம் ஆண்டிலிருந்து தேசிய சுவடிச் சாலையினுல் வெளியிடப்பட் தற்போது தேசிய நூலகம் ஆற்றிவரும் ப இருந்து வருகின்றன. அடுத்து வரும் ஆண் விரிவடையுமென்று நாம் எதிர் பார்க்கலா! இதுவரை நாம் சுருக்கமாக எடுத்துக் க பணிகளோடு தேசிய நூலகத்தின் சேவை நூல தனது கவனத்தைச் செலுத்த வேண்டியது
இவ்வகையில் இலங்கையிலுள்ள நூலகங் பற்றிய தகவல்களைத் திரட்டி மதிப்பீ அபிவிருத்திக்கேற்ற தர நிர்ணயஞ் செய்வ
168
சபை 1970ம் ஆண்டில் நிறுவப்பட்டது ட் சில படிப்படியாக மேற்கொள்ளப்பட்டு விரிவடைந்து எமது தேசிய நூலகம்
கப்பிரிவு இது காறும் மேற்கொண்டுள்ள ன்ெ தற்போதைய நிலையையும் விரிவாக்கம்
உணர உதவியாயிருக்கும்.
ாளப்பட்டுவரும் தற்போதைய பணிகளுள்
சேகரிப்பு: சேகரிப்பு.
வோர் வெளியீட்டாளர் சட்டத்தின் 1976 ரியிடப்படும் ஒவ்வொரு அறிவேட்டினதும் லிடப்பட வேண்டும்)
சகரிப்பு.
க் கவிதைகளின் கையெழுத்துப் பிரதிகள், சாதனங்கள், ஏட்டுச் சுவடிகள், பதிவு ள், நிழற்படங்கள் ஆகியவற்றின் சேகரிப்பு
• குதி இந்நாட்டின் தலையாய சர்வதேச ழ்கிறது. இங்கு யுனெஸ்கோ வெளியீடுகளும் ளூம் சேகரிக்கப்படுகின்றன.
வியல் சார்ந்த வெளியீடுகள், புதின ஏடுகள் நகின்றன.
1974ம் ஆண்டிலிருந்து தேசியச் சுவடிகள் ன் பொறுப்பில் விடப்பட்டது. தற்போது மும்மொழிகளிலும் இச் சபையினல் வைப்பு நூற்சேர்க்கையின் அடியாகத் காலத்தால் முற்பட்ட (1885-1962) தொகுத்து வருகின்றது. மற்றும் இலங்கைப் நூற்பட்டியலையும் தயாரிக்கும் வேலையையும் 1973ம் ஆண்டு வரையிலான நூற்பட்டியல் .டது: Eகள் பெரும்பாலும் ஆரம்ப நிலையிலேயே டுகளில் இந் நூலகப் பணிகள் சிறப்பாக
D.
றிய பல்வேறு அறிவுத் துறைகள் சார்ந்த கவியல் சம்பந்தப்பட்ட வேறு துறைகளிலும் அவசியமாகின்றது.
களினல் அநுசரிக்கப்படும் செய்முறைகளைப் செய்வதும், தொழில் வழியிலான தும், நூலகத் துறையில் பிற நாடுகளில்
Page 183
ஏற்படும் மாற்றங்களையும், முன்னேற்றங்களை காலம் எமது நூலக சேவைகளில் சீர் திருத்; சார்ந்த வெளியீடுகளை ஊக்குவிப்பதும், நூ நூலகத்தின் பொறுப்புக்களாய் அமையும்.
இதுகாறும் நாம் கூறியவற்றிலிருந்து எம. நாம் உணர முடியும். இப் பொறுப்புக் நூலகத்தின் சேவையினல் பயன் பெறவ விஷயங்களை மனதிற் கொள்ளவேண்டும்.
ஒன்றுக்கு மேற்பட்ட சமயம் மொழி,
நாட்டில், இந்த வேற்றுமைகளுள் ஒற்று முன்னேற்றத்திற்கும் நாட்டின் சுபீட்சத்திற்கும் அடைவதில் எமது தேசிய நூலகத்திற்கு மு நாம் வலியுறுத்திக் கூற வேண்டியுள்ளது மக்களினது பாரம்பரியத்தையும் சமய, நிற்கும் ஒரு பொதுக் களஞ்சியமாகத் த மொத்தமான அபிலாஷைகளைப்பிரதிபலிக்கு அமைத்துக் கொள்ள வேண்டும்.
உசாத்துணை
01. Ceylon National Library Services Board 02. Esdaile, A. National Libraries of the wo 03. Kandiah, P. Report of the Commission c 04. National Libraries vol. I, ed. by Line, Mauric
(Aslib Reader series)
05. Municipality of Colombo. Administration 06. Report of the Commission on Local Gov. 07. Somadasa, K.D. The National Library an 08. Special Committee on Antiquities. Final 1 09. Sri Lanka National Library Services Boar 10. Symposium on National libraries: their pr 11. Treasures of knowledge ed. by Ishwari Corea
ம் அவதானித்து அவற்றின் வழி காலத்துக்குக் வ்களை ஏற்படுத்துவதும், மற்றும் நூலகவியல் கவியற் கல்வியை முன்னேற்றுவதும் தேசிய
தேசிய நூலகத்தின் பாரிய பொறுப்புக்களை ளைப் பற்றி நாம் சிந்திக்கும்போது இந் ாள மக்களைப்பற்றியும் சில முக்கியமான
கலாசாரம் ஆகியவற்றைக் கொண்ட எமது மை காண வேண்டியது எம்மனைவரது இன்றியமையாததாகும். இந்த இலட்சியத்தை க்கியமானதொரு பங்குண்டென்பதை இங்கு
தேசிய நூலகமானது எமது அனைத்து லாசார, மொழி வளங்களையும் அளாவி கழ வேண்டும். எமது மக்களின் கூட்டு ம் வகையிலும் அது தனது கோட்பாடுகளை
நூல்கள்
Act, No. 17 of 1970. rld. London, Grafton, 1934. in the Public Library. Colombo, 1958. e B. and Line, Joyce. London, Aslib, 1979.
report of the Mayor for the year 1951. ernment. Sessional paper xxxii, 1955. d documentation Centre of Sri Lanka. eport Sessional papers vii, 1959. d administration report, 1984. oblems and prospects. Paris, Unesco, 1963. Colombo, Colombo Public Library, 1985.
169
Page 184
Page 185
TRADITIONAL PATTERNS OF
SERVICES AND THER
WORLD C.
Stephanie
President, Commonweal
The terms 'third world', 'underd "L.D.Cs' all refer to about 130 countries whic approximately 50% of the world's land surj world's population. Forty of these countric 60% of the inhabitants subsist in chronic
Third World countries share a comm. weak agricultural based economies, large nonapplications, high illiteracy rates, poor trans and fast growing populations and many (
In spite of these similarities however and political structures, spanning as they c levels of economic and industrial developm
Indeed, this paper should more precis and Information Services and their relevan My involvement with the Commonwealth President and now as its President since Nc the Library and Information Services availabl the natue of these services.
Specifically, I have questioned wheth effectively meeting the information needs oft I was pleased to note that similar question as well as developing countries. . . .
THRD WORLD LIBRARES AND INFO
The topic was raised at the 1987 IFLA General of New African Editions of Lome the IFLA Conference held in Brighton in 1 source of Information in the Developing C bewilderment whenever he saw "library' and and reflected on the fact that “people think infrastructures, deriving from a centuries-o context is quite different.' He commentec the changes necessary in the materially poor the well off countries but should also repeat objectives.' He asked whether “in view of up structures for development, if the estab in their current form is still to be encour:
LIBRARY AND INFORMATION RELEVANCE TO THIRD DUNTRIES
Ferguson h Library Association
veloped', 'developing', "less developed' h span a wide geographical area. Comprising ace, their inhabitants represent 51% of the s are the poorest in the world and well over
poverty. on historical pattern of colonial domination, white populations, low levels of technological portation and communication facilities, large ther characteristics.
, they exhibit a variety of cultural patterns o such a wide geographical area, and their ent are also different.
:ly be called Traditional Patterns of Library ce to Commonwealth Developing Countries. Library Association since 1983 as its Vicevember 1986, has made me more aware of 2 in these countries and has led me to question
er Libraries in Third World countries were heir societies and in trying to find an answer were being raised by others from developed
RMATION
Conference. K. M. Aithnard, the Director
in Togo, at the Opening Plenary Session of 987 selected as his theme “Is the Library a ountries?'. He confessed to a feeling of "developing' country in the same sentence it is essential to set up structures and ld tradition, in other countries where the , that "things are always presented as if all countries should not only be modelled on supposedly linear process, having the same Third World realities and the cost of setting ishment of increasing numbers of libraries ged.”*
171
Page 186
In attempting to find answers to thes effectiveness which have been raised, we nee which have shaped the model of library and i as well as that of third world countries. We ments which are, even now, influencing ch:
ORIGIN AND CHARACTERISTICS OF
Briefly, one can say that the model v rather than oral traditions, on large urban with an economic system of production b were widespread, and transportation and c In addition extensive technological application
The characteristics of the model of
are well known. These include the nationa main function of preserving large collection libraries which serve a diverse clientele ran groups in large urban areas to the individua recreational or informational needs. The m cover a wide geographical area serving rural or mobile units. It includes academic and 1 the educational and research needs of their commercial and industrial organizations anc the educational system.
Developments in technology are e that technological applications have reshape ships, influencing the development of comput on-line access to remote databases and nel applications have led some to speculate that
THE MODEL TRANSFERRED
The infrastructure of third world co colonial masters, it naturally reflects the patt of the colonial heritage. The library an system developed for "first world' countries However, one wonders whether the realities c make the model suitable or effective for thes
THE PATTERN OF LIBRARY AND INF
The library and information service that of developed countries. National, pu exist at various levels of development. In sc in others, they are not. For instance, in Jau public library network, academic, special ar as Kenya there is no separate institution
72
e questions of relevance, appropriateness or to reflect briefly on the historical influences nformation services of the western developed ; also need to recognise the modern developunge in this model.
THE MODEL
vas shaped by civilizations based on literate
populations involved in industrial activity, ased on wages. Educational opportunities ommunication facilities and links adequate. is existed and these are still increasing rapidly.
library and information systems developed | library at the apex of the system, with its ls of printed and other material and public ging from industrial and commercial interest l in rural communities seeking to satisfy his odel also incorporates library systems which and urban populations either through static 'esearch libraries with vast resources serving
clientele, special libraries in governmental, school libraries which provide support for
yen now influencing the model to the extent di library techniques, practices and relationerised libraries with public access catalogues, working of libraries. Such technological, the traditional library will soon disappear.
untries having been shaped by the fortmer, erns, practices, organizations and instituions i information service is one example of a and transferred to third world countries. f the conditions of the third world countries e countries.
ORMATION SERVICE
developed in third world countries reflects blic, academic, special and school libraries ome countries all of these are well developed, maica there is a national library, an extensive ld school libraries. In other countries such performing the traditional national library
Page 187
functions. Instead, the public library attem library and the public library at the same ti: libraries the school library service is rudir
For the purpose of this paper my
attention on library and information services special and school libraries will not be information needs of these special groups o located in developed or developing countries. categories which have been transferred from t to meet the needs of clients in developing co fit because of the similarities in the character At the same time, however, I must hastent the continuum of human development and v population with reading and information ne in developed countries.
OBJECTIVES OF LIBRARY AND INFOR This is commonly described thus in
“To satisfy the educational, informati
Is this objective appropriate or relev that they are, are libraries in third world cou
THE EDUCATIONAL FUNCTION
The material stored in these libraries the language of the former colonial power. accessible to a relatively small group. Thus 30% to 90% in some countries. How, then, the written word, fulfill the educational n functionally literate are in the minority?
THE INFORMATION FUNCTION
Efforts to satisfy information needs ar that the dissemination of information is basec of the former metropolitan power. This ret 90% of the population in some countries, w) which does not exist in a written form. T much of the information contained in these language which is far from simple and easy natural preference both in developed and de the informal face to face method.
ots to perform the functions of the national me and while there are academic and special entary or non-existent.
examination of the model will concentrate for the general public. Academic, research, examined because the characteristics and clients are very similar whether they are This is not to say that the models of these he developed countries are perfectly adequate untries. However, they do provide a better istics of their host organizations and clients. o point out that developing societies reflect vill therefore naturally comprise pockets of eds similar to that of the wider population
MATION SERVICES
developed countries :
on and recreation needs of the population.”
ant for third world countries and assuming untries effectively fulfilling these objectives?
is primarily in printed form and written in Educational opportunities are limited, being , the rate of illiteracy is high ranging from can these libraries based on the culture on eeds of a largely oral society where the
e no more effective. We have already seen ! on printed materials written in the language lders these materials useless to as much as here they understand only the local language nis situation is made worse by the fact that published sources is written by experts in a to read and also by the fact that there is a veloping societies to seek information using
73
Page 188
The fact is that the public library ind and information needs of a literate populatio such as Community Advice Bureaux and o services have evolved to satisfy communit lacking in the developing societies and the li has evolved in the western developed world needs of the non-reading section of the po majority in developing countries.
The transferred model not only reflec the library in western countries but also infl These include the training of information p1 the considerations which influençe the des
TRANING OF INFORMATION PROFES
As a result of the paucity of trainin librarians in these countries received their pri and therefore reflect the influence of such t been fortunate to have established their own often that not with assistance from develop of existing methodology has applied.
Initially personnel from these metropo programmes which, as can be expected, wi countries. The skills which are emphasised organization and retrieval of published info) world librarian for being really effective communication of information, identifying information, reprocessing and repackaging storage of audio-visual materials in informat needs of the community as well as the effecti service to non-literate members of the coi
It is true that some library schools h to suit perceived needs. For instance, at University of the West Indies, it is recognise in the developed world, move directly int therefore prepared to operate in these posi lower level and gradually moving up the lad However the revolutionary orientation in th a reorientation of library services in develop extent in many third world library schools
174
2veloped countries exists to serve the reading n. In these developed societies other systems her agencies which complement the library y information needs. However, these are, brary, patterned as it is on the model which , fails to satisfy these particular information pulation which very often comprises the
ts the mission statement and objectives of lences every aspect of operation and practice. 'ofessionals, the nature of the service or even ign of library buildings.
SONALS
g institutions in developing countries many ofessional education in metropolitan societies raining. Even in those countries which have training institutions, this has been done more ed countries and the same concept of transfer
litian countries are used to create the training ll naturally reflect the practice in their own therefore, are those relating primarily to the rmation. There is little to prepare the third in his own society. Skills relating to the and accessing non-traditional sources of of information, the production, use and on delivery, determining the real information ve development and promotion of the library mmunity are neglected.
ave been attempting to tailor the curriculum the Department of Library Studies of the d that the graduates, unlike their counterparts o responsible managerial positions and are cions immediately, rather than operating at der as is the practice in developed countries. curriculum which is needed if there is to be ing cluntries is not evident to any significant
Page 189
THE NATURE OF PUBLIC LIBRARIES
Public library systems in developing c transferred model. The rural-urban patteri are fairly well served by a central library a kind of rural service. These may be large o mobile library service is introduced to serve th inoperable due to high maintenance costal cau and spare parts which must be obtained fro;
The collection in these libraries consist been published abroad. Primarily they ser minority or as supplementary texts for stu often result in devalued currencies and reduce of new material very rare. Consequently t are soon lost as the collection becomes stal to interest them.
Because there is no genuine effort to it of the community in order to provide servi daily probelm-solving information relating as citizens, the public library service in thi and educational Institutions support system America and the Caribbean confirm this an in 4 African Countries also support this vie
DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS IN LIBRAR
Difficult as it may be to believe, there : countries of library buildings which were des elephants' are neither comfortable nor funct example of an inappropriate model can be to explain however, are the considerations v world library buildings, many of which do the situation.
In travelling in East and West Africa. library users who occupied every available taken at times. On investigation it turned ol for home reading while in others the domes lack of privacy and poor lighting, did not recreational reading. Therefore, library sp were consulting their own books rather than is a pressing need for some accommodation w place.
ountries provide an interesting study of the is very evident. Usually the urban areas d some attempt is made at providing some small static branches but in some countries e rural areas. However, this soon becomes ised by poor roads and the high cost of petrol m abroad using scarce foreign exchange.
largely of books and periodicals which have ve the recreational needs of an educated ients. Difficult economic conditions quite d budget allocations which make acquisition he educated minority group of library users e and deteriorates and there is nothing new
lentify and satisfy the real information needs ces which assist individuals and groups with to their homes, their jobs and their rights 'd world countries soon becomes a "school '. Studies done in Jamaica and in Latin d my personal but very limited observation W.
RY BUILOINGS
are many examples in the tropical third World igned for temperate countries. These “white onal in their tropical location. This obvious explained in many ways. What is difficult which have shaped "purpose designed' third not seem to take into account the reality of
I was surprised to see the large number of pace in the libraries. Even floor space was it that in some cases, books a1e not available tic situation with the large extended family, provide the most suitable space for study or ce was at a premium. Many of the users the library's collection, indicating that there here library users can find a quiet, hospitable
175
Page 190
This has led me to speculate that the ic countries would be one in which the empl accommodation more in the region of tens comparable size in developed countries. This be more appropriate for the needs of the p functions within the community and in the
OTHER CONSIDERATIONS
So far I have examined the suitability described as extrinsic characteristics. An { intrinsic characteristics might also be usef I refer to the practice and processes carried services offered. For the purpose of this p. policies and practice as well as the nature
COLLECTIONS DEVELOPMENT POLIC
Collection development practice in with selecting, acquiring, processing, organiz originates in developed countries. Indeed, both types of countries differes very little. bookshops, use ofjobbers and approval pla selection tools are the same and librari known to complain that they are at a disad lack access to approval plans and other op. is available to their colleagues in the devel
This suggests that there is very little e. material. It is true that the local publishing world countries and therefore the material is that the collections development policy shoul This policy should be reflected in the distribu and foreign publications. The collection free informational materials produced by organizations should be of primary concer practice of developing countries because it i libraries to effectively meet the information
H. K. Raseroka' suggests that such asked :
"Is information contained in locally pr communities?'
"How accessible is such information to and policy makers?"
176
leal design for public libraries in third World hasis is on generous provision of seating seats to every one provided in a library of type of design consideration would certainly opulation and could in addition serve other
library's outreach programme.
of the model as it relates to what could be xamination of the model as it relates to the ul in evaluating its suitability. By intrinsic out within the library as well as the specific aper, I will examine collections development of the reference service offered.
DIES AND PRACTICE
leveloping countries is primarily concerned ing and storing published information which the actual practice which is followed in The Book Selection Committee, visits to ins are all part of the practice. Even the ans in developing countries have been vantage when selecting material because they portunities for pre-inspection of material as oped countries.
mphasis placed on collecting locally produced industry is not well developed in many third limited. However, it is for this very reason d emphasize the acquisition of local material. tion of the acquisitions budget between local of grey literature, government documents, government agencies and private sector n in the collections development policy and
s precisely these materials which will enable
needs of their communities.
basic questions as the following need to be
oduced material useful and needed by local
o the population at large, to local researchers
Page 191
"Is all information produced by the foreign materials relevant to the needs of t
"How well utilized are the existing co. materials from abroad.?'
"What is the real cost of acquisitio
For those wishing to explore this furt adequately with the nature of collection deve directions for librarians in third world c demonstrate resourcefulness and flexibility
Collection development policy and p very little modification and like other exam for developing countries.
QUICK REFERENCE SERVICE
This is based largely on the standarc countries. Encyclopaedias, dictionaries, diu clippings files make up the collection which is used by a relatively small group consis researchers.
Generally speaking, the traditional supplying appropriate information which is directly applicable, scaled for local use, able 1 through traditional channels.”
An interesting phenomena in Jamai countries is the use of the public media ir newspaper's "Fact Finder' and "Somethi call-in programmes as well as "Letter toth of the traditional library service to supply th its expertise in this area.
Elaine Kempson clearly outlines the Services while at the same time indicating service has failed to satisfy this need.
Other writers from developing countri C. R. Namponya of Malawi' and Siraz I role of libraries in information provision in that the “Community Information Service' the problems of everyday life and filling th should be the basis of the reference service
developed world and contained in acquired he majority in developing counties?"
lections made up principally of well produced
and storage of these foreign materials?'
her, the paper by Raseroka cited above deals lopment policy and practice, indicating future ountries and suggesting that they need to in this area of activity.
ractice seems to have been transferred with ples of the model appears to be inappropriate
| reference works published in the developed rectories and annuals supplemented by local provides support for this service. The service ting of students, government workers and
library model does not do a good job of defined as "problem-oriented, self-contained, to reach the disadvantaged and communicable
ca which perhaps exists in other developing the search for information. The Jamaican ng Bugging You” columns, popular radio, 2 Editor' are indicative either of the failure is type of information or its failure to publicize
role and function of Community Information how and why the traditional public library
es including Olabimpe Aboyade of Nigeria, o Durrani of Kenya' have been examining the developing countries and they seem to agree model which provides information for solving 2 daily information needs of ordinary paople offered by libraries in third world countries.
177
Page 192
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
For the purpose of this paper, the te cover computer applications, developmen technology as well as audio-visual material that the application of information technol has significantly affected the physical form, new model is emerging.
Will this new model be imported by how effective will it be? D. M. Davies' introduction of this new technology in third which occurred in the early efforts to trans countries.
Without going into details, Hedwig A been successfully applied to information wo urges librarians in Trinidad and Tobago not detriment of our users and nation.'
It seems to me that it is unlikely that countries without significant modifications a information science. The main reasons will inherent in the infrastructure of developin
Computers are expensive and even tho outlay and the operating costs are still prol is due to their relatively weak currencies a which the equipment must be acquired. In of trained manpower for operating and m: software and supplies all combine to ret information work in developing countries.
This has led to the belief by many tha widen the gap which exists between rich and Third World libraries must of necessity appr expense but this is likely to be a good thing creatively and to ensure effective and appro of merely seeking to establish on-line access in the developed countries, third world libr own data bases of indigenous materials whic needs of the majority of their population. traditional data banks such as the knowled bibliographic and numeric data relevant to t of powerful microcomputers and optical advantage in the delivery of information,
178
rm information technology will be used to 's in telecommunications and electronic and techniques. I have already indicated ogy in libraries of the developed countries techniques and services, to the extent that a
third World countries? If it is imported identifies the problems associated with the world countries and alludes to the failures er the model as it evolved in the developed
nuar" has indicated that the computer has rk in South East Asia while L. Salisbury to “let this new technology pass us by to the
the model can be transferred to third world s was the case in other areas of library and be related to the cost and to the deficiencies g countries.
ugh the cost has been decreasing, the initial hibitive for most developing counties. This gainst that of the hard currency areas from addition, unreliable electricity supplies, lack Lintaining the equipment, the high cost of ard the pace of computer applications to
it the nature of this new technology will only poor countries. This need not be so however. oach this area cautiously because of the huge , as it can only force librarians to act more priate use of technology. Therefore, instead to the bibliographic utilities and data bases aries should be attempting to establish their n will more effectively satisfy the information They should also seek to develop nonge index or integrated data bases of factual, he needs of their own societies. The advent disk technology can also be used to great
Page 193
Audio-visual materials have great rel in view of the oral nature of these societies. and disseminating material for the majority for meeting the needs of oral societies mus
Developments in telecommunication bringing expertise together and in the del and the distance teaching programme for li an excellent example of how this technolog
The contributions of international fun LDCs to benefit from information technolog of specialized data bases with provision for countries. The development of the Internati Sciences and Technology (AGRIS), theo I (DEWSIS) and other such data bases operat selective in the inclusion of literature so th primarily to LDCs.
These agencies have also contribute without UNESCO's ISIS software package : Centre (IDRC) IDRC's MINISIS package have been left behind. Information Technol will influence activities in developing count sale resulting in inappropriate practices.
Satisfying the information needs of challenges. On the one hand, informatic sophisticated as that of the developed count educated sector of their population. They countries and demand similar standards of service is required to sustain the country's effc based on industrialization programmes. information services must be provided for population.
Davies points out that "the prob information technology are not applicable to that rural areas of North America and Euro deprived and ethnic minorities present the countries. This suggests that information p countries could usefully collaborate in reseal of information technology to meet the nee
vance to these countries as well, particularly This medium has great potential for storing of the population. However the potential be exploited more fully.
can also be used to great advantage in very of information. Library Networking brary workers in the South Pacific provides
can be adapted for use by libraries.
ling agencies have been significant in assisting '. Their activities include the establishment inputs from developed as well as developing onal Information System for the Agricultural Development Sciences Information System, e primarily to help LDCs as these are very at the information contained is of relevance
d in other important ways. For example, und the International Development Research , many developing countries would indeed ogy application models in developed societies ties but are unlikely to be transferred whole
third world countries presents interesting, in professionals must provide a service as ries to meet the needs of the relatively smal are aware of developments in metropolitan service. An equally sophisticated level of rts at modernizing the society which is usually At the same time, however, appropriate, he large unsophisticated, rural and illiterate
سمي
lems associated with the introduction of developing countries only.'" He indicates pe, economically depressed areas, the socially same problems for librarians in developed rofessionals from first world ard third world ch activities to identify the most effective use s of this type of community.
179
Page 194
Examination of the literature of libri
this question of relevance of aspects of first v is not to be interpreted as indicative of reje have been developed but rather of a growing are critically examining the service they has to ensure that the service provided is approp1 augurs well for information delivery in thirc
180
REFERE
Aithnard, K. M.
"Is the Library a source of Info) presented at the Plenary Meeting, IFL
Aithnard, K. M.
Ibid.
Ibid.
Ibid.
Iton, Sybil
A survey into the reading habits users of the Public Library Service. UN report RP/1984 - 1985/VII.2.1.).
Regional Meeting on the Prese of Public Library Services in Latin Am 25-29 October, 1982. Background I
Raseroka, H. K.
"Relevant library services ind no. 4, (1986) pp. 288 - 291.
Saracevic, T.
"Perception of the needs for developed countries,” Journal of Docu
Kempson, E.
“Community information servi pp. 182 - 191.
arianship will indicate a growing interest in world library practice in vallious fields. This ction of the tried and tested practices which g maturity within third world librarians who ve inherited and are prepared to take steps iate to the needs of their communities. This
world countries for the future,
ENCES
mation in the developing countries?” (Paper A General Conference, Brighton, 1987).
of the Jamaican people: users and potential NESCO, Caracas, 1987 : (Restricted Technical
nt Situation and Strategies for Development 2rica and the Caribbean. Caracas, Venezuela Document (Part 2) Paris, Unesco, 1982.
eveloping countries.” IFLA Journal, vol. 12,
scientific and technical information in less mentation, v. 36, no. 3, (1980) pp. 214 - 267.
ces,” IFLA Journal, vol. 12, no. 3, (1980)
Page 195
10,
11.
12.
13,
14.
1S,
16.
17.
Aboyade, B. O.
The provision of information Publications, (1987).
Namponya, C. R.
“Agricultural development and li vol. 18, no. 3 (July 1986) pp. 265-2,
Durrani, Shiraz
“Rural information in Kenya,' Inform pp. 149 - 157.
Davies, D.M.
"Appropriate information technc no. 3, (July 1985) pp. 247-258.
Anuar, Hedwig
"Library and information dime thoughts on the threshold of the 21st ( pp. 327 - 333.
Salisbury, L.
“On-line access to internationald in Trinidad and Tobago,' International pp. 425 - 433.
Tenopir, C. and Jackson M. M.
“Telecommunication and publ Publishing Review 4, (1984) pp. 189
Davies, D.M.
"Appropriate information, tech
READINGS
18.
19.
Bell, Simon
"Information systems planning
Pt. 1, Journal of Information Science,
no. 6 (1986) pp. 319 - 331. Pt. 2 Ibid, vol. 12, nol 6 (1986) pp.
John, Magnus
"The language of formal educati societies,' International Library Review
for rural development. Ibadan : Fountain
brary services,' International Library Review 74.
ution Development, vol. 1, no. 5, (July 1985)
ology,' International Library Review, vol. 17,
nsions of the North-South dialogue: some Century, IFLA Journal, vol. 13, no. 4 (1987)
atabases and its role in information provision l Library Review vol. 17; no. 4, (Oct. 1985)
ishing in the South Pacific,' Electronic - 200.
nology' op. cit
and operation in less developed countries.' vol. 12, no. 5, (1986) pp. 231 - 245, vol. 12,
319-331.
on and the role of libraries in oral-traditional , vol. 16 (1984) pp. 393 - 406.
18
Page 196
20,
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
182
Mchombu, Kingo J.
The organization of the transfer Tanzanian experience IN Problems of information services in a predominantly to agricultural development, edited by B Ibadan, Nigeria 6 - 9 May, 1981. FII
Musisi J.
"The development of libraries in pp. 125 - 138.
Ndiaye, Raphael
"Oral culture and libraries.” IF
Williams, C. Ebun
Problems of providing informatio training needs for library and informat Society, with particular reference to agrict FID/ET Technical Meeting, Ibadan, 604 pp. 55 - 59.
Aboyade B. O.
"Access to information in rural 17, no. 2 (Apr. 1985) pp. 165- 181.
Abate, Dejen
"Libraries and information ser African information services face at t
(Paper presented at the 53rd IFL. on Regional Activities : Africa. Brightc 19 - 4.
of information to rural communities : the
identifying training needs for library and non-literate society, with particular reference . O. Aboyade. FID/ET Technical Meeting, ) Publication 604 pp. 77 - 86.
Kenya,” IFLAJournal, vol. 10, no.2, (1984)
LA Journal, vol. 14, no. 1 (1988) pp. 40-46
n for rural women IN Problems of identifying on services in a pre-dominantly non-literate ultural development, edited by B. O. Aboyade Nigeria, 6 - 9 May, 1981. FID Publication
Nigeria, International Library Review vol.
ices in a changing world: the challenges he end of the 1980s.'
A Council and General Conference, Division n, U.K., 16 - 21 August, 1987, pp. 19-2-
Page 197
THE PRESERVATION CH Dr. K. D. G. Wimalarathe, A
The year 1990 has dawned and after century. To meet the challenge of the twe specialities are discussing the ways and meal are facing them now and they would face
This inevitable situation is also commc
Libraries and Museums. In these three fielc
is the preservation of materials in their cust Preservation Challenge'.
The challenge of preserving the libra due to the creation of new forms of docume the fields of storage and retrieval of infor
Libraries have long been recognised information, largely documented on paper ( of library management could ask himself preserved in most of the libraries or similar ir in the way it should be, under the standar in Sri Lanka are centrally air conditioned f standard temperature and humidity in orde deposited in them. It has become a probl to obtain equipment to air condition the libral of 65° - 68°P (20° - 22°C) and a relative hu to preserve the more familiar library materi becomes a formidable task for many libr of preserving the new format of records ci information speedily, and simplify storage : as photocopying, microfilming, computer ( optical disc recording. The above mentione. due to a response to a multitude of info) the preservation task, with their own parti
The results of these new material are v reading rooms and stack areas are deposit tapes, slides, microfilms, cine films, photo, paper and its causes are fully understood by However, one may question that how man paper, falling apart of book bindings, crumb problems in books. In the new materials sound recordings crackle and screech and tap Accordingly, the penultimate decade of the in the preservation of new library and arc carried out, their contents will disappear, a who will face the 21st century.
ALLENGE OF THE 1990's
ctg. Director, National Archives
another decade, would usher the twenty first ity first century, the professionals in various s of meeting and tackling the problems which ten years hence.
into the professionals in the fields of Archives, S, the challenge which faces these professions, )dy. This could be commonly called as "The
ry and archival material is changing rapidly ntation as a result of advanced technology in mation.
as institutions responsible for preserving the :alled "Books'. A professional in the fields whether the material documented on paper stitutions in Sri Lanka, is cared and preserved ds of professionalism? How many libraries or twenty four hours to maintain a required :r to prolong the life of the paper materials em to many libraries in this country either ry in their charge or to maintain a temperature midity of 50%. Without the basic facilities al made of paper, the preservation challenge arians in Sri Lanka to face the challenge eated as a result of conversion to retrieve, und salvage information from originals such lata bases, video cassettes, cine films and i new type of library material were a necessity mation needs. This offers new tools for ular care and treatment requirements.
ritnessed in some libraries in Sri Lanka where 'd with, discs, cassettes, diskettes, computer graphs and the like. The deterioration of most of the trained librarians in the country. of them could handle the fading of ink in ling of paper, acidity, fungi and other similar such as photographs the images disappear, es give back gibberish on the terminal screen.
20th century would pose many problems hival material, and if no proper planning is total loss of valuable information for those
183
Page 198
The preservation challenge of the 199 ccncrete tools for responding to the physical and a conceptional framework in which a co heritage could be carried out to the 21st cen hope for preserving our heritage for the fut
In overcoming the challenge of pres one important factor has to be kept in mind b preservation can be no longer dismissed a to all the libraries, archives and museums in of library, archives and museums should th to go in solving the preservation problms of in many formats at present, to be preserve society, present and to come, compels the p the problems and plan for the next ten ye
The Sri Lanka National Library Ser National Archives and Museums could laui preserving the new documentary materials wh and museums in this country.
The pooling of resources to operate a N of new materials such as cine films, microfilr discs etc. is a Sine qua non, This centre could of problems faced with the conservation anc as mentioned above. Modern equipmen conservation and repair of new material is Centre.
The training of Librarians, Archivists and repair of new material is another aspec challenge of the 1990's. A close look at the and practical training is imparted for them top professionals as well as technicians and 1 The technician will be the category who will How may technicians have we trained in the microfilms, video, cassettes, computer disc: professionals have we trained to face a disa archives?
Although we hope that paper will documentation of information in the 21st cent discussed above will bypass the paper reco performance of the work of our people. H face the tremendous task of preserving the library and archives. -
184
)'s is more than a call to action. It offers
need of our old as well as new collections insistent policy of preserving the intellectual tury without a breakdown, so that there is urc generation.
serving the new librarv and archival material y the planners of this difficult exercise. That, s a luxury programme. It is very central this country. The professionals in the field ink that these professions have a long way the new library and archival material created di for the 21st century. Responsibility to rofessionals in these fields to carefully study aS.
vices Board with the collaboration of the lch a programme to meet the challenge of nich find theirwayinto the libraries, archives
National Research Centre for the preservation ns, video tapes, cassettes and computer tapes guide the research and the practical aspects repair of new type of documentary material t and expertise to handle the problem of essential to operate the proposed research
and Museologists in the task of preservation t to be considered in facing the preservation professionals to be taken whether theoretical to meet the new challenge, The training of 'estorers is also very essential in this context. face the preservation challenge face to face. art of preservation and repair of cine films, s etc.? How many professionals and subaster such as flood and fire in a library or
pe a popular and a strong media for the tury, we must not forget that the new material ords and gain an importance in the daily lence, a methodical planning is essential to new material which will be deposited in the
Page 199
Sri Lanka Library Services Board coul guidance and planning of a preservation prog in Sri Lanka could be one of the top priority If we fail to understand the vital importance all our effolts in modernising the technique tools of the Librarians, Archivists and Museol of the valuable original and other documenta heritage of this country will be recorded dur
play a leading role in this area. The proper amme in the libraries and similar institutions action plans of the Library Services Board, of the preservation challenge of the 1990's s of bibliographic control, and other retrieval ogists will be nullified with the disappearance ry evidence in new media, where intellectual ng the last decade of the 20th century.
85
Page 200
A STORY OF A U.
A CANADAN
B
Mr. Harris Librarian, The British Cou
Prologue
Potential sources of information is eno tip of an iceberg, others are invisible, as the must be sought out and identified. How can and remaining buried? The answer is to b Information and its utilization are essential responsible for its own technical services and of published material and immense increase demand on indexing. abstracting and storing services have been forced to seek automatio automation in the 1960s, and early 1970s cothe talk is full of hope and expectation. Nc help us inform our operations and services a many of our major problems, The story of co-operation through experimentation. It is for the future of Sri Lanka Union Catalog
Definition
For any kind of rational inquiry cert present context the relevant queries will be
What is a union catalogue?
A Union Catalogue (UC) has been c
an inventory common to severa publications listed in one or 1
As to the query why a UC exists
(a) It is primarily to locate publicati (b) to gain access to these publicatio (c) to avoid unnecessary duplicatic
(d) to obtain bibliographic inform:
libraries, in cataloguing and in
* This article is based on the author's work exper: 1985.
186
NON CATALOGUE: EXPERIENCE *
y
son Perera ncil, Colombo, Sri Lanka.
rmous. Some are obvious, like the apparent submerged nine-tenths of the iceberg; they one avoid relevant experience accumulating 2 found in the organization of information. or progress. Historically, each library was
dissemination of information. The growth of research activities made a tremendous ; of information. Opce traditional library n and co-operation as survival aids. Like operation is much talked about today, and rt only is co-operation good in itself, it will nd, most attractive of all, help us cope with the Canadian Union Catalogue is a story of a story which should be seriously considered lC.
ain basic questions must be asked. In our
lefined as.
l libraries and containing all or some of their more orders of arrangement.
ons and determine their existence in libraries ins through inter-library sharing of resources n of material among libraries
ation which can be of assistance to other preparation of bibliographies.
ience with the National Library of Canada up to
Page 201
In simple words, rational for a UC i and of information about them. Hence a U generally referred to as a "library network
The dea
In Canada, library networking was p
Union Catalogue (CUC) by Charles H. Goul
President of the American Library Associa Gould claimed
The problems will now confront no longer have to do with librari in a new series of longer propo of evoking method and order
Gould thus foresaw it as natural that sparring the continent and even the globe. to equalize the opportunity for access to i
The history of CUC reflects the hist National Library (NLC) movement. The II 1867. The importance of having a national Macdonald, Canada's first Prime Minister,
"a National Library containing ev
of a library.'
Unfortunately, it was an idea whose tiu 70 years before NLC was founded. By 1876 Dolores Donnelly, in her historical study o
... . . . . . by creating the illusion the role of National Library as postponed the real issue.”
The Beginnings
A turning point came in 1946, when was finally formed. The Association gave wid and focused strong pressure on the federal g Centre was established. The main goals we
(a) a national union catalogue (a c
Canadian libraries)
(b) and a national bibliography, v in Canada and books published by Canadians.
the concept of sharing of library material is a link which ties libraries together, now
9
rceived even before the birth of Canadian , the librarian of McGill University and the ion. In 1909 addressing members of ALA
is are different from the earlier ones. They as as final terms in a series, but as first terms rtions. The twentieth century has the task mong rather within libraries.”
there should develop a network of libraries The purpose of such a network would be nformation.
ory and the development of the Canadian Dominion of Canada came into existence in library was voiced in 1883 by Sir John A. who remarked that Canada should have
ery book worthy of being kept on the shelves
me had not yet come. Hence it took another 5 the library of Parliament was opened. Dr. in the NLC says.
that the (Library of Parliament) was fulfiling } well as the legislative function may have
the Canadian Library Association (CLA) e publicity to the need for a National Library vernment. In 1950 Canadian Bibliographic re tOi Start
ard catalogue of the holdings of the major
"hich would list books currentiy published abroad dealing with Canada and written
187
Page 202
The “Canadian Catalogue of Books' library was continued and in 1951 was rena created in 1953, Canadiana was well establish were recorded in the UC, and a book locatio UC, was being provided. Since 1950, for 1( in the filming of the card catalogues of lib collections of considerable size, quality and reproduced in card format for filing. The pa location reports for books as they were cata filed, or the location information was combi
Because of the rapid inflation of the after the mid 1960s. The accession rate of C of what has been termed the "information ex reports, and the catalogue drawers became completely edited section to an unrevised of reports received daily was nearing 7,000. 1973/74 exceeded 1,600,000. Not only it wa records but even the retrieval of information f and time consuming task. By 1974/75 rec 74 - 80% of all requests were met.
Other Union Catalogue Projects
Apart from National Library of Can Nova Scotia established a UC in 1950. Be and two other libraries, its membership by government and public libraries. Libraries step to seek locations within these Union C by the Provincial Library to CUC. At the catalogue was started in 1958 and by 1976 r types except university libraries. There ar representing the holdings of public librarie regional library systems in Manitoba, New B. Lake Ontario Regional Library System, M Library System and 5 public libraries in th
In 1974 Ontario University Libraries create a UC of monographs of university for the academic libraries. By 1975, univer interested as participating libraries.
University of Toronto Library Autor library support system with reference to th American OCLC, RLIN & WLN utilities in system called CATSS.
188
previously published by the Toronto Public ned Canadiana. By the time the NLC was :d, the holdings of some 50 Canadian libraries n service, based on the holdings listed in the 5 years, until September 1966, NLC engaged caries in Canada, principally those holding uniqueness. The microfilmed records were rticipating libraries were requested to submit logued, and these records were either interned on an edited record. ܫ
UC, no library catalogues were microfilmed 2anadian libraries increased during the years plosion', the CUC was flooded with location divided into many sections, ranging from a filing section. During 1973/74 the number The total number of records received during is difficult to keep track offiling and editing rom the catalogue became more of a problem, uests for locations totalled over 155,000.
ada's UC, there are other UC's in Canada. aginning with the Regional Library System 1976, included 45 college, university, special, ; in Nova Scotia are encouraged as a first 'atalogues. Unlocated requests are directed Saskachewan provincial Library a similar epresented the holdings of 37 libraries of all e several Union Catalogues in card form S. Such catalogues are maintained for the runswick and for several regions in Ontario: setro Toronto Libraries, Niagera Regional e Sudbury area.
Co-operative System (OULCS) decided to library holdings to provide catalogue cards sities outside the province of Ontario beeame
mation Systems (UTLAS) is the second largest e number of users, after the famous North networking... UTILAS hasits own cataloguing
Page 203
At present Ontario University Libr Catalogues for serials and maps too. Compt provides cards, book lists and book labels f
At this point it must be asked, if the for other provincial, regional and special un provincial/regional union catalogues :
(a) CUC, though large as it is, doe libraries in the country. Given delays in transporting library m wish on the part of libraries to ob location.
(b) No amount of expansion of the C system or not, could contend with for locations. At the same time taken and were taking initiative requirements for both catalogui
Hence it was obvious that what was 1 various union catalogues and cataloguing Sup within one framework which would make thi resources. Hence the CUC Task Group in co-ordinate a CUC system, consisting of a na provincial/regional bibliographic centres.
The Expansion
In 1967, Robert B. Downs in his “Resi Libraries' and in 1969 John B. Macdonald i Support of Research in Canadian Universities to machine-readable forms. Meanwhile two up the decision for automation of CUC :
(a) The Canadian Task Group on C for the creation of bibliograph
(b) The MARC Task Group establisl records in machine-readable fo
The third Task Group recommended t into an automated, on line system and that edited and eventually be published in microf. the 1976 Task Group recommended the devo union lists of serials. Hence NLC forme newspapers, official publications and Canadi union catalogue of books. By 1968 NL
ries Co-operative System operates Union ter based union catalogues such as these, r the participating libraries.
2 is already a Canadian UC, why the need on catalogues? There are two reasons for
not list exhaustively the holdings of all he size of the country and the difficulties, aterials between points, there is a natural tain what they need from the closest possible
JC, whether involving the use of a computer, the total requirement of Canadian libraries it was clear that provinces and regions had s which would lead to the filling of local ng and location services.
heeded was closer co-ordination among the port services. A unification of this activity e most effective use of human and material 1976 recommended that NLC create and tional bibliographic centre and a number of
ources of Canadian Academic and Research n . The role of the Federal Government in recommended that CUC must be converted Task Group reports paved the way to speed
ataloguing Standards established standards c records
Led the way for the exchange of bibliographic
.
hat current accessions to the UC be entered the existing card catalogue be closed off, brm. With the initiation of CUC network, lopment of standard systems for producing | satellite union catalogues of periodicals, In music in addition to the main UC - the
published,
189
Page 204
1. Union List of Periodicals in the
received by Canadian Libraries
Union List of Polish Serials in Union List of Canadian Newspa Canadiana since January 1951
Union List of Serials in Educatior 1975.
As 1976 Task Group proposed
'as soon as practicable current a into a new on-line automated S
Automation
NLC began a detailed series of studies the potential to satisfy NLC automation requi system called DOBIS (Dortmunder Bibliothek West-Germany. In 1976, DOBIS became the location service, for NLC and Canada Instit (CISTI).
NLC manual union catalogues were c new acquisitions into DOBIS began. By No installed in UC of Books division to begin
In 1977 NLC invited the Canadian li CNU to start reporting accessions in M, steps were followed concerning library reco
(i) First, holdings report is search
(ii) if a source record (LC/MARC,
DOBIS user is found in the II reporting library is simply add
(iii) if no cataloguing record exists create a record according to sin number of data elements, and a
A 1978 study of holdings reports surv would match an LC/MARC or CAN/MAR( further 4% would match a reccra previously 7% of all holdings reports to UC would rec (i) the library records to be kept u (ii) due to the flexibility of the syst assess points such as author, tit
190
Social Sciences and Humanities curren.
Canadian Libraries pers held by Canadian Libraries - 1977
and Sociology held by Canadian libraries
ccessions to the CUC of books be entered ystem.”
and evaluations of several systems, which had rements. The integrated library management System) was from University of Dortmunder, primary tool in the provision of the national ute for Scientific and Technical Information
closed in April 1st 1980 and on-line entry of ovember 1979, 21 computer terminals were the automation process.
braries which were reporting to the manual ARC format. With DOBIS assistance these irds :
cd in DOBIS
CANIMARC) or a record created by another DOBIS database, the library symbol for the d to the existing record.
in the database, Union Catalogue Staff then mplified MARC rules requiring only a limited lds the 1eporting library's symbol.
y indicated that 89.1% cfall holdings reports
recold already in the DOBIS database. A input by the UC staff. Therefore less than
uire original input. DOBIS enabled
p to date
em, records are accessible through multiple e, corporate body, key words and series.
Page 205
By 1982 the DOBIS Union Catalog entries for the holdings of the 100 libraries
More than 130,000 new records wer at that time manual catalogues remained a 13 million records, representing approxima have been accumulated on cards for the UC of monographs. For the non-Canadian mono
Automation became the realistic answ CUC’S. w
Records
DOBIS database now grows at a rate the records are source records from 1982 ol
- 1.6 million LC records from 19 - MARC records directed by syst - Records created by system user
It is an objective of the federal govern bibliographic record to which individual libra records are detected, the system attempt to valuable complementary data. DOBIS off
Microfiche catalogues Printed Serial Lists Printed Accession Lists Machine Readable Records.
Nova Scotia and Saskatchuwan Pro access to CUC’s through DATAPAC, creat System. Both libraries have become part (
Canadian Union Catalogue of Books (CAN
A catalogue which records the mo1 manual catalogue established in 1950, con titles, reported by 350 libraries. This catalo are added) is still consulted on a regula ba are entered in DOBIS. The monograph 1
CAN/MARC
LC/MARC
Records of NLC Records of Nova Scotia Provincial Records of 17 other Federal Librari
ues contained more than 900,000 location which regularly report their accessions.
2 created and added to the database. Even n important source of information. Nearly ately 4 1/2 million titles from 348 libraries fbooks. DOBIS hold all post 1971 Canadian graphs, DOBIS contains record from 1978.
fer to the gigantic proportions of the manual
of about 500,000 records a year. Bulk of hwards.
58
em users from 1973 to date s in other systems.
ment network system, to create one common ry holdings can be attached. When duplicate Amalgamate the records in order to retain
S
incial Library union catalogues were given ing the groundwork for a National Network of the decentralized union catalogues.
JCBO)
lographs held by Canadian libraries. The sists of 13,000,000 locations for 5.5 millicn 'gue which closed in 1980 (no new accessions is. All accessions received since April 1980 ecords include:
Library
CS.
19
Page 206
In 1984/85, 75 libraries reported 225, MARC records, to the UC of books. To date in the database. Automated database provic and control numbers; the manual catalogue of all requests are located in CU of book
Records submitted in card format are is found, the library symbol is added, if a re and library symbol added. Reports concern too are processed in a similar manner. Th library symbols and publishing "Symbols o and published every second year. Library to identify the province and one or more le e.g. ONONIL for Ontario, Ottawa, Natio.
Canadian Union Catalogue of Serials (CAN
This is a catalogue consisting an aut Canadian libraries and a manual catalog listing, in alphabetical order by title of the se strial reports received from 75 Canadian li DOBIS. Previously received reports for an pulled out when the same title is reported. converted to machine readable form. Seria
NLC Staff
Other DOBIS participating libraries.
Products
CUCS’s main products are
1. Union List of Serials in the Social Scienc (ULSSSHCL) - microfiche format.
2. Union List of Scientific Serials in Can Scientific Technical Information (CISTD
The base ULSSSHCL file in DOBIS, updated with semi-annual supplements. Th and has an average growth rate of 5,000 ne' on CAN/OLE since 1983 and is called CANU
Established in 1957, CANUCS provide of access points are :
Title Variant Title Issuing Body ISSN
192
483 accessions in card format and 126,384 , the holdings of 204 libraries are represented les multiple access by author, title, keyword provides access by main entry only. 80%
irst searched in the database. If the record cord doesn't exist, a new record is created ing withdrawals, discards and lost materials e UC Division is responsible for assigning Canadian libraries'. This list is updated ymbols are composed of one or two letters ters to identify the city and the institution, hal Library.
JCS)
omated database of the serial holdings of ue which contains close to 500,000 cards rial holdings of Canadian libraries. Current braries are input directly to the database, y title already in the manual catalogue are The manual catalogue is thus gradually being l reports are added directly by
e and Humanities held by Canadian libraries
adian Libraries by Canadian lnstitute of ).
was published in 1980, and since then being e file contains approximately 47,000 records w titles annually. ULSSSHCH is available fCS. This too is updated semi-annual basis.
slocations for 80% of the requests. Number
Page 207
Canadian libraries report their serial
Cards
Report slips
Print outs
Printed lists
Microfiche Machine Readable form
These are input into the DOBIS databa Serials include
Periodicals Meetings, Conferences etc., Monographic series Official publications with distinctive Regularly revised monographs Law reports Serially published loose-leaf services.
CONSER
CONSER or conversion of serials pr Ad Hoc Discussion on serial databases - b were mainly concerned about the confusion : of machine-readable serial databases. Now North American Library community to bu serials cataloguing information. The infor
Ordering Cataloguing Check-in
ILL Union Catalogues.
Selected number of participants do the are reviewed and authenticated by NLC AN upgrade records using OCLC on-line syste. standards/conventions. The overall goal is database of bibliographic information abc international, naticinal, regional and local l
CONSER records are loaded into DO and serial lists for CISTI etc. CONSER made multiplicity of means of access to bil
– DOBIS database -- MARC records - CONSER Microfiche records un
accessions, withdrawals and revisions by :
se. Emphasis is on non-scientific publications.
titles
oject began in June 1973 as a result of the etween U.S.A. and Canada. The members and duplication effort evident in the creation it has become a co-operative effort by the ild a machine readable database of quality 'mation may be used for :
decentralized input of records. The records D LC. Participants cculd contribute and m, on the basis of CONSER bibliographic to continue to enlarge and improve a core ut serial titles available for use at the evels.
BIS which is now used to prepare CANUCS
microfiche too is available. CONSER has bliographic records. Now NLC provides
der
193
Page 208
Author/titlesseries ISSN
Canadian Control No.
OCLC Control No.
LC Card No.
CONSER Project has made :
- High quality Canadian serial rec
semination of information
- Availability of authenticated seria
graphic control of serials
- Experience in International Coo
During 1982/83 NLC developed the records onto DOBIS. These are called MA Carleton University has won a contract to be 339,460 periodical titles were available from
Location Searching
Beginning June 1st 1981, NLC Locat of searching for ILL services. The system
- respond more effectively to the l
- respond better to the various nei
Requests were supposed to indicate w are made by telephone, telex and mail.
Level - Basic Search
Only standard location tools will be s CANUC’S (Mannual)
DOBIS
REFCATSS (Reference Cataloguing
For level I searching, only the bibliogli library will be used. No verification will errors. A 24 hours time limit is anticipated in operation the following results seen. An (8500 per month) came under level 1.20% c identification. However Level I searching
194
ords to be distributed worldwide for dis
I records for Canadian libraries and biblio
perative Bibliographic Projects.
means to load machine-readable accession ARCA (Machine-Readable Accessions) and responsible for this project. By Jan. 1985,
all around the world.
tion Division introduced three tier system was introduced to
arge volume of requests
2ds of users.
hich level of searching preferred. Requests
(earched. These tools will include
Support Systems - Uni. of Toronto)
aphic information supplied by the requesting be done except to recheck or transmission for this level of service. After 12 months average of 75% of the total requests volume of the requests arrived without any level of nad achieved 79% success Iate.
Page 209
Level 2-Verification Search
A basic verification and a location sea tools will be used. 5 days is the estimated and 20% of the total requests came under Le met.
Level 3-In-depth Search
An extensive verification and location on-line databases, issuing agencies of Canad For non-Canadian locations,
OCLC on-line system LC National Union Catalogue Other library catalogues and Union
A status report is issued after 30 day are received and 5% of the total volume is However 75% success rate was noted and u
Jan. 1985 Statistics
Requests for Monographs Requests for Serials Requests for Official Publications
Since 1983 electronic mail and on-lineo For example,
1. ENVOY 100 - comprises 25%
ONTYME - through CAN/OL
Document Delivery
If requested documents are identified
Retrieved Photocopied Packaged for shipment
Document delivery services used by 1. Library Delivery Service (LDS) fo
2. Inter-University Transit system ( 3. PEBUQUILL for Quebec unive
4.
Priority Post-mail service for Saskatchwan & Manitoba,
ch, will be conducted only Canadian location urn around time. 2000 requests per month el 2. 1.70% of the requests were successfully
search will be done. Subject bibliographies. ian and non-Canadian sources will be used,
lists a1e used.
s. Approximately 600 requests per month not met by NLC due to numerous reasons. nsuccessful requests are forwarded to L.C.
66%, 27% 6%
rdering became popular methods of requests.
of all requests by electronic mail E for 60% of all requests.
from NLC collection, they are
NLC are :
r federal government libraries in Ottawa/Hull IUTS) for Ontario universities
'sities
Nova Scotia, Alberta, British Columbia,
195
Page 210
Other CANUC Projects
Two databases were operational :
1. Canadian Union Catalogue of (CANUC-H) - material availabl
2. Registry of Canadian Works in
They list materials designed for hanc large prints. CANUC : H is larger and
- records for special media material
— libraries which have major colle unable to use conventional pri
Products of these data bases are
1. COM edition of CANUC : H By 11,500 records for braille, large p libraries. 3,000 titles came fro1
2. Directory of Inter-lending and
Materials.
In mid-seventies, the Task Group of of a Canadian library network. This net
decentralized
volutary
make use of existing strengths.
NLC network plan is divided into 3 1. Bibliographic communications N 2. Resource Network
3. Canadian Studies and Conversal
Open Systems Interconnection (OSI for Standardization (IOS) has assisted to eva and software for the network projects.
NLC has taken 3 major initiatives fo: network :
1. Appointing 2 sub-committees f
2. Creating a Task Group on con
graphic data interchange for standards.
3. A pilot project to conduct tests bibliographic data exchange.
196
library materials for the Handicapped e for ILL
Progress (CANWIP)
licapped readers, such as works in braille, more comprehensive including
s which are currently held by major producers
ctions for the print-handicapped (who are nt materials).
Feb. 1985, the first microfiche has produced rint, talking books reported by 16 Canadian m CANWP.
Duplication Policies for Special Format
the CANUC recommended the development work should be
major areas : etwork (with highest priority)
ion Network.
), developed by International Organization uate and facilitate diferent types of hardware
the objective of a decentralized information
or policy development puter communications protocols for biblio
defining various computer/communications
on new telecommunications technology for
Page 211
Future Trends of CANUC
1. DOBIS, a shared bibliographic sy
report to CANUC.
2. Increased reports in machine-reac
3. on-line access into the major CA
4. No provincial infrastructure apar
5. Developing UTLAS as a large ut
6. Multi-library databases similar to
Epilogue
The possibility for all to share the info and organization. Good will to share inf concerted effort to organize knowledge and maximal impact when its results are publish to potential usters. We need a “global mem tomorrow's development problems, the expe and that is being acquired today. I am opt will contribute to this ideal.
Bibliography
DONNELLY, F. DOLORES T
BAIN, JAMES E
CAMPBELL, HENRY C.
CREIGHTON, DONALD I
stem with federal and other libraries which
lable form
NUC lists at NLC and CISTI
t from Nova Scotia and British Columbia. tility.
» OCLC, RILIN and WLN.
rmation capital is but a matter of good will ormation is not enough; there must be a make it available. An experience has its ed, abstracted, indexed, and made available ory', that will contribute to the solution of rience that has been accumulated yesterday imistic that the Sri Lanka Union Catalogue
anadian Network Papers. Ottawa: NLC, 980
he National Library of Canada. Ottawa : >LC, 1973
3rief Review of the Libraries in Canada. Library Journal, Thousands Islands Conerence Issue, XI (Sept. - Oct. 1887)
National Planning for Canadian Science and Social Science Information Systems, Library Trends, xii (Jan. 1969)
Dominion of the North : A history of canada. Boston : Horghton, 1957.
Federal Libraries and DOBIS. Ottawa : NLC, 1981.
The Future of the National Library of canada. Ottawa : NLC, 1981
197
Page 212
LOMER, G. R.
LOWER, A. R. M.
McCOMBS, C. G.
MORTON, E. H.
NEWMAN, W.
PEEL, B. (ed.)
WRONG, G. M.
198
he Background of the Canadian Library Association. Library Journal, LXXl (Sept. 946)
3olony to Nation : A History of Canada oronto : Longmans, Green, 1946
Report on Canadian Libraries. New York : Rockfeller Foundation, 1941
2anada and libraries. Library Association Record, LVIII (March 1956) Vational Library News. Jan. 1980 - Dec. 1985
DOBIS: The Canadian government version. anadian Library Journal vol. 36, no. 4, Aug. 1979.
librarianship in Canada, Ottawa: CLA, 958
owards a more effective nationwide library und information networking in Canada. Dttawa : NLC, 1980.
The Canadians : The Story of a People. New York : Macmillan, 1983.
Page 213
RESOURCE SHARING: A NOI
l Mr. L. A
Acting Librarian, Universit
Cooperation is one of the good words that cooperation between libraries was felt 1 record that the famous Alexandrian Libraria in the 2nd century B.C.
Library activity is not a new phenon since time immemorial. These early libr manuscripts of religious texts. It is stated King Vattagamini Abhaya (1st century B.C were committed to writing by the Sangha a regarded as the first manuscript library in Sri to foreign countries and as a result, schol Fa-Hsien visited the Island to obtain copies these times the library movement has weat changes in the country.
In the early 70's the universities and adequate facilities. However, this situation with the recognition of the library as a majo
A large number of new library units state-owned, corporation-owned or entirely
With the recognition of the necessit challenge a librarian faces is the acquisition of due to several reasons :
1. Steadily increasing volume of 2. Ever increasing prices of books 3. Complexity and unpredictability
1. Steadily increasing volume of literary ou
Librarians all over the world have w in recent times. The acquisition of books has become extremely difficult due to a ver selection.
2. Ever increasing prices of books and per
Inflationary trends we see in our daily prices of books and periodicals too. This i foreign periodicals monitored by the Briti recent report published in the Library Asso
N-TRADITIONAL APPROACH By
A. Jayatissa
y of Kelaniya, Sri Lonka.
in our society. Historical evidence suggests necessary, even in the distant past. It is on n had loaned books to the Pergamon Library
henon in Sri Lanka, libraries having existed aries were repositories for collections of in the Mahavamsa that during the reign of c.) Tripitaka texts and their commentaries t Aluvihare. The Aluvihare Library can be Lanka. The fame of these libraries radiated lars such as Buddhadatta, Buddhaghosa and of books required for their research. Since hered the vicissitudes of social and political
a handful of institutions had libraries with 1 has undergone change gradually by now, fr force in the shaping of society.
have sprung up in most institutions, be they
belonging to the private sector.
y for a good library service, the inevitable suitable material, which has become complex
literary output
and periodicals
of reading material by the reading public.
tput
itnessed a vast increase of published media and periodicals required by library patrons | large number of publications available for
todicals
f life have had their disastrous effects on the s evident from the increase of price in some sh Library Association. A summary of a ciation Record' is given in the table 1.
199
Page 214
Table 1 : Increase of perio
Subject No.
title
затр
Science 1 Technology Physics
s
Botany
2
Astronomy, Astrophysics
Biophysics, Biochemistry, Microbiology 2
Mathematics :
Medicine
Surgery, Anatomy, Physiology
Neurology, Psychiatry
Pathology & Clinical Medicine
Humanities / Social Sciences Architecture & Town Planning
Philosophy
Psychology
Total all subjects
Science & Technology 9.
Medicine 2
Humanities & Social Sciences 8
200
dical prices - 1970-1989
pf '4 increase % increase % increase S on 1988 1970 - 1989 1970 - 1989
led UK E UK E SL Rs.
7 8.61 1775.70 7102.80
5 5.43 1623.99 6495.96
3 10.28 1541.84 6167.36
6 - 3.58 1498.75 5995.00
51 5.17 1343.90 5375.60
20 10.50 1638.96 6555.84
25 3.10 1274.06 5096.24
52 5.79 1141.90 4567.60
34 7.77 1382.74 5530.96
27 4.13 1167.66 4670.64
32 17.10 1153.50 4614.00
62 7.46 1286.22 5544.88
03 7.43 1163.09 4652.36
42 7.27 957.66 3830.64
Page 215
The increase of price of periodicals a by multiplying the percentage figure in colu Lanka Rupee during the same period ie.
However, it is our sad experience that lit accommodate this position.
3. Complexity and unpredictability of read
It is also our experience that the prest group with an insatiable demand for reading
The combined effect of these three fac one. This is specially visible in the provisio) Prices of some of the heavily used A&I jour to a few of these will be subject to very hea purchasing these same journals. Some of the are listed in table 2.
Table 2 : Present pric
Chemical abstracts Physics abstracts Mathematical reviews
The necessity for these publications c expenditure. Therefore, the librarians in S acquiring their requirements within the lim these factors it is evident that the shifting f more desirable cooperative resource sharing In this exercise not only are the traditional c library lending and cooperative acquisition of but the use of information technology and oth have to be taken into account for the susten this review to show the gravity of the situatic traditional avenues open to Sri Lankan lil
Some of the cooperative projects via
1. "Bicycling around' of selected 2. Inter-library transport facility 3. Sharing of machine readable bi 4. Application of telefacsimile tech 5. Exchange of computer softwari 6. Application of CD-ROM tech
gainst the Sri Lanka Rupee was calculated mn 3 by the devaluation factor of the Sri
in 1970 1 UKE - SL Rs. 15/ in 1989 1 UKE -- SL Rs. 60/ Devaluation factor - 60/15 - 4)
brary budgets have not been increased to
ing material by the reading public
2nt day library clientele is a much diversified materials of different types and varieties.
tors has made the librarian's job a thankless n of Abstracting & Indexing (A&I) journals. nals are so high that any library subscribing vy financial constraints in order to continue noteworthy journals falling into this category
ces of selected A/Ijournals
Rs. 350,000/Year Rs. 83,000/Year Rs... 182,000/Year
annot be belittled on the grounds of heavy ri Lanka are constantly under pressure of its of budgetary provision. In the light of rom the concept of self sufficiency towards concepts is the only answer to this problem. oncepts of cooperative activity such as interpublications to be treated as possible answers, er hitherto unused means ofresource sharing ance of the library service. It is the aim of on and to discuss some of the potential 'nonbrarians in this respect.
ble in this respect are : publications
bliographic information unology
穹
nology.
201
Page 216
These applications can be put into te can meet the financial and other infrastru Following is a list of some of the prospect
(a) University libraries (b) Sri Lanka National Library S. (c) Natural Resources, Energy and (d) Ceylon Institute of Scientific (e) National Aquatic Resources A
1. Bicycling around of selected publications
One way of saving library resources i within the library set-up in the island, The of abstracting and indexing journals, such a libraries can mutually agree upon the alloc
The most important issue to be resolv and efficient access mechanism. One such designated publications. Physical movemen is described as the bicycling around of mat different libraries can be made available in the participating libraries can announce in adva available in their respective libraries.
This mechanism may have the drawb pattern of different journals. However its of the A&I journals under one roof, at leas
The value of this service can be furt material such as citation indexes to this tra of transport can be upgraded to a fully ple
2. Inter-library transport facility
Joint provision of inter-library tran worthy of serious attention. The only limi service is the geographical proximity of pa and effective service. Inter-library transpo regularise inter-library lending activity and 1 of less used material.
Identifying the frequently-used mate in balancing collection development polic it is a fact that all the library materials ava degree. The Director-General of the British Line, has reported that of the 48,500 journa are rarely used, 1,500 journals account for for 80% and 9,00 for 90%.
202
st with the participation of libraries which ctural requirements necessary in operation. ve participants in the pilot stage.
rvices Board (National Library) Scientific Authority of Sri Lanka (NARESA) and Industrial Research (CISIR) Library gency (NARA) Library.
s the elimination of duplication of material se savings are specially significant in case is the titles listed in Table 2. Participating ation of specific titles among them.
'ed in this system is the provision of an easy mechanism is the "Bicycling around' of t of film reels from one cinema to another erial. In this method materials received at ; other libraries on a roster basis. Therefore, nce the days when these materials are made
ack of not being able to predict the arrival significant feature is the availability of most it on the basis of rationalization.
her enhanced by adding expensive reference lvelling collection. Subsequently, the mode dged mobile library unit.
sport is another non-traditional approach ting factor in the operation of this type of rticipating libraries required for an efficient rt service will help particpating libraries to io make it a viable alternative to acquisition
rials from less used materials is important y against external dependence. However, ilable in a library are not used to the same Library Lending Division (BLLD), Maurice ls received at BLLD in 1976-77, two thirds 50% of the satisfied demand, 5,500 journals
Page 217
Recent studies have confirmed this c and Technology Library of Northwestern U of the collection accounted for just 1% of 40% of the collection. These observation of academic and research libraries is little u tasks in modern librarianship is the proper “high-use” category, and to seek other mea
3. Sharing of machine-readable bibliograph
In the early days, sharing of bibliogr of printed media-typed catalogue cards or li of union catalogues and other collective bib to lack of resources such as manpower and dampened the Sri Lankan librarian's enthusic projects. The arrival of micro-computer sys Until then, computer application in libra. all the librarians in Sri Lanka. With more r the cost of powerful micro-computer system One of the pioneering institutions in librar National Resources, Energy and Scientific A Library Services Board, The National Ins the NARA Library have computer systems Commission to supply each university librar we may anticipate that all major libraries to computer facilities in the near future.
Hardware provision is only one face In order to operate a successful computer to be fulfilled. These are :
3-1. Availability of trained man 3-2. Availability of software 3 - 3. Compatibility of systems.
3 - 1. Availability of trained manpower
Provision of adequately trained mar prerequisite. In each library these personne development. In the short-term perspectiv of suitable library employees with a flare for Commission and Universities, CINTEC, NA are some of the institutions which can take an of training programmes for librarians. T system analysts, programmers and data el
oncept further. In a study of the Science niversity in the USA, it was found that 75% he use and 99% of the use was confined to s reveal that a high proportion of the stock sed. Therefore, one of the most important identification of library material falling into ures to obtain "low-use' materials.
ic information
Iphic information was carried out by means stings etc.-In this operation, the compilation liographic data files was a tedious task due stationery. These constraints have certainly sm in the active participation in cooperative ems in the mid 80's changed this situation. ry work was merely a concept for almost ecent developments in computer technology s came within the reach of many institutions. y computer applications in Sri Lanka is the Authority of Sri Lanka. Sri Lanka National titute of Education, the CISIR Library and and plans are afoot in the University Grants y with a micro-computer system. Therefore, mentioned at the beginning will have access
t in the application of computer technology. system there are several other requirements
ΟOWer
power in each participating library is a l can assume the responsibility for automation e, this can be achieved through the training computer operations. The University Grants RESA and the National Institute of Education active part in the development and conducting nese institutions can organise programs for ntry operators.
203
Page 218
3-2. Availability of software
Software development is the other utilisation. In the short term, the CDS/ISIS and distributed by NARESA can be used for This is presently used by several libraries in Institute of Education, Regional Develop Implementation and Postgraduate Institute
3-3. Compatibility of systems
In order to facilitate inter-library shari is required. This applies in several areas:
3 - 3 - 1. Compatibility of hardware divided into two major c
(a) IBM PC/XTIAT or (b) Other machines, ma
Although a clear superio identify, the present tren towards the IBM family
3 - 3-2. Compatibility of software package for a given appl of data files. If all librar. then the problem of com
3 - 3 - 3. Compatibility of formats this task an easy one. A bibliographic format devi with CDS/ISIS package.
The easiest medium for data record an data stored in this medium can be easily exc catalogues and union listings of periodical
4. Application of telefacsimile technology
Telefacsimile equipment allows the tra lines, enabling the user at the receiving end telex machines which can transmit only a Fax' as it is popularly known - can transmi graphic representations or photos.
204
vital component necessary for computer S software package developed by UNESCO the construction of bibliographic data bases. Sri Lanka. Some of these are the National ment Division of the Ministry of Plan of Archaeology.
ng of computer data compatibility of systems
- Micro computer systems can be broadly ategories.
its compatibles inly the "Apple' family.
rity of one computer group is difficult to d in Sri Lankan libraries appeared to be
and its compatibles.
- The continual use of a given software lication is necessary for successful sharing ies are making use of the CDS/ISIS package patibility does not arise.
and parameters is also required to make A good example for this is the use of common sed by NARESA in the data bases created
d exchange is floppy diskette. Bibiliographic hanged and merged in the creation of union holdings.
ansmission of documents over the telephone to obtain a copy of the original. Unlike lpha-numeric characters, telefascimile - or t and receive any image in the form of text,
Page 219
A fax machine scans a page of text, assesses whether each grid point is dark or signal and if lighter, it sends a corresponding through a telephone line. The receiving f telephone number assigned to that machine "de-modulates' the incoming signals to make transmitting machine.
Hardware requirements
In order to operate a telefacsimile connection is necessay. A range of comme price of these machines are in the range of three standards set by an international bo. International Telephone and Telegraphy machines are CCITT group 1 to 3. In a mo taken to send a single page (A4 size) docum minute.
Fax machines only accepts single sheet the labourious work of photocopying and p even if the photocopies are discarded afte
In fax transmission, text is usually rect nonalphabetical elements which require a higi problems, specially if they are printed in sm of symbols used in science articles. Graph are also received with less clarity.
Some fax machines can accept origin reduced form. This will also affect clarity o in telephone lines the reception is sometin use higher resolution settings to improve clar. settings, the grid pattern will consist of more transmission times. Some advanced machi automatically, depending on the telephone
Telefacsimile machines are easier to o beginning. Fax machines can be simply telephone line. Once installed, a fax user ( in Sri Lanka through a normal telephone c, through an international direct dialling tele to fax machines in other countries.
One of the key factors affecting the cost. This includes the maintenance cost of and photocopying charges in some instan
and graphics as a grid of tiny squares. It light. If darker, machine sends a strong. ly weak signal. These signals are transmitted lx machine can be accessed by dialling the and at the receiving end it re-translates or a copy of the original image scanned by the
service a fax machine and a telephone :rcial brands are available in Sri Lanka and Rs. 50000/- to Rs. 200,000/-. There are dy known as Consultative Committee for (CCITT). These three standards for fax dern group 3 machine the transmission time ent through the telephone line is less than a
s of text at the transmitting point. Therefore broofing requested articles is still necessary, r transmission.
ived in clear legible impressions. However, her clarity or resolution can provide legibility all type. This problem will be acute in case ic illustrations, drawings and photographs
als upto A3 size, usually transmitted in the fimpressions. Where there are disturbances nes beyond legibility. Some machines can ity in such cccurrences. In higher resolution points or squares, and hence will take longer nes can decide the correct resolution setting : line conditions. -
perate with and require little training at the connected to power and hooked upto the can contact any other fax machine installed onnection. If the fax machine is connected phone connection, he can send fax messages
popular use of fax machines is its running the machine, cost of telephone connections C6:S.
205
Page 220
5. Exchange of computer software
Exchange of computer software is a Computer users in Sri Lanka tend to unde in many areas of application. This is due to to new ideas and due to lack of software : can identify a surprising number of routine could have been easily and efficiently execute elaborately developed specific software is no packages such as dBASE III--, Lotus 123 ca. borrower listings in alphabetical or numer purpose package dBASE III-- can be easil
University librarians have the advar within their clientele. Further, most of t powerful micro computer systems and a va the idea of establishing "Local Area Netwo coordination between the libraries and compu and testing of software can be done in this libraries.
6. Application of CD-ROM technology
Optical disk storage is among the n the library community. Although there are : manufacturers, the widely used variety is (CD - ROM) disks. These disks can conta sound, video frames, computer software and feature is not its ability to hold in its stora storage capacity and fast access time. A pages of text with a search time of less than data bases in a single disk.
Information scientists regard the inve new era, since the invention of printing. Pre and information services published in CD-R Agricola, Agrindex, Biotechnology abstracts, abstracts.
In order to operate a CD - ROM faci computer system are the required element service and other libraries can maintain re
Cooperative concepts offer a viable : is severely constrained by several factors. O it yields, librarians will be subject to a lot of and operation of these methods. However, of importance and necessity of these methods Therefore the scientific exploration of traditic the benefits of cooperative concepts would
206
nother new area which deserves attention. '-utilise the opportunities a computer offers the lack of mental attitude which is receptive pplicable for specific tasks. However, one administrative and clerical functions which by a computer. For most of these functions required. Instead general purpose software be used. For example, in order to prepare cal order of names or numbers, a general y used.
tage of accessibility to computer scientists he universities have computer centers with ciety of software in their possession. Also rks’ (LANs) considered and therefore, the tercenters would be easy. The development environment with the participation of other
nost recent computer technologies to enter a variety of formats developed by commercial the Compact Disc-Read Only Memory in text, illustrations, photo quality images, any combination of these. The most striking ge a multitude of media, but its enormous CD-ROM disk may contain upto 200,000
a minute. Therefore, it can hold complete
ntion of CD-ROM as the beginning of a sently, there are a vast number of databases OM format also. Some of these are Medline Ulrich periodicals directory, and Dissertation
ity CD-ROM drive, interface, and a micro s. A designated library can establish this ferral service.
ilternative to permanent acquisition, which n the other hand, inspite of potential benefits difficulties and constraints in the acceptance it is worthy of mentioning that the degree are on the increase with the passage of time. nal and non-traditional techniques to harness be a timely requirement.
Page 221
References
1.
2.
Periodical prices. Library Association
Samarajiwa, Rohan. From collections to NARESA, 1987.
Sewell, Philip H. Resource sharing: and information services. London, A
Brown, Steven Allen. Telefacsimile in trends, 37(3), Winter 1989. pp. 343-3
Stanford - Smith, Brian, Hendley, T. technology, services and projects. C Association, 1987.
record, 91 (5) May 1989. pp. 297 - 298.
) access : a policy research report. Colombo
cooperation and coordination in library Andre Deutsch, 1981.
libraries : new deal in the 1980's. Library 356.
ony and Walsh, Ray (eds.) CD - ROM Cheshire, European Information Industry
2O7
Page 222
COPYRIGHT AND ITS E
Mahinda R
B.A. (Cey.) Dey. Studies (C
Copyright is a concept which may sa nearest. It was the invention of the printing of new technology which made multiple cop rise to the need for a legal system to pote deriving title from him such as the publis
Since then, further development of p means of dissemination of works, the possi literary and artistic work at relatively low cos for copies of such work also has increased. the author, his assignees and the publisher a written statute on copyright, ie. the Statul Kingdom.
The copyright has two discerning char, and thus can be sold, bequeathed by a will, which other forms of property are subjected in a work is not a single indivisible piece of copyright in a work is a bundle of rights.
The system of copyright is basically control when it is reduced to a saleable form conditions including that cf payment to the philosophy behind this is that a payment has t for the creator against unauthorised use.
Legal protection of artistic works, und right. It prevents only unauthorized use oft the work of another person. This does not using the same ideas for creating independent previously. Therefore, the duration of prot of the protection of ideas, without damage law can be (and, in most countries, is) pure. that the author of an original work has the or otherwise using his work. Under such by copyright is not necessary.
Effective copyright protection and ens incentive for creation of works and fer enco furthering national intellectual creativity, an for the support of national authors. With
208
CONOMIC IMPORTANCE
alapanawe Cambridge) Attorney-at-Law.
id to go back to Roman times at the very press which was perhaps the first example lying of authors work possible which gave :ct and reward the author as well as those hers.
rinting techniques and of new technology bility of production of multiple copies of it has increased. On the other hand demard This has led to the necessity for protecting gainst unauthorised reproduction. The first te of Anne was enacted in 1709 in United
acteristics. Firstly, it is a form of propriety leased or can be death in any of the ways in to business dealings. Secondly, copyright property. (e.g. table, trouser etc.) Thus
centered on granting an author exclusive and secondly allowing the author to attach use of his work and that of others. Basic o be made for authorised use and protection
Ler copyright law does not entail a monopoly he forms of expression of ideas, taken from consequently prevent another person from ly a work which is similar to the cine existing ection can be much longer than in the case to the public interest. Furthermore, the ly declaratory. The law can simply declare right to prevant c ther persons from copying a law, a public register of works protected
uring payment to the authors, is a necessary uraging local talent to devote its energies to ld is in fact one of the fundamental means out copyright protection, authors will have
Page 223
no incentive to create. Those who assist i producers of cinematographic works, etc.) c their activities in agreement with the autho in the process of making the work accessibl
The development of modern media f forth new forms of expression which have co artistic production in the context of sound an new means of conveying to the public their li
In some developing countries, radio,
with books for the attention of the public. of every efficient teaching method and boo) education and culture, Books as well as film national production and represent something it has been created by the author. the work t world through the medium of the necessary 1 painting, marble for the sculpture etc. How
ir expressing the work. The work itself is th message he wants to convey to his contemp very important to draw a distinction between which can be protected undei copyright lav instance a book or a record, which can be subj etc. under civil law.
The subject-matter of protection unc included every production in the literary, sci the mode or form of its expressicn.
For a work to enjoy copyright protect The ideas in the work do not need to be new b they are expressed must be the result of an in finally, protection is independent of the qua will be protected whether it be considered, a or artistic work. Also the purpose for whic to which a work may be put has nothing to d
Why Copyright Protection?
In any society be it great or small, ir some who possess, more than others, the are the novelists, the poets, the dramatists, the sculpturos, etc.
In most countries of the world, whate that the authors of such creative works mu natural justice, be allowed to benefit from th
n the dissemination of works (publishers, ould not acquire the exclusive if needed for r, a condition precedent to any investment e to the public.
or the reproduction of works has brought insiderably widened the field of literacy and i vision, and p1ovided authors with countless terary, philosophical or scientific message.
television and the cinema compete seriously Nonetheless, reading still remains the basis ks are an essential mans of information, is and sourd tracks are part of a country's , that can be used in trade exchanges. Once akes shape and becomes part of the outside materials, paper for the book, canvas for the 'ever, the materials are only the medium for le reflection of the author's personality, the oraries or pass on to posterity. Thus it is the work itself, i.e. the intellectual creation, V, and the object embodying the work, for ect to the legislative provisions on ownership
ier copyright law that is to say, the works entific and artistic domain, whatever may be
ion, however it must be an original creation. ut the form, be it literary or artistic, in which dividual creative effort by the author. And, lity or the value attaching to the work. It Lccording to taste, a good or a bad literary h it is intended is irrelevant, because the use o with its protection.
dustrialized ot developing, there are always natural gift cf intellectual creation. These the composers, the painters, the alchitects,
ver their stage of development, it is accepted st be protected, and should, as a matter of e fruits of their labour.
- 209
Page 224
. Protection of authors will encourage ti the country's store of literature, drama, mu stimulus for intellectual creativity is of fund basic for the social, economic and cultural
In addition, the investment that is sol (in the case of film-making, book-printing their exploitation (book publishing cr recor easily obtained if effective protecticn exists an for encouraging such investments.
Furthermore, if copyright exists in a v it public and disseminate it widely, because work only because it is made known to othe generally of great benefit for the society as
An authcr's work is the personal ccnsequently be the one who should have t the first to decide whether, when and how in public and the right to object to any distorti
Also, the works of a country's autho. heritage to be made better known. Any c. own authors in their creativity, must necessar
Economic Importance of Copyright Law
In addition to the cultura) and social a it is essential to note that copyright protect The economic importance of copyright v development and on a number of special natic be mentioned concerning the economic impa in certain countries.
In Sweden, which is an industrialize of copyright activities based on figures availa of the Gross National Product (GNP) in t copyright applied. 4.4% of the contributio and 2.2% came from the public sector.
Similar studies have been made in 19 Kingdom. These studies refer to the value a concept which is narrower than the concept study is based. Nevertheless these studies copyright share of the national economy. 4.6% of the GNP and in the United Kingdon (basically the GNP minus the value earnec
210
em to create further works and thus enrich
|sic etc. This aspect of copyright law as a amental importance. Creativity is the very
development of nations.
metimes necessary fer the creation of works or architectural works, for instance) or for i manufacturing for instance) will be mole d such protection in some cases indispensable
crk, its authcr may be encouraged to nake le knows that he will not lose control of the rs. Such a wide dissemination of works is a whole.
expression of his thoughts. He should he right respect for it or, incther words, be his work may be reproduced or performed on or mutilation of the work when it is used.
rs enable its manners, customs and cultural ountry wishing to stimulate and inspire its ily provide for effective copyright protection
argumerts in favour of copyright protection, ion also has an important economic aspect, aries of course depending on the stage of 'nal factors. A few examples could, however ct of copyright, based on studies carried out
country a study on the economic impact ble for 1978 showed that, in that year, 6.6% hat country consisted of material to which n to the GNP came from the private sector
85 in the United States and in the United of the output of the “Copyright industries,' "copyright activities' on which the Swedish also show surprisingly high figures for the In the United States Study this share was Study 2.6% of the Gross Domestic Product abroad). " . . .
Page 225
In a recent survey (1987) conducted i was derived from the works of Intellectual by the Publishing Industry.
Very few studies has been done in c egion the Indian Copyright Industry is a sig context films, records and book exports ha earnings to the Indian economy. Upto no in Sri Lanka. The situation may vary from c The cconomic importance of copyright prot the level of industrialization. Furthermore world today with the increasing importanc high-technology areas, such as the satellite an where copyright aspects come in many for
Bibliography
1. Administration of Rights of Copyrigh collectively. D. De Freitas, Chairma
2. APRA (Diamond Jubilee Edition) -
3. Conventions.
(a) Berne Convention for the prote Act of 24.7.71 as amended on
(b) Convention for the Protectio Unauthorized Duplication of t
(c) Convention relating to the Di Transmitted by Satellite 21.5.
(d) Rome Convention for Performer;
Organisations.
(e) Universal Copyright Conventio
4. Decided Copyright Cases of Sri Lank
5. Seminar Papers on Copyright & Neigl 6. Seminar Papers Intellectual Property 7. The ABC of Copyright - UNESCC
About the Author
A Graduate of the University of Sri University of Cambridge. Mr. Ralapanav specialities being copyright law. Mr. Rala He is also is actively engaged in book publ
n Australia, it was revealed that 5% of GNP Property and 2.8% of that was contributed
leveloping countries in this aspect. In this gnificant contributor to its economy. In this ve generated a substantial foreign exchange w no studies in this field has been done ountry to country and from region to region. ection in a country grows, for instance, with , the importance of copyright grows in the e of information processing and of certain d cable techniques and the use of computers
S.
it in the U.K. by Authors individually and n - British Copyright Council.
March 1986.
ction of Literary & Artistic Works - Paris
2.10.79.
n of Producers of Phonograms Against heir Phonograms 29.10.71.
stribution of programme Carrying Signals 74.
s, Producers of Phonograms and Broadcasting
in as revised in Paris 24.7.71.
a — Mahinda Ralapanawe. hbouring Rights - Australia 1987.
Law of Sri Lanka — 04.01.87.
).
Lanka with post graduate Diploma in the ve is an Attorney-at-Law with one of his panawe is also an Author and a journalist. lishing and performing rights field.
2
Page 226
Page 227
Page 228
*
ISBN 955-9011-51-0